R U S S I A N M A R I T I M E REGISTER OF S H I P P I N G

Electronic version of printed

document approved on 03.10.17

Corr.

RULES
FOR THE CLASSIFICATION
AND CONSTRUCTION
OF SEA-GOING SHIPS

PART XIII
MATERIALS
ND No. 2-020101-104-E

Saint-Petersburg
E d i t i o n 2018
 Rules f o r t h e Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going Ships o f Russian M a r i t i m e Register o f
Shipping have been approved i n accordance w i t h the established approval procedure a n d come i n t o force o n
1 January 2018.
The present edition o f t h e Rules is based o n t h e 2017 edition taking into account t h e a m e n d m e n t s
developed immediately before publication.
The unified requirements, interpretations a n d recommendations o f t h e International Association o f
Classification Societies ( I A C S ) a n d the relevant resolutions o f the I n t e r n a t i o n a l M a r i t i m e O r g a n i z a t i o n ( I M O )
have been taken into consideration.
The Rules arepublished i nthe following parts:
Part I "Classification";
Part I I "Hull";
Part I I I"Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit";
Part I V "Stability";
Part V "Subdivision";
Part V I "Fire Protection";
Part V I I "Machinery Installations";
Part V I I I "Systems and Piping";
Part I X "Machinery";
P a r t X "Boilers, H e a t Exchangers a n d Pressure Vessels";
Part X I "Electrical Equipment";
Part X I I"Refrigerating Plants";
Part X I I I "Materials";
Part X I V "Welding";
Part X V "Automation";
Part X V I " H u l l Structure and Strength o f Glass-Reinforced Plastic Ships and Boats";
P a r t X V I I "Distinguishing M a r k s a n d Descriptive N o t a t i o n s i n the Class N o t a t i o n Specifying Structural
and Operational Particulars o f Ships";
P a r t X V I I I " C o m m o n S t r u c t u r a l R u l e s f o r B u l k C a r r i e r s a n d O i l T a n k e r s " . T h e t e x t o f t h e p a r t is i d e n t i c a l
to t h a t o f the I A C S C o m m o n S t r u c t u r a l Rules;
Part X I X " A d d i t i o n a l Requirements for Structures o f Container Ships and Ships, Dedicated P r i m a r i l y t o
C a r r y their L o a d i n Containers". T h e text o f the P a r t is identical t o I A C S U R S U A " L o n g i t u d i n a l Strength
Standard for C o n t a i n e r Ships" (June 2015) a n d S34 " F u n c t i o n a l Requirements o n L o a d Cases for Strength
Assessment o f Container Ships b y Finite Element Analysis" ( M a y 2015).
P a r t s I t o X V I I a r e p u b l i s h e d i n electronic f o r m a t a n d h a r d c o p y i n R u s s i a n a n d E n g l i s h . I n case o f
discrepancies between the Russian and E n g l i s h versions, t h eRussian version shall prevail.
Parts X V I I I t o X I X a r epublished i nEnglish and i nelectronic f o r m a t only.

ISBN 978-5-89331-346-8 © Российский морской регистр судоходства, 2 0 1 8

 As compared to the 2 0 1 7 edition, the present edition of the Rules contains the f o l l o w i n g amendments.

R U L E S F O RT H ECLASSIFICATION A N D CONSTRUCTION O F SEA-GOING SHIPS

P A R T XIII. MATERIALS

1. P a r a s 1.1.3, 1.3.1.2, 1.3.2.3.3, 1.3.2.5, 1 . 4 . 1 , 1.5.2, 2.2.2.3 ( i n c l u d i n g T a b l e 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 ) , 2 . 2 . 2 . 8 , 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 ,

2.2.3.4, 2.2.5.1, 2.2.9.2, 2.2.9.4, 2.2.10.3, 2.3.1.3, 2.3.11.1, 2.4.1, 3.2.1.1, 3.2.1.3, 3.2.1.4, 3.2.2 ( i n c l u d i n g Tables
3.2.2-1, 3.2.2-2), 3.2.3, T a b l e 3.2.4-1, T a b l e 3.2.4-2, p a r a 3.2.5, T a b l e 3.2.6.4-1, p a r a s 3.2.8.1, 3.3.2.2, 3.3.2.3,
3.3.3, 3.3.6, 3.3.7, 3.4.2.2, 3.4.2.3, 3.4.3.2, 3.4.6, 3.5.1.2, 3.5.1.4, 3.5.1.6, 3.5.1.7, 3.5.2.5.6, 3.5.2.6, 3.5.3.2,
3.5.4.2, 3.5.5.3, 3.6.1.3, T a b l e 3.6.2.1, T a b l e 3.6.3, p a r a s 3.6.4.2, 3.6.5.3, 3.6.7, 3.6.8, 3.7.1.6, 3.7.1.8, 3.7.2.5,
3.7.4.6, 3.7.6.1.9, 3.7.6.1.12, 3.7.7.6, 3.8.1.3, 3.8.1.4, 3.8.4.1, 3.8.6.4, 3.8.7.5, 3.9.1.1, 3.9.1.3, 3.9.1.4, 3.9.2,
3.9.4.1, 3.9.5.1, 3.10.1.3, 3.10.1.4, 3.10.2, 3.10.4, 3.10.5.1, 3.11.3, 3.12.1.1, 3.12.3.2, 3.12.4.1, 3.12.8.3, 3.12.9.2,
3.12.9.5, 3.14.1, 3.15.4.4, 3.16.1.4, 3.16.1.6, 3.16.1.7, T a b l e 3.16.1.9.1, paras 3.16.2.3, 3.16.3.2, 3.16.3.3,
3.16.3.4, 3.17.1.3, 3.17.4.1.11, 3.17.4.1.12.3, 3.17.4.1.12.5, 3.17.4.2.2, 3.18.4.1, 3.18.4.3, 3.18.10.4.1, 3.18.15.3,
3.18.16.3, 3.18.16.4, 3.18.17.3.2.3, 3.18.17.3.3, 3.19.1.1.2, 3.19.1.2.2, T a b l e 3.19.2.2.1-1, T a b l e 3.19.2.2.1-2,
paras 3.19.2.4.2.1, 3.19.2.4.3.1, 3.20.4.1.3, 3.20.4.3.1, T a b l e 3.20.5.1, paras 4.1.3, 4.1.5, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4,
4.2.7.3.1, 4.2.7.3.2, 4.2.8.1, 4.2.8.2, 4.2.8.5, 4.2.9.1, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.8, 5.1.9, 5.2.2, 5.2.5, 5.2.6, 5.3.1.2, 5.3.2.2.2,
5.3.3.1, 6.2.2.2, 6.2.3.1, 6.2.3.2, 6.2.3.6, T a b l e 6.3.2.1, p a r a s 6.3.4.1, 6.7.4.1, 6.8.7.4, 7.1.1.1, 7.1.3.8, 7.1.3.11,
7.1.4.3.1, T a b l e 7.1.4.3.3, paras 7.1.5.1.4,7.1.5.1.5, 7.1.6.1, 7.2.1.2, 7.2.1.6.2, 7.2.2.2.3.2.5, 7.2.2.2.5.5,
7.2.2.2.6.1, 7.2.3.1.1, T a b l e 7.2.3.2.9.2-2, paras 7.2.3.2.10.1, 7.2.3.2.10.4, 7.2.4.6.2, 7.2.5.2.2, 7.2.5.2.5,
7.2.5.4.4, 8.2.1.2, 8.3.5, 8.4.2.1, 9.1.2, 9.2.9, T a b l e 9.4.3.3-1, p a r a 9.4.6: the r e q u i r e m e n t s h a v e been specified
to a v o i d a m b i g u o u s p h r a s e s s u c h as " o n / u p o n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r " , " i n w e l l g r o u n d e d cases o n
a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r " , "special c o n s i d e r a t i o n ( b y t h e R e g i s t e r ) " , etc.
2. S e c t i o n 1 : p a r a 1 . 4 . 2 . 2 h a s b e e n a m e n d e d a s r e g a r d s r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a r k i n g .
3. S e c t i o n 2 : p a r a 2 . 5 . 6 . 4 h a s b e e n s u p p l e m e n t e d w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r i c e - r e s i s t a n t c o a t i n g s o n t h e
basis o f practical e x p l o i t a t i o n .
4. S e c t i o n 3 : C h a p t e r 3 . 1 3 h a s b e e n f u l l y a m e n d e d c o n s i d e r i n g I A C S U R W 1 6 ( R e v . 3 M a r . 2 0 1 6 ) ;
T a b l e 3.16.1.6 ( R u s s i a n v e r s i o n o f the Rules) has been p u t i n t o accordance w i t h the E n g l i s h v e r s i o n o f the
Rules.
5. S e c t i o n 6: a n e w p a r a 6 . 5 . 1 . 1 . 1 h a s b e e n i n t r o d u c e d c o n s i d e r i n g t h e n e w r e v i s i o n o f I A C S U R S C 2 2 7
(Rev.2 N o v . 2016);
a n e w p a r a 6.5.1.3, specifying the requirements f o r cargo h o l d s p r o t e c t i o n coatings, has been i n t r o d u c e d ;
(refer t o Circ. N o 314-56-974c f r o m 18.01.2017)
a n e w C h a p t e r 6.9 h a s b e e n i n t r o d u c e d w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o p o l y m e r c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l s f o r
gangways o f o i l tankers considering I M O M S C . l / C i r c . 1504 (5 June 2015).
6. S e c t i o n 7 : C h a p t e r 7 . 2 h a s b e e n a m e n d e d c o n s i d e r i n g I A C S U R W 2 2 ( R e v . 6 J u n e 2 0 1 6 ) :
paras 7.2.1.1, 7.2.1.2, 7.2.1.3.2, 7.2.1.3.3, 7.2.1.3.4, 7.2.1.5.2, 7.2.1.5.3, 7.2.1.6.2, 7.2.1.6.3, 7.2.1.6.6,
7.2.1.6.7, 7.2.2.2.1.1, 7.2.2.2.1.2, 7.2.2.2.1.3.1, 7.2.2.2.3.2, 7.2.2.2.5.1 - 7.2.2.2.5.4, 7.2.2.3.1.1, 7.2.2.3.1.2,
7.2.2.3.1.3.1, 7.2.2.3.1.3.3, 7.2.2.3.6, 7.2.2.3.6.1 - 7.2.2.3.6.3, 7.2.2.4.1.1 - 7.2.2.4.1.3, 7.2.2.4.6, 7.2.2.4.6.1 -
7.2.2.4.6.3, 7.2.3.2.1.1, 7.2.3.2.3.1, 7.2.3.2.3.2, 7.2.3.2.9.2.1, 7.2.3.2.9.2.2, 7.2.4.1.2, 7.2.4.2.4, 7.2.4.3.2. 7.2.4.5,
7.2.4.5.1 - 7.2.4.5.3, 7.2.4.6.2, 7.2.4.6.7, 7.2.4.6.8, 7.2.5.1.1, 7.2.5.2.2, 7.2.5.4.1, 7.2.5.4.4, 7.2.5.4.5, 7.2.5.5,
7.2.5.5.1 - 7 . 2 . 5 . 5 . 3 , 7.2.5.8.1 have been amended;
n e w paras 7.2.2.2.5.6, 7.2.2.3.5.2, 7.2.2.3.5.2.1 - 7.2.2.3.5.2.5, 7.2.2.3.6.4, 7.2.2.3.6.5, 7.2.2.4.6.4 -
7.2.2.4.6.9, 7.2.3.2.3.3, 7.2.3.2.5.4, 7.2.4.3.3, 7.2.4.4.4, 7.2.4.5.4, 7.2.4.5.5, 7.2.5.1.3, 7.2.5.2.5.3 , 7.2.5.2.5.4,
7.2.5.5.4, 7.2.6.4.6 have been introduced;
Fig. 7.2.2.2.3.2 has been replaced;
Table 7.2.2.2.4.1: values have been amended;
T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2 has been replaced.
7. S e c t i o n 8: p a r a s 8 . 1 . 2 a n d 8 . 1 . 3 h a v e b e e n a m e n d e d c o n s i d e r i n g I A C S U R 1 ( R e v . 6 O c t , 2 0 1 6 )
(Corr.l Dec 2016);
p a r a s 8.4.2.5 a n d 8.4.2.6: a reference t o o t h e r R e g i s t e r rules has b e e n specified;
p a r a 8.4.4: a reference t o a n o t h e r S e c t i o n o f P a r t X I I I has b e e n specified.
8. E d i t o r i a l a m e n d m e n t s h a v e b e e n m a d e .
 CONTENTS

P A R T XIII. MATERIALS

1 General 5 5 Aluminium alloys 104

1.1 Application 5 5.1 W r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys 104
1.2 Definitions and explanations 5 5.2 Cast a l u m i n i u m alloys 109
1.3 Survey 6 5.3 Aluminium-steel laminated composite
1.4 M a r k i n g and documentation 8 material 110
1.5 Laboratories engaged i n testing 9 6 Plastics a n d materials of organic origin . 115
2 Procedures o f testing 10 6.1 General 115
2.1 General 10 6.2 Materials for reinforced plastic
2.2 Testing procedures for metals 10 structures 116
2.3 Procedures o f testing non-metallic 6.3 L a m i n a t e d textiles 117
materials 18 6.4 F o a m plastics 117
2.4 W e l d a b i l i t y test 23 6.5 Protective coatings 118
2.5 Testing o f ice-resistant coatings 24 6.6 Ropes o f natural and synthetic fibre . . . . 119
3 Steel and cast iron 30 6.7 Retro-reflective materials for life-saving
3.1 General 30 appliances 120
3.2 H u l l structural steel 30 6.8 Plastic pipes and fittings 121
3.3 Steel for boilers, heat exchangers and 6.9 Polymer composite material for gangways
pressure vessels 41 o f o i l tankers 122
3.4 Steel tubes and pipes 42 7 Anchor a n d mooring chain cables 123
3.5 Steel f o r structures used at l o w 7.1 A n c h o r chain cables and accessories. . . . 123
temperatures 43 7.2 M o o r i n g chain and accessories 128
3.6 Steel f o r c h a i n cables a n d accessories . . . 48 8 Requirements for manufacture
3.7 Steel forgings 50 of anchors 145
3.8 Steel castings 56 8.1 General 145
3.9 Spheroidal or nodular graphite iron 8.2 Materials 145
castings 59 8.3 Manufacture o f anchors 146
3.10 G r e y i r o n castings 61 8.4 T e s t i n g a n d issue o f documents 147
3.11 M a l l e a b l e cast i r o n 62 9 Titanium alloys 149
3.12 Steel castings f o r propellers 62 9.1 General requirements 149
3.13 H i g h strength steel f o r w e l d e d 9.2 W r o u g h t titanium alloys 149
structures 66 9.3 T i t a n i u m alloys for nuclear p o w e r plants. . 153
3.14 Z-steel 70 9.4 Pipes 154
3.15 W i r e ropes 72 9.5 Cast t i t a n i u m allloys 156
3.16 Stainless steel 73 10 Materials used for cargo containment
3.17 C l a d steel 78 systems of gas carriers 159
3.18 N o r m a l and higher strength corrosion- 10.1 General requirements 159
resistant steels f o r cargo o i l t a n k s 83 10.2 M e t a l l i c materials for cargo containtment
3.19 A p p l i c a t i o n o f Y P 4 7 steel plates 87 s y s t e m s o f gas carriers 159
3.20 Requirements for use o f extremely thick 10.3 Plywood 159
steel plates 90 10.4 Glass w o o l 159
4 Copper and copper-basealloys 96 10.5 G l a s s f i b r e u s e d i n gas carrier m e m b r a n e s . 160
4.1 Semi-finished products o f copper and 10.6 Rubber technical goods 160
copper-base alloys 96 10.7 Perlite (volcanic glass) 160
4.2 Propeller castings 96 10.8 Anti-sticking film 160
10.9 Mastics, adhesives, paint coatings 160
 P A R T XIII. M A T E R I A L S
1 GENERAL
1.1 APPLICATION
1.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t o f t h e
Rules apply t o materials a n d products that are
subject, i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h the o t h e r parts o f the
Rules, to the survey by the Register during m a n u -
facture.
Requirements pertaining to the choice and
a p p l i c a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s shall be f o u n d
in the relevant parts o f the Rules.
R e q u i r e m e n t s t o the scope o f survey a n d testing at
the initial survey o f manufacture o f materials and
p r o d u c t s , as w e l l as a t c a r r y i n g o u t o f t h e R e g i s t e r
technical supervision i n course o f their m a n u f a c t u r e are
stipulated i n P a r t I I I "Technical Supervision during
Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships and M a n u -
facture o f Materials and Products for Ships.
1.1.2 I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
present Part, materials a n d products shall meet the
requirements o f the relevant parts o f the Rules.
1.1.3 M a t e r i a l s , b e i n g p a r t o f a s t r u c t u r e o r
product, o n w h i c h the requirements n o t included i n
the present P a r t are imposed, due to conditions o f
t h e i r o p e r a t i o n , as w e l l as m a t e r i a l s n o t r e g u l a t e d b y
the present Part, the chemical composition, mechan-
ical a n d service properties o f w h i c h w e r e n o t
considered by the Register for a particular applica-
t i o n , shall be considered b y the Register o n the basis
o f the n o r m a t i v e d o c u m e n t a t i o n , c a l c u l a t i o n a n d test
results. These shall c o n f i r m the construction o r
p r o d u c t safety level t o be n o t l o w e r t h a t i t is r e q u i r e d
by the corresponding Sections o f the Rules.
Materials being manufactured according to
i n t e r n a t i o n a l a n d n a t i o n a l s t a n d a r d s o r specifica-
tions, o r o t h e r technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n m a y be
p e r m i t t e d b y the R e g i s t e r f o r a specific a p p l i c a t i o n ,
provided the requirements o f the Rules are followed.
I n so d o i n g standards, specifications o r o t h e r
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n are recognized by the
Register by means o f its inclusion i n the appropriate
Register document and/or by stamping.
T h e Register m a y p e r m i t the delivery o f materials
and products only according to the standards,
specification o r special technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
G i v e n the distinctions between the above doc-
u m e n t a t i o n a n d the R u l e s , materials testings a n d
their assessment shall be carried o u t t a k i n g i n t o
account the m o s t strict requirements.
1.1.4 T h e m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s s u b j e c t t o
survey by the Register, w h i c h are listed below, shall
be s u p p l i e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r certificates a n d s h a l l be
manufactured by the w o r k s , for w h i c h Recognition
Certificates for M a n u f a c t u r e r were issued (refer
t o 1.1.1):
.1 r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o f h u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel, Z-steel
a n d h i g h s t r e n g t h steel f o r w e l d e d structures;
.2 r o l l e d s t e e l f o r C l a s s I a n d C l a s s I I b o i l e r s a n d
pressure vessels;
.3 s t e e l p i p e s f o r b o i l e r s , p r e s s u r e v e s s e l s a n d
Class I a n d Class I I piping;
.4 s t e e l f o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s ;
.5 i r o n c a s t i n g s ;
.6 c a s t i n g s o f n o n - f e r r o u s a n d l i g h t a l l o y s ;
.7 s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o f n o n - f e r r o u s a n d l i g h t
alloys;
.8 c h a i n c a b l e s a n d r o p e s ;
.9 c h a i n s t e e l ;
.10 s l a b s , b l o o m s a n d b i l l e t s f o r r o l l i n g o f
s h i p b u i l - d i n g a n d b o i l e r , steel, i f t h e y are p r o d u c t e d
at w o r k s n o t constituting a part o f a rolling mill;
.11 a n c h o r s ;
.12 w i r e r o p e s ;
.13 r o p e s o f n a t u r a l a n d s y n t h e t i c f i b r e ;
.14 p l a s t i c p i p e s a n d f i t t i n g s .
1.1.5 T h e m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s s u b j e c t t o s u r v e y
b y t h e R e g i s t e r , w h i c h are listed b e l o w (refer t o 1.1.1),
m a y be supplied w i t h the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s certificates,
provided the w o r k s have the quality system recognized
by an authorized national or international organization
o r the Register and the T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate for
the type o f products manufactured:
.1 m a t e r i a l s f o r r e i n f o r c e d plastic structures;
.2 l a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s ;
.3 r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l s ;
.4 f o a m p l a s t i c s ;
.5 c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t c o a t i n g s .
1.2 D E F I N I T I O N S A N D E X P L A N A T I O N S
1.2.1 D e f i n i t i o n s a n d e x p l a n a t i o n s r e l a t i n g t o t h e
general t e r m i n o l o g y o f the Rules are given i n P a r t I
"Classification".
F o r the purpose o f the present P a r t the following
definitions have been adopted.
Z - s t e e l is steel w i t h g u a r a n t e e d t h r o u g h -
thickness properties, w h i c h is i n t e n d e d f o r w e l d e d
s t r u c t u r e s a n d c a n w i t h s t a n d c o n s i d e r a b l e stresses
perpendicular t o the plate surface.
P r o d u c t — for the purpose o f the present
P a r t , s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s , c h a i n cables a n d acces-
sories, a n d r o p e s as w e l l .
R e g i s t e r s t a m p means a brand, stamp or
p u n c h o f a c e r t a i n t y p e specified b y the Register a p p l i e d
6 Rules
to finished products, or to products during their
manufacture, t o c o n f i r m the fact o f survey b y the
Register a n d identify the products w i t h the documents
issued f o r t h e m .
A s p e c i m e n is a test piece o f specified shape
a n d size p r e p a r e d f r o m a s a m p l e a n d u s e d f o r t h e
determination o f mechanical, technological and other
properties o f m a t e r i a l by testing.
A b a t c h is t h e l i m i t e d n u m b e r o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d
products a n d products, to w h i c h the results o f
s t a t u t o r y tests are extended.
I n i t i a l t e s t s m e a n a particular scope o f
c o n t r o l tests specified i n a special p r o g r a m a p p r o v e d
by the Register and performed during the w o r k s survey
exercised b y the Register p r i o r t o issue o f the
Recognition Certificate for Manufacturer to the w o r k s .
A s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t is a casting,
f o r g i n g , p l a t e o r t u b e a n d etc. i n t e n d e d f o r m a c h i n i n g
a n d t e c h n o l o g i c a l t r e a t m e n t t o a c q u i r e t h e f i n i s h e d state.
A s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t is a n i n g o t ,
slab, b l o o m , billet i n t e n d e d f o r f u r t h e r rerolling,
technological treatment.
R e c o g n i z e d l a b o r a t o r y means a labora-
t o r y (center) included into the List o f laboratories
(centers) h a v i n g R e c o g n i t i o n Certificates o f T e s t i n g
Laboratories.
R e c o g n i z e d w o r k s m e a n a n enterprise
included into the List o f recognized (approved)
materials and manufacturers.
A s a m p l e is a p o r t i o n o f a s e m i - f i n i s h e d
p r o d u c t o r p r o d u c t o r a specially fabricated b l a n k o f
w h i c h test specimens s h a l l be m a c h i n e d .
R e c o g n i t i o n Certificate for M a n u -
f a c t u r e r means a document confirming the c o m -
pliance o f the manufacturer's products a n d conditions
o f their manufacturer w i t h the Register rules a n d
warranting the introduction (entry) o f the w o r k s into
the List o f recognized materials a n d manufacturers.
A c c e p t a n c e ( c e r t i f i c a t i o n ) tests
m e a n a test extent established b y the Register rules
or documentation agreed u p o n by the Register for
the products delivered under survey by the Register;
the test results serve the basis f o r issue o f the Register
certificates.
T y p e A p p r o v a l C e r t i f i c a t e means a
document confirming the compliance o f the products
produced by the w o r k s w i t h the Register rules a n d
certifying an entry o f the w o r k s into the List o f
approved (recognized) materials and manufacturers.
M a n u f a c t u r e r C e r t i f i c a t e means a
document o f the w o r k s certifying the compliance o f
a p a r t i c u l a r v o l u m e o f t h e specific t y p e o f p r o d u c t
w i t h the requirements o f the order and c o n f i r m i n g
that the products are m a n u f a c t u r e d i n compliance
w i t h p r o d u c t i o n practice adopted at w o r k s . T h e
C e r t i f i c a t e is issued b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d s h a l l be
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
certified by signature o f the person representing the
Quality Control Department.
R e g i s t e r C e r t i f i c a t e means a document
certifying the compliance o f a particular v o l u m e o f
the specific t y p e o f p r o d u c t w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
the Register rules or, i f agreed u p o n specifically, w i t h
c o n d i t i o n s o f the order. T h e Certificate is issued b y
the surveyor to the Register surveying manufacture
o f the products.
A p p r o v a l o f q u a l i t y s y s t e m means an
action o f the Register, o r other organization authorized
b y the Register, certifying t h a t the necessary degree o f
certitude is o b t a i n e d t h a t the p r o p e r l y identified q u a l i t y
management system complies w i t h the Register require-
ments. T h e Register-confirmed compliance o f the
w o r k s quality management system w i t h the require-
m e n t s o f I S O 9 0 0 1 w i l l be considered acceptable.
L a m e l l a r t e a r i n g is b r e a k i n g o f w e l d e d
structure c o m p o n e n t s , m a d e o f r o l l e d plates o r pipes,
d u e t o c o n s i d e r a b l e w e l d i n g stresses a n d / o r e x t e r n a l
loads applied i n the direction perpendicular to the
plate surface.
1.3 SURVEY
1.3.1 G e n e r a l .
1.3.1.1 G e n e r a l p r o v i s i o n s , r e g u l a t i n g t h e s c o p e a n d
the procedure o f survey shall be f o u n d i n the G e n e r a l
Regulations for the Classification and Other Activity.
1.3.1.2 P r i o r t o c o m m e n c e m e n t o f m a n u f a c t u r e
o f the products under the technical supervision the
f i r m , shall be recognized b y the Register. F o r this
purpose the Register carries o u t survey o f the w o r k s ,
which comprises the following:
.1 r e v i e w a n d r e c o g n i t i o n o f t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n -
tation specifying the properties a n d conditions o f
production.
Review o f technical documentation o n materials
a n d p r o d u c t s , as a r u l e , is c a r r i e d o u t p r i o r t o t h e
testing o f materials;
.2 d i r e c t s u r v e y o f p r o d u c t i o n a n d t h e q u a l i t y
system o f the firm, conducting o f check testing.
I n course o f taking the above actions, a
compliance o f the manufacture parameters and the
products w i t h the requirements o f the documentation
s h a l l b e c o n f i r m e d ( r e f e r t o 1.3.1.2.1) a n d t h e R u l e s
o f t h e R e g i s t e r , as w e l l as t h e a p p r o p r i a t e l e v e l o f
quality stability;
.3 i s s u e o f t h e s u r v e y r e s u l t s :
issue o f the R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u -
facturer o r T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate, ( i f the results
are satisfactory);
preparation o f the conclusion o n impossibility o f
issue o f the a b o v e m e n t i o n e d Register d o c u m e n t s , ( i f
the results are unsatisfactory).
P a r t XIII. Materials
A l l t h e procedures necessary f o r obtaining t h e
Recognition Certificate f o r Manufacturer a n d Type
A p p r o v a l Certificate a n d the documents, confirming
the recognition o f the firm a n d its products b y the
Register shall be executed i n accordance w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f Sections 2 a n d 3, P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l
Supervision during Manufacture o f Materials" o f the
Rules f o rTechnical Supervision during Construction
o f Ships a n dManufacture o f Materials a n d Products
for Ships based o n t h e requests o f firms.
1.3.1.3 D u r i n g p r o d u c t i o n t h e s u r v e y o f m a t e r i a l s
and products i n course o f t h e technical supervision
includes t h e following:
.1 tests a n d i n s p e c t i o n ;
.2 i s s u e o f t h e d o c u m e n t s ( r e f e r t o 1 . 4 . 3 ) o n t h e
basis o f t h e results o f tests a n d inspection.
1.3.2 T e s t i n g .
1.3.2.1 C h e c k t e s t i n g i n c o u r s e o f t h e f i r m
recognition is carried o u t according t o the p r o g r a m
approved b y t h e Register. T h e p r o g r a m is compiled
o n t h e basis o f t h e respective requirements o f t h e
present P a r t o f t h e Rules, n a t i o n a l o r international
standards a n d other technical documentation.
Testing under t h e Register technical supervision
during manufacture o f products shall be conducted i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f the chapters o f
the present P a r t depending o n t h e materials a n d
p r o d u c t s subjected t o t h e tests a n d / o r t h e s t a n d a r d s
a n d specifications recognized b y t h e Register.
1.3.2.2 T h e s i t e a n d t i m e o f t h e p r e s c r i b e d t e s t s
shall be specified b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r i n advance.
S a m p l i n g , test procedures, specimen c u t o u t proce-
dures shall be effected i n compliance w i t h t h e
applicable requirements o f t h e Rules (according t o
S e c t i o n 2 ) . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e Register's
representative shall b r a n d t h e samples a n d specimens
a n d t h e tests shall b e c a r r i e d o u t i n h i s presence.
1.3.2.3 W h e r e t h e t e s t r e s u l t s a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y ,
unless o t h e r w i s e specified i n t h erelevant chapters, r e -
testing shall be conducted w i t h t h e following condi-
tions being observed.
1.3.2.3.1 T e n s i l e t e s t .
F r o m t h e semi-finished product, w h i c h has failed
t h e test, a d o u b l e n u m b e r o f specimens m a y b e
m a c h i n e d f r o m t h e locality nearest t o t h e area, f r o m
w h i c h samples have been originally c u t o u t .
I n case t h e results o f tests c a r r i e d o u t o n this
double n u m b e r o f specimens are satisfactory, t h e
s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s u b m i t t e d t o tests, as w e l l as
the relevant batch m a y be accepted.
I f a t least o n e specimen ( f r o m t h e a d d i t i o n a l set)
yields unsatisfactory results, t h e semi-finished p r o d u c t
s u b m i t t e d shall b e rejected. H o w e v e r , t h e Register m a y
accept t h e rest o f t h e batch, p r o v i d e d t h e test results
obtained o n t w o other semi-finished products o ft h e
same batch p r o v e satisfactory. I f o n e o f t w o semi-
1
f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s selected a d d i t i o n a l l y yields u n s a t i s -
factory results, t h e w h o l e b a t c h shall b e rejected.
1.3.2.3.2 I m p a c t t e s t .
T h e cases o f u n s a t i s f a c t o r y test results i n c l u d e :
w h e n t h e a v e r a g e v a l u e o f t h r e e i m p a c t t e s t s (KV)
fails t o m e e t t h e prescribed requirements,
or m o r e t h a n o n e result o u to fthree is below the
required average value,
or t h e result o n a n yo n eo f t h e specimens is m o r e
t h a n b y 3 0 % b e l o w t h e required average value.
I n a n y o n e o f t h e cases listed, re-testing m a y b e
carried o u t o n additional n u m b e r o f specimens
machined f r o m t h e same semi-finished product a t t h e
locality nearest t o t h e area o f preceding cutting-out.
T h e submitted semi-finished product a n d the
batch m a y be accepted i f t h e n e w average value o f
test results (three i n i t i a l tests plus three a d d i t i o n a l
tests) exceeds t h e r e q u i r e d average v a l u e a n d n o t
m o r e t h a n t w o results o u t o f six are b e l o w t h e
required average value a n d n o t m o r e t h a n o n e
specimen h a s yielded t h e result, w h i c h is b e l o w b y
30 % t h e required o n e .
W h e r e t h e results o f re-testing o f t h e semi-
finished product representing a batch are unsatisfac-
t o r y , this p r o d u c t shall be rejected, b u t t h e r e m a i n i n g
semi-finished products o ft h e batch m a y be accepted
i n case w h e r e t h e results o f tests c a r r i e d o u t o n t w o
additional semi-finished products o f this batch are
satisfactory. W h e r e t h e test results o f t w o a d d i t i o n a l
semi-finished products are unsatisfactory, t h e batch
shall be rejected. T h e m e n t i o n e d a d d i t i o n a l semi-
finished products shall be t h e thickest a m o n g the
products available i n t h e batch.
T h e test principle p r o p o s e d here f o r K V m a y b e
applicable t o U - n o t c h e d specimen.
1.3.2.3.3 W h e r e t h e t e s t r e s u l t s a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y
d u e t o l o c a l defects i n t h e s p e c i m e n m a t e r i a l , f a u l t y
m a c h i n i n g o r f a u l t y test e q u i p m e n t o r i n case o f
tensile test fracture occurs b e y o n d t h e design l e n g t h
o f the specimen, t h e test shall b e repeated o n t h e s a m e
n u m b e r o f specimens.
A t t h emanufacturer's discretion, t h e semi-finished
products f r o m t h e b a t c h rejected m a y be s u b m i t t e d t o
tests i t e m - b y - i t e m a n d w h e r e t h e results a r e satisfactory,
they m a y be accepted b y t h e Register f o r supply.
A t the manufacturer's discretion, the semi-
finished products f r o m t h e batch rejected m a y be
re-tested after heat treatment, repeated heat treat-
m e n t , o r m a y be submitted as a category other t h a n
t h a t i n i t i a l l y declared. W h e r e test results i n case o f
such repeated submission are satisfactory f o r supply,
the Register m a y accept t h e material.
A n y m a t e r i a l t h a t yielded unsatisfactory results
during subsequent machining o r application shall be
rejected irrespective o f t h e a v a i l a b i l i t y o f records o f tests
carried o u t p r e v i o u s l y o r a p p r o p r i a t e certificates.
8 Rules for the Classification
1.3.2.4 I f c o n f u s i o n o f s p e c i m e n s o r t e s t r e s u l t s i s
detected o r t h e test results d o n o t m a k e i t possible t o
assess t h e m a t e r i a l p r o p e r t i e s w i t h t h e r e q u i r e d d e g r e e
o f accuracy, t h e Register m a y r e q u i r e a n y tests t o be
repeated i n t h e presence o fits representative.
1.3.2.5 M a t e r i a l p r o d u c e d , t h e p r o p e r t i e s o f
w h i c h d o n o t fully agree w i t h t h e requirements o f
this Part, t h e deviations being n o t essential f o r t h e
operation o f the structure o r product, m a y be used i n
accordance w i t h the purpose o n l y subject t o r e v i e w o f
the d e v i a t i o n s b y t h e Register a n d i n case a r e l e v a n t
application f r o m themanufacturer a n d agreement o f
the customer is available.
1.4 M A R K I N G A N D D O C U M E N T A T I O N
1.4.1 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .
D u r i n g manufacture o f materials and products at
works, t h e system o f m o n i t o r i n g shall be applied,
w h i c h enable t o check t h e products manufacture a t
a n y stage, b e g i n n i n g f r o m t h e o r i g i n a l ladle o f m e t a l .
D o c u m e n t a t i o n confirming t h e availabilityo fsuch a
system at t h e w o r k s shall be submitted t o the
Register.
1.4.2 M a r k i n g .
Prior t o submission t o theRegister representative
the materials shall be respectively m a r k e d . T h e
m a r k i n g o f the materials, unless specified otherwise,
(the peculiarities o f m a r k i n g shall be agreed i n
advance a n d shall reflect t h e particular products
properties, f o r example, refer t o 3.2.8), shall be
carried o u t according t o the standards taking the
following requirements i n consideration:
.1 i n t h e case o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s d e l i v e r e d
i n single pieces each o n e o f t h e m shall be m a r k e d . F o r
shipments i n bundles t w o weather-resistant labels
containing them a r k i n g shall be provided a n d firmly
fastened t o t h e opposite ends o f the bundle.
W h e n a great n u m b e r o f semi-finished products
is d e l i v e r e d a n d these a r e o f s m a l l size, t h e m a r k i n g
procedure a n d t h e content o f t h e m a r k i n g shall be
agreed w i t h t h e Register.
Semi-finished products t o undergo further m a -
c h i n i n g shall be stamped, as f a r as possible, i n spots
shall n o tbe machined.
T h e stamp shall stand o u tclearly a n d be framed
w i t h a bright paint resistant t o atmosphere;
.2 a s a r u l e , t h e s t a m p s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g
information:
grade o r quality o f material;
figures o r other designation t o indicate t h e origin
o f the semi-finished product (number o f semi-finished
product, n u m b e r o fcast a n d t h e like);
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
manufacturer's name o r trade m a r k ;
s t a m p o f t h e q u a l i t y c o n t r o l service o f t h e
manufacturer's;
Register's brand ( i f required);
.3 i f t h e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t d o e s n o t w i t h s t a n d
the tests r e q u i r e d b y the R u l e s o r defects a r e revealed,
w h i c h m a k e its use i n accordance w i t h the purpose
impossible, theRegister brand a n dthe material grade
designation shall be r e m o v e d o r cancelled.
A d d i t i o n a l requirements t o m a r k i n g are stated i n
2.4.6, P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l supervision d u r i n g M a n u -
facture o f M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e Rules f o r Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d
Manufacture o fMaterials a n d Products f o r Ships.
1.4.3 D o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Every batch o f the materials a n d products, o r a
separate semi-finished p r o d u c t a n d a separate item, i f
the d e l i v e r y is p e r f o r m e d i n single pieces, w h i c h
passed t h e tests, s h a l l b e a c c o m p a n i e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r
certificate o r t h e manufacturer's d o c u m e n t certified
by t h e Register representative.
1.4.3.1 M a n u f a c t u r e r Q u a l i t y C e r t i f i c a t e .
T h e Register representative simultaneously w i t h
the submission o f t h e final material o r i n advance
shall be presented w i t h t h e M a t e r i a l Q u a l i t y Certifi-
cate. T h e Certificate shall b e attested b y t h e w o r k s
quality division, witnessed b y the authorized person,
a n d , as m i n i m u m , shall c o n t a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g data:
name o fthe w o r k s a n d the order number;
project number, i f k n o w n ;
name, number, dimensions a n dmass o f the semi-
finished product w i t h indication o f the drawing
n u m b e r o r sketch, ( i f applicable);
m a r k , (grade) o f t h e material, type o f alloy,
n u m b e r o fladle a n d chemical composition;
identification number;
type a n d m o d e o fheat t r e a t m e n t ( i f necessary);
m e c h a n i c a l test results;
non-destructive testing results, (satisfactory o r
unsatisfactory), i f applied.
1.4.3.2 T h e R e g i s t e r C e r t i f i c a t e , a t l e a s t , s h a l l
contain t h e following data:
order number;
building project, i f k n o w n ;
name, number, dimensions a n d mass o f the
material;
m a r k , (grade) o f the m a t e r i a l a n d delivery status;
n u m b e r o fManufacturer Quality Certificate;
number o f batch o r semi-finished product o r
identification n u m b e r , w h i c h enables t o identify t h e
supplied material;
drawing number, ( i f applicable).
The obligatory supplement t o the Register
certificate shall be t h e M a n u f a c t u r e r Q u a l i t y Certifi-
cates attested b y t h e a u t h o r i z e d representative o f the
Manufacturer.
P a r t XIII. Materials
I f the m a t e r i a l is s u p p l i e d o n l y w i t h the
m a n u f a c t u r e r certificates, attested b y the Register
representative, its f o r m a n d contents shall be agreed
w i t h the Register and the purchaser.
1.5 L A B O R A T O R I E S E N G A G E D I N T E S T I N G
1.5.1 T h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r a p p l i e s t o l a b o r a t o r i e s
engaged i n testing o f m a t e r i a l s subject t o the survey
by the Register.
1.5.2 T e s t i n g o f m a t e r i a l s p r o v i d e d u n d e r t h e
technical supervision o f the Register by the recog-
nized metallurgy w o r k s (holding the Recognition
C e r t i f i c a t e o f M a n u f a c t u r e r ) m a y be c o n d u c t e d
without obtaining a Recognition Certificate o f
Testing L a b o r a t o r y by the said laboratories.
Laboratories o f other firms or independent
laboratories m a y determine chemical composition
a n d c o n d u c t tests t o d e t e r m i n e m e c h a n i c a l a n d o t h e r
properties o f the items o f supervision o n l y after being
recognized by the Register.
1.5.3 T h e a b o v e m e n t i o n e d p r o v i s i o n s f u l l y a p p l y
to the laboratories engaged i n testing o f items o f the
Register supervision by non-destructive methods.
1.5.4 L a b o r a t o r i e s e n g a g e d i n n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing o f materials and products shall have a
R e c o g n i t i o n Certificate issued by the Register a n d /
or any other appropriate document o f the authorized
national or international organization, which con-
9
firms the competence o f the laboratory. I n the
Certificate o r the d o c u m e n t the scope a n d conditions
o f a p p l y i n g testing shall be defined. T o be recognized
for a p p l y i n g the u l t r a s o n i c testing, a request shall be
forwarded to the Register supplemented by the
following documents confirming that the laboratory
is r e a d y t o c a r r y o u t t h e n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g :
documents i n confirmation o f availability o f
qualified personnel together w i t h the n a m e o f the
body having carried o u t the certification o f the
personnel;
technical characteristics o f relevant equipment
a n d the scope o f its application;
instructions for personnel.
Tests shall be m a d e t o c o n f i r m reliability o f the
test results a n d the possibility o f t h e i r r e p r o d u c t i o n .
T h e test p r o g r a m shall be a p p r o v e d b y the
Register.
1.5.5 T h e r e s u l t s o f m a t e r i a l t e s t i n g a n d i n v e s t i -
gations conducted are recorded i n the prescribed w a y
(entered i n t h e test l o g , r e p o r t , etc.). T h e test l o g
( r e p o r t , etc.) s h a l l c o n t a i n a l l t h e d a t a necessary f o r
the assessment o f material quality and subsequent
issue o f certificate.
A report o f testing o f products shall include at
least the f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n : k i n d o f p r o d u c t ,
material and m a j o r dimensions o f product, testing
m e t h o d , testing frequency, type o f u n i f i e d reference
b l o c k , size a n d p o s i t i o n o f defects, n a m e o f o p e r a t o r
a n d date o f testing.
10 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

2 PROCEDURES O F TESTING

2.1 G E N E R A L
2.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t S e c t i o n c o v e r
the types a n d procedures o f testing materials, w h i c h are
subject t o survey b y t h e Register d u r i n g their m a n u -
facture. T h e n e e d t o c o n d u c t t h e tests a n d e v a l u a t i o n
criteria o f test results a r e defined i n t h e r e l e v a n t sections
standards unless expressly p r o v i d e d otherwise i n the
subsequent sections a n d chapters o f t h e present Part.
2.2.2 T e n s i l e t e s t s .
2.2.2.1 W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t t e n s i l e t e s t s a t t h e
a m b i e n t temperature t h e f o l l o w i n g tensile properties
o f metals shall be determined:
.1 y i e l d stress R i s t h e v a l u e o f stress m e a s u r e d a t
e

o f the present P a r t o r other parts o f the Rules. the c o m m e n c e m e n t o fplastic d e f o r m a t i o n at yield o r

2.1.2 T h e S e c t i o n g i v e s g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e v a l u e o f stress m e a s u r e d a t t h e first p e a k o b t a i n e d
testing c o n d i t i o n s , types a n d d i m e n s i o n s o f test d u r i n g y i e l d i n g e v e n w h e n t h a t p e a k i s e q u a l t o o r less
specimens, a n d their preparation. t h a n a n y subsequent peaks observed d u r i n g plastic
A l t e r n a t i v e testing procedures a n d types o f test deformation at yield.
specimens m a y be adopted, subject t o a p p r o v a l o f t h e E l a s t i c stress rate s h a l l be w i t h i n t h e l i m i t s
Register a n d o n condition that they provide adequate specified i n T a b l e 2.2.2.1.1;
accuracy, r e p r o d u c i b i l i t y a n d d e p e n d a b i l i t y o f tests T a b l e 2.2.2.1.1
carried o u t f o r determination o f material properties 2 1
M o d u l u s o f elasticity o ft h e Stress rate, N / m m s
required by the Rules. 2
m a t e r i a l E, N / m m min max
2.1.3 T y p e s a n d p r o c e d u r e s o f s p e c i a l t e s t s f o r t h e
m a t e r i a l s i n t e n d e d f o r specific use a n d e v a l u a t i o n < 150000 2 20
criteria, i f n o instructions are contained i n the Rules, >150000 6 60

shall be agreed w i t h the Register.

2.1.4 W h e n t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s .2 w h e n n o w e l l d e f i n e d y i e l d p h e n o m e n o n e x i s t s ,
o f the standards o r other regulating documents t h e 0 , 2 % p r o o f s t r e s s Rpo,2 shall be determined
approved b y the Register shall be m e t . according t o the applicable specification.
2.1.5 S a m p l e s , f r o m w h i c h t e s t s p e c i m e n s a r e c u t F o r austenitic a n d d u p l e x stainless steel p r o d u c t s
shall h a v e u n d e r g o n e t h e same t r e a t m e n t as t h e the 1 % p r o o f stress R \ m a y be d e t e r m i n e d i n
p

m a t e r i a l , f r o m w h i c h t h e y h a v e been t a k e n (e.g. heat a d d i t i o n t o R o,2-

p

treatment). Test specimens shall be prepared i n such a T h e stress r a t e s h a l l be as stated i n 2 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 1 ;

m a n n e r t h a t properties o f t h e m a t e r i a l are n o t affected. .3 t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h R is t h e v a l u e o f stress
m

2.1.6 A l l t h e t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t b y c o m p e t e n t corresponding t o the m a x i m u m strain rate directly

personnel o n testing machines o f adequate capacity before t h e test specimen fractures.
being maintained i n the appropriate operating condition. T o d e t e r m i n e t h e tensile s t r e n g t h R t h e test m

T h e measurement accuracy o f testing machines shall be specimen is subjected t o extension u p t o t h e fracture

w i t h i n + 1 %. T h e m a c h i n e s s h a l l b e r e g u l a r l y , a s a r u l e b y t h e c o n t i n u o u s l y rising strain rate. A f t e r reaching t h e
a t least once p e r year, checked a n d calibrated b y t h e d u l y y i e l d s t r e s s o r p r o o f stress, f o r d u c t i l e m a t e r i a l t h e
designated n a t i o n a l authorities. m a c h i n e speed d u r i n g t h e tensile test s h a l l n o t exceed
The results o f regular checks shall be submitted t h a t corresponding t o a strain rate o f 0,008 p e r second.
to the Register. F o r b r i t t l e m a t e r i a l s , s u c h as cast i r o n , t h e stress rate
2
C h a r p y m a c h i n e s f o r i m p a c t tests s h a l l be shall n o t exceed 10 N / m m p e r second;
verified i n accordance w i t h the requirements o f .4 f r a c t u r e e l o n g a t i o n A i s t h e r a t i o o f a n
I S O 148-2 o r another standard recognized b y t h e Register. increment o f the gauge length after fracture t o the
M a c h i n e s f o r t e n s i l e / c o m p r e s s i o n tests s h a l l b e v e r i f i e d o r i g i n a l g a u g e l e n g t h , e x p r e s s e d i n %.
i n accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f I S O 7500-1 o r The elongation value is, i n principle, valid o n l y i f
another standard recognized b y t h e Register. the distance between the fracture a n d the nearest
g a u g e m a r k i s n o t less t h a n o n e t h i r d o f t h e o r i g i n a l
g a u g e l e n g t h (L ). 0 H o w e v e r , the result is valid
2.2 T E S T I N G P R O C E D U R E S F O R M E T A L S irrespective o f the location o f the fracture i f the
elongation value is equal t o o r greater t h a n the
expected value.
2.2.1 T e m p e r a t u r e . E l o n g a t i o n A is usually determined o n t h e s m a l l
5

The temperature o f the ambient air during the p r o p o r t i o n a l test specimens w h e n a gauge l e n g t h is
tests s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e 5 , 6 5 ^ / S o = 5d. A i s d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e n o n -
0
P a r t XIII. Materials 11

p r o p o r t i o n a l test specimens, f o r instance, with a Test specimens o f rectangular cross-section w i t h

gauge l e n g t h Z, = 2 0 0 m m a n d calculated b y t h e a g a u g e l e n g t h e q u a l t o L = 5,65y/S o r o f c i r c u l a r
0 0

formula c r o s s - s e c t i o n w i t h a g a u g e l e n g t h LQ = 5d a r e c a l l e d
0

40
p r o p o r t i o n a l test specimens.
0A = 2A (^)°' ,%.
5
P r o p o r t i o n a l test specimens a r e preferable f o r
N o n - p r o p o r t i o n a l test specimens a r e u s u a l l y used tensile tests. T h e m i n i m u m e l o n g a t i o n v a l u e s g i v e n i n
f o r f e r r i t i c t y p e steels o f l o w a n d m e d i u m s t r e n g t h this P a r t a r e specified f o r these specimens. T h e gauge
made without application o fcold working; length L o f t h e specimen shall preferably b e greater
0

.5 f r a c t u r e r e d u c t i o n i n a r e a Z i s t h e r a t i o o f t h e t h a n 2 0 m m .
difference between t h e o r i g i n a l a n d t h e m i n i m u m T h e value o f t h e specimen gauge length after its
cross-sectional areas o f t h e test specimen after measuring m a y b e r o u n d e d o f f t o t h e nearest 5 m m ,
fracture t ot h eo r i g i n a l cross-sectional area, expressed p r o v i d e d t h a t t h e difference between this length a n d
i n %. I t i s d e t e r m i n e d f o r test s p e c i m e n s o f c i r c u l a r L s h a l l b e less t h a n 1 0 % o f L .
0 0

cross-section; T e n s i l e tests f o r flats u p t o4 0 m m t h i c k shall b e

.6 w h e n t e n s i l e t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t a t a n e l e v a t e d carried o u tw i t h flat specimens o f full thickness. I t is
t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e test t e m p e r a t u r e shall b e i n d i c a t e d allowed t o reduce the specimen thickness b y m a c h i n ­
b y t h e i n f e r i o r f i g u r e , f o r i n s t a n c e Л /з5о, Л £/350>
т е i n g o n e o f the r o l l e d surfaces. T h e specimen thickness
^5/350> ^ 3 5 0 w h e r e t h e n u m b e r 3 5 0 i s t h e t e s t reduction shall becaused b y t h e insufficient capacity
t e m p e r a t u r e i n degrees Celsius. o f a testing machine.
2.2.2.2 F o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e t e s t s p e c i m e n Tests shall be carried o u t o n t h e specimens
dimensions t h e f o l l o w i n g symbols are used, m m : according t o T a b l e 2.2.2.3.
d = d i a m e t e r o f t h e p a r a l l e l test length; T e s t specimens f o r a tensile test, a s a r u l e , s h a l l b e
a = thickness o f t h e p a r a l l e l test length; cut o u t so that their l o n g i t u d i n a l axes were aligned
b = w i d t h o f t h e p a r a l l e l test length; w i t h t h e m e t a l basic d e f o r m a t i o n . Test specimens
LQ = g a u g e l e n g t h ; m a y be c u t o u t transverse i fthere is t h e relevant
L = p a r a l l e l test l e n g t h ;
c
i n s t r u c t i o n i n sections o f the present Part. D u r i n g t h e
So = cross-section; w o r k s initial survey t h e rolled plates c a n b e tested
R = transition radius; u s i n g b o t h t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l a n d transverse test
D = external tube diameter; specimens.
t = rolled products thickness. 2.2.2.4 F o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h
2.2.2.3 T e n s i l e t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n t h e t e s t R o f n o d u l a r c a s t i r o n , t e s t s p e c i m e n s o f c i r c u l a r
m

specimens o f the f o l l o w i n g types (refer t o F i g . 2.2.2.3): cross-section s h o w n i n F i g . 2.2.2.4 shall b e used.

т т
—Ен:--ез— Щ^г

~2d
a
s

F i g . 2.2.2.4

c) Drift

2.2.2.5 F l a t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e u s e d i n t e n s i l e t e s t s
o f semi-finished products o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m
alloys f o r thicknesses u p t o a n d i n c l u d i n g 12,5 m m .
T h e tensile test specimens shall b e prepared s o t h a t
Л r
b o t h r o l l e d surfaces a r e m a i n t a i n e d . F o r semi­
finished p r o d u c t s o v e r 12,5 m m t h i c k , r o u n d tensile
test specimens a r e used. T e s t specimens f r o m semi­
finished products u p t o 4 0m m thick are c u to u t so
that their axis is located i n t h e middle o f t h e
thickness. Test specimens f r o m semi-finished p r o ­
F i g . 2.2.2.3 ducts over 4 0 m m t h i c k are c u t o u t so that their axis
12 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 2.2.2.3

Semi-finished product Specimen type Specimen dimensions

Forgings, c a s t i n g s , F i g . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 (a) Proportional round specimens

bars 1 0 < d < 2 0 , preferably 14 m m
L 0 = 5d
L C = L + 0 d/2
R = 1 0 m m ( f o r n o d u l a r c a s t i r o n a n d m a t e r i a l s w i t h Л < 1 0 %, / ? > l , 5 d ) .
5

F o r r o d s a n d p r o d u c t s o f s m a l l dimensions, test specimens o f full thickness a n d w i t h relevant

other dimensions m a y b e used.
T h e axes o ft h e r o u n d test specimens shall b elocated a ta p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e quarter o f t h e
thickness f r o m one o f the rolled surfaces

P r o p o r t i o n a l flat s p e c i m e n s
P l a t e s , s t r i p s , s e c t i o n s F i g . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 (b) a = t (t — p l a t e t h i c k n e s s )
b = 25 m m
L = 5,65^/^0
0

LC
=
A) + 2\/So
R = 25 m m
f o r p l a t e t h i c k n e s s t e q u a l t o o r less t h a n 12,5 m mt h e s p e c i m e n s m a y b e a l l o w e d :
b = 2t,
R = 2t

N o n - p r o p o r t i o n a l flat s p e c i m e n s
a = t (t — p l a t e t h i c k n e s s )
b = 25 m m
L Q = 200 m m
L C = 212,5 m m
R = 25 m m
W h e n t h e capacity o f t h e available testing m a c h i n e i s insufficient t o allow t h e u s e o f test
specimen o f full thickness, this m a y b e reduced b y m a c h i n i n g one o f the rolled surfaces.
D u r i n g weldability test the b u t t - w e l d a n d d e p o s i t e d m e t a l are tested a c c o r d i n g t o 2.2.2.8.
F o r materials o v e r a b o u t 4 0 m mthick, p r o p o r t i o n a l r o u n d test specimens w i t h d i m e n s i o n s a s
s p e c i f i e d i n F i g . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 (a) m a y b e u s e d

Fig. 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 (c) Full cross-section specimen with plugged ends

Tubes Lq = 5,65^/iSq
L ^5,65y/So
c + D/2, where L C is t h edistance between t h egrips o r t h e plugs, whichever is t h e
smallest

Fig. 2.2.2.3 (d) Strips cut longitudinally

a = t
fc> 1 2 m m
L = 5,65^/^0
0

L C = L + 2b Q

R o u n d test specimens m a y also b eu s e d p r o v i d e d that the w a l l thickness is sufficient t o allow the

m a c h i n i n g o f s u c h s p e c i m e n s t o t h e d i m e n s i o n s a s s p e c i f i e d i n F i g . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 (a) w i t h t h e i r a x e s
located a t the midwall thickness

S e m i - f i n i s h e d A c c o r d i n g t o 2.2.2.5
products o f wrought
aluminium alloys

Tgrough thickness direction Z

is l o c a t e d a t a d i s t a n c e f r o m o n e o f t h e s u r f a c e s e q u a l Principal rolling direction
tone quarter o f the thickness. A (longitudinal direction L)

2.2.2.6 W h e n w i r e i s t e s t e d , i t s s p e c i m e n s o f f u l l
cross-section shall be o f t h e following dimensions:
L = 200 m m ,
0
Direction perpendicular to rolling
L = L + 50 m m .
c 0 direction (transverse direction T)
2.2.2.7 T h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s t e n s i l e t e s t s s h a l l b e
carried o u t o n test specimens t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axis o f
w h i c h is perpendicular t o t h e rolling surface (direc­ Fig. 2.2.2.7-1
t i o n Z , refer t o Fig. 2.2.2.7-1).
Test procedures a n ddimensions o f the r o u n d international standards recognized b y t h e Register.
specimens shall comply w i t h t h e national a n d T h e testing scope is given i n 3.14.4.
P a r t XIII. Materials 13

F o r plates a n d w i d e flats, o n e test s a m p l e shall b e R^25 mm.

t a k e n close t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l centreline o f o n e e n d T h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r surfaces o f the flat specimen
o f r o l l e d piece representing t h e b a t c h as s h o w n i n w e l d shall b em a c h i n e d flush w i t h t h e surface o f t h e
Fig. 2.2.2.7-2. base m e t a l .
Specimens are permitted:
Test sample
position b = 2 t f o r f < 12,5
Principal rolling direction R = 2 t f o r f < 12,5
1 2 * b = 2 5 f o r г > 12,5
J * . R > 2 5 f o r г > 12,5.
Test specimen 2.2.2.9 T h e t o l e r a n c e s o n s p e c i m e n d i m e n s i o n s
position
given i n 2.2.2 shall b e i n accordance w i t h I S O 6892-84.
F i g . 2.2.2.7-2 I f made according t o t h e standards recognized b yt h e
Register, t h e specimen deviations shall c o m p l y w i t h
T h e sample shall b e large e n o u g h t o a c c o m m o ­ these standards.
date t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f 6 specimens. 3 test specimens 2.2.3 I m p a c t t e s t s .
shall be prepared w h i l e t h erest o f the sample r e m a i n s 2.2.3.1 T h e i m p a c t t o u g h n e s s K C U s h a l l b e
f o r possible retest. d e t e r m i n e d o nC h a r p y U - n o t c h t y p e test specimens
T h e test is considered i n v a l i d a n d f u r t h e r as i n F i g . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - 1 a n d T a b l e 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - 1 , t h e i m p a c t
replacement test i s r e q u i r e d i f t h e fracture occurs i n energy K Va n d K U o n C h a r p y V - n o t c h t y p e test
the w e l d o rheat affected zone. specimens a n d C h a r p y U - n o t c h t y p e test specimens
T h e d i m e n s i o n s o f specimens a r e selected d e ­ as i n F i g s . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - 2 a n d 2.2.3.1-3, a n d T a b l e s 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - 2
pending o n t h e rolled products thickness. F o r a n d 2.2.3.1-3.
thicknesses u p t o 2 7m m t h e specimens a r e r e c o m ­
mended having diameter d = 4 m m with a variable • b
parallel test l e n g t h L t o ensure u s i n g a s o l i d specimen
c

h a v i n g n o w e l d e d - o n gripping parts. F o r thicknesses

f r o m 2 7t o 4 5m m t h e specimens h a v i n g a diameter
d = 6 m m shall be used, f o r thicknesses over 4 5 m m —
d = 10 m m . F i g . 2.2.3.1-1
2.2.2.8 I n w e l d a b i l i t y t e s t s ( r e f e r t o 2 . 4 ) t e n s i l e
test specimens shall h a v e t h e f o l l o w i n g d i m e n s i o n s :
F o r d e p o s i t e d m e t a l tensile test:
d = 10 m m ;
L = 50 m m ;
0

L ^ 55 m m ;
c

R^\0 mm.
W h e n necessary, t h e specimens o f other d i m e n ­
sions m a y be used; t h egeometrical relationship o f the F i g . 2.2.3.1-2

above parameters t h e r e w i t h shall b e observed;

f o r b u t t - w e l d tensile test (refer t o F i g . 2.2.2.8):
a = t;
' 1 *iИ r - L

4
b=\2 m m f o r t^2 m m ;
b = 25 m m f o r t > 2 m m ; 1
i
— 4 f
L = w i d t h o fweld + 60 m m ;
c

R F i g . 2.2.3.1-3
a

T h e i m p a c t tests s h a l l b e carried o u t o n C h a r p y
machines complying with t h e requirements o f
I S O 148 o r other national o rinternational standard
recognized b y t h e Register, a n d having a striking
e n e r g y o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 0 J . W h e r e t h e test
temperature is other than ambient, the temperature
o f the text specimen a tthem o m e n t o fbreaking shall
F i g . 2.2.2.8 b e t h e s p e c i f i e d t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h i n + 2 °C.
14 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 2.2.3.1-1

Dimensions Nominal Tolerance

Length L , m m 55 + 0,60
W i d t h b, mm 10 + 0,10
T h i c k n e s s a, m m 10 + 0,10
D e p t h below notch h, m m 8 + 0,10
R o o t r a d i u s r, m m 1 + 0,10
D i s t a n c e o f n o t c h f r o m e n d o f t e s t s p e c i m e n L / 2 , mm 27,5 ±0,40
A n g l e betweenplane o f symmetry o fnotch a n d longitudinal axis o f
t e s t s p e c i m e n 9, d e g 90 ±2

T a b l e 2.2.3.1-2

Dimensions Nominal Tolerance

Length L , m m 55 + 0,60
T h i c k n e s s a, m m 10 + 0,06
W i d t h b, m m 10 + 0,11
7,5 + 0,11
5,0 + 0,06
Angle o fV-notch y, deg. 45 + 2
D e p t h o f n o t c h h , mm 8 + 0,06
R o o t r a d i u s r, m m 0,25 + 0,025
D i s t a n c e o f n o t c h f r o m e n d o f t e s t s p e c i m e n L / 2 , mm 27,5 ±0,040
Angle between plane o fsymmetry o f notch a n d longitudinal axis o f
t e s t s p e c i m e n 9, d e g . 90 ±2

N o t e . F o r p l a t e t h i c k n e s s t e q u a l t o o r l e s s t h a n 10 m m , t h e w i d t h b i n m m m a y b e e q u a l t o t ( f u l l t h i c k n e s s ) w i t h n o m a c h i n i n g
o f t h e sides.

T a b l e 2.2.3.1-3

Dimensions Nominal Tolerance

Length L , m m 55 ±0,60
W i d t h b, m m 10 ±0,11
Thickness a, m m 10 ±0,11
Depth below notch h, m m 5 ±0,09
R o o t r a d i u s r, m m 1 ±0,07
D i s t a n c e o f n o t c h f r o m e n d o f t e s t s p e c i m e n L / 2 , mm 27,5 ±0,42
A n g l e between plane o fsymmetry o f notch a n d longitudinal axis o f
t e s t s p e c i m e n 9, d e g . 90 ±2

T h e impact energy K V a n d K U is determined as
a n average value obtained a t testing three specimens.
T h e required m e a n values o f t h e impact energy
d e p e n d i n g o n t h e d i m e n s i o n s o f t h e specimens selected
f o r tests ( E i s t h e r e q u i r e d m i n i m u m v a l u e o f i m p a c t
energy) a r e g i v e n i n T a b l e 2.2.3.1-4. T h e result o f tests
o n o n e o f t h e s p e c i m e n s t h e r e w i t h m a y b e less t h a n
t h a t given i n T a b l e 2.2.3.1-4, b u t its value shall n o t be
less t h a n 7 0 % o f t h e r e q u i r e d o n e .
T a b l e
D i m e n s i o n s o ftest specimen, Average value o f impact
mm energy, J
10x10x55 IE
10x7,5x55 5/6E
10x5x55 2/3E
Impact energy K Vf o r t h e rolled products having
t h i c k n e s s t o f less t h a n 1 0 m m i s d e t e r m i n e d u n d e r
test specimens as i n F i g . 2.2.3.1-2 w i t h w i d t h b e q u a l
t o r o l l e d t h i c k n e s s w i t h n o m a c h i n i n g o f t h e sides.
F o r welded joints o fsuch rolled products, the impact
energy K V is determined o n m a c h i n e d specimens o f
m a x i m u m possible thickness considering r e m o v a l o f
weld undercuts. I t is recommended t o use welded
specimens w i t h thickness o fb = 7,5,5 a n d 2,5 m m .
T h e r e q u i r e d i m p a c t v a l u e (b) f o r s p e c i m e n s w i t h
w i d t h b < 10 m mm a y be calculated based o n t h e
r e q u i r e d m i n i m u m average i m p a c t energy f o r speci­
m e n s 1 0 m m w i d e (Ею) u s i n g f o r m u l a
2.2.3.1-4 E{b) = ( b / l 5 + l / 3 ) E 1 0 (2.2.3.1.1)
r o u n d i n g t o t h e w h o l e n u m b e r i n J . T h e test
result f o r o n e o f the specimens m a y be l o w e r t h a n t h e
value calculated b y t h e f o r m u l a i n 2.2.3.1.1, b u t i t
shall b e e q u a l t o a t least 7 0 % o f t h e r e q u i r e d o n e .
T h e tests o nt h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h thickness o f
less t h a n 6 m m s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d u p o n t h e R e g i s t e r
request c o n s i d e r i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s i n 3.5. T h e tests
o n t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f less t h a n 2 , 5
m m shall n o tbe performed.
T h e impact toughness K C U is determined as a n
average value obtained a t testing t w o specimens. I n
P a r t XIII. Materials
this case, each o f t h e i m p a c t t o u g h n e s s v a l u e s
o b t a i n e d s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n r e q u i r e d . N e c e s s i t y
o f testing impact toughness o f material having a
t h i c k n e s s o f less t h a n 1 0 m m a s w e l l a s c o r r e s p o n d i n g
estimation criteria shall be justified i n the documen-
tation submitted t o t h e Register.
2.2.3.2 T h e d i m e n s i o n s o f t h e t e s t s p e c i m e n s
w i t h o u t a n y n o t c h u s e d f o r i m p a c t tests, i n m m , s h a l l
be as s h o w n i n F i g . 2.2.3.2.
55±0,6 ion
F i g . 2.2.3.2
2.2.3.3 I m p a c t t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n
C h a r p y m a c h i n e s h a v i n g a s t r i k i n g e n e r g y n o t less
than 150J.
T h e distance between t h e supports shall be
( 4 0 ±0,5) m m . T h e p e n d u l u m s h a l l b r e a k t h e t e s t
specimen i n the plane o f s y m m e t r y o f the n o t c h a n d
f r o m t h e side o p p o s i t e t o i t , t h e distance b e t w e e n t h e
plane o f symmetry o f the notch a n d that o f the
p e n d u l u m b e i n g n o t i n excess o f 0,5 m m .
W h e n test t e m p e r a t u r e is b e l o w t h e r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e test specimens shall be supercooled
p r i o r t o installing o n t h e C h a r p y machine. T h e degree
o f s u p e r c o o l i n g shall p r o v i d e t h e r e q u i r e d test
t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h m a x i m u m d e v i a t i o n o f ± 2 °C.
T h e degree o f supercooling shall be determined
according t o T a b l e 2.2.3.3, i ft h e test specimens a r e
tested m a x i m u m 3 t o 5 s after r e m o v a l f r o m t h e
thermostat.
T a b l e
T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e , °C S u p e r - c o o l i n g t e m p e r a t u r e , °C
-100 to - 6 0 -4 - 6
-60 to -40 -3 - 4
-40 to +10 -2 -3
2.2.3.4 S t r a i n a g e i n g s e n s i b i l i t y t e s t s s h a l l b e
c a r r i e d o u t o n specimens m a d e o f samples selected
similar t o i m p a c t samples. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified,
m e t a l strips f r o m w h i c h specimens a r e c u t shall be
subjected t o extension d e f o r m a t i o n assuming 5 p e r
cent residual e l o n g a t i o n . I m p a c t test specimens m a d e
o f strips subjected t o extension d e f o r m a t i o n are
subject t o even h e a t i n g (artificial ageing) u p t o
2 5 0 °C, w i t h 1 h o u r c o n d i t i o n i n g a t t h i s t e m p e r a t u r e
a n d subsequent c o o l i n g i n t h e a i r . I m p a c t tests o f
these specimens shall be carried o u t a t r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e ( w i t h i n 1 8 t o 2 5 °C) a n d / o r a t t e m p e r a -
ture agreed additionally.
15
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e h u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel
s t r a i n ageing sensibility tests a r e r e q u i r e d a t t h e i n i t i a l
survey o f the manufacturer, a t procedure alterations
a n d i n d o u b t f u l o r a r g u a b l e cases r e l a t e d t o t h e r o l l e d
p r o d u c t s q u a l i t y . A t t h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y a n d a t t h e tests
p r o c e d u r e a l t e r a t i o n s t h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.5.3.6. I n o t h e r
cases t h e steel tests as a r u l e s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t r o o m
t e m p e r a t u r e a n d a t t h e i m p a c t tests t e m p e r a t u r e f o r t h e
s u b m i t t e d s t e e l g r a d e ( e . g . — 2 0 °C f o r g r a d e D 3 2 s t e e l ) .
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e h u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel
s t r a i n ageing sensibility tests results shall c o m p l y w i t h
t h e R u l e s r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steel d u r i n g i m p a c t tests (e.
g. f o r g r a d e D 3 2 steel t h e a v e r a g e v a l u e o f i m p a c t tests
r e s u l t s s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 3 1 J a t — 2 0 °C w i t h t h e
steel thickness 5 0 m m — refer t o T a b l e 3.2.3).
W h e n t h e a b o v e tests a r e c a r r i e d o u ta t t e m p e r a -
tures l o w e r t h a n t h e prescribed f o r t h e s u b m i t t e d steel
g r a d e ( e . g . f o r g r a d e D 3 2 s t e e l — l o w e r t h a n — 2 0 °C),
the r e q u i r e d average v a l u e o f tests results i s set f o r t h
b y t h e steel m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d s h a l l b e specified i n t h e
documentation submitted t o t h e Register.
2.2.4 H a r d n e s s t e s t i n g .
Hardness shall be determined according t o
B r i n e l l (HB), V i c k e r s ( H V ) , R o c k w e l l ( H R Q o r
using a n y other m e t h o d approved b y t h e Register.
2.2.5 T e c h n o l o g i c a l t e s t s .
2.2.5.1 T h e t e s t s p e c i m e n s c u t a s s h o w n i n
F i g . 2.2.5.1 s h a l l be u s e d f o r b e n d test.
b
11a
(~9a+D) -A
2.2.3.3 F i g . 2.2.5.1
E d g e s o f t h e specimens o n t h e t e n s i o n side m a y
be r o u n d e d t o a radius o f 1 t o 2 m m .
T h e m a n d r e l diameter a n d t h e angle o f specimen
bending isindicated i n the relevant chapters o f the Part.
T h e b e n d test o f plates a n d sections, a n d also t h e test o f
w e l d e d t r a n s v e r s e specimens ( b o t h sides) s h a l l b e
carried o u t o n t h e test specimens o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
d i m e n s i o n s : a = t; b = 3 0 m m , t i s t h e p r o d u c t t h i c k n e s s .
W h e r e t h e thickness o f t h e p r o d u c t exceeds 2 5 m m , t h e
test s p e c i m e n m a y b e m a c h i n e d o n o n e side t o a
thickness o f 2 5 m m . D u r i n g t h e test t h e m a c h i n e d
surface s h a l l b e o n t h e c o m p r e s s i o n side o f t h e b e n d test
specimen. W i t h thickness o frolled products equal t o o r
less t h a n 1 2 , 5 m m , t h e f o l l o w i n g s i z e o f t h e t e s t
s p e c i m e n s i s a l l o w e d : a = t , b i s n o t less t h a n t h e b i g g e s t
f r o m 1,5a o r 2 0 m m .
T h e b e n d tests o f forgings, castings a n d s i m i l a r
semi-finished products shall be carried o u t o n t h e
16 Rules
specimens having the following dimensions:
a = 20 m m , b = 25 m m .
2.2.5.2 F l a t t e n i n g t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t o n s p e c i m e n s
(pipe lengths) h a v i n g a length f r o m 10 m m t o 100 m m .
T h e specimen ends shall be plain a n d s m o o t h w i t h
their cuts perpendicular t o t h e tube axis ( I S O 8492).
2.2.5.3 D r i f t e x p a n d i n g t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t o n
specimens m a d e i n accordance w i t h t h e requirements
o f I S O 8493 (refer t o F i g . 2.2.5.3).
F i g . 2.2.5.3
F o r metallic tubes, t h e specimen length (tube
length) L is equal t o twice t h e external diameter D o f
t h e t u b e i f t h e a n g l e o f t h e d r i f t p i s 30°, a n d L i s e q u a l
t o l , 5 D i f t h e a n g l e o f t h e d r i f t i s 45° o r 60°. T h e t e s t
piece m a y b e shorter, p r o v i d e d t h a t after testing t h e
r e m a i n i n g c y l i n d r i c a l p o r t i o n i s n o t less t h a n 0 , 5 D .
T h e rate o f m a n d r e l p e n e t r a t i o n shall n o t exceed
50 m m / m i n .
2.2.5.4 R i n g t e n s i l e t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t i n
accordance w i t h the requirements o f I S O 8496. T h e
length o f specimens (tube lengths) is equal t o 15 m m
a n d t h e rate i n tests shall n o t exceed 5 m m / s .
2.2.5.5 F l a n g i n g t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t o n s p e c i -
mens (tube lengths) having a length o f l , 5 D i n
accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f I S O 8494 (refer
t o F i g . 2.2.5.5). T h e test piece m a y b e shorter,
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
provided that after testing t h e r e m a i n i n g cylindrical
p o r t i o n i s n o t less t h a n 0 , 5 D .
T h e rate o f m a n d r e l p e n e t r a t i o n shall n o t exceed
50 m m / m i n .
2.2.5.6 R i n g e x p a n d i n g t e s t s a r e c a r r i e d o u t i n
accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f I S O 8495 (refer
to F i g . 2.2.5.6). T h e length o f specimens (tube
lengths) m a y v a r y f r o m 10 m m t o 16 m m a n d t h e
rate o f m a n d r e l p e n e t r a t i o n shall n o t exceed 3 0 m m / s .
F i g . 2.2.5.6
2.2.6 D r o p w e i g h t t e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f n i l -
ductility temperature ( N D T ) .
W h e n r e q u i r e d b y t h e R u l e s , d r o p w e i g h t tests
a n d results e v a l u a t i o n a r e effected i n accordance w i t h
the A S T M standard a n d the procedures recognized
b y t h e Register. T h e tests shall be carried o u t o n t h e
specimens o f the f o l l o w i n g types (dimensions i n m m ) :
Type P-l: 2 5 x 9 0 x 3 6 0 ;
T y p e P-2: 1 9 x 5 0 x 130;
T y p e P-3: 1 6 x 5 0 x 130.
T h e dimensions o f specimens are chosen so that
their thickness approximates that o f the material t o
be tested.
T h e f o l l o w i n g shall be noted, unless otherwise
specified:
.1 n o w a r m i n g u p o f specimens is a l l o w e d i f t h e y
are m a d e b y m a c h i n i n g ( i f f l a m e cutting is used, t h e
s p e c i m e n side s h a l l b e a t least 2 5 m m f r o m t h e c u t line);
.2 n o m a c h i n i n g i s a l l o w e d f o r t h e t e n s i l e s i d e o f
the specimen;
.3 t h e s p e c i m e n s i n t h e s e r i e s s h a l l b e o f t h e s a m e
orientation.
2.2.7 M a c r o a n d m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l a n a l y s i s .
W h e r e required b y this o r other Parts o f the Rules,
m a c r o a n d m i c r o structural analysis o fmetals shall be
m a d e i n compliance w i t h t h e relevant standards.
P a r t XIII. Materials
2.2.8 C h e m i c a l a n a l y s i s .
The methods f o r determination o f chemical
composition o f metals a n d permissible deviations
are specified i n relevant standards.
2.2.9 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
2.2.9.1 W h e n r a d i o g r a p h i c t e s t i n g i s c a r r i e d o u t ,
the results shall be recorded i n t h e f o r m o f radio­
g r a p h s w i t h a s u m m a r y o f test e v a l u a t i o n s attached.
2.2.9.2 U l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
using t h e pulse-echo methods. F o r c o n t r o l purposes
dual-search units are used.
T o p r o v i d e f o r m o r e precise testing, single-dual
a n d prismatic search u n i t use shall be approved b y
the Register. G o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d accuracy o f the test
e q u i p m e n t s h a l l b e r e g u l a r l y c h e c k e d . T h e size o f
p e r m i s s i b l e defects a n d c r i t e r i a f o r t h e i r e s t i m a t i o n
are subject t o agreement w i t h the Register as a p a r t o f
design d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r t h e product.
T h e s u r f a c e o f t h e p r o d u c t s h a l l p r o v i d e a safe
a n d u n i f o r m acoustic contact w i t h t h e search unit.
T h e ultrasonic testing is carried o u t after heat
t r e a t m e n t a t t h e stage o f m a n u f a c t u r e w h e n t h e
product h a s t h e simplest shape.
2.2.9.3 F o r m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e t e s t i n g o n l y t e c h n i q u e
p r o v e d satisfactory i n practice m a y be used. T h e
m a t e r i a l surface u n d e r test shall h a v e a p p r o p r i a t e
intensity o f the field.
A need i n demagnetization o f t h e product after
c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e test shall be specified i n t h e
technical documentation.
2.2.9.4 T e s t i n g m e t h o d s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e r e f e r r e d
t o i n 2.2.9.1 t o 2.2.9.3, as w e l l as t h e relevant
evaluation criteria shall be approved b y t h e Register.
2.2.9.5 T h e e v a l u a t i o n o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g
results shall be m a d e o n l y b y t h e w o r k s responsible
for t h e results submitted t o t h e Register. Records o f
testing shall be appended t o t h e Register certificate i n
case n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing is r e q u i r e d b y t h e R u l e s .
2.2.10 P r o c e d u r e s f o r a d d i t i o n a l t e s t i n g o f b a s e
material a n d welding consumables intended for
structures used a tlow temperatures.
2.2.10.1 T h e p r e s e n t p r o c e d u r e s m a y b e u s e d i n
developing a n d correcting the programs needed i n
s u r v e y o f m a n u f a c t u r e o f steel i n t e n d e d f o r u s e a t l o w
t e m p e r a t u r e s (refer t o 3.5) i n c l u d i n g t h e steel m a r k e d
w i t h upper index " A r c " (refer t o 3.5.2.1). T h e present
provisions apply t o :
procedures f o r determining t h e temperature o f a
ductile-brittle transition t o estimate the material
property w i t h regard t o retarding the spread o f
b r i t t l e f a i l u r e (Т NDT,
ш DWTT);
procedures f o r determining crack resistance
parameter C T O D f o r t h e base m e t a l a n d t h e heat-
affected zone ( H A Z ) i n testing t h e specimens c u t o u t
from butt-welded joints.
17
W h e r e o n e p r o c e d u r e f o r steel p r o d u c t i o n is
concerned (smelting, rolling, condition o f supply), the
results o f tests carried o u t f o r the greatest thickness o f
rolled products m a y be extended t o t h e rolled
p r o d u c t s o f less t h i c k n e s s .
2.2.10.2 T h e t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t f o r t h e
rolled products w i t h w i d t h o f 10 m m o r above.
The temperature T kb is defined as t h e o n e
corresponding t o 70 % o f a fibrous component i n
the fracture o f a full-thickness radially-notched
specimen being b r o k e n d o w n i n static bending. T h e
specimens shall be dimensioned according t o 2.4.2.5,
P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e Rules f o rt h e Classifica­
tion, Construction a n d Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
T h e tests a r e carried o u t f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o v e r
10 m m t h i c k . F o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o v e r 7 0 m m t h i c k
the specimens o f 7 0 m m thick c u t o u t i n t h e m i d -
thickness o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t s m a y be tested.
T h e test procedure shall m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
2.4, P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
Classification, Construction a n d Equipment o f
MODU/FOP.
2.2.10.3 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t e m p e r a t u r e NDT.
T h e nil-ductility t e m p e r a t u r e N D T is t h e m a x i m u m
t e m p e r a t u r e ( d e t e r m i n e d a t 5 °C i n t e r v a l s ) a t w h i c h
standard specimens w i t h a brittle notched w e l d deposit
b r e a k d o w n i n i m p a c t testing. T h e test p r o c e d u r e a n d
specimen dimensions shall m e e t the requirements o f 2.3,
Part X I I "Materials" o f the Rules for the Classification,
Construction a n d Equipment o f M O D U / F O P . Refer
also t o 2.2.6 o f the present Part.
T h e tests a r e carried o u t f o r t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s
h a v i n g a thickness t over 15 m m o f t h e specimens
m a n u f a c t u r e d i n compliance w i t h 2.3.2, P a r t X I I
"Materials" o f the Rules f o r t h e Classification, C o n ­
struction a n d Equipment o f M o b i l e Offshore Drilling
U n i t s a n d F i x e d O f f s h o r e P l a t f o r m s . T h e specimens a r e
c u t o u t f r o m a surface. T h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s surface is
considered t o b e t h e w o r k surface o f t h e specimen o n
t h e side o f a w e l d deposit. I n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e
p r o g r a m a p p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r a d d i t i o n a l speci­
m e n s shall be c u t o u t as follows:
f r o m t h e mid-thickness o f t h e plate, i n t h e
laminate plane, transversely t o t h edirection o f rolling
(specimens o f types l o r 2 )— f o r rolled products over
40 m m u p t o a n d including 50 m m thick;
f r o m t h emid-thickness o f the plate perpendicular
t o t h e plate surface so t h a t t h e direction o f break­
d o w n development coincides w i t h that o fthe rolling.
T o reduce plastic d e f o r m a t i o n , t h e specimen
deflection i n testing is restricted w i t h a stopper.
T h i s t y p e o f tests f o r castings a n d forgings is
allowed o n l y according t o t h e procedure agreed w i t h
the Register.
18 Rules for the Classification
2.2.10.4 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t e m p e r a t u r e
DWTT.
The temperature D W T T shall be determined i n
d r o p - w e i g h t testing as t h e t e m p e r a t u r e c o r r e s p o n d i n g
to 7 0 % o f a fibrous component i n the fracture o f a
full-thickness specimen w i t h a sharp n o t c h being
broken d o w n i n shock loading at a rate o f5 t o 8 m/s.
The m a i n specimen dimensions: height = 7 5 + 2 m m ,
length = 3 0 0 + 5 m m , space between support
s = 252 + 2 m m .
T h e tests a r e c a r r i e d o u t f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h
thickness equal t o 7,5 m m a n d u p t o 4 0 m m
according t o t h e procedure agreed w i t h t h e Register.
F o r rolled products w i t h thickness over 19 m m the
specimens w i t h thickness equal t o 19 m m c u t o u t
from the mid-thickness o f rolled products o n thick-
ness m a y b e tested. I n t h i s case t h e D W T T is h i g h e r i n
comparison w i t h t h e temperature o f full thickness:
having rolled products' full-thickness o f over 19 m m
and above 30 m m at 10, having rolled products'
t h i c k n e s s o f o v e r 3 1 a n d a b o v e 4 0 m m — a t 1 5 I I °C.
i n accordance w i t h A p p e n d i x I V "Special test
procedures" o f the Rules f o r the Classification a n d
Construction o f Subsea Pipelines. Procedure f o r
attributing fracture sections t o a crystalline type i n
compliance w i t h 2.3.2, P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d
Equipment o f Mobile Offshore Drilling Units a n d
Fixed Offshore Platforms.
2.2.10.5 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n i n g c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e
parameter C T O D f o r base m e t a l .
T h e crack resistance p a r a m e t e r C T O D is defined
as t h e c r a c k t i p o p e n i n g d i s p l a c e m e n t , i n m m , w i t h
crack appearance under loading conditions f o r the
type o f c r a c k p r o p a g a t i o n . T h e test is carried o u t i n
full-thickness specimens w i t h a sharp n o t c h h a v i n g
fatigue precracking.
T h e tests a r e c o n d u c t e d f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s n o t
less t h a n 2 5 m m t h i c k a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p r o c e d u r e
agreed w i t h t h e Register i n compliance w i t h t h e
requirements o f 2.2, Part X I I "Materials" o f the
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P . F o r the given type o f
tests, t h e i r p e r f o r m a n c e is r e c o m m e n d e d a t t e m p e r a -
t u r e s o f — 3 0 , — 4 0 , — 5 0 °C. A t l e a s t t h r e e s p e c i m e n s
for each t e m p e r a t u r e shall be tested.
T h e specimens over 7 0 m m t h i c k m a y be tested
after t h e i r w o r k i n g o n o n e o f t h e sides t o a t h i c k n e s s
o f 7 0 m m . I n t h i s case t h e test t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l be
r e d u c e d b y 5 °C a s c o m p a r e d t o t h e a b o v e m e n t i o n e d
f o r s t e e l o f u p t o 9 0 m m t h i c k , a n d b y 1 0 °C, f o r s t e e l
over 90 m m thick.
T h i s t y p e o f tests f o r castings a n d f o r g i n g s is
allowed only according t o t h e procedure agreed w i t h
the Register.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
2.2.10.6 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n i n g c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e
parameter C T O D forthe H A Z metal.
T h e tests a r e c a r r i e d o u t s i m i l a r t o 2.2.10.5 u s i n g
the specimens c u t f r o m welded billets w i t h K - o r
V-preparation t o have the front o f a n initial fatigue
crack located i n the certain structural component o f
H A Z . T h e tests a r e c a r r i e d o u t f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o f
n o t less t h a n 2 5 m m t h i c k . P r o c e d u r e s f o r p r e p a r i n g
billets, c u t t i n g o u t a n d m a r k i n g specimens, testing,
a n d estimating t h e correctness o f the results obtained
shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register a n d shall meet t h e
requirements o f 2.2, Part X I I "Materials" o f the
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d
E q u i p m e n t o f M O D U / F O P . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e speci-
fied, samples are w e l d e d a t t h e m a x i m u m heat i n p u t
specified f o r a g i v e n steel i n n o r m a t i v e d o c u m e n t a -
tion, a n d then o t c h shall be m a r k e d i nthezone o f the
m a x i m u m overheating i n welding a large-grain
c o m p o n e n t o f H A Z a t a distance u p t o 1 m m f r o m
a fusion line.
F o r t h e g i v e n t y p e o f tests, t h e i r p e r f o r m a n c e i s
r e c o m m e n d e d a t t e m p e r a t u r e s o f — 3 0 , — 4 0 , — 5 0 °C.
T h r e e correct values, as a m i n i m u m , shall be o b t a i n e d
i n tests a t o n e t e m p e r a t u r e .
I n case t h e d a t a scattering is considerable, a n d
t h e m i n i m u m C T O D v a l u e i s less t h a n 0 , 5 o f i t s
average value t h e n u m b e r o f specimens tested a t this
t e m p e r a t u r e shall be increased u n t i l 5 correct test
results.
T h e specimens over 7 0 m m t h i c k m a y be tested
after t h e i r w o r k i n g o n o n e o f t h e sides t o a t h i c k n e s s
o f 7 0 m m . I n t h i s case t h e test t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e
r e d u c e d b y 5 °C a s c o m p a r e d t o t h e a b o v e m e n t i o n e d
f o r s t e e l o f u p t o 9 0 m m t h i c k , a n d b y 1 0 °C, f o r s t e e l
over 90 m m thick.
2.3 P R O C E D U R E S O F T E S T I N G NON-METALLIC
MATERIALS
2.3.1 T e s t i n g c o n d i t i o n s .
2.3.1.1 B e f o r e t e s t i n g t e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e
c o n d i t i o n e d a t a n a m b i e n t a i r t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C
a n d r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ± 5 ) %. U n l e s s e x p r e s s l y
provided otherwise, the duration o f conditioning
shall be a t least 16 h .
Testing shall be carried o u t i m m e d i a t e l y after
c o m p l e t i o n o f c o n d i t i o n i n g o f t h e test specimens.
The conditioningm a y be o m i t t e d i fi t is proved t o
the Register t h a t testing c o n d i t i o n s d o n o t signifi-
c a n t l y affect t h e test results a n d t h e i r stability.
2.3.1.2 T h e t e s t s p e c i m e n s o f r e i n f o r c e d m a t e r i a l s
are c u t i n t h e w a r p o r weft direction so t h a t t h e axis
o f t h e test specimen shall be p a r a l l e l t o t h e fibres o f
w a r p o r weft, respectively.
P a r t XIII. Materials 19

2.3.1.3 I n c a s e o f t h e t e s t s c a r r i e d o u t a c c o r d i n g Fracture elongation shall be i n accordance w i t h

t o t h e m e t h o d a p p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r test, speci­
mens m a y be used, w h o s e shape a n d dimensions
differ f r o m those required b y t h e present Chapter.
2.3.1.4 T e s t i n g c o n d i t i o n s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e
specified i n t h e present C h a p t e r shall c o m p l y w i t h
the relevant standards.
2.3.2 T e n s i l e t e s t s .
2.3.2.1 T e n s i l e s t r e n g t h o f g l a s s - r e i n f o r c e d p l a s ­
tics s h a l l be d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e test specimens
according t o Figs. 2.3.2.1-1 a n d 2.3.2.1-2, a n d
Table 2.3.2.1.
^0 . k n i f e o v e r a l e n g t h o f 5 0 m m o n t h e side o f t h e
F i g . 2.3.2.1-1
2.2.2.1.4.
2.3.2.3 T h e t e a r p r o p a g a t i o n s t r e n g t h o f l a m i n a t e d
textiles is d e t e r m i n e d o n rectangular test specimens
measuring (225 ± 5) x (75 ± 5) m m . A n incision
( 8 0 ± 1) m m l o n g s h a l l b e m a d e i n t h e m i d d l e o f o n e
o f t h e specimen ends p a r a l l e l t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l edge.
B o t h the ends o f the incised specimen are t h e n fixed i n
the grips o ftesting m a c h i n e so t h a t t h e area w h e r e t h e
tear begins is parallel t o t h e direction, i n w h i c h t h e
breaking load is applied. T h e m o v i n g rate o f t h e
testing machine grips is ( 1 0 0 + 1 0 ) m m / m i n .
T h e b r e a k i n g l o a d is d e t e r m i n e d as a n a r i t h m e t i c
m e a n o f five successive m a x i m u m values.
2.3.2.4 T h e s t r e n g t h o f i n t e r l a y e r b o n d s i n a
textile i s d e t e r m i n e d o n rectangular test specimens
measuring (50 ± 5) x (200 ± 5) m m . T h e specimen coat
is c a r e f u l l y c u t t o t h e c l o t h a n d s e p a r a t e d u s i n g a
oblique n o t c h as s h o w n i n F i g . 2.3.2.4 (the separated
area is lined). T h e ends o f layers separated i n this
m a n n e r are clamped i n t h e grips o f testing machine.

L,
Notches out to the cloth
L,

25
1 <N \
II ^

50

F i g . 2.3.2.4

F i g . 2.3.2.1-2
D e l a m i n a t i o n is effected o n a length o f 100 m m ,
T a b l e 2.3.2.1 a n d t h e forces applied a r e p l o t t e d o n a graph. T h e
m o v i n g rate o f t h e grips is 100 ±10 m m / m i n . T h e
Dimensions, m m F i g . 2.3.2.1-1 F i g . 2.3.2.1-2
i n t e r l a y e r b o n d strength is d e t e r m i n e d as a n a r i t h m e t i c
150 250
m e a n o f 5 0 per cent o f t h e l o w e s t p e a k values t o be
^lmin
L 2 115 + 5 170 ± 5 f o u n d i n the g r a p h as m e a s u r e d o n t h ecentral section
Ьъ 60 ± 0 , 5 — o f the specimen length m a k i n g u p 50 % o f the total
L 0
50 ± 0 , 5 50±1 separated length.
bi 20 ± 0 , 5 25 ± 0 , 5
b 10±0,5 — 2.3.2.5 T h e t e a r p r o p a g a t i o n s t r e n g t h o f b o n d
2

t 1...10 1...6 j o i n t s o f l a m i n a t e d textiles is d e t e r m i n e d o n test

r 60 — specimens prepared i n such a m a n n e r that t h e m i d d l e
2.3.2.2 T h e t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h a n d f r a c t u r e e l o n g a ­
t i o n o f l a m i n a t e d textiles a r e d e t e r m i n e d o n test
specimens ( 5 0 ± 1) m m w i d e h a v i n g t h e o r i g i n a l
length between t h e grips o f testing machine
(200 ±5) m m .
T h e pre-load applied is 2 N f o r cloths w i t h a
3
d e n s i t y 2 0 0 g / m o r less, 5 N f o r c l o t h s w i t h a d e n s i t y
m o r e t h a n 2 0 0 a n d u p t o 5 0 0 g / m a n d 10 N f o r 3
3
cloths w i t h a density above 500 g/m .
T h e m o v i n g rate o f t h e testing machine grips is
100 ±20 m m / m i n .
o f t h e b o n d j o i n t coincides w i t h t h e middle o f t h e
specimen length a n d thejoint overlaps the specimen
b y 2 5 m m . T h e shape a n d d i m e n s i o n s o f test
specimens are determined proceeding f r o m 2.3.2.2.
T h e adhesive applied shall agree w i t h t h e conditions
of the products manufacture.
2.3.2.6 T h e t e a r p r o p a g a t i o n s t r e n g t h o f r e t r o -
reflective materials is determined o n specimens
25 + 1 m m wide having t h e initial length between
the grips o f testing m a c h i n e 100 ± 5 m m .
T h e m o v i n g rate o f t h e testing m a c h i n e grips is
300 ±20 m m / m i n .
20
M a t e r i a l s w i t h a n adhesive layer a r e tested after
r e m o v a l o f protective paper.
2.3.2.7 T h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e a d h e s i v e b o n d a g e
between t h e retro-reflective m a t e r i a l a n d the adhesive
layer is determined o nspecimens 25 ± 1 m mw i d e a n d
200 ± 5 m m long.
Before testing, protective paper is r e m o v e d f r o m
the adhesive layer o f t h e m a t e r i a l o n a length o f
80 ± 5 m m a n d placed o n t h e surface being tested
w h i c h measures (50 ± 5) x (90 ± 5) m m .
T h e loose e n d o ft h e specimen is secured i n t h e
dead lock o fthe testing machine. Separation o f the
s p e c i m e n i s a c h i e v e d b y t u r n i n g t h e p a n e l b y 180°
r o u n d t h e axis passing t h r o u g h t h e specimen e n d
opposite t o t h e loose o n e .
2.3.3 C o m p r e s s i o n t e s t .
2.3.3.1 C o m p r e s s i o n s t r e n g t h o f g l a s s - r e i n f o r c e d
plastics shall be d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e test specimens
according t o F i g . 2.3.2.1-1 a n d T a b l e 2.3.3.1.
T a b l e
L u La, L ,
3 hi, b,2
r,
m m mm mm mm m m
N o t regulated 80 20 10±0,5 160
2.3.3.2 C o m p r e s s i o n s t r e n g t h o f r i g i d f o a m e d
plastics shall be d e t e r m i n e d o n rectangular test
specimens w i t h side d i m e n s i o n s ( 5 0 , 0 ± 0,5) x
( 5 0 ±0,5) m m a n d a h e i g h t f r o m ( 2 5 ± 1 ) t o ( 5 0 ± 1 ) m m .
T h e l o a d i s increased u n i f o r m l y . T h e stress rate s h a l l
n o t b e i n excess o f 5 m m / m i n .
2.3.4 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f m o d u l u s o f e l a s t i c i t y
for glass-reinforced plastics.
T h e m o d u l u s o f elasticity i n tension shall be
determined according t o 2.3.2.1, a n d i n compression
according t o 2.3.3.1. T h e strain i n c r e m e n t is deter­
m i n e d w i t h i n i t i a l l o a d P a n d m a x i m u m l o a d Рпши
0 o f w h i c h together w i t h a crucible shall b e determined w i t h
w h i c h areequal t o 2 a n d 8 — 10 % o fthe breaking
load, respectively.
2.3.5 B e n d t e s t .
2.3.5.1 T h e b e n d t e s t o f r i g i d f o a m e d p l a s t i c s
shall b e carried o u t o n t h e test specimens, t h e l e n g t h
o f w h i c h i s ( 1 2 0 ± 1,2) m m , w i d t h ( 2 5 ±0,25) m m a n d
t h i c k n e s s ( 2 0 ±0,2) m m . T h e d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
supports shall be 100m m , rounding o f the supports
a n d t h ep u n c h (5 ± 0,2) m m . T h e rate o f p u n c h feed is
(10 ±2) m m / m i n .
2.3.5.2 T h e b e n d t e s t o f g l a s s - r e i n f o r c e d p l a s t i c s
shall be carried o u t o n test specimens, t h el e n g t h o f
w h i c h equals 2 0 times their thickness a n d t h e breadth
is 2 5 m m . T h e distance b e t w e e n t h e s u p p o r t s s h a l l
equal 16 times t h e specimen thickness. T h e load
applied t o t h e midlength o f t h e specimen shall be
s m o o t h l y increased u n t i l t h e latter breaks.
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
2.3.5.3 B e n d t e s t o f l a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s .
T h e test is effected o n rectangular specimens
m e a s u r i n g ( 3 0 0 ± 5) x (50 ± 1) m m , w h i c h a r e fixed i n
the testing arrangement as s h o w n i n F i g . 2.3.5.3.
W h e n t h e test specimen i s fixed t h e distance b e t w e e n
the grips shall be 3 0 m m .
3
2.3.3.1
t,
mm
10
F i g . 2.3.5.3:
1 — grip; 2 — test specimen; 3 — m o t o r ; 4 — l o a d
T h e test specimen being fixed, t h e grips a r e
brought together until they touch each other. A t this
t i m e , t h e l o a d u p o n t h e test specimen shall b e 1 0 N .
D u r i n g t h e test, t h e m o v a b l e g r i p m a k e s 5 0 0 c y ­
cles o f r e c i p r o c a t i n g m o v e m e n t w i t h a f r e q u e n c y o f
2 H za n d a n amplitude o f50 m m .
2.3.6 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r e l a t i v e g l a s s c o n t e n t
in glass-reinforced plastic b y mass.
I n t h e f u r n a c e a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f ( 6 2 5 + 2 5 ) °C
resin is r e m o v e d f r o m a specimen h a v i n g dimensions
(10±l,0)x(10±l,0) m m x l a m i n a t e thickness, t h e mass
a n a c c u r a c y u p t o 0 , 0 1 g . T h e glass c o n t e n t i n t h e m a s s ,
i n %, i s o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a :
S=(G -G )100/(G -G )
2 0 1 0
w h e r e G\, G = m a s s o f the crucible together with t h e specimen
2
before a n d after roasting, g;
Go = m a s s o ft h e e m p t y r o a s t e d crucible, g.
2.3.7 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a p p a r e n t d e n s i t y o f f o a m
plastics.
T h e apparent density o f f o a m plastics shall be
d e t e r m i n e d o n test specimens o f regular shape,
3
h a v i n g a v o l u m e n o t less t h a n 1 0 0 c m .
Before c o n d i t i o n i n g i n accordance w i t h 2.3.1.1
the test specimens shall b e d r i e d a t a t e m p e r a t u r e
( 4 0 ± 5 ) °C t o i t s c o n s t a n t m a s s . T h e a p p a r e n t d e n s i t y
is d e t e r m i n e d as t h e r a t i o o f t h e m a s s o f t h e s p e c i m e n
to itsvolume, i n m . 3
P a r t XIII. Materials
2.3.8 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f s h r i n k a g e o f p l a s t i c s
at limiting temperature.
A test specimen w i t h d i m e n s i o n s (100±l)x
x(100±l)x(15±0,5) m m is conditioned a t t h e
appropriate temperature during 4 8 h .
S h r i n k a g e i s d e t e r m i n e d a s t h e r a t i o , i n %, o f
l i n e a r d e f o r m a t i o n t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e o r i g i n a l size o f
the specimen.
2.3.9 W a t e r a b s o r p t i o n t e s t .
2.3.9.1 W a t e r a b s o r p t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n
test specimens h a v i n g t h e d i m e n s i o n s ( 5 0 ± l ) x
(50 ±1) m m a n d a thickness equal t o t h e thickness
o f t h e product, b u t n o t m o r e t h a n (50 ± 1) m m .
Before testing t h e specimens shall be dried t o
c o n s t a n t mass; d r y i n g c o n d i t i o n s a r e specified i n t h e
relevant standards. A f t e r d r y i n g a n d weighing t h e
specimens are i m m e r s e d into distilled w a t e r a n d kept
a t a t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C f o r 2 4 h . T h e n t h e y a r e
weighed again. W a t e r shall be removed f r o m the
specimen surface.
W a t e r absorption is obtained as a fraction o f
total mass o fabsorbed water related t o t h emass o f
the d r y specimen.
W a t e r a b s o r p t i o n o f f o a m e d plastics is deter-
m i n e d as mass o f absorbed water related t o t h e
surface area o f t h e specimen.
2.3.9.2 A s a m p l e , t h e s i z e o f w h i c h i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e r e q u i r e d n u m b e r a n d size o f
specimens, is i m m e r s e d i n fresh water, t h e tempera-
t u r e o f w h i c h i s 2 3 ± 2 °C, t o a d e p t h o f 1 , 2 5 m a n d
conditioned f o r7 days.
Before testing, as w e l l as a d a y a n d seven days
after i m m e r s i o n , t h esample is weighed.
A f t e r c o n d i t i o n i n g , test specimens a r e prepared
f r o m the sample.
2.3.10 A g e i n g t e s t .
2.3.10.1 A s a m p l e , w h i c h d i m e n s i o n s a r e d e t e r -
mined depending o nthe required number a n d dimen-
sions o f test specimens is c o n d i t i o n e d i n semi-
i m m e r s e d c o n d i t i o n i n t h e artificial sea w a t e r w i t h a
t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C f o r 3 0 d a y s . I n t h e p r o c e s s o f
c o n d i t i o n i n g t h e sample shall b e subjected every d a y t o
two-hour ultra-violet irradiation w i t h 5 0 0 W lamp
placed a t a distance o f 5 0 c m f r o m i t . A f t e r
c o n d i t i o n i n g test specimens a r e prepared f r o m t h e
s a m p l e f o r c a r r y i n g o u t t h e r e q u i r e d tests.
2.3.10.2 T w o s a m p l e s , t h e s i z e o f w h i c h i s
d e t e r m i n e d p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f
specimens required a r e kept suspended d u r i n g seven
d a y s a t a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e 7 0 ± 1 °C, o n e o f t h e
samples being suspended i n a closed v o l u m e above
water. A f t e r that, t h e same n u m b e r o f test specimens
is p r e p a r e d o u t o f e a c h s a m p l e .
2.3.10.3 T h e t e s t f o r c r e a s i n g a n d s t a b i l i t y o f
shape after ageing is effected o n square specimens
w i t h a side m e a s u r i n g 100 ± 5 m m , w h i c h a r e f o l d e d
21
i n t w o d i r e c t i o n s , p a r a l l e l t o t h e e d g e s a n d a t right
angles t o each other, u n f o l d e d a n d t h e n folded once
m o r e along t h e same folds, b u t i n t h e opposite
direction. A f t e r each f o l d i n g , t h e edges a r e s m o o t h e d
d o w n w i t h t h e fingers.
2.3.10.4 A s a m p l e , w h i c h s i z e i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f s p e c i m e n s
required, is subjected t o t h e ultra-violet i r r a d i a t i o n b y
means o f a lamp having a power o f 500 W from a
distance o f 5 0 c m d u r i n g 30 h f o r type 1 retro-reflective
material a n d during 60 h f o rtype 2 material.
2.3.11 P e t r o l e u m - p r o d u c t r e s i s t a n c e t e s t .
2.3.11.1 A d i s c - s h a p e d s p e c i m e n i s i n s e r t e d i n t h e
testing arrangement as s h o w n i n F i g . 2.3.11.1.
05011
- H
F i g . 2.3.11.1:
1 — test specimen; 2 — cylindrical c h a m b e r ; 3 — b a s e plate
w i t h a h o l e o f 3 0 m m d i a m e t e r ; 4,8 — w i n g n u t s ; 5,7 — b o l t s ;
6 — plug
T h e a r r a n g e m e n t is filled u p t o t h elevel o f2 0 m m
w i t h a m i x t u r e o f oils i n t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o p o r t i o n :
30 % o f 2, 2 , 4 — trimethylethane;
50 % o f toluene;
15 % o f d i i s o b u t y l e n e ;
5 % o f ethanol.
O t h e r o i l products m a y b e used such as diesel
fuel, petrol, etc.
T h e test specimen i s c o n d i t i o n e d i n oils d u r i n g
2 2 h a t a t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 0 ± 2 ) °C.
W h e n t h e test specimen is extracted, i t shall b e
dried a little bit, t h ew e t surface folded i n t w o a n d t h e
halves pressed t o each other.
T h e w e t surfaces s h a l l n o t stick t o e a c h o t h e r , n o r
shall t h e fingers b e stained w h e n t h e surfaces shalluched.
2.3.11.2 A s a m p l e , w h i c h s i z e i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f s p e c i m e n s
required, i s i m m e r s e d i n diesel o i l h a v i n g a tempera-
t u r e o f 2 3 ± 2 °C a n d c o n d i t i o n e d t h e r e f o r 3 0 d a y s .
A f t e r c o n d i t i o n i n g , test specimens a r e prepared
f r o m the sample.
2.3.11.3 A s a m p l e , w h i c h s i z e i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f s p e c i m e n s
22 Rules
required, is i m m e r s e d i n diesel o i l o r h i g h octane
p e t r o l h a v i n g a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 3 + 2 °C t o a d e p t h o f
100 m m a n d c o n d i t i o n e d there d u r i n g 2 4 h .
2.3.11.4 S a m p l e s , w h i c h s i z e i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f s p e c i m e n s
required, are i m m e r s e d i n crude o i l , fuel o i l , diesel
fuel, h i g h octane petrol a n d kerosene h a v i n g a
t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 3 + 2 °C t o a d e p t h o f 1 0 0 m m a n d
conditioned there f o r 14 days.
A f t e r c o n d i t i o n i n g , test specimens a r e p r e p a r e d
f r o m t h e samples.
2.3.12 W a t e r r e s i s t a n c e t e s t .
2.3.12.1 A s a m p l e , w h i c h d i m e n s i o n s a r e d e t e r ­
m i n e d d e p e n d i n g o n t h e r e q u i r e d n u m b e r a n d size o f
test specimens, is i m m e r s e d i n artificial sea w a t e r w i t h
a t e m p e r a t u r e o f ( 2 3 + 2 ) °C a n d c o n d i t i o n e d d u r i n g
5 months.
A f t e r c o n d i t i o n i n g , test specimens a r e p r e p a r e d
f r o m the sample.
2.3.12.2 I n t h e c a s e o f l a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s , a
sample measuring 3 0 0 x 2 0 0 m m glued along the
perimeter shall b e c o n d i t i o n e d i nsalty w a t e r w i t h salt
c o n c e n t r a t i o n 3,3 — 3,8 % d u r i n g 4 h a t a
t e m p e r a t u r e o f ( 4 0 + 1 ) °C a n d a t a d e p t h o f 5 0 0 m m .
2.3.12.3 S p e c i m e n s o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l
m e a s u r i n g (70 + 5) x (150 + 5) m m , w h i c h a r e secured
on a n aluminium panel a n d have a n X-shaped
diagonal cut i n t h e m , are conditioned i n artificial
s e a w a t e r a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 3 + 2 °C i n s e m i s u b -
mersed c o n d i t i o n d u r i n g 16 h i n enclosed v o l u m e .
A f t e r c o n d i t i o n i n g , t h e salt residues o n t h e
specimen surface shall be w a s h e d off.
2.3.12.4 S p e c i m e n s o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l
m e a s u r i n g (70 + 5) x (150 + 5) m m , w h i c h a r e secured
o n a n a l u m i n i u m panel, a r e sprayed w i t h 5 % salt
solution a n d conditioned at a temperature o f
3 5 + 2 °C f o r 5 d a y s .
D u r i n g conditioning, t h e specimens are dried f o r
2 h every 2 2 h .
2.3.12.5 S p e c i m e n s o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l
manufactured and mounted i n conformity with
2.3.2.7 a r e soaked i n distilled a n d artificial sea w a t e r
d u r i n g 16 h i n enclosed v o l u m e .
2.3.13 A i r p e r m e a b i l i t y t e s t .
A disc-shaped specimen h a v i n g a diameter o f
350 m m is covered w i t h w a x i n such a w a y t h a t its
centre, 2 9 0 m m i n d i a m e t e r , is left o p e n , a n d t h e n
clamped between t h e flanges o f the testing apparatus
as s h o w n i n F i g . 2 . 3 . 1 3 .
F r o m below, a positive a i r pressure o f 27,5 k P a
acts u p o n t h e test specimen. I n 10 t o 15 m i n , t h e
specimen is so i m m e r s e d i n w a t e r t h a t its u p p e r m o s t
p o i n t is 13 m m b e l o w t h e surface. 1 m i n l a t e r n o a i r
bubbles shall r e m a i n o n t h e specimen surface. W i t h i n
the f o l l o w i n g 5 m i n n o bubbles shall rise t o t h e
surface.
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
0295
F i g . 2.3.13:
b a s e p l a t e ; 2 — c l a m p i n g ring; 3 specimen
2.3.14 C o l d r e s i s t a n c e t e s t .
T h e c o l d resistance test o f l a m i n a t e d textiles is
effected o n rectangular specimens measuring
(100 + 5) x (50 + 5) m m . A f t e r b e i n g c o n d i t i o n e d a t a
t e m p e r a t u r e o f — 3 0 . . . — 5 °C d u r i n g l h a n d a t
— 8 0 . . . — 5 °C d u r i n g 1 0 m i n , t h e s p e c i m e n s a r e b e n t
t h r o u g h a n a n g l e o f 9 0 °C.
A sketch o f testing apparatus is s h o w n i n
Fig. 2.3.14.
F i g . 2.3.14 S k e t c h o f t e s t i n g m a c h i n e :
1 — specimen; 2 — regulating screw
B y t h e e n d o f t h e test t h e distance b e t w e e n t h e
parallel parts o f t h e test specimen shall e q u a l f o u r
times its thickness.
2.3.15 O z o n e r e s i s t a n c e t e s t .
A t e s t s p e c i m e n i s b e n t t h r o u g h 180° r o u n d a
m a n d r e l equalling six times t h e specimen thickness i n
diameter a n d subjected d u r i n g l h t o t h e influence o f
air w i t h ozone concentration o f 50 p p h m at a
t e m p e r a t u r e o f 3 0 + 2 °C a n d t h e r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y
o f 2 6 %.
2.3.16 A s a m p l e , t h e s i z e o f w h i c h i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e n u m b e r a n d size o f specimens
required, is successively exposed t o a m b i e n t a i r a t a
0
temperature o f —40 a n d + 7 0 С at 8 hour intervals
for f o a m plastics a n d a t 2 4 h intervals f o r r e t r o -
reflective materials.
2.3.17 V i b r a t i o n l o a d t e s t .
A test s p e c i m e n , t h e t y p e a n d size o f w h i c h a r e
d e t e r m i n e d proceeding f r o m t h e expected service o f
the product, is m o u n t e d o n a vibration-testing
m a c h i n e a n d subjected t o v i b r a t i o n loads h a v i n g
the following parameters:
P a r t XIII. Materials
oscillation amplitude — 2,5 m m ;
frequency range — 5 t o 5 0 0H z w i t h a difference
of frequency o f32 H z a n d a n amplitude o f vibration
acceleration o f 10 g.
2.3.18 D e t e r m i n i n g t h e r e t r o - r e f l e c t i o n f a c t o r
of a material.
2.3.18.1 T h e r e t r o - r e f l e c t i o n f a c t o r i s d e t e r m i n e d
o n square specimens m e a s u r i n g 150 ± 5 m m . T h e
entrance a n d o b s e r v a t i o n angles a r e a d o p t e d i n
accordance w i t h T a b l e 6.7.2.2.
M e a s u r e m e n t s a r e t a k e n a t t h e t u r n i n g angles o f
r e f e r e n c e p l a n e b e t w e e n 0 a n d 180° w i t h t h e s p a c i n g
n o t e x c e e d i n g 30°.
2.3.18.2 T h e r e t r o - r e f l e c t i o n f a c t o r f o r a m a t e r i a l
staying u n d e r a f i l m o f w a t e r is d e t e r m i n e d o n
s p e c i m e n s m e a s u r i n g (150± 5 ) x ( 7 5 ± 5 ) m m s e c u r e d
on a vertical plane i n t h e transverse direction.
D u r i n g testing, t h e specimen stays u n d e r a
continuously m o v i n g film o f water. A sketch o f the
testing machine shall be f o u n d i n F i g . 2.3.18.2.
Measurements are t a k e n a t t h e observation angle o f
0,2° a n d e n t r a n c e a n g l e o f 5°.
F i g . 2.3.18.2
2.3.19 T h e b e n d t e s t o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l s i s
m a d e o n specimens m e a s u r i n g (25 ± 5) x (150 ±5) m m
after they have been conditioned, together w i t h a
metallic m a n d r e l 3,2 m m i n diameter, i n a heating
c h a m b e r a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 3 0 °C. T h e s p e c i m e n s
shall be wrapped o n t h em a n d r e l b y a slight t o u c h o f
the finger.
Retro-reflective materials w i t h a n adhesive layer
are tested after t h e r e m o v a l o fprotective paper.
2.3.20 T h e a d h e s i o n t e s t o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e
materials is m a d e o n square specimens m e a s u r i n g
100 ± 5 m m .
23
T w o specimens a r e fitted b e t w e e n glass plates
3 m m t h i c k , w i t h t h e i r retro-reflective surfaces facing
each o t h e r a n d u n d e r a l o a d , t h e m a s s o f w h i c h is
18 k g , a n d c o n d i t i o n e d i n t h e h e a t i n g c h a m b e r a t a
t e m p e r a t u r e o f 6 5 ± 2 °C d u r i n g 8 h .
A f t e r being conditioned, t h e specimens are
c o o l e d a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 3 ± 2 °C d u r i n g 5 m i n .
2.3.21 R e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l s a r e t e s t e d f o r
fungus resistance using square specimens m e a s u r i n g
75 ± 2 m m , w h i c h are secured o n a n a l u m i n i u m panel.
T h e specimens are conditioned i n t h e soil d u r i n g
two weeks.
A f t e r being conditioned, t h e specimens are w i p e d
clean w i t h a soft c l o t h wetted i nt h e 7 0 % s o l u t i o n o f
ethanol alcohol a n d then conditioned i n accordance
w i t h 2.3.1.1 d u r i n g 48 h .
The microbiological activity o f t h e soil is
determined o n untreated cotton cloth. After being
soil-conditioned f o r 5 days, t h e u l t i m a t e strength o f
the cloth w i t h a density o f400 t o 475g / m shall n o t 2
b e less t h a n 5 0 % o f t h e i n i t i a l v a l u e .
2.3.22 T h e a b r a s i o n - r e s i s t a n c e t e s t o f r e t r o -
reflective m a t e r i a l is m a d e o n specimens m e a s u r i n g
(150 ±5) x (425 ±5) m m , w h i c h a r e secured o n a n
a l u m i n i u m panel.
T h e p a n e l , w h i c h i s fixed i n t h e t e s t i n g m a c h i n e ,
is s u b j e c t e d t o 1 0 0 0 c y c l e s o f t h e r e c i p r o c a t i n g a c t i o n
o f bristles a t a f r e q u e n c y o f 37 ± 2 cycles p e r m i n u t e .
F o r testing, t r i m m e d black bristles o f a p i g a r e
used arranged i n clusters i n 6 0 openings 4 m m i n
d i a m e t e r o n a b l o c k m e a s u r i n g (90 ±5) x (40 ±5) x
(12,5 ± 5) m m a n d h a v i n g a t o t a l w e i g h t o f 450 ± 15 g.
T h e bristles shall project above t h e b l o c k surface b y
not m o r e than 2 0 m m .
2.3.23 T h e c o n t a m i n a n t - r e s i s t a n c e t e s t o f r e t r o -
reflective m a t e r i a l is m a d e o n square specimens
m e a s u r i n g 150 ± 5 m m , w h i c h are secured o n a n
a l u m i n i u m panel.
T h e specimens are covered w i t h a c o n t a m i n a n t
layer 0 , 7 5 m m t h i c k , a l a b o r a t o r y glass is placed
above, a n d so they remain f o r2 4 h .
A f t e r conditioning, t h especimens arew i p e d clean
o f t h e c o n t a m i n a n t w i t h a soft cloth wetted i n w h i t e
spirit, washed w i t h 1 % s o l u t i o n o f a detergent a n d
rinsed i n water.
The contaminant used f o r testing shall have t h e
following c o m p o s i t i o n b y weight: 8 parts o f soot,
60 parts o fm i n e r a l o i l a n d 32 parts o fw h i t e spirit.
2.4 W E L D A B I L I T Y T E S T
2.4.1 T h e C h a p t e r c o n t a i n s g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s
for t h e weldability testing procedure o f materials
being approved.
24 Rules for the Classification
T h e n u m b e r o f tests is d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e test
p r o g r a m approved b y the Register.
A m o n g t h e products tested f o rw e l d a b i l i t y there
are r o l l e d steel, steel castings, steel f o r g i n g s a n d
a l u m i n i u m alloys applied i n welded ship structures.
T h e test i s carried o u t u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o ft h e
Register o r i n a laboratory recognized b y that body.
2.4.2 T h e w e l d a b i l i t y o f a m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e
e x a m i n e d i n t h e course o f a p p r o v a l tests b y u s i n g
the same welding methods that w o u l d be applied
w h e n p r o d u c i n g structures subject t o survey b y t h e
Register. T h ewelding methods are indicated i n the
approval documentation f o rthematerial.
2.4.3 D u r i n g t h e w e l d a b i l i t y t e s t t h e f o l l o w i n g
shall be determined:
.1 c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r -
ties o f t h e base m e t a l ;
.2 c o l d c r a c k i n g r e s i s t a n c e ;
.3 s u s c e p t i b i l i t y t o a g e i n g a c c o r d i n g t o 2 . 2 . 3 . 4 ;
.4 w e l d e d j o i n t p r o p e r t i e s a c c o r d i n g t o S e c t i o n 4 ,
Part X I V "Welding".
2.4.4 T h e t e s t s m e n t i o n e d u n d e r 2 . 4 . 3 s h a l l b e
m a d e o n plates o r other products o f m a x i m u m
thickness t a k e n f r o m a t least three d i f f e r e n t casts.
2.4.5 F o r m e t a l l i c m a t e r i a l s o t h e r t h a n s t e e l t h e
w e l d a b i l i t y i n each p a r t i c u l a r case i s d e t e r m i n e d
p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e results o f tests m a d e i n
conformity w i t h the Register approved p r o g r a m o r
according t o t h e standards approved b y t h e Register.
2.5 T E S T I N G O F I C E - R E S I S T A N T COATINGS
2.5.1 A s s e s s m e n t o f a n t i c o r r o s i v e p r o p e r t i e s i n
sea water.
2.5.1.1 T e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h I S O 12944-6 f o r a corrosivity category I m 2 i n
compliance w i t h I S O 12944-2.
T h e d u r a t i o n o f testing shall be set f o r the c o a t i n g
lifetime o f 15 years.
2.5.1.2 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
P a n e l s f o r testing s h a l l b e m a d e o f the steel o f the
grade used i n practice.
T h e panel shall be d i m e n s i o n e d 150 x 7 0 m m as a
m i n i m u m . T h e p a n e l thickness shall be least 2 m m ,
d e p e n d i n g o n t h e test. T h e p a n e l surface s h a l l b e
l
w o r k e d b y a b r a s i v e b l a s t i n g t o s t a n d a r d S a 2/ o r S a 3
2 w i t h i n ( 3 5 ± 2 ) °C.
as p e r I S O 8 5 0 1 - 1 . T h e surface r o u g h n e s s ( p r o f i l e ) s h a l l
c o r r e s p o n d t o a n a v e r a g e v a l u e (G) a s p e r I S O 8 5 0 3 - 1
a n d c a n be checked using a standard as p e r I S O 8503-2.
Three panels shall be prepared f o r each type o f
tests.
Paint shall be applied according t o the manufac-
turer's instructions. I tis recommended t o apply paint
o n t h e p a n e l b y airless spraying m e t h o d . E a c h layer
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
shall be u n i f o r m i n thickness a n dl o o k homogeneous,
h a v e n o r u n s , sags, h o l i d a y s , g a s b u b b l e s , w r i n k l e s ,
blushing changes, paint lack, h a r d particle inclusions,
dried t o ps k i n a n dblisters. T h e thickness o f a d r y f i l m
as p e r I S O 2 8 0 8 s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e n o m i n a l v a l u e b y
m o r e t h a n 2 0 %.
P r i o r t o testing, t h e p a i n t e d test panels s h a l l be
conditioned during three weeks at n o r m a l tempera-
t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ± 5 ) % o r
a t t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 0 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y
( 6 5 ± 5 ) %.
T h e p a n e l edges a n d b a c k side s h a l l b e p r o p e r l y
protected.
I n o r d e r t o c o n f i r m a large lifetime i n sea w a t e r ,
the tests shall be carried o u t according t o t h e
following:
I S O 7253 ( n e u t r a l salt spray) d u r i n g 1440 h ;
ISO 2812-2 (immersion i n water) during 3000 h .
2.5.1.3 A s s e s s m e n t o f t h e c o a t i n g s y s t e m b e f o r e
artificial ageing i n t h e salt spray a n d w h e n i m m e r s e d
in water.
P r i o r t o testing, t h e a d h e s i o n assessed b y t h e
cross-cut m e t h o d as p e r I S O 2409 shall be classed 0
or 1.
F o r t h e c o a t i n g s y s t e m o v e r 2 5 0 m t h i c k , t h e test
as p e r I S O 4 6 2 4 s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n s t e a d o f t h e test
as p e r I S O 2 4 0 9 . T h e c o a t i n g i s c o n s i d e r e d t o h a v e
passed t h e test i f t h e substrate ( A / B ) a d h e s i o n is
r e t a i n e d i n t a c t a t a p u l l - o f f f o r c e o f less t h a n 5 M P a .
2.5.1.4 S a l t s p r a y t e s t s .
The specimens t o be tested i n a salt spray
chamber shall be notched t o a substrate w i t h length
o f 50 m m a n d a t a distance o f a t least 2 0m m f r o m t h e
test specimen edge.
The m e t h o d principle consists i n c o n d i t i o n i n g t h e
p a i n t e d specimens i n t h e salt spray c h a m b e r w i t h t h e
following assessment o f t h e extent o f t h e paint
coating destruction.
T h e test specimens shall be placed i n t h e c h a m b e r
f a c i n g u p w a r d s a t a n a n g l e o f ( 2 5 ± 5)° t o t h e v e r t i c a l .
T h e specimens shall b e placed i n s u c h a w a y as t o a v o i d
the contact w i t h each other o r t h e chamber, a n d t h e
s o l u t i o n shall b e freely sprayed o n t h e surface exposed.
T h e specimens shall be placed a t the same level, so t h a t
the s o l u t i o n drops m a y n o t d r a i n o f f the plates o r their
supports o n t o t h e o t h e r specimens placed below.
The temperature inside t h e chamber shall be
I n every 2 4 h , as a m i n i m u m , t h e average rate o f
solution accumulation i n each collector f o r a
horizontal collecting area o f 8 0 c m ( a funnel o f 2
100 m m i n d i a m e t e r ) s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d a n d b e e q u a l
to 1 - 2,5 m l / h . T h e s o d i u m chloride concentration i n
each c o l l e c t o r s h a l l b e ( 5 0 ± 10) g/1, p = 6,5 - 7,2.
H
The specimens shall be periodically visually
e x a m i n e d as p e r Parts 2 - 5 , I S O 4628, leaving
P a r t XIII. Materials
t h e r e w i t h t h e surfaces u n d e r test u n d a m a g e d . T h e
e x a m i n a t i o n t i m e shall n o t exceed 3 0 m i n .
The examinations shall be performed once i n 2 4 h
at the m o s t a n d at the same time o f a day.T h e
specimens shall n o t fully d r y o u t during the
e x a m i n a t i o n a n d , following t h e latter, shall be
i m m e d i a t e l y r e t u r n e d i n t o t h e test c h a m b e r .
2.5.1.5 W a t e r i m m e r s i o n t e s t a s p e r I S O 2 8 1 2 - 2 .
T h e tests shall be carried o u t i n a p r o p e r l y
dimensioned tank (recommended dimensions are
7 0 0 x 4 0 0 x 4 0 0 m m ) . T h e tank shall have closing
appliances, be heat-resistant a n d be p r o v i d e d w i t h a
water solution circulation a n d aeration system. T h e
solution concentration shall be maintained at the
3
level o f 5 0 g o f N a C l p e r 1 d m o f water.
The temperature o f water i n t h e t a n k shall be
( 4 0 ± 1 ) °C.
The specimens shall be i m m e r s e d i n t h e t a n k t o
3/4 o f their l e n g t h a t a distance o f 3 0 m m f r o m o n e
a n o t h e r , t h e t a n k sides a n d b o t t o m . T h e s p e c i m e n
holders shall be positioned so that t h e specimens are
i n c l i n e d a t a n a n g l e o f ( 1 5 - 20)° t o t h e v e r t i c a l , a n d
the surface u n d e r study shall t h e r e w i t h be a t t h et o p
and parallel t o the direction o f a water flow i n the
tank.
The specimen positions shall be periodically
interchanged.
The intermediate examinations o f specimens shall
be carried o u t i n 1 , 3 a n d 5 w e e k s a n d every 2 5 0 h o f
t h e test.
D u r i n g t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e e x a m i n a t i o n s each speci-
men shall be taken o u t o f the tank, blotted w i t h a
filter paper a n d t h e extent o f its coating destruction
s h a l l b e assessed as p e r P a r t s 2 - 5 , I S O 4 6 2 8 d u r i n g
1 m i n . F o l l o w i n g that, the specimen shall be
immediately returned into the tank.
2.5.1.6 A s s e s s m e n t a f t e r a r t i f i c i a l a g e i n g t e s t
d u r i n g t h e set t i m e .
T a b l e 2.5.1.6
Requirements for coating condition after artificial
ageing test during the set time
Assessment method Requirements
I S O 4628-2 B l i s t e r i n g 0(S0)
(assessed w i t h o u t delay)
I S O 4628-3 Rusting RiO
(assessed w i t h o u t delay)
I S O 4628-4 C r a c k i n g 0(S0)
(assessed w i t h o u t delay)
I S O 4628-5 F l a k i n g 0(S0)
(assessed w i t h o u t delay)
A f t e r t h e artificial ageing test i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h
I S O 7253, a n y substrate corrosion d u e t o a scratch
shall n o t exceed 1 m m i f d e t e r m i n e d b y F o r m u -
la (2.5.1.6).
25
A n y defects w i t h i n 1 c m f r o m t h e p a n e l edges
shall be ignored.
2.5.1.6.1 S c r a t c h i n g :
A n engraving machine is recommended for use t o
get reproducible results. W h e r e i t is impracticable,
the device f o r scratching shall correspond t o t h e
description i n 4.1.1, I S O2409:1992 ( a single-bladed
cutting tool).
The scratch m a y be h o r i z o n t a l , vertical o r
d i a g o n a l . I t shall be a t least 5 0 m m l o n g , besides i t
shall be a t least 2 0 m m a w a y f r o m each edge a n d shall
extend t o t h ev e r y surface o f the m e t a l a t a n y p o i n t o f
its l e n g t h .
2.5.1.6.2 A s s e s s m e n t o f c o r r o s i o n l e n g t h w i s e o f
scratch.
A f t e r s a l t s p r a y t e s t , t h e m a x i m u m w i d t h C, i n
m m , o f corrosion across t h e scratch shall be
measured. T h e substrate corrosion M caused b y t h e
scratch is determined b y t h e f o r m u l a
M=(C - W)I2 (2.5.1.6.2)
where W- initial w i d t h o f the scratch, i n m m .
2.5.1.7 O t h e r a s s e s s m e n t m e t h o d s . R e q u i r e m e n t s .
T h e a d h e s i o n assessed ( i n 2 4 h after c o n d i t i o n i n g )
b y t h e cross-cut test m e t h o d as p e r I S O 2409 shall be
classed 0 o r 1 . W h e r e t h e thickness o fthe d r y f i l m o f
a p a i n t s y s t e m is o v e r 2 5 0 m , t h e p u l l - o f f test f o r
a d h e s i o n as p e r I S O 4 6 2 4 instead o f u s i n g t h e cross-
c u t test m e t h o d as p e r I S O 2409 shall be carried o u t .
N o defects a r e a l l o w e d f o r a d h e s i o n w i t h t h e
s u b s t r a t e ( A / B ) a t a p u l l - o f f f o r c e o f less t h a n 5 M P a
(assessment shall b e p e r f o r m e d after 2 4 h o f conditioning).
2.5.2 A s s e s s m e n t o f r e s i s t a n c e t o l o w t e m p e r a -
ture.
2.5.2.1 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
P a n e l s f o r tests s h a l l b e m a d e o f t h e steel o f t h e
grade used i n practice. T h e r e c o m m e n d e d specimen
dimensions: 1 5 0 x 7 0 m m o r 1 5 0 x 1 0 0 m m . T h e
thickness o f u n p a i n t e d plate shall be a t least 2 m m .
T h e panel surface shall be w o r k e d b y abrasive
1 1
blasting t o standard S a 2 / o r S a 3 as p e r I S O 8501-1.
2
T h e surface roughness (profile) shall c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e
a v e r a g e v a l u e (G) a s p e r I S O 8 5 0 3 - 1 a n d c a n b e c h e c k e d
using a standard as p e r I S O 8503-2. F o u r panels shall
be prepared: 3 panels f o r testing a n d 1 check panel.
I t is r e c o m m e n d t o apply paint t o t h e panel b y
airless s p r a y i n g m e t h o d . E a c h layer s h a l l b e u n i f o r m i n
thickness a n d l o o k homogeneous. T h e thickness o f a
dry f i l m as p e r I S O 2808 shall n o t exceed t h e n o m i n a l
value b y m o r e t h a n 2 0 % (refer t o 2.5.1.2).
P r i o r t o test t h e p a i n t e d test panels shall be
conditioned during three weeks a t a n o r m a l tempera-
t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ± 5 ) % o r
a t t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 0 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y
( 6 5 ± 5 ) %.
26 Rules for the Classification
2.5.2.2 T e s t p r o c e d u r e .
Specimens shall be placed i n a freezing chamber
a n d c o n d i t i o n e d a t a t e m p e r a t u r e - ( 6 0 ± 3 ) °C d u r i n g
2 h followed b y t h e adhesion assessment w i t h i n
2 0 - 2 5 s u s i n g t h e cross-cut test m e t h o d as p e r
I S O 2409.
W h e r e t h e thickness o f t h e d r y film o f a coating
system exceeds 2 5 0 m , t h e cross-cut test m e t h o d as
per I S O 16276-2 shall be used.
2.5.2.3 A s s e s s m e n t o f t e s t r e s u l t s .
C o a t i n g s a r e considered t o h a v e passed t h e tests
i f adhesion o n t w o o f three specimens is classed
b e l o w 3 as p e r I S O 2 4 0 9 a n d I S O 12276-2.
2.5.3 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a d h e s i o n s t r e n g t h .
The adhesion strength is determined using the pull-
o f f test as p e r I S O 4624. T h e test p r o v i d e s f o r
measuring the force required t o break thecoating bond.
2.5.3.1 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
T h e coating system t o be tested is applied t o t h e
m e t a l specimens o fthe same thickness ( a tleast 3 m m )
a n d surface texture.
T h e surface p r e p a r a t i o n a n d coating application
shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h a process
i n s t r u c t i o n f o r t h e c o a t i n g system t o be tested.
P r i o r t o test t h e p a i n t e d specimens shall be
c o n d i t i o n e d a t a n o r m a l t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d
a relative h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ±5) % d u r i n g a t least 1 6 h .
2.5.3.2 P r e p a r a t i o n f o r t e s t s .
A f t e r specimens d r y i n g a n d conditioning, dollies
shall be b o n d e d thereon. W h e n selecting a n adhesive,
its u n m i x e d c o m p o n e n t s s h a l l n o t cause t h e v i s i b l e
coating changes w i t h i n t h e time o f t h e adhesive
curing. Adhesives, w h i c h give t h e highest results, are
p r e f e r r e d . I n m o s t cases, c y a n o a c r y l a t e , t w o - c o m p o ­
nent solventless epoxide a n d peroxide-catalyzed
polyester adhesives shall be used.
The adhesives shall be prepared a n d applied
according t o the manufacturer's instructions. T o
secure a tight, c o n t i n u o u s a n d u n i f o r m b o n d b e t w e e n
the dolly a n d coating, the m i n i m a l a m o u n t o f
adhesive shall be applied. A f t e r t h e adhesive curing
(generally 2 4 h ) , t h e adhesive a n d paint shall be c u t
about thedolly circumference penetrating t h r o u g h t o
the m e t a l plate surface. T o reduce t h e d e f o r m a t i o n o f
the painted specimen during pulling off, a rigid metal
ring shall be placed a r o u n d t h e dolly.
2.5.3.3 T e s t p r o c e d u r e .
D u r i n g t h e test a tensile force s h a l l b e u n i f o r m
across t h e entire tension area a n d be applied n o r m a l l y
to t h e p a i n t e d surface w i t h o u t a n y b e n d i n g m o m e n t .
T h e t e n s i o n stress r a t e s h a l l n o t exceed 1 M P a / s
a n d be perpendicular t o t h e p a i n t e d c o a t i n g . T h e test
s p e c i m e n s h a l l fail w i t h i n 9 0 s since t e n s i o n i n g .
T o assess t h e a d h e s i o n s t r e n g t h , a t least s i x
determinations shall be carried o u t at a temperature
( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ± 5 ) %.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
2.5.3.4 A s s e s s m e n t o f t e s t r e s u l t s .
A f t e r s i x tests, t h e m e a n v a l u e o f t h e a d h e s i o n
strength shall be determined. T h e result shall be
presented as t h e m e a n value a n d t h e range. T h e
assessment o f t h e m e a n percentage o f t h e fracture
area a n d t h e fracture type i n t h e system being tested
shall also be provided.
The fracture nature is presented as follows:
AJB - a d h e s i v e f a i l u r e b e t w e e n s u b s t r a t e a n d t h e
first coating layer;
В - cohesive failure o ffirst coating layer;
B/C - a d h e s i v e f a i l u r e b e t w e e n t h e f i r s t a n d t h e
second coating layers;
N - cohesive failure o f t h e n - t h layer o f a
multilayer coating system;
n/m - a d h e s i v e f a i l u r e b e t w e e n t h e n - t h l a y e r a n d
the w - t h layer o f a multilayer coating system;
-/Y - a d h e s i v e f a i l u r e b e t w e e n t h e f i n a l l a y e r a n d
adhesive;
Y- c o h e s i v e f a i l u r e o f a d h e s i v e ;
Y/Z - a d h e s i v e f a i l u r e b e t w e e n a d h e s i v e a n d
dolly.
T h e area o f fracture shall be e s t i m a t e d as a
percentage t o t h e nearest 10 % f o r each type o f
fracture.
W h e r e t h e failure is m a i n l y associated w i t h t h e
adhesive, t h e test shall be repeated u s i n g a n o t h e r
adhesive o r , i n o r d e r t o reduce roughness, t h e surfaces
o f t h e c o a t i n g a n d t h e test d o l l y m a y be abraded.
2.5.4 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a b r a s i o n r e s i s t a n c e .
The m e t h o d concept is determination o f abrasion
resistance o fthe coatings applied o n a m e t a l substrate
w i t h the Taber's abrader.
2.5.4.1 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
M e t a l specimens dimensioned 100x 100 x
x 3(±0,5) m m w i t h a h o l e 8 m m i n d i a m e t e r a t t h e
specimen center shall be prepared f o r testing. T h e
specimen surface p r e p a r a t i o n a n d coating application
shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h the require­
ments o fa process instruction f o r t h e coating system
being tested.
If the coating is applied a t a temperature
( 2 0 - 3 0 ) °C, a b r a d a b i l i t y s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d a t t h e
earliest i n three weeks after a p p l y i n g t h e last coating
layer.
2.5.4.2 T e s t p r o c e d u r e .
The abrasive wheel C S - 1 7 at a 1000g loading
shall be used i n testing.
C o a t e d specimens shall be weighed t o a n accuracy
0,1 m g , a n d t h e c o a t i n g t h i c k n e s s s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d a t
some p o i n t s w i t h i n t h e area t o be tested f o r abrasion.
T h e coated specimen is placed a n d secured o n a
rotating p l a t f o r m . T h e abrasive wheels are lowered
o n t o t h e specimen.
The nozzle o f a v a c u u m p u m p is positioned at a
distance o f 1 m m a b o v e t h e abrasive disc. A c o u n t e r i s
P a r t XIII. Materials
set t o z e r o , a n d a s u c t i o n l e v e l , t o " 5 0 " . W h e r e t h e m o r e
efficient r e m o v a l o f abrasive dust is needed, t h e suction
level m a y b e increased u p t o " 9 0 " . T h e n u m b e r o f cycles
is s e t t o " 1 0 0 0 " : o n e c y c l e o f a b r a s i o n c o r r e s p o n d s t o
one revolution o fthe rotating platform.
The v a c u u m p u m p a n d rotating platform are
started.
O n e m o r e specimen, as a m i n i m u m , shall b e tested.
After testing, t h e specimen is dismantled, t h e
remains o f abrasive dust are removed a n d t h e
specimen shall thereafter be weighed w i t h t o a n
accuracy 0,1 m g .
2.5.5 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f i m p a c t r e s i s t a n c e i n
falling-weight testing.
Testing shall be carried p u t according t o
I S O 6272.
T h e m e t h o d concept is e v a l u a t i o n o f resistance o f
a d r y film o f paint coating t o cracking o r peeling
f r o m a substrate w h e n i tis subjected t o a d e f o r m a t i o n
caused b y a falling weight.
T h e tests shall be carried o u t u s i n g t h e special
a p p a r a t u s ( e . g . o f У-2М t y p e ) , w h i c h m e e t s t h e
requirements i n I S O 6272, w i t h the primary a n d
secondary weights, a n d a die.
2.5.5.1 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
T e s t specimens shall be m a d e o f steel (e.g. o f
grade 0 8 as p e r G O S T 9045-80) a t least 0,25m m
thick (0,8 m m is preferred) a n d dimensioned
70 x 2 2 0 m m t o a l l o w t h e test t o be carried o u t a t
l e a s t a t f i v e p o s i t i o n s s p a c e d n o less t h a n 4 0 m m
a p a r t a n d a t a d i s t a n c e o f n o less t h a n 2 0 m m f r o m
the p a n e l edge.
Each panel shall be prepared i n accordance w i t h
ISO 1514 b y cleaning i t w i t h a solvent (xylene,
toluene o r P - 4 ) a n d w i p i n g w i t h a filter paper. T h e
cleaning is considered satisfactory i f n o stains are
visible o n t h e paper.
E a c h coat o f the coating system is applied
separately o n t h e prepared panels, i.e. impact
resistance is checked separately f o r each p a i n t coat­
ing. T h e layer thickness a n d t h e t i m e o f coating
drying shall c o m p l y w i t h a specification.
After drying, t h e coating thickness shall be
measured as p e r I S O 2808. T h emeasurements shall
be m a d e a t , o r as near as possible t o , t h e p o s i t i o n s
w h e r e t h e test shall be carried o u t .
Immediately before t h e testing, t h e panel shall be
c o n d i t i o n e d a t a t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d a
relative a i r h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ±5) % d u r i n g a t least 1 6 h .
2.5.5.2 T e s t p r o c e d u r e .
T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t a t e m p e r a t u r e
( 2 3 ± 2 ) °C a n d a r e l a t i v e a i r h u m i d i t y ( 5 0 ± 5 ) %.
It shall be checked that t h e guide tube is vertical
and t h e secondary weight is attached, i frequired, t o
the p r i m a r y weight i n order t o achieve t h e required
loading.
21
T h e h e i g h t o f t h e w e i g h t t o t h e r e q u i r e d release-
point (using t h e graduations o n t h e guide tube) shall
be adjusted a n d t h e w e i g h t s h a l l b e l o c k e d i n
p o s i t i o n . T h e test p a n e l shall be placed o n t h e d i e
w i t h t h e c o a t e d face u p , t h e w e i g h t s h a l l b e released
a n d a l l o w e d t o fall o n t o t h e test panel.
2.5.5.3 A s s e s s m e n t o f t e s t r e s u l t s .
The coating shall be examined w i t h a magnifying
glass w i t h 1 0 X m a g n i f i c a t i o n . T h e presence o f
c r a c k i n g o n t h e c o a t i n g o f t h e test p a n e l o r peeling
f r o m t h e substrate shall be reported.
T h e test shall be repeated f o u r t i m e s a t different
positions, giving a total o f five drops. T h e coating is
considered satisfactory i fa t least f o u r test p o s i t i o n s
s h o w n o cracking o r peeling f r o m t h e substrate.
2.5.6 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r e s i s t a n c e t o c a t h o d i c
disbondment.
2.5.6.1 D e v i c e s a n d a p p a r a t u s .
T h e c o n t a i n e r o f glass o r a n o t h e r i n e r t m a t e r i a l
not affecting t h e electrolyte p H shall be used f o r
testing.
T h e c o n t a i n e r shall b e a t least 7 0 0 m m i n
d i a m e t e r o r h a v e a side o f a t least 7 0 0 m m , b e a t
least 2 0 0 m m h i g h . T h ec o n t a i n e r shall be p r o v i d e d
w i t h a system f o relectrolyte aeration.
The anode shall be m a d e o fgraphite a n d be, as a
m i n i m u m , 200 m m long o r i ndiameter, o r be made o f
platinum wire, o r platinum grid, o r platinized
titanium, o r other material, w h i c h demonstrates the
sufficient resistance t o a n o d i c p o l a r i z a t i o n i n sea
water.
C a l o m e l o r chlorine-silver reference electrodes
shall be used.
A v o l t m e t e r w i t h t h e m i n i m u m resistance o f
10 M O h m s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s w i t h i n
0 - 2 V t o a n accuracy 1 m V .
A c a t h o d e p r o t e c t i v e c i r c u i t supplied f r o m a d.c.
source a n d being able t o m a i n t a i n a n electrode
p o t e n t i a l o f - 1 0 5 0 ± 5 m V o n a test specimen w i t h
respect t o a saturated c a l o m e l reference electrode
shall be used.
It ispreferable t o usepotentiostatic control, b u t a
galvanostat is also acceptable.
Representative cathode circuits are s h o w n i n
Figs. 2.5.6.1-1 a n d 2.5.6.1-2.
2.5.6.2 P r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
Panels f o r testing s h a l l be m a d e o f t h e steel o f t h e
grade used i n practice a n d dimensioned
150x70x2 mm.
Each panel shall have a n insulated conductor
w i t h a reliable electrical contact n o t subjected t o
corrosion.
T h e p a n e l surfaces shall be prepared according t o
the specification f o ra coating system. I f the require­
m e n t s a r e n o t specified, t h e panels shall be w o r k e d b y
abrasive blasting according t o I S O 1514. T h e r e u p o n
28 Rules
1 T h e n t h e test panels shall b e checked f o r t h e
2 3 4
0 0 О presence o f r a n d o m pores a t a voltage o f 10 k V using
5 a c o n t i n u i t y detector.
0 0
F i g . 2.5.6.1-1 C a t h o d e p r o t e c t i v e c i r c u i t
with potentiostatic control:
1 - potentiostat; 2 - w o r k electrode; 3 - anode; 4 - reference
electrode; 5 - voltmeter; 6 - test s p e c i m e n
100 kQ
5kQ
F i g . 2.5.6.1-2 C a t h o d e p r o t e c t i v e c i r c u i t
with galvanostatic control:
1 - voltmeter; 2 - reference electrode; 3 - test specimen;4 - anode;
5 - D Csource
t h e p a n e l s s h a l l b e p a i n t e d as p e r t h e specification f o r
the coating system. I t is recommended t o apply t h e
s a m e c o a t i n g s y s t e m o n t h e p a n e l b a c k side a n d
e d g e s . T o p r e v e n t e d g e e f f e c t , a t h i c k e r film s h a l l b e
a p p l i e d o n t h e edges.
A l l t h e u n p a i n t e d surfaces o f test specimens a n d
the connections o f insulated conductors shall be
protected w i t h a coating o r paraffin melted at a
t e m p e r a t u r e 7 0 °C, o r s o l v e n t - f r e e e p o x y r e s i n , o r
another suitable coating w i t h t h e better protective
p r o p e r t i e s t h a n t h e m a t e r i a l u n d e r test.
T h r e e check panels, w h i c h will n o t be connected
to t h e cathode controlled system, shall also be
prepared.
T h e thickness o f test specimens shall b e m e a s u r e d
according t o I S O 2808.
P r i o r t o t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t o f testing, a hole
(10 + 1 ) m m i n d i a m e t e r s h a l l b e m a d e i n t h e c o a t i n g
o f e a c h test specimen a t a distance o f m o r e t h a n
30 m m f r o m t h e panel edge i n a n y suitable m a n n e r
but preferably b y means o f a n abrasive jet.
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
Three panels shall be used i n cathode disbond-
m e n t testing.
2.5.6.3 T e s t p r e p a r a t i o n .
The a n o d e shall be placed a t t h e center o f a t a n k
and connected t o t h e positive pole o f t h e cathode
protective circuit.
E a c h panel shall be n u m b e r e d b y a suitable
material, w h i c h w i l l r e m a i n intact i n testing.
E a c h panel i nt h et a n k shall be placed a w a y f r o m
the anode a n d the tank b o t t o m b y m o r e than
300 m m a n d 50 m m , respectively, a n d completely
i m m e r s e d i n e l e c t r o l y t e a f t e r filling t h e t a n k . T h e
electrolyte c o m p o s i t i o n is given i n T a b l e 2.5.6.3.
M a k e sure that t h e panels d o n o t t o u c h o n e another
a n d t h e t a n k sides, t h a t t h e side o f t h e p a n e l w i t h a
holed coating is n o t screened f r o m t h e anode w i t h
a n y t h i n g including other panels, a n d also that
n o t h i n g interferes w i t h t h e electrolyte f l o w around,
a n d between, t h e panels.
T a b l e 2.5.6.3
Electrolyte c o m p o s i t i o n (artificial s e a water)
Component C o n c e n t r a t i o n , g/1
Sodium chloride 23
Hexahydrated magnesium chloride 9,8
Decahydrated sodium sulphate 8,9
Calcium chloride 1,2
Each panel w i t h a negative pole shall be
connected t o t h e cathode protective circuit w i t h a n
insulated conductor.
The check panels shall be similarly placed i n a n
equivalent tank having n o anode a n d cathode
protective circuit.
T h e t a n k s h a l l b e filled w i t h e l e c t r o l y t e f o r 2 0 0 m m
m i n i m u m . E l e c t r o l y t e t e m p e r a t u r e ( 2 3 + 2 ) °C s h a l l b e
maintained.
2.5.6.4 T e s t p r o c e d u r e .
T h e c o n t i n u o u s flow o f e l e c t r o l y t e i n t h e t a n k s h a l l
be maintained. Electrolyte shall be fully replaced w i t h i n
m a x i m u m three days. I t is a l l o w e d t o fully replace
electrolyte once i n n o tm o r e t h a n 7 days.
Electrode potential shall be —1050 + 5 m V relative
to t h e reference electrode. Electrode p o t e n t i a l shall b e
checked once i n 2 4 h o r m o r e frequently, i f required.
T h e test d u r a t i o n is 2 6 weeks.
T h e test d u r a t i o n m a y b e s h o r t e n e d t o 3 m o n t h s
i n case t h e c o n f i r m a t i o n o f t h e p o s i t i v e results o f t h e
exploitation o fcathode protection coating.
2.5.6.5 A s s e s s m e n t o f t e s t r e s u l t s .
T h e test a n d check panels shall b e subjected t o
non-destructive testing.
P a r t XIII. Materials 29

A t i n t e r m e d i a t e e x a m i n a t i o n s , the panels shall be

quickly disconnected f r o m the circuit, removed f r o m
the tank and washed w i t h the tap water avoiding
damages to the coating and removing the cathode
sediment at the coating hole.
T h e panels shall r e m a i n w e t d u r i n g examinations.
T h e blisters a p p e a r e d s h a l l be assessed a c c o r d i n g
to I S O 4628-2, considering the distance f r o m the
blisters t o the hole. F i g . 2.5.7.1 W e t t a b i l i t y o f a s o l i d w i t h l i q u i d :
P - a wetting interfacial angle
T h e results o b t a i n e d o n test a n d check specimens
shall be compared.
A f t e r testing, the panels shall be w a s h e d i n the study placed o n a holder 8 w i t h a drop o n it being
tap water avoiding damages to the coating. p r o j e c t e d w i t h a lens 2 o n t o t h e f r o s t e d glass 3 o f a
T h e c o a t i n g s h a l l be f u l l y e x a m i n e d a n d assessed screen. L i g h t b e a m s pass t h r o u g h a heat filter 4 a n d
according t o I S O 4628-2, considering the blisters a n d are reflected b y m i r r o r s 5, 6 a n d 7 p l a c e d i n t h e device
h o l e spacing. T h e blisters shall be d i v i d e d i n t o case. T h e size o f a d r o p i m a g e o n t h e screen m a y be
groups: related to the hole and remote f r o m it. c h a n g e d w i t h i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e lenses ( w i t h a d i f f e r e n t
T h e blisters developed i n the areas w i t h the f i l m focal distance). A gadget for measuring a w e t t i n g
t h i c k n e s s less t h a n r e q u i r e d s h a l l b e i g n o r e d d u r i n g a n g l e is f a s t e n e d t o t h e p l o t t i n g b o a r d o f t h e screen.
the assessment.
T h e a d h e s i o n f a i l u r e is d e t e r m i n e d as f o l l o w s :
t w o cuts crossing the hole shall be m a d e w i t h a
sharp knife o n the coating penetrating it to the
substrate. T h e c o a t i n g a r o u n d t h e h o l e is s e p a r a t e d
f r o m the substrate w i t h a knife tip;
a n a p p r o x i m a t e distance, i n m m , f o r w h i c h the
c o a t i n g m a y b e s e p a r a t e d f r o m t h e s u b s t r a t e as
c o m p a r e d w i t h the check specimens, shall be reported.
T h e results o b t a i n e d o n the test a n d check
specimens shall be compared.
2.5.7 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a w e t t i n g interfacial
angle.
2.5.7.1 T h e w e t t i n g a n g l e is t h e a n g l e f o r m e d b y
tangent planes t o t h e interphase surfaces, w h i c h F i g . 2.5.7.2 D e v i c e r e c o m m e n d e d f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e w e t t i n g
restrict t h e w e t t i n g l i q u i d , a n d a n a n g u l a r p o i n t is interfacial angle:
1 - l a m p ; 2 - lens; 3 - s c r e e n glass; 4 - h e a t filter;
aligned w i t h the b o u n d a r y line o f three phases
5,6, 7 - mirrors; 8 - holder o f the surface with a drop
( F i g . 2.5.7.1). T h e w e t t i n g angles are d e t e r m i n e d b y
p r o j e c t i n g a d r o p o n a screen.
2.5.7.2 D e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e device r e c o m m e n d e d 2.5.7.3 M e a s u r e m e n t s s h a l l be c a r r i e d o u t w i t h a
for d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f a w e t t i n g interfacial angle. protractor. T h e angle between the c o n t o u r o f the panel
T h e d e v i c e is a r r a n g e d as f o l l o w s ( r e f e r t o surface a n d the tangent t o the d r o p c o n t o u r at the p o i n t
F i g . 2.5.7.2). A l a m p I illuminates the surface under o f d r o p t o u c h i n g the panel surface shall be measured.
30 Rules
3 STEEL AND CAST IRON
3.1 G E N E R A L
3.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e v a l i d f o r h u l l
s t r u c t u r a l steel, steel f o r b o i l e r s a n d pressure vessels,
steel pipes a n d tubes, steel f o r structures o p e r a t i n g a t
l o w t e m p e r a t u r e s , chains, steel f o r g i n g s a n d castings,
cast i r o n a n d steel w i r e ropes.
I n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.1.4 a l l t h e m a t e r i a l s , s e m i -
finished products and items mentioned i n the present
Section shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d b y recognized w o r k s
(refer t o 1.3.1.2).
3.1.2 I t i s p e r m i t t e d t o u s e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s
manufactured according to standards or other
specifications, i f i t is p r o v e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s
contained therein are equivalent t o those stipulated
by the Rules.
3.1.3 S t e e l s h a l l b e m e l t e d i n a n o x y g e n s t e e l -
m a k i n g converter, electric o r o p e n h e a r t h furnaces,
a n d cast i r o n i n cupolas o r electric furnaces. T h e
d e o x i d a t i o n o f steel is c o n d u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
the requirements o f T a b l e s 3.2.2-1 a n d 3.2.2-2. T h e
c o n d i t i o n o f steel s u p p l y s h a l l m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s
o f Tables 3.2.4-1 a n d 3.2.4-2.
U s e o f o t h e r m e t h o d s o f steel a n d cast i r o n
m a k i n g shall be agreed w i t h the Register.
W h e n steel is n o t p r o d u c e d a t t h e w o r k s w h e r e i t
is r o l l e d , f o r g e d o r d r a w n , a c e r t i f i c a t e s h a l l be
supplied to the Surveyor at the m i l l engaged i n
f u r t h e r processing o f the steel s t a t i n g t h e s t e e l w o r k s ,
process o f m a n u f a c t u r e , n u m b e r o f cast a n d chemical
c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel.
T h e S u r v e y o r s h a l l h a v e access t o s t e e l - m a k i n g
and steel-rolling w o r k s .
3.2 H U L L S T R U C T U R A L S T E E L
3.2.1 G e n e r a l .
3.2.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e C h a p t e r a p p l y t o
t h e w e l d a b l e h o t - r o l l e d steel o f a n o r m a l a n d h i g h e r
strength used f o r plates, strips, sections a n d bars a n d
intended for hull structures a n d components being
subject t o the Register survey d u r i n g their m a n u f a c -
ture.
H u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel c o n v e n t i o n a l l y falls i n t o
n o r m a l s t r e n g t h steel (a m i n i m u m y i e l d stress
235 M P a ) a n d h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel ( o f three s t r e n g t h
levels w i t h a m i n i m u m y i e l d stress o f 315, 355 a n d
390 M P a , respectively). T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r h i g h
s t r e n g t h steel ( a m i n i m u m y i e l d stress 4 2 0 M P a a n d
over) are given i n 3.13.
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
T h e steel is s u b d i v i d e d i n t o g r a d e s as s h o w n i n
T a b l e s 3.2.2-1 ( f o r n o r m a l s t r e n g t h steel), 3.2.2-2,
3.2.3 a n d 3.5.2.3 ( f o r h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel) d e p e n d i n g
on the values and conditions required for the
performance o f i m p a c t testing. T h e relevant data
for h i g h s t r e n g t h steel are g i v e n i n T a b l e 3 . 1 3 . 3 - 1 .
The requirements o f n o r m a l and higher strength
c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel f o r cargo o i l t a n k s are
specified i n 3.18.
The requirements o f the Chapter depending o n
the r o l l e d p r o d u c t s thickness a p p l y t o t h e steel o f the
f o l l o w i n g types:
steel plates a n d strips o f a l l grades h a v i n g t h i c k -
n e s s 1 0 0 m m a n d less;
steel sections a n d b a r s o f a l l grades h a v i n g
t h i c k n e s s 5 0 m m o r less.
T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steel r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o f a
larger thickness t h a n specified a b o v e m a y be different
f r o m the stated ones, b u t shall be considered i n each
p a r t i c u l a r case a n d agreed w i t h t h e Register. T h e
special r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r the rolled products w i t h
t h i c k n e s s o f less t h a n 15 m m d e s i g n e d f o r t h e ice class
ships a n d icebreakers are specified i n 3.5.
Steel t h a t does n o t fully m e e t the requirements
stated i n the present Chapter, differs i n c o m p o s i t i o n ,
d e o x i d a t i o n p r a c t i c e a n d a l l o y i n g as w e l l as m e c h a n i c a l
p r o p e r t i e s (e.g. i n t e r m e d i a t e u p p e r y i e l d stress level, as
c o m p a r e d t o t h a t r e q u i r e d i n 3.2.3 a n d o t h e r respective
characteristics) m a y be accepted b y t h e Register f o r use,
e x c e p t f o r i n h u l l s t r u c t u r a l e l e m e n t s ( P a r t IT). S u c h
steel s h a l l be g i v e n a special d e s i g n a t i o n , t h e letter S
m a y be a d d e d t o the grade s y m b o l .
3.2.1.2 T h e r e c o g n i t i o n o f s t e e l r o l l e d p r o d u c t s
m a n u f a c t u r e r s b y the Register shall be carried o u t i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3 f o r e a c h s t e e l g r a d e s t a t e d b y t h e
manufacturer, for the semi-finished product type and
c o n d i t i o n o f supply. W h e r e d i f f e r e n t steel p r o d u c t i o n
technologies are used at the w o r k s , materials
a p p r o v a l is c a r r i e d o u t i n d i v i d u a l l y f o r each o f t h e m .
The procedure for recognition o f manufacturers
o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s ( i n g o t s , billets, slabs,
b l o o m s ) f o r h u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel a n d the p r o c e d u r e
for r e c o g n i t i o n o f h u l l s t r u c t u r a l steel m a n u f a c t u r e r s
are given i n 2.2.1 a n d 2.2.2 accordingly, P a r t I I I
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a -
terials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision during
Construction o f Ships and Manufacture o f Materials
and Products for Ships.
T h e w e l d a b i l i t y o f each steel grade a n d its
suitability f o r b e n d i n g shall be c o n f i r m e d b y the
m a n u f a c t u r e r d u r i n g t h e i n i t i a l r e c o g n i t i o n o f steel
r o l l e d p r o d u c t s b y t h e Register. T h e s u r v e y a n d tests
P a r t XIII. Materials 31

at the manufacturer's during its recognition b y the 3.2.1.4 T h e r o l l i n g p r o c e d u r e s f o r n o r m a l a n d

Register are conducted i n accordance w i t h t h e
p r o g r a m (chart) agreed w i t h t h e Register.
W h e r e t h e steel i s i n t e n d e d f o r w e l d i n g w i t h a
h e a t i n p u t a b o v e 5 0 k J / c m , r e c o g n i t i o n is effected
according t o t h e chart given i n 2.2.3, P a r t I I I
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a -
terials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision during
Construction o f Ships a n d M a n u f a c t u r e o f Materials
and Products f o r Ships.
3.2.1.3 A m a n u f a c t u r e r b e a r s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y a n d
assures t h e use o f necessary technological p r o d u c t i o n
processes, systems a n d m o n i t o r i n g m e t h o d s f o r t h e
f u l f i l m e n t o f the Register r e q u i r e m e n t s . I n case o f the
deviation o f production technology o r monitoring
and/or o f t h e product quality level degradation, t h e
manufacturer shall identify t h e cause a n d take a l l
measures t o prevent its recurence. T h e report o n t h e
investigations a n d analysis conducted o n t h e devia-
tions that t o o k place shall be submitted t o t h e
representative o f t h e Register. Scope a n d frequency
o f tests m a y b e increased u n t i l t h e stability o f p r o d u c t
test results a n d t h e confidence i n q u a l i t y level h a v e
been recovered.
D i a g r a m s o f steel processing procedures
h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steels u s e d b y a m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l
c o m p l y w i t h t h e c o n d i t i o n o f supply g i v e n i n 3.2.4,
a n d f o r a h i g h e r s t r e n g t h G r a d e F steel w i t h t h a t
g i v e n i n 3.5.2.4 a n d h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel w i t h t h a t
given i n 3.13.4.
T h e applicable rolling procedures are presented
i n T a b l e 3.2.1.4 i n t h e f o r m o f d i a g r a m s , a n d their
definitions are given below.
( A R ) a s r o l l e d , is the procedure, which
i n v o l v e s t h e r o l l i n g o f steel a t h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e
followed b y air cooling. T h e rolling a n d finishing
temperatures are typically i n t h e austenite recrystalliza-
tion region a n d above t h e normalising temperature.
T h e s t r e n g t h a n d t o u g h n e s s p r o p e r t i e s o f steel
p r o d u c e d b y t h e p r o c e s s a r e g e n e r a l l y less t h a n steel
h e a t treated after r o l l i n g o r t h a n steel p r o d u c e d b y
advances processes.
( N ) n o r m a l i s i n g , is the procedure, w h i c h
i n v o l v e s h e a t i n g r o l l e d steel a b o v e t h e c r i t i c a l
temperature, A c 3 , a n d i n the lower end o f the
austenite recrystallization region followed b y air
cooling. T h eprocess improves t h e mechanical prop-
erties o f a s r o l l e d steel b y r e f i n i n g t h e g r a i n size.
T a b l e 3.2.1.4

Structure Temperature

Recrystallized Slab temperature

austenite Normalizing temperature
Recrystallization
temperature

Non-recrystallized
austenite

A r 3 or A C 3

Austenite + Ferrite

A r l or A C 1

Austenite + Perlite
or
Ferrite + Bainite

S y m b o l s :
A R — a s rolling p r o c e d u r e c o r r e s p o n d i n g hot-rolled steel m a k i n g ;
N — normalizing;
C R ( N R ) — controlled rolling (normalizing rolling);
Q T — quenching and tempering;
T M — thermo-mechanical rolling (thermo-mechanical controlled processing);
R — reduction;
(*) — t e m p e r a t u r e o f t h e d u a l p h a s e r e g i o n o f a u s t e n i t e a n d f e r r i t e ;
A c C — accelerated cooling.
32 Rules for the Classification
( C R ) controlled rolling, n o r m a l i z ­
i n g r o l l i n g ( N R ) is t h e r o l l i n g p r o c e d u r e , i n
w h i c h the final d e f o r m a t i o n is carried o u t i n the
normalising temperature range, resulting i n a m a t e r i ­
al condition generally equivalent to that obtained by
normalising.
( T M ) t h e r m o - m e c h a n i c a l r o l l i n g is a
procedure, w h i c h involves the strict c o n t r o l o f b o t h the
steel t e m p e r a t u r e a n d t h e r o l l i n g r e d u c t i o n . G e n e r a l l y a
h i g h p r o p o r t i o n o f t h e r o l l i n g r e d u c t i o n is c a r r i e d o u t
close t o the A t e m p e r a t u r e a n d m a y i n v o l v e the r o l l i n g
r 3
in the dual phase temperature region.
U n l i k e controlled rolled (normalised rolling) the
properties c o n f e r r e d b y T M c a n n o t be r e p r o d u c e d b y
subsequent normalising or other heat treatment.
T h e use o f accelerated c o o l i n g o n c o m p l e t i o n o f
T M - r o l l i n g as w e l l as t h e use o f t e m p e r i n g a f t e r
c o m p l e t i o n o f T M - r o l l i n g s h a l l be a p p r o v e d b y t h e
Register.
( A c C ) a c c e l e r a t e d c o o l i n g is a process,
w h i c h aims to i m p r o v e mechanical properties by
c o n t r o l l e d c o o l i n g w i t h rates higher t h a n air c o o l i n g
immediately after the final T M - r o l l i n g operation.
D i r e c t q u e n c h i n g is e x c l u d e d f r o m accelerated c o o l i n g .
T h e material properties conferred by T M and
A c C c a n n o t be r e p r o d u c e d b y subsequent n o r m a l ­
ising o r other heat treatment.
( Q T ) quenching and tempering.
Q u e n c h i n g involves a heat t r e a t m e n t process, i n
w h i c h steel is h e a t e d t o a n a p p r o p r i a t e t e m p e r a t u r e
a b o v e t h e Асз a n d t h e n c o o l e d w i t h a n a p p r o p r i a t e
coolant for the purpose o f hardening the microstructure.
T e m p e r i n g subsequent t o q u e n c h i n g is a process, i n
w h i c h t h e steel is r e h e a t e d t o a n a p p r o p r i a t e t e m p e r a ­
ture n o t higher t h a n the A ^ i t o restore toughness
p r o p e r t i e s (KV) b y i m p r o v i n g t h e m i c r o s t r u c t u r e .
3.2.1.5 W h e n t h e w o r k s a r e s u r v e y e d , t h e d o c u ­
m e n t a t i o n , w h i c h describes a n d specifies t h e f u l f i l m e n t
o f C R , T M , schedules o r T M w i t h A c C , n o r m a l i s i n g ,
q u e n c h i n g w i t h t e m p e r i n g , etc., s h a l l be s u b m i t t e d t o
the Register representative o n his d e m a n d . A s specified
i n 3.2.1.3, a m a n u f a c t u r e r is responsible f o r t h e
observance o f a l l m e n t i o n e d rolling schedules a n d heat
t r e a t m e n t procedures i n t h e process o f steel m a n u f a c ­
ture. T h e a p p r o p r i a t e records shall be verified b y the
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d s u b m i t t e d t o the Register repressu-
tative w h e n p e r f o r m i n g his duties.
W h e r e deviations f r o m the p r o g r a m m e d rolling
schedules o r heat t r e a t m e n t procedures exist, the
p r o d u c t s m a y be a c c e p t e d f o r use o n c o n d i t i o n s set
f o r t h i n 3.2.1.3.
T h e a t t e n t i o n o f the users shall be d r a w n t o the
fact t h a t w h e n f a t i g u e l o a d i n g is present, t h e effective
fatigue strength o f a welded joint o f higher strength
steel m a y n o t be greater t h a n t h a t o f a w e l d e d j o i n t i n
n o r m a l s t r e n g t h steels.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
B e f o r e s u b j e c t i n g steels p r o d u c e d b y t h e r m o -
mechanical rolling to further heating for forming or
stress r e l i e v i n g , o r u s i n g h i g h h e a t - i n p u t w e l d i n g ,
special c o n s i d e r a t i o n shall be g i v e n t o the possibility
o f a consequent reduction i n mechanical properties.
3.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel s h a l l be deter­
m i n e d b y the m a n u f a c t u r e r f r o m the results o f analysis
o f t h e samples t a k e n f r o m each ladle o f each cast. T h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s analysis w i l l be accepted subject t o
periodical checks i f required by the Register.
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f n o r m a l s t r e n g t h steel
shall c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f T a b l e 3.2.2-1 a n d
t h a t o f h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel — w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
T a b l e 3.2.2-2. F o r steel plates a n d w i d e flats o v e r 5 0 m m
thick, slight deviations i n the chemical c o m p o s i t i o n o f
alloying elements m a y be a l l o w e d . S a i d deviations shall
be justified a n d a p p r o v e d b y the Register.
I n Tables 3.2.2-1 a n d 3.2.2-2 the content o f acid
soluble a l u m i n i u m is i n c l u d e d . T h e t o t a l a l u m i n i u m
c o n t e n t s h a l l b e a t l e a s t 0 , 0 2 0 %.
I n case o f t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o n t e n t o f
elements n o t listed i n Tables 3.2.2-1 a n d 3.2.2-2,
chromium, nickel and copper content i n n o r m a l
s t r e n g t h steel s h a l l n o t exceed 0,30 % each.
F o r n o r m a l s t r e n g t h c a r b o n steel t h e t o t a l c a r b o n
c o n t e n t p l u s 1/6 o f t h e m a n g a n e s e c o n t e n t s h a l l n o t
e x c e e d 0 , 4 0 %. T h e c a r b o n e q u i v a l e n t , i n %, f o r h i g h e r
s t r e n g t h steels i s c a l c u l a t e d f o r g u i d a n c e a t a p p r o v a l
tests f r o m t h e ladle analysis u s i n g t h e f o r m u l a
r = r + M B - l Cr + M o + V N i+ Cu
C C +
«* 6 5 15 •
T h e a r s e n i c c o n t e n t i n steels o f a l l t h e g r a d e s s h a l l
n o t e x c e e d 0 , 0 8 %.
T h e steel m a y c o n t a i n separately o r i n c o m b i n a ­
tions a l u m i n i u m , vanadium, n i o b i u m or other grain
refining elements. W h e r e the above elements are
i n t r o d u c e d separately, their c o n t e n t shall be i n
accordance w i t h Tables 3.2.2-1 a n d 3.2.2-2. W h e r e
the elements are used i n c o m b i n a t i o n s , their m i n i ­
m u m c o n t e n t i n steel is n o t specified.
W h e r e the content o f a l u m i n i u m or another grain
r e f i n i n g e l e m e n t p r o v e s t o be l o w e r t h a n r e q u i r e d , t h e
R e g i s t e r m a y r e q u i r e t h e a u s t e n i t e g r a i n size t o be
d e t e r m i n e d , w h i c h shall n o t be greater t h a n g r a i n
s i z e N o . 5.
F o r h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel subjected t o t h e t h e r m o -
mechanical rolling ( T M ) , the c a r b o n equivalent shall be
i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.2.2-3.
Instead o f the carbon equivalent the factor
e s t i m a t i n g t h e steel susceptibility t o c o l d c r a c k i n g
m a y be d e t e r m i n e d according t o the f o r m u l a
d -n-i- S i
4- M n
- i - C u
- i - Ni , C r M o , V ™
^ с м - С + ад + ^ o " + 20"+ 60 + 20 + 1 5 - + j o + 5 B
-
P a r t XIII. Materials 33

T a b l e 3.2.2-1
C h e m i c a l composition a n d mechanical properties o fn o r m a l strength steel

Grade A В D E

Deoxidation Killed o r Killed o r Killed Killed, fine-grained,

semi-killed semi-killed a l u m i n i u m treated

Condition o f supply A c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 3.2.4-1

Chemical composition С (max) 0,21 0,21 0,21 0,18

(ladle analysis), % Mn (min) 2,5 x С 0,80 0,60 0,70
Si (max) 0,50 0,35 0,35 0,35
P (max) 0,035 0,035 0,035 0,035
S (max) 0,035 0,035 0,035 0,035
Al (min) 0,015 0,015

Tensile properties Tensile strength R , M P a m 400 — 5 2 0

Y i e l d stress R , min, M P a
e H 235
Elongation A , min, % 5 22

I m p a c t testing T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e , °C + 20 0 -20 -40

P l a t e t h i c k n e s s , t, m m ^50 >50 >70 ^50 >50 >70 ^50 >50 >70 ^50 >50 >70
^70 ^100 ^70 ^100 ^70 ^100 ^70 ^100
I m p a c t e n e r g y , m i n , J ,— 34 41 27 34 41 27 34 41 27 34 41
l o n g i t u d i n a l s p e c i m e n s , KV L

I m p a c t e n e r g y , m i n , J ,— 24 27 20 24 27 20 24 27 20 24 27
t r a n s v e r s e s p e c i m e n s , KV T

N o t e s : 1 . I n c a s e o f t h e p o s i t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e w o r k s ' s u r v e y G r a d e A s t e e l o f 12,5 m m t h i c k n e s s m a y b e r i m m e d .
2. M a x i m u m 0,23 % c a r b o n c o n t e n t f o r G r a d e A s e c t i o n s .
3. I n c a s e o f t h e p o s i t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e w o r k s ' s u r v e y i n t h e i m p a c t t e s t e d G r a d e В s t e e l m a n g a n e s e c o n t e n t c a n b e r e d u c e d t o
0,60 %.
4. I n c a s e o f t h e p o s i t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e w o r k s ' s u r v e y a t t h e s u p p l y o f s t e e l o f a l l g r a d e s s l i g h t d e v i a t i o n s i n t h e c h e m i c a l
c o m p o s i t i o n a r e p e r m i t t e d a f t e r T M r o l l i n g , r e f e r t o 3.2.2.
5. F o r G r a d e D s t e e l o v e r 25 m m t h i c k .
6. F o r G r a d e D s t e e l o v e r 2 5 m m t h i c k a n d G r a d e E s t e e l t h e t o t a l a l u m i n i u m c o n t e n t m a y b e d e t e r m i n e d i n s t e a d o f a c i d s o l u b l e
c o n t e n t . I n s u c h c a s e s t h e t o t a l a l u m i n i u m c o n t e n t s h a l l b e n o t l e s s t h a n 0,020 %. A m a x i m u m a l u m i n i u m c o n t e n t m a y a l s o b e s p e c i f i e d
b y the R e g i s t e r . I n case o fthe positive test results o fthe w o r k s ' s u r v e y other suitable g r a i n refining elements m a y b e u s e d .
7. T h e C l a s s i f i c a t i o n S o c i e t y m a y l i m i t t h e a m o u n t o f r e s i d u a l e l e m e n t s w h i c h m a y h a v e a n a d v e r s e e f f e c t o n t h e w o r k i n g a n d u s e o f
t h e s t e e l (e.g. c o p p e r a n d tin).
8. W h e r e a d d i t i o n s o f a n y o t h e r e l e m e n t h a v e b e e n m a d e a s p a r t o f t h e s t e e l m a k i n g p r a c t i c e , t h e c o n t e n t s h a l l b e i n d i c a t e d a n d
agreed with the Register.
9. I n c a s e o f t h e p o s i t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e w o r k s ' s u r v e y a n d s t a t i s t i c a l d a t a j u s t i f i c a t i o n f o r a l l t h i c k n e s s e s o f G r a d e A s e c t i o n s t h e
u p p e r limit f o r the specified tensile strength r a n g e m a y b e exceeded.
10. R e f e r t o 3.2.3 a n d 3 . 2 . 6 f o r i m p a c t t e s t s .
1 1 . C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s a r e g e n e r a l l y n o t r e q u i r e d f o r G r a d e В s t e e l w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f 25 m m o r l e s s .
12. I m p a c t t e s t s f o r G r a d e A o v e r 50 m m t h i c k a r e n o t r e q u i r e d w h e n t h e m a t e r i a l i s p r o d u c e d u s i n g fine g r a i n p r a c t i c e a n d
furnished n o r m a l i s e d . I n case o fthe positive test results o fthe w o r k s ' survey T M rolling m a y b eaccepted w i t h o u t i m p a c t testing.
13. S a m p l i n g t e s t s m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t s e l e c t i v e l y f o r s t e e l a l l o w e d f o r s u p p l y w i t h o u t i m p a c t t e s t s . T h e r e s u l t s s h a l l m e e t t h e r e l e v a n t
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e T a b l e , a n d f o r G r a d e A s t e e l u p t o 5 0 m m t h i c k , KV > 2 7 J a t 2 0 °C.L

14. F o r f u l l t h i c k n e s s f l a t t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n s w i t h a w i d t h o f 2 5 m m a n d a g a u g e l e n g t h o f 2 0 0 m m t h e e l o n g a t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y
with the following m i n i m u m values:

T h i c k n e s s t, m m г^5 5<г^10 10<г^15 15<г^20 20<г^25 25<г^30 30<г^40 40<г^50

Elongation, % 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

T h e m a x i m u m values o f the c a r b o n equivalent o r T a b l e 3.2.2-1 while t h e mechanical properties o f

Рем a r e s u b j e c t t o a n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel shall c o m p l y w i t h T a b l e 3.2.2-2.
a n d shall b e s h o w n i n t h e steel technical d o c u m e n t a ­ T h e impact energy a t impact testing m a y be
tion being approved. determined either o n longitudinal ( K V ) o r trans­ L

The actual values o f C o r P eq m a y be also C M

verse (KVj) specimens.
s h o w n i n certificates f o r steel b e i n g delivered. T h e testing shall be p e r f o r m e d i n compliance
T h e a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size o f steel s h a l l b e n o t less w i t h the requirements given i n Section 2. Values f o r
t h a n 5 ( A S T M E 112, G O S T 5639). standard specimens (10 x 10 m m ) a r e given i n tables
3.2.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s . o n i m p a c t test. W h e n r o l l e d steel p r o d u c t s w i t h a
The mechanical properties o f normal strength thickness u n d e r 10 m m a r e presented, o n e shall be
steel shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s g i v e n i n guided b y t h e provisions set f o r t h i n 2.2.3.1. I n
34 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.2.2-2
C h e m i c a l composition a n d mechanical properties o f higher strength steel
Grade A32 D32 E32 A36 D36 E36 A40 D40 E40

Deoxidation Killed

Condition o f supply A c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 3.2.4-2

Chemical composition Cmax 0,18

(ladle analysis), % M n 0,9—1,6
0,5
P 0,035
A
max 0,035
Smax 0,35
Cr m a x 0,2
Ni m a x 0,4
Mo m a x 0,08
A1 • 0,015
Nb 0,02 — 0,05
V 0,05 — 0,10 ) > «0,12
Timax 0,02 ^

Tensile properties Tensile strength, R m ,M P a 440...570 490...630 510...660

Y i e l d stress R e H ,min, M P a 315 355 390

Elongation A;, min, % 22 21 20

N o t e s : 1 . T h e letter " H " m a y b e a d d e d e i t h e r i n f r o n t o r b e h i n d t h e g r a d e m a r k o f h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel (e.g. D H 3 6 ) .

2. U p t o a t h i c k n e s s o f 12,5 m m t h e m i n i m u m m a n g a n e s e c o n t e n t m a y b e r e d u c e d t o 0,70 %.
3. T h e t o t a l a l u m i n i u m c o n t e n t m a y b e d e t e r m i n e d i n s t e a d o f t h e a c i d s o l u b l e c o n t e n t . I n s u c h c a s e s t h e t o t a l a l u m i n i m c o n t e n t s h a l l
b e n o t l e s s t h a n 0,020 %.
4. T h e s t e e l s h a l l c o n t a i n a l u m i n i u m , n i o b i u m , v a n a d i u m o r o t h e r s u i t a b l e g r a i n r e f i n i n g e l e m e n t s , e i t h e r s i n g l y o r i n a n y
c o m b i n a t i o n . W h e n u s e d singly t h e steel shall c o n t a i n t h e specified m i n i m u m content o f t h e g r a i n refining element according t o
T a b l e 3.2.2-2. W h e n u s e d i n c o m b i n a t i o n , t h e s p e c i f i e d m i n i m u m c o n t e n t o f a f i n e g r a i n i n g e l e m e n t i s n o t a p p l i c a b l e .
5. I n c a s e o f t h e p o s i t i v e t e s t r e s u l t s o f t h e w o r k s ' s u r v e y a t t h e s u p p l y o f h i g h e r s t r e n g t h s t e e l o f a n y g r a d e i n t h e T M r o l l e d
c o n d i t i o n v a r i a t i o n s i n t h e s p e c i f i e d c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n m a y b e p e r m i t t e d , r e f e r t o 3.2.2.
6. R e f e r t o 3.2.2 a n d 3 . 2 . 6 f o r C a n d P .
eq cm

7. W h e r e a d d i t i o n s o f a n y o t h e r e l e m e n t h a v e b e e n m a d e a s p a r t o f t h e s t e e l m a k i n g p r a c t i c e , t h e c o n t e n t s h a l l b e i n d i c a t e d a n d
agreed with the Register.
8. F o r f u l l t h i c k n e s s f l a t t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n s w i t h a w i d t h o f 2 5 m m a n d a g a u g e l e n g t h o f 2 0 0 m m t h e e l o n g a t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y
with the following m i n i m u m values:

T h i c k n e s s t, m m
G r a d e o f steel
г«5 5<г«10 10<г«15 15<г«20 20<t^25 25<г«30 30<г«40 40<г«50

A32
D32 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
E32
F32

A36
D36 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
E36
F36

A40
D40 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
E40
F40

9. R e f e r t o 3.2.3 a n d 3 . 2 . 6 f o r i m p a c t t e s t s .
10. F o r G r a d e s A 3 2 a n d A 3 6 s t e e l s a r e l a x a t i o n i n t h e n u m b e r o f i m p a c t t e s t s f o r a c c e p t a n c e p u r p o s e s m a y b e p e r m i t t e d , p r o v i d e d
t h a t satisfactory results a r e o b t a i n e d f r o m occasional c h e c k tests.

general, t h e i m p a c t tests o f delivered steel shall b e W h e r e t h e test results a r e unsatisfactory, retesting

p e r f o r m e d o n l o n g i t u d i n a l specimens o n l y (test s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.4.2.
results o n transverse specimens shall be guaranteed 3.2.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ) , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f cases T h e c o n d i t i o n o f steel s u p p l y shall m e e t t h e
stipulated b y t h e C u s t o m e r o r t h e Register. requirements o fTables 3.2.4-1 a n d 3.2.4-2 a n d shall
P a r t XIII. Materials 35

T a b l e 3.2.2-3 T a b l e 3.2.4-2
Condition o f supply for higher strength steel
Steel grades C a r b o n equivalent, m a x , %
Grade G r a i n refining Thickness, Condition o f supply
«50 50<«100 elements m m
A32, A 3 6 N b a n d / o r V «12,5 Any
A32, D32, E32, F 3 2 0,36 0,38 12,5 < t < 100 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
controlled rolled ( C R )
A36, D36, E36, F 3 6 0,38 0,40 or thermo-mechanically
rolled ( T M )
A40, D40, E40, F 4 0 0,40 0,42 A32, A 3 6 A l or A l and T i «20 Any
2 0 < « 3 5 A n y , subject t o special
N o t e . T h e value of the carbon equivalent shall b e agreed approval i f a s rolled
u p o n between the M a n u f a c t u r e r a n d shipyard i neach case.
(AR)
35<«100 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
controlled rolled ( C R )
T a b l e 3.2.3
or thermo-mechanically
Steel Tempe­ A v e r a g e i m p a c t e n e r g y KV, m i n , J rolled ( T M )
grade rature, A40 Any «12,5 Any
°C «50 m m 50mm <(^70mm 70mm<^100mm 12,5 < « 5 0 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
controlled rolled ( C R )
KV KV KV or thermo-mechanically
L KV T L KV T L KV
T

rolled ( T M )
A32 0 31 22 38 26 46 31 D32, D 3 6 N b and/or V «12,5 Any
D32 -20 31 22 38 26 46 31 12,5 < t < 100 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
E32 -40 31 22 38 26 46 31 controlled rolled ( C R )
or thermo-mechanically
A36 0 34 24 41 27 50 34
rolled ( T M )
D36 -20 34 24 41 27 50 34 Any
D32, D 3 6 A l or A l and T i «20
E36 -40 34 24 41 27 50 34
2 0 < « 2 5 A n y , subject t o special
approval i f a s rolled
A40 0 39 26 46 31 55 37
(AR)
D40 -20 39 26 46 31 55 37
25<«100 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
E40 -40 39 26 46 31 55 37
controlled rolled (CR)
or thermo-mechani­
cally rolled ( T M )
T a b l e 3.2.4-1
1
D40 Any «50 N o r m a l i z e d (N),
Condition o fsupply for normal strength steel
controlled rolled ( C R )
Grade Thickness, m m Condition o f supply or thermo-mechanically
rolled ( T M )
A «50 Any E32, E36 Any «50 N o r m a l i z e d (N),
50<«100 Normalized (N),controlled rolled (CR) controlled rolled ( C R )
2
or thermo-mechanically rolled ( T M ) or thermo-mechanically
rolled ( T M )
В «50 Any
50<«100 N o r m a l i z e d ( N ) ,
50<«100 Normalized (N),controlled rolled (CR)
2 thermo -mechanically
or thermo-mechanically rolled ( T M )
rolled ( T M )
D «50 Any E40 Any «50 N o r m a l i z e d (N),
50<«100 Normalized (N),controlled rolled (CR) thermo -mechanically
or thermo-mechanically rolled ( T M ) 3 rolled ( T M )o r quen­
ched a n d tempered (QT)
E «100 Normalized (N) o r thermo-mechani­
3 N o t e . S e c t i o n s i n G r a d e s A 3 2 ,A 3 6a n d D 3 6 steels m a y
cally rolled ( T M )
be supplied in as rolled condition, provided the results o f impact
' T h e scope o fi m p a c t tests i s specified according t o T a b l e tests are satisfactory. Similarly, sections i n G r a d e s E32 a n d E 3 6
3.2.6.4-1. steels m a y b e s u p p l i e d i n a s rolled c o n d i t i o n o r after controlled
2
I n case o f the positive test results o f the w o r k s ' s u r v e y G r a d e s rolling. T h e n u m b e r o fi m p a c t fests i s d e t e r m i n e d according t o
A a n d В steel plates m a y b e s u p p l i e d i n the as-rolled condition. 3.2.6.4-2.
'Sections i nG r a d e D steel m a y b e supplied i n the a s rolled
condition provided satisfactory results are consistently obtained
f r o m C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t tests. S i m i l a r l y sections i n G r a d e
E steel m a y b e supplied i n t h e a s rolled o r controlled rolled
condition. the samples o f plates a n dflats w i d e r t h a n 600 m m
shall be t a k e n f r o m o n e e n d so that t h e sample axis is
located m i d w a y between t h e longitudinal axis a n d t h e
be specified i n a certificate a n d / o r m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s edge o f the plate o r flat (refer t o F i g . 3.2.5-1);
document o nproduct quality. t h e s a m p l e s o f flats 6 0 0 m m w i d e a n d less a n d o f
3.2.5 S a m p l i n g . sections a r e t a k e n f r o m o n e e n d so that t h e sample
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e test samples shall a x i s lies 1/3 f r o m t h e f l a t e d g e o r f r o m t h e o u t e r e d g e
be t a k e n as f o l l o w s : o f the section flange o r , i n t h e case o f s m a l l sections,
36 Rules for the Classification
F i g . 3.2.5-1 P l a t e a n d f l a t
as n e a r a s p o s s i b l e t o t h i s p o s i t i o n ( r e f e r t o F i g s .
3.2.5-2, 3.2.5-3 a n d 3.2.5-4);
2/3 1/3
F i g . 3.2.5-2 A n g l e
2/3 .1/3.
F i g . 3.2.5-3 C h a n n e l a n d b e a m
F i g . 3.2.5-4 B u l b b a r
i n t h e case o f channels, b e a m s t h e test samples
m a y b e a l t e r n a t i v e l y t a k e n f r o m t h e p o s i t i o n 1/4 f r o m
the w e b centre line (refer t o F i g . 3.2.5-3);
the samples o f bars a n d similar semi-finished
products are t a k e n f r o m o n e e n d so that t h e sample
axis is parallel t o t h e direction o f rolling;
f r o m rolled bars 5 0 t o 100 m thick, samples are
t a k e n 1/4 o f t h e thickness d i m e n s i o n f r o m t h e surface.
Pieces o f smaller cross-section m a y be tensile
tested w i t h o u t p r i o r m a c h i n i n g . I n o t h e r cases, t h e
samples shall be t a k e n so t h a t their axes lie:
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
f o r n o n - c y l i n d r i c a l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s , 1/3 o f
the half-diagonal f r o m t h e outside (refer t o F i g . 3.2.5-5);
1
s
Л
F i g . 3.2.5-5 R e c t a n g u l a r b a r
f o r c y l i n d r i c a l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s , 1/3 o f t h e
radius f r o m t h e outside (refer t o F i g . 3.2.5-6).
F i g . 3.2.5-6 C y l i n d r i c a l b a r
Pieces selected f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f tensile a n d
i m p a c t test specimens shall be t h ethickest (greatest i n
diameter) i n each b a t c h w i t h their l o n g i t u d i n a l axes
transverse t o t h e final direction o f rolling, except i n
t h e case o f s e c t i o n s , b a r s a n d f l a t s o f 6 0 0 m m o r less
in width.
Specimens, o n w h i c h impact energy K V shall be
determined, shall be prepared w i t h their longitudinal
axes either parallel o r transverse t o t h e final d i r e c t i o n
o f rolling o f t h e m a t e r i a l unless required i n special
cases t h a t t h e s a m p l e s a r e t a k e n w i t h t h e i r l o n g ­
i t u d i n a l axes transverse t o t h e final d i r e c t i o n o f
rolling.
T h e n o t c h shall be c u tperpendicular t o t h e rolled
surface a n d n o t closer t h a n 25 m mt o t h e f l a m e c u to r
sheared edge.
T h e i m p a c t test specimens shall be t a k e n w i t h i n
2 m m b e l o w t h e rolled surface a n d w h e r e t h e
thickness o f t h e r o l l e d m a t e r i a l exceeds 4 0 m m —
w i t h i n 1/4 o f t h e t h i c k n e s s ( t h e a x i s o f t h e s p e c i m e n s
s h a l l b e i n a p l a n e l o c a t e d a t 1/4 o f t h e t h i c k n e s s a n d
parallel t o t h e surface). T h e rolled products w i t h
t h i c k n e s s o f 1 5 m m o r less d e s i g n e d f o r o p e r a t i o n a t
d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w — 3 0 °C s h a l l b e s u b j e c t t o
tensile, b e n d i n g a n d i m p a c t b e n d i n g tests. T h e i m p a c t
b e n d i n g tests o f t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f
less t h a n 1 0 m m s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d o n f u l l - t h i c k n e s s
test specimens (refer t o 2.2.3.1).
3.2.6 N u m b e r o f t e s t s .
3.2.6.1 R o l l e d m a t e r i a l i s p r e s e n t e d f o r t e s t s i n
batches. A b a t c h shall c o m p r i s e rolled p r o d u c t s o f t h e
same type, f r o m t h e same cast a n d i n t h e same c o n d i t i o n
o f supply. U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, o n e tensile test
P a r t XIII. Materials
piece a n d o n e set o f i m p a c t test pieces s h a l l b e tested
f r o m each batch presented w i t h t h e mass n o t exceeding
5 0 t (except G r a d e E , E 3 2 , E 3 6 a n d E 4 0 steel).
W h e r e t h e b a t c h m a s s i s i n excess o f 5 0 t , o n e
e x t r a tensile a n d i m p a c t test shall be m a d e f o r each
50 t o r fraction thereof.
A n a d d i t i o n a l test shall b e m a d e f o r every
variation o f m o r e t h a n 10 m m i n t h e thickness o f
plates o r f o r every v a r i a t i o n o f m o r e t h a n 10 m m i n
the thickness o r diameter o f sections a n d bars
comprising the batch.
Samples f o r testing rolled material batches shall
be t a k e n f r o m t h e thickest semi-finished p r o d u c t
belonging t o t h e batch concerned.
I f steel, except f o r G r a d e A , is o v e r 5 0 m m i n
thickness a n d is supplied i n t h e as r o l l e d c o n d i t i o n ,
t h e f r e q u e n c y o f i m p a c t tests s h a l l b e increased t o o n e
set f r o m e a c h b a t c h o f 2 5 t o r f r a c t i o n t h e r e o f .
S i m i l a r l y G r a d e A steel o v e r 5 0 m m i n thickness
m a y b e s u p p l i e d i n t h e as r o l l e d c o n d i t i o n . I n s u c h case
o n e set o f three C h a r p y V - n o t c h test specimens s h a l l b e
taken f r o m each batch o f 5 0 t o r fraction thereof.
T h e piece selected f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f t h e test
specimens shall be t h e thickest i n each batch.
3.2.6.2 W h e n t h e R e g i s t e r a p p r o v e s t h e s u p p l y o f
the m a t e r i a l i n t h e as-rolled c o n d i t i o n , o n e set o f
i m p a c t test specimens shall be tested f r o m each b a t c h
o f 25 t o r fraction thereof.
3.2.6.3 T h e n u m b e r o f i m p a c t t e s t s f o r G r a d e E ,
E 3 2 , E 3 6 a n d E 4 0 steel shall b e as f o l l o w s :
for plates a n d w i d e flats each piece shall be
tested;
f o r sections a n d bars o n e set shall be tested f r o m
each batch o f 25 t o r fraction thereof.
W h e n , sections o t h e r t h a n G r a d e s E 4 0 a n d F 4 0
are supplied i n t h e as r o l l e d o r c o n t r o l l e d r o l l e d
c o n d i t i o n , o n e set o f i m p a c t tests s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m
each batch o f 15 t o r fraction thereof.
I m p a c t tests o f t h e r o l l e d m a t e r i a l s after q u e n c h ­
ing a n d tempering ( Q T ) shall be carried o u t o n each
length undergone such operation.
T h e n u m b e r o f i m p a c t tests o f t h e r o l l e d
materials, w h i c h m a y be accepted f o r supply i n h o t -
rolled c o n d i t i o n , m a y be increased. T h e m a x i m u m
size o f t h e b a t c h , f r o m w h i c h a set o f s p e c i m e n s i s
taken, shall be 25 t.
3.2.6.4 I n g e n e r a l , t h e n u m b e r i m p a c t t e s t s i s
given i n Tables 3.2.6.4-1 a n d 3.2.6.4-2.
3.2.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
T h e steel s h a l l b e r e a s o n a b l y free f r o m segrega­
tions a n d non-metallic inclusions. T h e semi-finished
p r o d u c t s shall be free f r o m cracks, slag i n c l u s i o n s
a n d o t h e r defects p r e j u d i c i a l t o t h e u s e o f t h e m a t e r i a l
for its intended application. T h e semi-finished
products shall also h a v e w o r k m a n l i k e surface a n d
shall n o t h a v e been h a m m e r dressed.
37
T h e manufacturer shall guarantee complete
elimination o f piping, w h i c h shall be verified b y
c h e c k tests. T h e m e t h o d s o f t e s t i n g s h a l l b e agreed
w i t h the Register.
Surface defects m a y b e r e m o v e d b y l o c a l g r i n d ­
ing, p r o v i d e d t h e n o m i n a l thickness is i n n o place
r e d u c e d b y m o r e t h a n 7 %, b u t i n n o c a s e b y m o r e
t h a n 3 m m . T h e total area rectified b y grinding shall
n o t exceed 2 % o f the p r o d u c t surface.
Surface defects, w h i c h c a n n o t b e r e m o v e d b y l o c a l
grinding, m a y be repaired b y chipping o r grinding
f o l l o w e d b y w e l d i n g , subject t o t h e Register consent
a n d under its technical supervision, provided that:
after r e m o v a l o f t h e defects before w e l d i n g t h e
thickness o f t h e p r o d u c t is i n n o place reduced b y
m o r e t h a n 2 0 %;
welding is carried o u t i n accordance w i t h a n
approved procedure b y qualified welders w i t h ap­
p r o v e d electrodes;
the welded area is g r o u n d s m o o t h t o the correct
n o m i n a l thickness;
the area o f a single w e l d i n g shall n o t exceed 2 5 c m ; 2
the total welded area shall n o t be greater t h a n
1 % o f the p r o d u c t surface;
after w e l d i n g surface defects t h e a d v i s a b i l i t y a n d
type o fheat treatment, i f required, are agreed w i t h a
surveyor t o t h e Register.
3.2.8 T h i c k n e s s t o l e r a n c e s o f s t e e l p l a t e s a n d
w i d e flats.
3.2.8.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e t o l e r a n c e
o n thickness o f steel plates a n d w i d e flats w i t h w i d t h s
o f 600 m m o r greater w i t h thicknesses o f 5 m ma n d
o v e r , c o v e r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g steel grades:
.1 n o r m a l a n d h i g h e r s t r e n g t h h u l l s t r u c t u r a l
steels a c c o r d i n g t o 3 . 2 ;
.2 h i g h s t r e n g t h h u l l s t r u c t u r a l s t e e l s a c c o r d i n g t o
3.13;
.3 s t e e l s f o r m a c h i n e r y s t r u c t u r e s .
T h e thickness tolerances f o r steel plates a n d w i d e
flats b e l o w 5 m m m a y be t a k e n f r o m n a t i o n a l o r
international standards, recognized b y t h e Register.
T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s d o n o t a p p l y t o r o l l e d steel
products intended f o r t h e construction o f boilers,
h e a t exchangers, pressure vessels, etc., as w e l l as
independent tanks f o rthe transportation o fliquefied
gases o r c h e m i c a l s .
Class С ( I S O 7452) m a y be applied i n lieu o f
3.2.8.3, i n w h i c h case t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s i n 3.2.8.4 a n d
3.2.8.5 n e e d n o t b e applied. I f Class С ( I S O 7 4 5 2 ) is
applied t h e f o o t n o t e T a b l e 2 p a r t o f w h i c h reads: " A l s o
a m i n u s side o f t h i c k n e s s o f 0,3 m m i s p e r m i t t e d . " i s n o t
applicable.
Additionally, i f I S O 7452 is applied, i t is required
t h a t t h e steel m i l l d e m o n s t r a t e t o t h e satisfaction o f t h e
Classification Society that the n u m b e r o f measurements
a n d m e a s u r e m e n t d i s t r i b u t i o n is a p p r o p r i a t e t o estab-
38 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.2.6.4-1

Grade Deoxidation T y p e o f rolled C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y (batch size f o r tests, K V )

products
Thickness, m m
10 12 ,5 20 25 30 35 40 50 100

Killed o r semi-killed Section

1 Not applicable
A(-)

< 50 k i l l e d Plate A(-) N(-)

or semi-killed TM(-)
A > 50 k i l l e d CR(50), AR*(50)

Section A(-) Not applicable

< 50 k i l l e d Plate A(50) N(50)

or semi-killed TM(50)
В > 50 k i l l e d CR(25) AR*(25)

Section A(-) A(50) Not applicable

Killed Plate A(50) Not applicable

Section
D
Killed a n d Plate A(50) N(50) N(50)
fine-grained CR(50) TM(50)
TM(50) CR(25)

Section A(50) N(50) Not applicable

CR(50)
TM(50)
AR*(25)

Killed a n d Plate N (each piece)

fine-grained T M (each piece)
E
Section N(25)TM(25) Not applicable
AR*(15),
CR*(15)
S y m b o l s : A - any; N - normalizing; C R- controlled rolling; Q T - quenching a n d tempering.
N o t e . A R * a s - r o l l e d s t e e l a n d C R * c o n t r o l l e d r o l l i n g s p e c i f i e d i n t h e p r e s e n t t a b l e a n d i n T a b l e 3.2.6.4-2 m a y b e a p p l i e d i n c a s e
o f t h e positive test results o f t h e w o r k s ' survey.

T a b l e 3.2.6.4-2

Steel Deoxidation Grain Type of C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y (batch size f o r tests, K V )

grade refining rolled
elements products T h i c k n e s s , mm
10 12, 5 2 0 25 30 35 40 50 100
1
Plate A(50) N(50) N(50), CR(25), T M ( 5 0 )
Nb and/or CR(50), TM(50)
V Section A(50) N(50)
Killed a n d
CR(50), TM(50) Not applicable
fine-grained
AR*(25)
A32,
A36 Plate A(50) AR*(25) Not applicable

N(50), CR(50) N(50), CR(25), T M ( 5 0 )

Alor TM(50)
Al + Ti Section A(50) N(50) Not applicable
CR(50)
TM(50)
AR*(50)
Plate A(50) N(50) N(50)
CR(50) TM(50)
Killed a n d TM(50) QT(each length a sheat treated)
A40 fine-grained Any
Section A(50) N(50) Not applicable
CR(50)
TM(50)
P a r t XIII. Materials 39

Table 3.2.6.4-2 — continued

Steel Deoxidation Grain Type of C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y (batch size f o r tests, K V )

grade refining rolled
elements products T h i c k n e s s , mm
10 12 ,5 2 0 25 30 35 40 50 100
1
N b o r V Plate A(50) N(50) N(50), CR(25), TM(50)
CR(50)
TM(50)

Section A(50) N(50) Not applicable

CR(50), TM(50)
D32, Killed a n d
AR*(25)
D36 fine-grained
Alor Plate A(50) AR*(25) N o t applicable
Al + Ti
N(50), CR(50), TM(50) N(50), CR(25), TM(50)

Section A(50) N(50) Not applicable

CR(50), TM(50)
AR*(25)

Any Plate N(50) N(50)

CR(50) TM(50)
D40 Killed a n d TM(50) Q T (each length a s heat treated)
fine-grained
Section N(50) Not applicable
CR(50)
TM(50)
Any Plate N (each piece)
T M (each piece)
E32, Killed a n d
E36 fine-grained Section N(25) Not applicable
TM(25)
AR*(15), CR*(15)

Any Plate N (each piece) N (each piece)

T M (each piece) T M (each piece)
E40 Killed a n d Q T (each length a s heat treated) Q T (each length a s heat treated)
fine-grained
Section N(25) Not applicable
TM(25)
QT(25)

Any Plate N (each piece) N (each piece)

T M (each piece) T M ( each piece)
F32, Killed a n d Q T (each length a s heat treated) Q T (each length a s heat treated)
F36 fine-grained
Section N(25) Not applicable
TM(25)
QT(25)
CR*(15)

Any Plate N (each piece) N (each piece)

T M (each piece) T M (each piece)
Killed a n d Q T (each length a s heat treated) Q T (each length a s heat treated)
F40 fine-grained
Section N(25) Not applicable
TM(25)
QT(25)

lish t h a t t h e m o t h e r plates produced are a t o r above t h e surface c o n d i t i o n s rests w i t h t h e s h i p y a r d before t h e

specified n o m i n a l thickness.
3.2.8.2 R e s p o n s i b i l i t y .
T h e responsibility f o r verification a n d maintenance
o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n w i t h i n t h e r e q u i r e d tolerances rests
w i t h the manufacturer. T h e surveyor t o the Register
m a y require t o witness some measurements.
T h e responsibility f o r storage a n d maintenance
o f t h e delivered product(s) w i t h acceptable level o f
products are used i n fabrication.
3.2.8.3 T h i c k n e s s t o l e r a n c e s .
T h e tolerances o n thickness o f a given product
are defined as:
.1 m i n u s t o l e r a n c e i s t h e l o w e r l i m i t o f t h e
acceptable range b e l o w t h e n o m i n a l thickness;
.2 p l u s t o l e r a n c e i s t h e u p p e r l i m i t o f t h e
acceptable range above t h e n o m i n a l thickness.
40 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

N o t e . N o m i n a l thickness is defined b y t h epurchaser a t

the time o fenquiry a n d order.
Line 1
T h e m i n u s t o l e r a n c e o n thickness o f steel r o l l e d
products o fn o r m a l a n dhigher strength according t o
3.2, o f h i g h s t r e n g t h a c c o r d i n g t o 3.13, a s w e l l a s steels
supplied i naccordance w i t h t h e requirements o f 3.14 Line 2
and Part X I I "Materials" o f t h e Rules f o r t h e
Classification, C o n s t r u c t i o n a n d E q u i p m e n t o f M o b i l e
Offshore Drilling Units a n dFixed Offshore Platforms
shall b e 0,3 m m irrespective o fn o m i n a l thickness. Line 3

T h e m i n u s tolerances for products for machinery

structures shall b e i naccordance w i t h T a b l e 3.2.8.3. • Measurement points
Rolling direction
T a b l e 3.2.8.3

N o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s t, m m Tolerance, m m F i g . 3.2.8.5.1-1 L o c a t i o n s o f t h i c k n e s s m e a s u r i n g p o i n t s f o r t h e
original steel plates
5^f<8 -0,4
8^f<15 -0,5
Line 1
15^f<25 -0,6
25^f<40 -0,8
40^t -1,0
Line 2

T h e tolerances o n n o m i n a l thickness a r e n o t Line 3 Ci

applicable t o areas repaired b y g r i n d i n g w h i c h shall
be i n accordance w i t h a Register recognized stan- Rolling direction • Measurement points

d a r d . T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2.7 m a yb e used f o r this

purpose.
Line 1
T h e plus tolerances o n n o m i n a l thickness shall
be i n accordance w i t h a recognized n a t i o n a l o r
international standard.
Line 2
3.2.8.4 A v e r a g e t h i c k n e s s .
T h e average thickness o f a product o rproducts is
defined as t h earithmetic m e a n o f t h e measurements
Line 3
m a d e i n accordance w i t h 3.2.8.5.
T h e average thickness o f steel r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o f
Rolling direction • Measurement points
n o r m a l a n d higher strength according t o 3.2, o f high
s t r e n g t h a c c o r d i n g t o 3.13, a s w e l l a s steels s u p p l i e d
in accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f 3.14 a n d
Line 1
Part X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e Rules f o r t h e Classifica-
tion, Construction a n d Equipment o f Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units a n d Fixed Offshore Plat-
Line 2
f o r m s s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h e n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s .
3.2.8.5 T h i c k n e s s m e a s u r e m e n t s .
T h e thickness ist obemeasured a t locations o f a
Line 3
p r o d u c t o r products as defined i n Figs. 3.2.8.5-1 a n d
3.2.8.5.1-2.
A u t o m a t e d m e t h o d o r m a n u a l m e t h o d is applied Rolling direction • Measurement points
to t h e thickness measurements.
F i g . 3.2.8.5.1-2 L o c a t i o n s o f t h i c k n e s s m e a s u r i n g p o i n t s f o r t h e c u t
T h e procedure a n dt h erecords o f measurements
steel p r o d u c t s
shall be made available t o t h e surveyor t o t h e
Register a n d copies p r o v i d e d o n request.
3.2.8.5.1 A v e r a g e t h i c k n e s s m e a s u r i n g l o c a t i o n s . ment. I f m o r e t h a n three points are t a k e n o neach line
A t least t w o lines a m o n g s h o w n i n F i g . 3.2.8.5.1-1 the n u m b e r o fpoints shall b e equal o n each line.
a n d 3.2.8.5.1-2, s h a l l b e selected f o r t h e thickness
N o t e . T h emeasurement locations apply t o a product
m e a s u r e m e n t s a n d a t least three p o i n t s o n each rolled directly f r o m o n e slab o rsteel i n g o t e v e n i ft h e p r o d u c t
selected line s h a l l b e selected f o r thickness m e a s u r e - shall b e later cut b ythe manufacturer. E x a m p l e s o fthe original
P a r t XIII. Materials
measurements relative t o later c u t products a r e s h o w n i n
F i g . 3.2.5.8.1-2. I t s h a l l b e n o t e d t h a t t h e e x a m p l e s s h o w n a r e
not representative o f all possible cutting scenarios.
For automated methods, themeasuring points at
sides s h a l l b e l o c a t e d n o t less t h a n 1 0 m m b u t n o t
greater t h a n 3 0 0 m m f r o m t h e transverse o r long-
i t u d i n a l edges o f t h e p r o d u c t .
For m a n u a l methods, the measuring points at
sides s h a l l b e l o c a t e d n o t less t h a n 1 0 m m b u t n o t
greater t h a n 100 m m f r o m t h e transverse o r long-
i t u d i n a l edges o f t h e p r o d u c t .
3.2.9 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta-
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
Every semi-finished product shall have clearly
visible stamp o r b r a n d o ft h e Register m a r k e d b y t h e
specified m e t h o d a n d i n specified l o c a t i o n .
Besides t h e m e n t i o n e d above, t h e m a r k i n g shall
i n c l u d e t h e u n i f i e d i n d i c a t i o n m a r k f o r grade o f steel
a n d s t r e n g t h level (e.g., A , B 3 6 , E 4 5 0 ) .
W h e n required b y the Register, material supplied
in t h e thermo-mechanically controlled processed
condition shall have index " T M " added after t h e
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k , (e.g., E 3 6 T M ) .
Besides, t h e steel, s u p p l i e d u n d e r t h e R e g i s t e r
technical supervision m a yhave index " P C " before the
u n i f i e d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k f o r grade o f steel a n d
s t r e n g t h level (e.g., P C E 3 6 T M ) .
I n case o f t h e R e g i s t e r a p p r o v e d s u p p l y o f steel,
w h i c h does n o t fully c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f
the R u l e s (refer t o 3.2.1.1), index " S "m a y be added
after t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k f o r grade o f steel a n d
s t r e n g t h level (e.g., P C E 3 6 8 T M o r P C B 3 6 8 ) .
B r a n d i n g o f r o l l e d a n d section r o l l e d steel
products m a y be p e r f o r m e d o n a label. A t that the
manufacturer shall c o n f i r m the identification system
of every rolled product i n a bundle.
3.3 S T E E L F O R B O I L E R S , H E A T EXCHANGERS
AND PRESSURE V E S S E L S
3.3.1 G e n e r a l .
3.3.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e a p p l i c a b l e
to r o l l e d steel f o r m a r i n e boilers, h e a t exchangers a n d
pressure vessels m a n u f a c t u r e d u n d e r t h e s u r v e y b y
the Register.
3.3.1.2 T h e s t e e l s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t w o r k s
r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2 i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
standards o r specifications agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.3.1.3 R o l l e d s t e e l w h i c h i s m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d
tested i n accordance w i t h these r e q u i r e m e n t s is i n t e n d e d
for operation a t r o o m o r elevated temperatures.
3.3.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.3.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f s t e e l s h a l l b e
in accordance w i t h standards proceeding f r o m the
41
required mechanical properties a t r o o m o r elevated
design temperatures a n d t h econtent o f base elements
i n % s h a l l n o t exceed:
f o r c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steels ( l a d l e
a n a l y s i s ) , %:
c a r b o n — 0,20, p h o s p h o r u s a n d sulphur — 0,04,
s i l i c o n — 0 , 5 0 , m a n g a n e s e — 1,60, c h r o m i u m , n i c k e l ,
copper — 0,30.
T h e u s e o f steel w i t h c a r b o n c o n t e n t m o r e t h a n
0,20 % f o r welded structures shall be agreed w i t h t h e
Register o n c o n d i t i o n sufficient weldability is ensured;
f o r l o w - a l l o y s t e e l ( l a d l e a n a l y s i s ) , %:
carbon — 0,18, phosphorus — 0,04, silicon —
0,50, c h r o m i u m — 2 , 5 0 , m a n g a n e s e — 0 , 8 0 , m o l y b -
d e n u m — 1,10,s u l p h u r — 0,04, v a n a d i u m — 0,35.
3.3.2.2 T h e s t e e l s h a l l b e k i l l e d . U s i n g o f rimming
steel is n o t p e r m i t t e d a n d u s i n g o f s e m i - k i l l e d steel is
not recommended a n d shall be approved b y the
c u s t o m e r . T r e a t m e n t o f steel w i t h g r a i n - r e f i n i n g
elements m a y be p e r m i t t e d w i t h i n t h e limits specified
in t h e n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards recog-
nized b y t h e Register.
C a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steel i n t e n d e d t o
o p e r a t e a t t e m p e r a t u r e s o v e r 4 0 0 °C s h a l l n o t c o n t a i n
aluminium.
3.3.2.3 O n a g r e e m e n t w i t h t h e c u s t o m e r u s i n g o f
steel c o m p l y i n g w i t h n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l stan-
dards recognized b y the Register m a y be permitted.
3.3.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f steel a t r o o m a n d
elevated temperature shall be i n accordance w i t h
standards.
T h e p r o p e r t i e s o f steel s h a l l b e c o n f i r m e d b y t h e
f o l l o w i n g tests:
tensile test (tensile s t r e n g t h , y i e l d stress a n d
elongation are determined);
b e n d test;
i m p a c t test ( K C U o r K V ) .
T h e tensile test a t elevated t e m p e r a t u r e a n d t h e
ageing test shall be carried o u t i f r e q u i r e d b y t h e
relevant parts o f t h e Rules o r b y standards.
The values o fl o n g - t e r m stress-rupture strength o f
m e t a l shall be submitted t o t h e Register.
3.3.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
T h e steel s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d as n o r m a l i z e d ,
normalized a n dtempered o r quenched a n d tempered.
The m e t h o d o f heat t r e a t m e n t shall be as stipulated
by standards.
Provided the required properties are ensured a n d
c o n f i r m e d b y tests a n d statistical data, steel m a y b e
manufactured w i t h o u theat treatment, a n d controlled
t e m p e r a t u r e r o l l i n g m a y be accepted as a substitute
for n o r m a l i z i n g .
3.3.5 S a m p l i n g .
Unless stated otherwise, sampling shall be carried
out i n accordance w i t h 3.2.5.
42 Rules for the Classification
Tensile test specimens a n d those f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
the impact toughness K C U shall be c u t o u t transverse
to, a n d those f o r determining the impact energy
K V — parallel t o t h e direction o f t h e last rolling.
3.3.6 N u m b e r o f t e s t s .
E a c h r o l l e d steel p l a t e s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d f o r testing.
I n t h e case o f r o l l e d plates o f c a r b o n steel u p t o 1 2 m m
t h i c k , as w e l l as r o l l e d sections, i t is p e r m i t t e d t o t a k e
10 % o f t h e t o t a l n u m b e r o f t h e p l a t e s ( r o l l e d p i e c e s ) o r
s e c t i o n s f o r t e s t i n g p u r p o s e s , b u t n o t less t h a n t w o a n d
o f t h e same thickness (diameter o r shape), o n e a n d t h e
same cast a n d identical heat treatment.
U n l e s s s t a t e d o t h e r w i s e , n o t less t h a n o n e speci-
m e n f o r t e n s i l e a n d b e n d t e s t i n g a n d n o t less t h a n o n e
set o f s p e c i m e n s f o r i m p a c t t e s t i n g s h a l l b e t a k e n
f r o m t h e r o l l e d piece i n t e n d e d f o r testing purposes.
F r o m plates ( r o l l e d pieces) w i t h a m a s s o f m o r e
t h a n 6 1 o r a length o f m o r e t h a n 15 m the samples f o r
test specimens shall be c u t o u t o n b o t h ends.
3.3.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
T h e r o l l e d steel shall be free f r o m defects
prejudicial t o theuse o fthe material f o rthe intended
a p p l i c a t i o n . F r e e d o m f r o m n o n - a l l o w a b l e defects
shall be guaranteed b y t h e manufacturer a n d m a y
be c o n f i r m e d b y t h e results o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing.
Surface defects i n v o l v e d b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g
process a r e p e r m i t t e d i n case t h e i r d e p t h is n o t
greater t h a n t h e allowable under-thickness tole-
rances, considering f r o m t h e n o m i n a l thickness.
R e p a i r o f surface defects b y w e l d i n g f o l l o w e d b y
post-weld heat treatment is permitted using t h e
technology approved b y the Register.
3.3.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta-
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
Every semi-finished product shall have clearly
visible stamp o r b r a n d o ft h e Register m a r k e d b y t h e
specified m e t h o d a n d i n specified l o c a t i o n .
B r a n d i n g o f r o l l e d a n d section r o l l e d steel
products m a y be p e r f o r m e d o n a label. A t that the
manufacturer shall c o n f i r m the identification system
of every rolled product i n a bundle.
3.4 S T E E L T U B E S A N D P f f E S
3.4.1 G e n e r a l .
3.4.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o h o t -
a n d c o l d - f o r m e d steel pipes a n d tubes i n t e n d e d f o r
boilers, h e a t exchangers, pressure vessels, ship
systems a n d p i p i n g a n d subject t o survey b y o f t h e
Register during manufacture.
3.4.1.2 T h e s t e e l p i p e s a n d t u b e s s h a l l b e
manufactured at w o r k s recognized according t o
1.3.1.2 i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h s t a n d a r d s o r t e c h n i c a l
requirements agreed w i t h t h e Register.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
3.4.1.3 T h e w e l d e d p i p e s a n d t u b e s m a y b e
m a n u f a c t u r e d b y m e a n s o felectric i n d u c t i o n w e l d i n g ,
pressure contact w e l d i n g o r fusion welding.
3.4.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.4.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e s t e e l f o r
pipes a n d tubes shall be chosen o n t h e basis o f
standards proceeding f r o m t h e required mechanical
properties a t r o o m o f elevated design temperature;
the c o n t e n t o fbase elements i n % shall n o t exceed t h e
values stated below:
for c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steel (ladle
a n a l y s i s ) , %:
sulphur a n d phosphorus — 0,04,manganese —
1,50, c h r o m i u m , n i c k e l , s i l i c o n — 0 , 5 0 , c o p p e r —
0,30, c a r b o n — 0,23;
F o r l o w - a l l o y s t e e l ( l a d l e a n a l y s i s ) , %:
sulphur a n d phosphorus — 0,035, manganese —
1,00, c h r o m i u m — 2 , 5 0 , s i l i c o n — 0 , 5 0 , m o l y b d e n u m
— 1,20, c a r b o n — 0,20, v a n a d i u m — 0,35.
3.4.2.2 T h e s t e e l s h a l l b e k i l l e d . R i m m i n g s t e e l i s
not p e r m i t t e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g pipes a n d tubes.
U s i n g s e m i - k i l l e d steel i s n o t r e c o m m e n d e d a n d s h a l l
be justified. T h e t r e a t m e n t o f steel w i t h g r a i n - r e f i n i n g
elements is also permitted. C a r b o n a n d carbon-
m a n g a n e s e steel i n t e n d e d f o r w o r k i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s
above 400C shall n o tcontain a l u m i n i u m .
3.4.2.3 T h e u s e o f s t e e l , i n w h i c h t h e b a s e
elements c o n t e n t exceeds t h e a b o v e l i m i t s , as w e l l as
steel c o n t a i n i n g o t h e r base a l l o y i n g elements t h a n
those stated above m a y be permitted i n accordance
w i t h t h e n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards recog-
nized b y t h e Register.
3.4.2.4 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r -
m i n e d f r o m the heat analysis (ladle analysis);
determination o fchemical composition o n a tubular
billet is permitted.
3.4.3 M e c h a n i c a l a n d t e c h n o l o g i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
3.4.3.1 A t r o o m a n d e l e v a t e d d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e
the m e c h a n i c a l a n d t e c h n o l o g i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f steel
intended f o r pipes a n d tubes shall be i n accordance
w i t h standards f o r pipes a n d tubes.
3.4.3.2 I n t h e p r o c e s s o f m a n u f a c t u r e t h e p i p e s
a n d tubes s h a l l u n d e r g o t h e f o l l o w i n g tests:
tensile test (tensile s t r e n g t h , y i e l d stress a n d
elongation being determined) according t o 2.2.2;
tensile test a t elevated t e m p e r a t u r e ( p r o o f stress
being determined);
flattening test according t o 2.2.5.2, o r tensile test
o f rings according t o 2.2.5.4;
e x p a n d i n g test according t o 2.2.5.3.
Tensile test a t elevated t e m p e r a t u r e , f l a t t e n i n g
test, tensile test o f r i n g s a n d e x p a n d i n g test s h a l l b e
carried o u t w h e n required b y standards f o r pipes o r
by technical documentation approved b y the Register
o n t h e basis o f w h i c h t h e test results a r e estimated.
W h e n provided f o rb y the relevant parts o fthe Rules
P a r t XIII. Materials
or b y standards, t h e results o f testing t h e steel
intended f o r pipes a n d tubes f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
average stress t o p r o d u c e r u p t u r e a t elevated
temperature shall be submitted.
3.4.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
The pipes a n d tubes shall be heat treated, w h e n
stipulated b y the relevant parts o f the Rules, b y
standards o r technical design d o c u m e n t a t i o n ap-
p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r . T h e c o l d - f o r m e d a n d elec-
trically w e l d e d pipes a n d tubes s h a l l i n a n y case b e
heat treated, normalized, n o r m a l i z e d a n d tempered o r
quenched a n d tempered. T h e m e t h o d a n d conditions
o f heat treatment shall be chosen b y the manufacturer,
reported t o t h e Register a n d stated i n t h e certificate.
3.4.5 S a m p l i n g .
Unless stated otherwise, sampling f o r specimens
s h a l l b e m a d e f r o m o n e e n d o f n o t less t h a n t w o p i p e s
or tubes o f t h e batch.
3.4.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
The pipes a n d tubes shall be tested b y batches.
A batch shall consist o f pipes a n d tubes o f t h e same
size m a n u f a c t u r e d f r o m steel o f t h e s a m e h e a t a n d
heat treated under similar conditions.
The n u m b e r o f pipes o r tubes i n a batch shall n o t
exceed:
400 i n t h e case o f pipes o r tubes w i t h a n o u t e r
d i a m e t e r o f 7 6 m m o r less;
200 i n t h e case o f pipes o r tubes w i t h a n o u t e r
diameter over 76 m m .
A r e s t o f p i p e s o r t u b e s , w h i c h i s less t h a n h a l f t h e
n u m b e r stated, shall be included i n a relevant batch
and one w h i c h is half and over, — shall be considered
a separate batch.
F o r testing purposes, o u t o f each sample o n e
s p e c i m e n f o r t h e tensile test, o n e s p e c i m e n f o r t h e
f l a t t e n i n g test o r t h e tensile test o f rings ( w h e n w e l d e d
pipes a n d tubes a r e tested — 2 specimens, d u r i n g t h e
testing o f one o f the specimens t h ewelded j o i n t shall be
in the tension zone), o n e specimen f o r the expanding
test s h a l l b e cut. A l l t h e pipes a n d tubes s h a l l b e tested
b y h y d r a u l i c pressure. T h e test pressure s h a l l b e i n
accordance w i t h standards f o r pipes a n d tubes o r w i t h
d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register, b u t i n a n y
c a s e i t s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h a t s t a t e d i n 2 1 . 2 , P a r t
V I I I " S y s t e m s a n d P i p i n g " a n d i n 1.7, P a r t X " B o i l e r s ,
H e a t Exchangers a n d Pressure Vessels".
H y d r a u l i c tests m a y b e o m i t t e d i f a l l t h e pipes
and tubes undergo ultrasonic o r other equivalent
testing.
A l l t h e welds i n welded pipes a n d tubes shall
undergo t h e ultrasonic testing.
3.4.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
A l l t h e pipes a n d tubes shall u n d e r g o v i s u a l
testing.
T h e surface o f t h e pipes a n d tubes shall be free
f r o m cracks, skins, fissures a n d laps.
43
A certain n u m b e r o f m i n o r nicks a n d dents,
m a r k s , t h i n l a y e r s o f scale, traces o f defects g r i n d i n g
and small skins are permitted i f due t o t h e m t h e wall
thickness w o u l d n o t exceed t h e a l l o w a b l e under-
thickness tolerances.
3.4.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a -
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
B r a n d i n g o f r o l l e d a n d section r o l l e d steel
products m a y be performed o n a label. A t that the
manufacturer shall c o n f i r m the identification system
of every rolled product i n a bundle.
3.5 S T E E L F O R S T R U C T U R E S U S E D
AT L O W T E M P E R A T U R E S
3.5.1 G e n e r a l .
3.5.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s t e e l
plates, flats, sections a n d bars u p t o 100 m m t h i c k , as
w e l l as t o forgings a n d castings intended f o r ship's
h u l l structures, equipment a n d m a c h i n e r y intended
f o r u s e a t d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w — 3 0 °C.
3.5.1.2 A p p l i c a t i o n o f r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r r o l l e d
products, forgings a n d castings intended f o r use a t
d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w — 5 0 °C i s p e r m i t t e d ,
taking i n t o account t h e requirements o f 3.5.3 a n d
3.5.4, as w e l l as crack a n d c o l d resistance test results
submitted by the works.
The requirements f o r rolled products depending
o n t h e strength level specified a n d o p e r a t i o n c o n d i -
tions are given i n 3.2, 3.13, 3.14 a n d 3.17 o f the
present Part, a n di n 4.2 a n d4.3, P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s "
of the Rules f o rthe Classification, Construction a n d
E q u i p m e n t o f M O D U / F O P ( f o r steel o f i m p r o v e d
weldability). T h e requirements for the rolled products
w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f 1 5 m m o r less d e s i g n e d f o r
o p e r a t i o n a t d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w — 3 0 °C a r e
specified i n 3.5.2.6.
T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r G r a d e F steel r o l l e d
products a r e given i n 3.5.2. T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f 1 5 m m o r less
designed f o r o p e r a t i o n a t design temperatures b e l o w
— 3 0 °C a r e s p e c i f i e d i n 3 . 5 . 2 . 6 .
The requirements f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e , inspec-
tion, identification, m a r k i n g a n d documentation f o r
rolled products, forgings a n d castings a r e given i n
3.2, 3 . 7 a n d 3 . 8 a c c o r d i n g l y .
3.5.1.3 T h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s , f o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s
shall be manufactured b y t h e firms recognized b y the
R e g i s t e r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.
3.5.1.4 S t e e l o t h e r t h a n s p e c i f i e d i n t h e p r e s e n t
C h a p t e r as t o t h e chemical c o m p o s i t i o n , mechanical
properties a n d c o n d i t i o n o f supply m a y be a l l o w e d
for use i n compliance w i t h t h e n a t i o n a l a n d interna-
tional standards recognized b y t h e Register.
44 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.5.1.5 W h e r e p r o v i s i o n i s m a d e f o r w e l d i n g d u r i n g o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t s m a n u f a c t u r e (issue o f a R e c o g n i ­
the m a n u f a c t u r e o f forged o r cast items, o r w h e r e such t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r ) , t h e range o f steel
items a r e i n t e n d e d f o r w e l d i n g inside t h e ship's h u l l , t h e a p p l i c a t i o n as c o m p a r e d w i t h t h a t i n 3.5.1.6 o f t h e
c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel a n d t h e w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r , 1.2.3, P a r t I I " H u l l " o f t h e p r e s e n t
shall ensure t h e w e l d e d j o i n t resistance t o c r a c k i n g . R u l e s a n d 1.5, P a r t I I " H u l l " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
T h e mechanical properties a n d impact energy o f Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f
w e l d m e t a l a t t h e specified t e m p e r a t u r e a t i m p a c t test M O D U / F O P , m a ybe extended.
shall be n o t l o w e r t h a n those required f o r the base m e t a l . 3.5.2 H u l l s t r u c t u r a l s t e e l .
3.5.1.6 S t e e l r o l l e d p r o d u c t s i n p l a t e s , f l a t s , 3.5.2.1 G e n e r a l .
sections, as w e l l as steel f o r g i n g s a n d castings f o r T h e present r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o G r a d e F steel
hull structural members, equipment a n d machinery plates, flats, sections a n d bars u p t o 1 0 0m m thick.
subjected t o l o n g - t e r m exposure t o l o w temperatures T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steel plates m a r k e d w i t h
are selected w i t h d u e r e g a r d f o r t h e set v a l u e o f t h e upper index " A r c " are also included.
structure design temperature a n d t h e structural T h e general r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steel a r e g i v e n i n 3.2.1.
m e m b e r category. T h e structure design temperature U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e rate o f plastic
T a n d t h e structural m e m b e r category a r e deter­
D d e f o r m a t i o n i n r o l l i n g s h a l l b e 5:1 as a m i n i m u m . T h e
m i n e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.2.3, P a r t I I " H u l l " a n d t h e requirements for the rolled products w i t h thickness o f
a d d i t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s a n d restrictions specified i n 15 m m o r less d e s i g n e d f o r o p e r a t i o n a t d e s i g n
the present Chapter f o r higher a n d h i g h strength t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w — 3 0 °C a r e s p e c i f i e d i n 3 . 5 . 2 . 6 .
steels f o r c a t e g o r y I I I a c c o r d i n g t o T a b l e 3.5.1.6. 3.5.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
T a b l e 3.5.1.6 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel i s specified i n
standards a n d technical requirements a n d shall n o t
Design temperature, T D "C
Steel grade exceed t h e u l t i m a t e values g i v e n i n T a b l e 3.5.2.2 f o r
Thickness o f structural m e m b e r
h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steel a n d i n T a b l e 3.13.2 f o r h i g h s t r e n g t h
wall, m a x , m m
steel. H i g h e r s t r e n g t h s t e e l o f i m p r o v e d w e l d a b i l i t y a s t o
-30 -40 -50
chemical composition shall meet t h e requirements o f
D32, D 3 6 15 10 — Tables 4.2.1.2 a n d 4.2.2, P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e
E32, E 3 6 W 35 25 15 Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p ­
E32W 45 30 20
F32 80 60 40 m e n t o f M O D U / F O P . T h e steel s h a l l b e f u l l y k i l l e d a n d
F32W, F36W any 70 50 treated w i t h grain-refining elements.
E36, E40W, E420W, E460W 30 20 15
F36, F 4 0 60 40 30 3.5.2.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
D40, D420 10 — — T h e mechanical properties o f Grades F 3 2 , F 3 6
E40, E420,E460, E 5 0 0 W 25 15 10 a n d F 4 0 steels d u r i n g t e n s i l e test a n d i m p a c t test s h a l l
F40W, F420W, F460W 80 50 35
F420, F460, F 5 0 0 W 50 35 25 m e e t t h e requirements o f T a b l e 3.5.2.3; t h e m e c h a n ­
E500 20 15 10 ical properties o f Grades F 4 2 0 , F 4 6 0 , F 5 0 0 , F 5 5 0 ,
F500 50 30 20 F 6 2 0 a n d F 6 9 0 steels s h a l l m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
N o t e . F o r t h e u s e o f steel i n c o n d i t i o n s n o t regulated 3.13.3.
h e r e i n r e f e r t o 3.5.1.7.
A d d i t i o n a l l y t o 3.2.5, tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
impact energy i n t h e specimens c u t o u t f r o m t h e
plate m i d - t h i c k n e s s a r e c a r r i e d o u t f o r steel o v e r
3.5.1.7 F o r h u l l s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r s o f i c e b r e a k e r s 4 0 m m t h i c k . I n t h i s case t h e test results shall also
a n d A r c ice class ships, t h e design t e m p e r a t u r e T D o f m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e s 3.5.2.3 a n d 3 . 1 3 . 3 - 1 .
w h i c h does n o t exceed — 3 0 °C, u s e o f steel o f i m p r o v e d 3.5.2.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
w e l d a b i l i t y w i t h A r c i n d e x is p e r m i t t e d (refer t o 3.5.2.1 C o n d i t i o n o f steel supply:
and 4.2 - 4.3,Part П "Materials" o f the Rules f o r the for Grades F32, F 3 6 a n dF 4 0 — according t othe
Classification, C o n s t r u c t i o n a n d E q u i p m e n t o f M o b i l e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.2.6.4;
Offshore Drilling U n i t s a n d F i x e d Offshore Platforms). for Grades F420, F460, F500, F550, F 6 2 0 a n d
3.5.1.8 S t e e l i s t e s t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e F 6 9 0 — according t o t h e requirements o f 3.13.4.
requirements o f Section 2 w i t h the use o f the 3.5.2.5 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r s t e e l p l a t e s o f g r a d e
Register-approved programs. marked with upper index "Arc".
Tests t o determine T a r e carried o u t , as a rule,
d 3.5.2.5.1 " A r c " i s t h e s y m b o l a d d e d t o t h e
within the operating temperature range including d e s i g n a t i o n o f steel g r a d e f o r w h i c h a d d i t i o n a l tests
temperature T. D were performed according t o the Register programs t o
F o r details — refer t o 3.5.2, 3.5.4 a n d 3.5.5. d e t e r m i n e d u c t i l i t y a n d c o l d resistance characteristics
3.5.1.9 G i v e n t h e s a t i s f a c t o r y r e s u l t s o f t e s t i n g (refer t o 2.2.10, 3.5.1.9, 3.5.2.5.6) a n d a n d m e e t i n g t h e
according the Register programs i n the initial survey r e l e v a n t r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steels o f i m p r o v e d w e l d a b i l i t y
P a r t XIII. Materials 45

T a b l e 3.5.2.2
Chemical composition o f hull structural steel

Content o felements, %

Steel С M n Si P S Al Nb V Ti Cu Cr Ni Mo N
(acid-
grade
soluble),
min
max max max

F32 0,16 0,90—1,60 0,50 0,025 0,025 0,015 0,02 — 0,05 0,05 — 0,10 0,02 0,35 0,20 0,80 0,08 0,009 (0,012
F36 0,16 0,90—1,60 0,50 0,025 0,025 0,015 0,02 — 0,05 0,05 — 0,10 0,02 0,35 0,20 0,80 0,08 if A l i s
F40 0,16 0,90—1,60 0,50 0,025 0,025 0,015 0,02 — 0,05 0,05 — 0,10 0,02 0,35 0,20 0,80 0,08 present)

Total content
0,12 m a x
N o t e . R e f e r t o n o t e s 1 t o 7 i n T a b l e 3.2.2-2.

T a b l e 3.5.2.3
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f hull structural steel

Grade Y i e l d stress Tensile Elongation I m p a c t test

ReH, M P a strength R m , A ; , %, m i n
MPa Test tempe­ A v e r a g e i m p a c t e n e r g y v a l u e KV, m i n , J
r a t u r e , °C
«50 m m 50<«70 m m 70<«100 m m

KV L KV T
KV L KV T
KV L KV T

F32 315 440 — 5 7 0 22 -60 31 22 38 26 46 31

F36 355 490 — 6 3 0 21 -60 34 24 41 27 50 34
F40 390 510 — 6 6 0 20 -60 39 26 46 31 55 37
N o t e . R e f e r t o n o t e s 8 a n d 9 i n T a b l e 3.2.2-2.

according t o Section 4 , P a r t X I I "Materials" o f t h e r e g a r d t o r e t a r d i n g t h e s p r e a d o f b r i t t l e f a i l u r e (Та,

Rules f o r t h eClassification, Construction a n d Equip­ NDT, DWTT):
ment o f M O D U / F O P a n d the requirements f o r tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e t e m p e r a t u r e Т a r e №

Z-properties. T h em i n i m u m material service/operating carried o u t according t o 2.2.10.2;

temperature d ( w i t h o u t t h e m i n u s sign) d o w n t o w h i c h
t h e steel m a y b e u s e d f o r a n y s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r s
w i t h o u t limitations shall be indicated next t o t h e
0 4 0 0
s y m b o l (e.g. Б З б Ш ^ or БЗбШ^ ).
3.5.2.5.2 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f h i g h e r
s t r e n g t h steel m a r k e d w i t h u p p e r i n d e x " A r c " s h a l l
m e e t t h e r e l e v a n t r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r steel o f i m p r o v e d
weldability.
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f h i g h s t r e n g t h steel
m a r k e d w i t h upper index " A r c " shall meet t h e
requirements o f the Register-approved documentation.
T h e s u l p h u r c o n t e n t s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 0 , 0 0 8 %, t h e
p h o s p h o r u s c o n t e n t , 0 , 0 1 5 %.
3.5.2.5.3 T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f s t e e l s h a l l
m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r the steel o f a r e l e v a n t grade
a c c o r d i n g t o 3.2, 3.13, 3.14 a n d 3.17. I n t h i s case, t h e
test p r o g r a m d u r i n g t h e i n i t i a l survey o f m a n u f a c t u r e
b y t h e R e g i s t e r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2 i n o r d e r t o
determine the possibility o f adding upper index " A r c "
t o a steel g r a d e includes t h e f o l l o w i n g :
.1 d e t e r m i n i n g t h e t e m p e r a t u r e o f a d u c t i l e - b r i t t l e
transition t o estimate t h e material property w i t h
tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e t e m p e r a t u r e N D T a r e
carried o u t according t o 2.2.10.3;
tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e t e m p e r a t u r e D W T T a r e
carried o u t according t o 2.2.10.4;
.2 d e t e r m i n i n g t h e c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e p a r a m e t e r
C T O D f o r t h ebase m e t a l a n dH A Z m e t a l i n testing
the specimens c u t f r o m butt-welded joints:
tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e c r a c k resistance p a r a ­
meter C T O D f o r t h e base m e t a l a r e carried o u t
according t o 2.2.10.5;
tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e c r a c k resistance p a r a ­
meter C T O D f o r the H A Z metal are carried o u t
according t o 2.2.10.6.
Application o f each o f t h e above procedures
d u r i n g tests s h a l l b e agreed w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r i n e a c h
p a r t i c u l a r case.
W h e r e o n e p r o c e d u r e f o r steel m a n u f a c t u r e i s
concerned (smelting, rolling, condition o f supply), the
results o f t h e a b o v e tests o b t a i n e d w i t h t h e t h i c k e s t
rolled products m a y be extended t o t h e rolling
p r o d u c t s o f less t h i c k n e s s .
46 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.5.2.5.4 T h e a v e r a g e v a l u e o f C T O D f o r b a s e T a b l e 3.5.2.5.6

m e t a l s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n t h a t s p e c i f i e d i n
Rolled products Depending o n the rolled products thickness the
T a b l e 3.5.2.5.4 w i t h t h e m i n i m u m v a l u e a t least 0,7 thickness, m m r e q u i r e d t e m p e r a t u r e v a l u e s T ^ jy^, Т^тщ,
d N

o f t h e r e q u i r e d o n e . T h e l o w e s t test t e m p e r a t u r e a t Td(pwrT) f o r t h e s t e e l m a r k e d w i t h u p p e r i n d e x
w h i c h t h e T a b l e 3.5.2.5.4 requirements a r e m e t , is "Arc" are given i n the Table
assumed t obe them i n i m u m temperature T ) for d ( c m D Td(NDT), °C Td(T№)> °C Td(pwiT), °C
t h e g i v e n t y p e o f tests. F r o m 25 u p t o 30 i n c l . NDT + 15 DWTT
T№

T a b l e 3.5.2.5.4 O v e r 30 u p t o 40 i n c l . NDT + 20 T - 15
№
D W T T - 10
Requirements for C T O D value for base metal, m m O v e r 40 u p t o 50 i n c l . NDT + 25 Ты, - 2 5
O v e r 50 u p t o 60 i n c l . NDT + 30 T - 30
№
Thick­ Strength level (required m i n i m u m value NDT + 30 l
O v e r 60
ness, m m o f yield stress, M P a )
'Provided i n addition to: T < 0,5Г +15
normal 315 — 390 — 460 — 550 — 690 № < Л Ю Г )

N o t e . Additional condition means T № ^ — 5° f o r A r c 4 0 ,

355 420 500 620
a n d T s s - 1 5 ° f o r АгсбО
№

25-35 — 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,25

36-50 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30
51-70 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,30 0,35 t r a n s i t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e s d e t e r m i n e d : Т^ , Т^тщ o r T тТ) d
> 70 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,35
(DWTT)-
3.5.2.5.7 I n a l l t y p e s o f t e s t s t h e g r e a t e s t v a l u e
shall be accepted as t h e m i n i m u m o p e r a t i n g m a t e r i a l
3.5.2.5.5 T h e a v e r a g e v a l u e o f C T O D f o r t h e H A Z t e m p e r a t u r e T , u p t o w h i c h t h e steel i n q u e s t i o n m a y
d

m e t a l s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n t h a t r e q u i r e d b y be used f o r a l l t h e s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r s w i t h o u t
T a b l e 3.5.2.5.5 w i t h t h e m i n i m u m v a l u e a t least 0,5 limitations:
o f t h e r e q u i r e d o n e . I f t h e n u m b e r o f correct tests i s
T =max(T ^
d d C T O D b m - , T (
l d C T O D h a z ), T^^).
increased u p t o five a n d m o r e , t h e lowest result m a y
be i g n o r e d . 3.5.2.6 M a n u f a c t u r e a n d s u p p l y o f s t e e l r o l l e d
products designed f o r o p e r a t i o n a t design temperatures
T a b l e 3.5.2.5.5
Requirements for C T O D value for H A Z metal, m m b e l o w — 3 0 °C h a v i n g t h i c k n e s s b e t w e e n 6 a n d 1 5 m m
Thick­
i n c l u s i v e , i s n o t a l l o w e d w i t h o u t m e c h a n i c a l tests.
Strength level (required m i n i m u m value
ness, m m o f yield stress, M P a ) M e c h a n i c a l tests s h a l l m a n d a t o r y i n c l u d e i m p a c t
b e n d i n g t e s t s (KV) a t a t e m p e r a t u r e n o t e x c e e d i n g T d
n o r m a l 315 — 3 9 0 — 4 6 0 — 5 5 0 — 690
355 420 500 620
o n test specimens i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 2.2.3.1.
— F o r t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h s t r e n g t h class o f
25-30 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,20
3 1 - 50 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,25 4 6 0 M P a a n d a b o v e , a d d i t i o n a l tests results s h a l l b e
> 50 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,30 s u b m i t t e d (refer t o 2.2.10). F a i l i n g t h a t , said tests
shall be conducted.
Besides, i f t h e a b o v e special tests w e r e n o t
T h e l o w e s t test t e m p e r a t u r e a t w h i c h t h e T a ­ p e r f o r m e d , special s t a n d a r d s s h a l l b e specified f o r
ble 3.5.2.5.5 r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e m e t , i s a s s u m e d t o b e t h e the i m p a c t energy o f the base m e t a l a n d w e l d e d j o i n t s
m i n i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e T f o r t h e g i v e n t y p e o f tests.
d (refer t o T a b l e 3.5.2.6) a t a temperature n o t exceeding
3.5.2.5.6 B a s e d o n t h e r e s u l t s o f NDT, T a n d T d . T h e impact energy m a y be reduced t o 7 0 % o f the
a

D W T T the t e m p e r a t u r e s ( T , T ,
d ( N D T ) T d(Tkti) ) are r e q u i r e d v a l u e f o r o n e o f t h e three test specimens.
d ( D W 7 T )

d e t e r m i n e d , t h e g r e a t e s t o f a l l t h e v a l u e s i s T^^, F o r t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f less t h a n
assumed t o be t h e ductile-brittle transition tempera­
T a b l e 3.5.2.6
t u r e T o f t h e s a m p l i n g steel. D e p e n d i n g o n t h e
kb
T h e impact energy standards for the flat rolled products a n d welded
rolled products thickness t h e required temperature j o i n t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f u p t o 15 m m a t a t e m p e r a t u r e n o t e x c e e d i n g
values T , d(NDT) T ,d(Tkb) T f o r t h e steel m a r k e d
d ( D m T ) T for the arctic ships a n d icebreakers i n absence o fthe special tests
d

w i t h upper index " A r c " a r egiven i n T a b l e 3.5.2.5.6.

F o r t h e m e t a l t h i c k n e s s o f 4 0 m m , i n case t h e M i n i m u m yield stress M i n i m u m average value f o r three test
d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n NDT a n d T t e m p e r a t u r e s i s o v e r
№
in M P a pieces
5 0 °C, t o c o n t r o l d i s c o n t i n u i t y o f t h e m a t e r i a l p r o p e r t i e s rolled product rolled product
o n resistance t o brittle fracture, N D T specimens c u t o u t t h i c k n e s s o f 10 m m t h i c k n e s s a b o v e 10
f r o m t h e mid-thickness o f rolled products m a y be t o 15 m m i n c l u s i v e

additionally tested i n accordance w i t h 2.2.10.3. N D T 460 46 L , 3 1 T 60 L , 4 0 T

500 50 L , 3 3 T 68 L , 4 5 T
o b t a i n e d d u r i n g t h e test m a y b e considered as a 550 55 L , 3 7 T 83 L , 55 T
r e p l a c e m e n t o f t e m p e r a t u r e Т^тщ. I t i s p o s s i b l e t o 620 70 L , 4 6 T 98 L , 6 5 T
determine based o n o n e o r t w o ductile-brittle 690 86 L , 5 7 T 120 L , 8 0 T
P a r t XIII. Materials Al

10 m m , t h e required i m p a c t energy shall be deter­ — 3 0 °C a n d b e l o w , r e s i s t a n c e t o b r i t t l e f r a c t u r e m a y

m i n e d b y F o r m u l a (2.2.3.1.1). be c o n f i r m e d either b y testing according t o t h e N T D
3.5.3 S t e e l f o r g i n g s . procedure (refer t o 2.2.10.3) o r b y o t h e r test m e t h o d s
3.5.3.1 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n . a g r e e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r , e.g. c r a c k resistance tests.
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel f o r f o r g i n g s T h e requirements f o rcastings f o r cargo-handling
being p a r t o f h u l l structures is specified i n t h e gear a r e set f o r t h i n S e c t i o n 3 o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
R e g i s t e r - r e c o g n i z e d s t a n d a r d s a n d / o r a p p r o v e d spe­ Cargo H a n d l i n g Gear o f Sea-Going Ships.
cification a n d shall p r o v i d e f o r t h e c o l d resistance 3.5.5 W e l d i n g .
characteristics as r e q u i r e d . T h e s u l p h u r a n d p h o s ­ 3.5.5.1 T e c h n o l o g i c a l r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e p r o ­
p h o r u s c o n t e n t i n a l l o y steel s h a l l n o t exceed 0,015 % cesses o f w e l d e d s t r u c t u r e s m a n u f a c t u r e , w e l d e d
for each member. joints testing a n d f o r welding consumables shall be
3.5.3.2 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s . in compliance with Part X I V "Welding" o fthe Rules
T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f f o r g e d steel s h a l l for the Classification a n d Construction o f Sea-Going
m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.7.3. T h e r e q u i r e d i m p a c t Ships, a n d w i t h t h e additional requirements a n d
energy value during impact testing a t the m i n i m u m restrictions o f t h e present Section.
design t e m p e r a t u r e T is specified i n t h e Register-
d 3.5.5.2 T h e g r a d e s o f w e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s f o r
recognized standards a n d / o r a n a p p r o v e d specifica­ welding stuctures o fn o r m a l , higher a n dh i g h strength
tion, b u t shall be as follows: steel a r e c h o s e n i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 2.4.5, P a r t X I I I
n o t less t h a n 2 7 J a t t h e y i e l d stress o f steel less "Welding" o f the Rules f o r the Classification,
than 400 M P a ; Construction and Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
n o t less t h a n 4 1 J a t t h e y i e l d stress o f steel f r o m 3.5.53 T h e w e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s u s e d f o r t h e
400 t o 690 M P a . m a n u f a c t u r e o f h u l l structures relating t o structural
T h e percentage o f fibrous component i n the m e m b e r c a t e g o r i e s I I a n d П1 f o r t h i c k n e s s e s o v e r 3 0 m m
fracture o f a specimen determined after impact m a y be tested t o d e t e r m i n e t h e crack resistance
t e s t i n g s h a l l b e n o t l e s s t h a n 5 0 %. p a r a m e t e r C T O D . T h e tests m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t h e
T o a p p r o v e steel f o r essential f o r g i n g s used a t i n i t i a l issue o f a C e r t i f i c a t e o f A p p r o v a l f o r W e l d i n g
— 3 0 °C a n d b e l o w , r e s i s t a n c e t o b r i t t l e f r a c t u r e m a y C o n s u m a b l e s o r a t t h e stage o f w e l d i n g procedures
be c o n f i r m e d either b y testing according t o t h e N T D a p p r o v a l b y t h e Register.
procedure (refer t o 2.2.10.3) o r b y o t h e r test m e t h o d s 3.5.5.4 W h e r e r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e i m p o s e d u p o n t h e
a g r e e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r , e.g. c r a c k resistance tests. crack resistance p a r a m e t e r C T O D o f w e l d m e t a l , i t s
T h e requirements f o rforgings f o r cargo-handling average values, i n m m , a t a design temperature shall
gear a r e set f o r t h i n Section 3 o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e be n o t less t h a n t h o s e s p e c i f i e d i n T a b l e 3 . 5 . 5 . 4 .
Cargo H a n d l i n g Gear o f Sea-Going Ships. T h r e e c o r r e c t tests, as a m i n i m u m , s h a l l b e
3.5.4 S t e e l c a s t i n g s .
T a b l e 3.5.5.4
3.5.4.1 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
Thickness, Grade o fwelding consumable
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel f o r t h e castings
not more
being p a r t o f h u l l structures is specified i n t h e than, m m Requirements for CTOD value for weld metal, m m
R e g i s t e r - r e c o g n i z e d s t a n d a r d s a n d / o r a p p r o v e d spe­
Y36 Y42 Y46 Y50 Y55 Y62 Y69
cification a n d shall p r o v i d e f o r t h e c o l d resistance
Y40
characteristics as r e q u i r e d . T h e s u l p h u r a n d p h o s ­
40 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20
p h o r u s c o n t e n t i n a l l o y steel s h a l l n o t exceed 0,015 % 50 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25
for each member. 70 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30
3.5.4.2 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f cast steel s h a l l m e e t
the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.8.3. T h er e q u i r e d i m p a c t energy c a r r i e d o u t w i t h t h e m i n i m u m v a l u e s b e i n g n o t less
value d u r i n g i m p a c t testing a t t h e design temperature t h a n 5 0 % o f t h e required ones.
is specified b y s t a n d a r d s o r t e c h n i c a l r e q u i r e m e n t s , T h e tests a r e carried o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e
b u t s h a l l be as f o l l o w s : requirements o f Section 2 o ft h e present P a r t , as w e l l
n o t less t h a n 2 7 J a t t h e y i e l d stress o f steel less as o f S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e R u l e s f o r
than 400 M P a ; the Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f
n o t less t h a n 4 1 J a t t h e y i e l d stress o f steel f r o m M O D U / F O P according t o t h e Register-agreed pro­
400 t o 690 M P a . grams.
T h e percentage o f fibrous component i n the
fracture o f a specimen determined after impact
t e s t i n g s h a l l b e n o t l e s s t h a n 5 0 %.
T o a p p r o v e steel f o r essential castings used a t
48 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.6 S T E E L F O R C H A I N C A B L E S A N D A C C E S S O R I E S 3.6.2.3 T h e r o l l e d b a r s s h a l l b e m a d e o f k i l l e d
steel, a n d t h e steel f o r c h a i n cables o f grades 2 , 3, R 3 ,
3.6.1 G e n e r a l . R 3 S a n d R 4 shall be deoxidized a n d fine grain
3.6.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s t e e l treated.
rolled products, forgings a n d castings used f o r 3.6.2.4 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f f o r g i n g s a n d
m a n u f a c t u r e o f c h a i n cables a n d accessories. castings shall be i n accordance w i t h t h e specification
Steel forgings shall generally meet t h e require­ a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register a n d be specified b y t h e
m e n t s o f 3.7 a n d steel castings — t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f manufacturer f o r each heat.
3.8, unless o t h e r w i s e stated. 3.6.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
3.6.1.2 A l l m a t e r i a l s u s e d f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f steel f o r c h a i n
c h a i n cables a n d accessories shall be supplied b y t h e cables a n d accessories shall ensure t h e properties
m a n u f a c t u r e r s r e c o g n i z e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. according t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.6.3.
Grade 1 rolled products m a y be used f o r the
T a b l e 3.6.3
m a n u f a c t u r e o f c h a i n cables w i t h t h e manufacturer's
Chain Yield Tensile Elon­ Redu­ Impact test 3 , 4
K V
certificates.
cable stress strength g a t i o n ction
3.6.1.3 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l s u b m i t t h e s p e c i f i ­ grade Re И , R m > A , % i n a r e a
s

cation f o r material t o t h e Register f o r approval. min, MPa Z , % 2

Stated i n t h e specification shall be t h e melting MPa

a n d d e o x i d a t i o n procedure, specified c h e m i c a l c o m ­ min Test Base Weld
tempe­ metal joint
position a n d mechanical properties, a n d terms o f
rature,
rolled products' acceptance a n d delivery as well. °C
Impact energy,
min, J
Unless stated otherwise, m e l t i n g a n d d e o x i d a t i o n
1 — 370 - 490 25 — — — —
procedures, chemical composition a n d condition o f
2 295 490- 690 22 — 0 27 —
rolled products' delivery that d o n o t fully comply 3 410 690 m i n 17 40 0(-20) 60(35) 50(27)
w i t h t h e requirements o ft h e present Chapter m a y be R3 410 690 m i n 17 50 0(-20) 60(40) 50(30)
applied i n accordance w i t h the standards a n d R3S 490 770 m i n 15 50 0(-20) 65(45) 53(33)
specifications o f t h e w o r k s as w e l l as t h e n a t i o n a l R4 580 860 m i n 12 50 -20 50 36

and international standards. ^ o r chain cables o f grades R 3 , R 3 S a n dR 4 ,

3.6.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.6.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f s t e e l i s
determined b y ladle analisis. T h echemical c o m p o s i ­
t i o n o f r o l l e d steel bars, based o n ladle analysis f o r
grades 1 a n d 2 chain cables shall c o m p l y w i t h
Table 3.6.2.1.
T a b l e
Chemical composition o f rolled steel bars
ReH/Rn.^0,92.
2
F o r c a s t s t e e l o f g r a d e s R 3 a n d R 3 S , Z ^ 4 0 %, f o r s t e e l o f
g r a d e R 4 — Z ^ 3 5 %. W h e n t h e m a t e r i a l s u s c e p t i b i l i t y t o
hydrogen embrittlement for chain cables o fgrades R3, R 3 S a n d
R 4 i s d e t e r m i n e d , Z / Z i > 0 , 8 5 , w h e r e Z a n d Z\ a r e t h e s a m p l e
reduction i n area under tension before a n d after heating,
respectively.
3
I m p a c t tests o f material f o rgrade 2 c h a i n cables m a y b e
w a i v e d i fthe c h a i n cable is supplied i n a h e a t treated condition.
4
Required m i n i m u m impact energy value at the tempera­
t u r e o f — 2 0 °C i s s h o w n i n b r a c k e t s .
3.6.2.1

Chain cable Content o felements, %

3.6.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
grade
С Si M n P S A l total , 1 3.6.4.1 R o l l e d b a r s a n d r o u n d s e c t i o n f o r g i n g s ,
max min unless otherwise stated, a r e supplied i n as-rolled
max condition. T h e finished forgings a n d castings m a ybe
supplied after heat treatment appropriate t o each
1 0,20 0,15 0,40 m i n 0,040 0,040 —
0,35 c h a i n cable grade as specified i n T a b l e 7.1.3.4.
2 2
0,24 0,15 1,60 max 0,035 0,035 0,020 F o r g i n g s a n d castings m a y be subjected t o n o r m a l ­
0,55
izing, normalizing a n d tempering, hardening a n d
A l u m i n i u m m a y b e r e p l a c e d p a r t l y b y o t h e r fine g r a i n i n g tempering. T h e type o fheat treatment shall c o n f o r m
elements. to t h e specification approved b y t h e Register.
2
A d d i t i o n a l alloying elements m a y b e u s e d o n t h ebasis o f
the works' manufacturing experience o r astandard/specifica­ 3.6.4.2 W h e n t h e r o l l e d p r o d u c t s m a n u f a c t u r e r i s
tion. recognized, t h echain cables o f grades 3, R 3 , R 3 S R 4
shall ( a n d c h a i n cables o f grades 1 a n d 2 m a y
3.6.2.2 F o r c h a i n c a b l e s o f g r a d e s 3 , R 3 , R 3 S a n d o p t i o n a l l y ) be subject t o c o n t r o l testing o f m a t e r i a l
R 4 t h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel s h a l l c o m p l y after heat treatment similar t o t h e o n e o f t h e chain
w i t h t h e specification agreed w i t h t h e manufacturer cable manufacturer.
o f a chain cable a n d approved b y t h e Register. I n 3.6.5 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
a d d i t i o n t h e steel f o r c h a i n cables o f g r a d e R 4 s h a l l 3.6.5.1 T h e r o l l e d b a r s a r e s u b m i t t e d f o r t e s t i n g
c o n t a i n n o t less t h a n 0 , 2 % o f m o l y b d e n u m . i n batches. A batch n o t m o r e t h a n 5 0 t i n mass shall
P a r t XIII. Materials 49

comprise bars o f t h e same cast a n d supply c o n d i t i o n specimen, t h e strain rate (change o f elongation i n
w i t h a tolerance o f diameter w i t h i n 4 m m . f r a c t i o n s o f g a g e l e n g t h o f t h e s p e c i m e n ) s h a l l b e less
_ 1
3.6.5.2 F r o m e a c h b a t c h o f r o l l e d b a r s , a s a m p l e t h a n 0,0003 s (which amounts to approximately
is t a k e n , o u t o f w h i c h a tensile test s p e c i m e n a n d a set 10 m i n f o r a specimen o f 2 0 m m i n d i a m e t e r ) . T e s t i n g
o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s f o r i m p a c t t e s t i n g (KV) f o r c h a i n is c a r r i e d o u t t o d e t e r m i n e t h e tensile s t r e n g t h ,
cables o f grades 2 , 3, R 3 , R 3 S a n d R 4 a r e m a c h i n e d . e l o n g a t i o n a n d reduction i n area. Test results shall
Specimens shall be taken f r o m the sample i nthe c o m p l y w i t h T a b l e 3.6.3 (refer t o N o t e 2 a t t h e
l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n according t o F i g . 3.6.5.2. b o t t o m o f the Table). W h e n the obtained value
Z / Z i < 0,85, t h e m e t a l presented f o r testing m a y be
Specimen for degassed, after w h i c h a l l t h e above testing shall be
impact test
performed.
3.6.5.4 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s r e s u l t s s h a l l m e e t t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.6.3.
W h e r e t h e rest results a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , retests
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.4.2 s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t . I n t h i s
case, t h e r e h e a t t r e a t m e n t i s a l l o w e d a n d t h e n e w tests
m a y be performed o n the metal taken f r o m the
m a t e r i a l initially s u b m i t t e d f o r testing. I f t h e retest
results are positive, those previously obtained m a y be
disregarded.
Tensile
3.6.5.5 R e c o g n i z i n g t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f s t e e l f o r
specimen
c h a i n cables o f grades R 3 , R 3 S a n d R 4 t h e steel
F i g . 3.6.5.2 resistance t o strain ageing, t e m p e r brittleness a n d
hydrogen embrittlement shall be confirmed b y
following procedures approved b y t h e Register.
T h e tests shall be c a r r i e d o u t i n accordance w i t h 3.6.6 I n s p e c t i o n .
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 2.2. P r i o r t o t h e tests, t h e s a m p l e s 3.6.6.1 T h e t o l e r a n c e s f o r r o l l e d b a r s s h a l l b e
shall be heat-treated following the procedures corre­ w i t h i n t h e limits specified i n T a b l e 3.6.6.1.
sponding t o the heat treatment o f finished chain
T a b l e 3.6.6.1
cables i n accordance w i t h 7.1.3.4. T h e m e t h o d a n d
N o m i n a l diameter, Tolerance o n Tolerance o n roundness,
regime o fthe heat treatment shall be indicated b y the
mm diameter, m m (<4rax — l i m i n ) , ГЦ™
c h a i n cable m a n u f a c t u r e r .
3.6.5.3 F o r c h a i n c a b l e s o f g r a d e s R 3 S a n d R 4 , <25 - 0 +1,0 0,6
25—35 - 0 +1,2 0,8
tests o f steel susceptibility t o h y d r o g e n e m b r i t t l e m e n t
36—50 - 0 +1,6 1,1
(reduction o f ductility margin) shall be performed. 51—80 - 0 +2,0 1,5
F o r this purpose, t w o samples are taken f r o m each 81—100 - 0 +2,6 1,95
cast: 101—120 - 0 +3,0 2,25
121—160 - 0 +4,0 3,00
i n t h e case o f c o n t i n u o u s casting — f r o m m e t a l
corresponding t o the beginning a n d the end o f the
cast section;
i n t h e case o f i n g o t m a k i n g — f r o m m e t a l 3.6.6.2 R o l l e d b a r s s h a l l b e f r e e f r o m s h r i n k a g e
corresponding t o a n y t w o ingots. h o l e s , cracks, flakes ( h a i r l i n e s ) , f o l d s , laps a n d scale
Tensile test specimens shall be c u t f r o m each a n d also o t h e r i n t e r n a l a n d surface defects t h a t m i g h t
sample representing t h ecentral part o f rolled product impair proper workability a n d use.
(the r o l l e d steel p r o d u c t s s h a l l b e h e a t treated i n t h e T h e longitudinal discontinuities, n o t m o r e than
same conditions a n d shall preferably belong t o the 1 % o f rolled bars diameter i n depth, m a y be repaired
s a m e furnace charge). T w o tensile test specimens b y g r i n d i n g w i t h s m o o t h t r a n s i t i o n t o t h e surface.
t a k e n f r o m a h e a t o f steel s h a l l b e 2 0 m m i n d i a m e t e r 3.6.7 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
(it is permitted t o use specimens 14 m m i n diameter). R o l l e d bars f o r c h a i n cables o f grades R 3 , R 3 S
O n e o f t h e t w o s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t e s t e d n o t less t h a n a n d R 4 shall be subjected t o 1 0 0 % ultrasonic testing
3 h after p r o d u c t i o n (for a specimen w i t h a diameter and also t o magnetic particle o r eddy-current testing
o f 1 4 m m , t h e t i m e i s 1,5 h ) . T h e o t h e r s p e c i m e n s h a l l according t o standards approved b y the Register.
b e t e s t e d a f t e r b e i n g c o n d i t i o n e d f o r 4 h a t 2 5 0 °C T h e scope o f non-destructive testing m a y be
(for a specimen w i t h a diameter o f 14 m m , t h e time reduced i f the quality stability o f rolled bars
is 2 h ) . T h r o u g h o u t t h e test u p t o t h e f r a c t u r e o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g is confirmed.
50 Rules for the Classification
3.6.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Generally, t h e m a r k i n g shall be m a d e i n accor-
d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
T h e m a r k i n g content shall allow the identifica-
tion o f t h e supplied product a n d m a y be prescribed
b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r . I n t h i s case, as a m i n i m u m , t h e
m a r k i n g shall indicate the grade a n d heat the rolled
products belong to.
R o u n d bars u p t o a n d including 4 0 m m i n
diameter m a y be supplied i n bundles w i t h the
m a r k i n g a l l o w e d t o be m a d e o n labels (refer t o1.4).
E a c h b a t c h o f steel f o r grade 2 , 3, R 3 ,R 3 S a n d
R 4 cable chains shall be accompanied b y t h e Register
certificate o r t h e manufacturer's certificate witnessed
by t h e Register representative. T h e Register a n d
manufacturer's certificate f o r m s shall correspond.
T h e manufacturer's certificate shall c o n t a i n t h e
following data:
certificate n u m b e r ;
order number;
h u l l n u m b e r o f ship o r floating facility;
rolled products quantity a n d dimensions, batch
weight;
specification f o r steel, a n d c h a i n cable grade;
heat number;
manufacturing methods;
chemical composition;
procedure f o r sample heat treatment.
I f needed, t h e test reports m a y be attached t o t h e
certificate.
3.7 S T E E L FORGINGS
3.7.1 General.
3.7.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
steel f o r g i n g s i n t e n d e d f o r h u l l a n d m a c h i n e r y applica-
tions such as rudder stocks, pintles, propeller a n d
i n t e r m e d i a t e shafts, crankshafts, camshafts, c o n n e c t i n g
rods, piston rods, a n d other parts o f machinery a n d
g e a r i n g set f o r t h i n o t h e r p a r t s o f t h e R u l e s a n d h a v i n g
respective references t o t h e present C h a p t e r . W h e r e
relevant, these requirements a r e also applicable t o
material for forging stock and t o rolled bars intended t o
be m a c h i n e d i n t o c o m p o n e n t s o f simple shape.
3.7.1.2 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r
are applicable o n l y t o steel f o r g i n g s ( o r r o l l e d steel
w h e n used i n s t e a d o f steel f o r g i n g s as specified i n
3.7.1.1) w h e r e t h e designation is d e t e r m i n e d proceed-
ing f r o m the properties at ambient temperature.
Additional requirements for the forgings intended for
service a t l o w o r elevated t e m p e r a t u r e s shall be
specially d e t e r m i n e d i n e a c h case.
3.7.1.3 A l t e r n a t i v e l y t o t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g o f
steel f o r g i n g s ( o r r o l l e d steel w h e n used i n s t e a d o f
steel f o r g i n g s as specified i n 3.7.1.1), forgings, w h i c h
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
c o m p l y w i t h n a t i o n a l o r proprietary specifications,
m a y b e accepted b y t h e Register. I n t h i s case,
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p r o c e d u r e specified i n 1.3.1.2, t h e
equivalence o fthese alternative requirements o r their
justification f o rthe given manufacture and/or appli-
cation shall be confirmed t o t h e Register.
3.7.1.4 S t e e l f o r g i n g s ( o r r o l l e d s t e e l w h e n u s e d
i n s t e a d o f steel f o r g i n g s as specified i n 3.7.1.1) s h a l l
be m a d e b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r recognized b y t h e
R e g i s t e r i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. T h e steel u s e d i n
the manufacture o fthe forgings shall be made b y the
process approved b y t h e Register. A d e q u a t e t o p a n d
b o t t o m discards ( o f a rolled blank) shall be m a d e t o
ensure f r e e d o m f r o m p i p i n g a n d h a r m f u l segrega-
tions i n the finished forgings.
3.7.1.5 T h e p l a s t i c d e f o r m a t i o n ( r e d u c t i o n r a t i o )
shall be such as t o ensure soundness, u n i f o r m i t y o f
structure a n d satisfactory mechanical properties after
heat treatment. T h e reduction ratio shall be calcu-
lated w i t h reference t o t h e average cross-sectional
area o f t h e cast m a t e r i a l . W h e r e t h e cast m a t e r i a l is
initially upset, the plastic d e f o r m a t i o n reached d u r i n g
this operation m a ybe considered.
Unless otherwise stipulated o r agreed t h e total
r e d u c t i o n r a t i o s h a l l b e a t least:
for forgings made f r o m ingot o r f r o m forged
b l o o m o r billet, using c o n t i n u o u s casting p l a n t — 3:1
w h e r e L>D a n d 1 , 5 : 1 w h e r e L^D;
for forgings made f r o m rolled products, 4:1
w h e r e L>D a n d 2 : 1 w h e r e L^D;
for forgings m a d e b y upsetting, t h e length after
upsetting shall be n o t m o r e than one-third o f the
l e n g t h before u p s e t t i n g o r , i n t h e case o f a n i n i t i a l
f o r g i n g r e d u c t i o n o f a t least 1,5:1, n o t m o r e t h a n one-
half o f t h e length before upsetting;
for rolled bars, 6:1
where L a n d D are the length a n d diameter
respectively o f t h e part o f t h e forging o r its part.
3.7.1.6 F o r c r a n k s h a f t s , w h e r e g r a i n f l o w i s
required i n the m o s t favourable direction i n regard
t o t h e m o d e o f stressing i n service, t h e pressure
shaping process shall be subject t o agreement b y t h e
Register.
3.7.1.7 T h e s h a p i n g o f f o r g i n g s o r r o l l e d s l a b s
a n d billets b y flame cutting, scarfing o r arc-air
gouging shall be carried o u t before t h e final heat
treatment. Preheating shall be employed w h e n
necessitated b y t h e c o m p o s i t i o n a n d / o r thickness o f
t h e steel. F o r c e r t a i n c o m p o n e n t s , s u b s e q u e n t m a -
c h i n i n g o f a l l f l a m e c u t surfaces m a y be required.
3.7.1.8 W h e n t w o o r m o r e f o r g i n g s a r e j o i n e d b y
welding t o form a composite component, the
chemical composition a n d welding procedure shall
be agreed b y t h e Register; w e l d i n g j o i n t s ' procedure
q u a l i f i c a t i o n tests m a y be r e q u i r e d .
P a r t XIII. Materials 51

3.7.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.7.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f s t e e l f o r
forgings s h a l l b e a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h e t y p e o f steel a n d
the required m e c h a n i c a l a n d special properties o f t h e
forgings being manufactured.
T h e f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e m a d e f r o m k i l l e d steel.
3.7.2.2 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f e a c h h e a t
shall be determined b yt h emanufacturer o na sample
taken preferably d u r i n g t h e p o u r i n g o f t h e heat.
W h e n m u l t i p l e heats are tapped i n t o a c o m m o n ladle,
the ladle analysis shall apply.
3.7.2.3 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y
w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.7.2.3-1 ( f o r h u l l steel
forgings) a n d T a b l e 3.7.2.3-2 ( f o r m a c h i n e r y steel
forgings) o r w i t h the requirements o f the specification
agreed b y t h e Register.
3.7.2.4 I f n o t o t h e r w i s e s t a t e d , g r a i n r e f i n i n g
elements such as a l u m i n i u m , n i o b i u m o r v a n a d i u m
may be added a t the discretion o f the manufacturer.
The content o fsuch elements shall be reported i n the
results o f t h e chemical analysis.
3.7.2.5 E l e m e n t s d e s i g n a t e d a s r e s i d u a l e l e m e n t s
shall n o t b e c o n t a i n e d i n steel i n great q u a n t i t y . T h e
content o f such elements shall be reported i nt h e
results o f t h e chemical analysis.
3.7.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
3.7.3.1 T a b l e s 3 . 7 . 3 . 1 - 1 a n d 3 . 7 . 3 . 1 - 2 g i v e t h e
m i n i m u m r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e R e g i s t e r f o r y i e l d stress,
e l o n g a t i o n , r e d u c t i o n i n area a n d i m p a c t test energy
values c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e different s t r e n g t h levels.
W h e r e i t i s p r o p o s e d t o u s e a steel w i t h a
specified m i n i m u m tensile strength i n t e r m e d i a t e t o
those given, corresponding m i n i m u m values required
b y t h e Register f o r t h e o t h e r properties specified i n
the above tables m a y be obtained b y i n t e r p o l a t i o n .
Forgings m a ybe used where their properties are
those established i n t h erelevant standards recognized
by t h e Register.
3.7.3.2 H a r d n e s s t e s t s m a y b e r e q u i r e d b y t h e
Register o n the following:
.1 g e a r f o r g i n g s a f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f h e a t t r e a t ­
m e n t a n d p r i o r t o m a c h i n i n g t h e gear teeth.
The hardness shall be determined a t four positions
equally spaced a r o u n d t h e circumference o f the surface
w h e r e teeth w i l l subsequently be cut. W h e r e the finished
d i a m e t e r o f t h e t o o t h e d p o r t i o n exceeds 2 , 5 m , t h e
a b o v e n u m b e r o f test p o s i t i o n s shall b e increased t o
eight. W h e r e t h e w i d t h o f a gear w h e e l r i m f o r g i n g
exceeds 1,25 m , t h e h a r d n e s s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d a t
eight positions a t each e n d o f the forging;

1
T a b l e 3.7.2.3-1

Steel type С Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu 2
Total residuals

Carbon, carbon- 0,23 3 , 4

0,45 0,3 — 15 0,035 0,035 о.зо 2
0,15 2
0,40 2
0,30 0,85
manganese

Alloy 5
— 0,45 — 0,035 0,035 — — — 0,30 —

C o m p o s i t i o n i n percentage m a s s b y m a s s m a x i m u m u n l e s s s h o w n a s a range.
2
E l e m e n t isconsidered a sresidual element.
3
T h e c a r b o n c o n t e n t m a y b e i n c r e a s e d a b o v e t h i s l e v e l , p r o v i d e d t h a t t h e c a r b o n e q u i v a l e n t ( C ) i s n o t m o r e t h a n 0 , 4 1 %,
e q

c a l c u l a t e d u s i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a : С (%) = C + M n / 6 + ( C r + M o + V ) / 5 + ( N i + C u ) / 1 5 .
щ

" T h e c a r b o n c o n t e n t o f c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e s t e e l f o r g i n g s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r w e l d e d s t r u c t u r e s m a y b e 0,65 % m a x i m u m .
5
T h e c o n t e n t o fC , M n , C r , M o , N i a n d the total c o n t e n t o f residual elements shall b eindicated i n the specification t o b e submitted
for agreement.

N o t e . Shaft a n d rudder stocks forgings shall b eo f weldable quality.

1
T a b l e 3.7.2.3-2

Steel type С Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu 2
Total residuals

Carbon, carbon- 0,65 3

0,45 0,3 — 1,5 0,035 0,035 о.зо 2
0,15 2
0.40 2
0,30 0,85
manganese

Alloy 4
0,45 0,45 0,3 — 1,0 0,035 0,035 Min 0,40 5
M i n 0,15 s
Min 0,40 5
0,30 —

C o m p o s i t i o n i n percentage m a s s b y m a s s m a x i m u m u n l e s s s h o w n a s a range o r a s a m i n i m u m .
Element isconsidered a sresidual element.
T h e c a r b o n c o n t e n t o f c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e s t e e l f o r g i n g s i n t e n d e d f o r w e l d e d s t r u c t u r e s s h a l l b e 0,23 m a x i m u m . T h e
c a r b o n c o n t e n t m a y b e i n c r e a s e d a b o v e t h i s l e v e l , p r o v i d e d t h a t t h e c a r b o n e q u i v a l e n t ( C ) i s n o t m o r e t h a n 0 , 4 1 %, c a l c u l a t e d u s i n g
e e

t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a : C „ (%) = C + M n / 6 + ( C r + M o + V ) / 5 + ( N i + C u ) / 1 5 .
e

W h e r e alloy steel forgings a r eintended f o rw e l d e d structures, t h e p r o p o s e d chemical c o m p o s i t i o n shall b e indicated i n t h e

specification t o b esubmitted f o r agreement.
T h e content o fone o r m o r e o fthe specified elements shall c o m p l y with the m i n i m u m content.
52 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.7.3.1-1
M e c h a n i c a l properties for hull steel forgings

Steel type T e n s i l e s t r e n g t h R„„ Y i e l d stress Elongation A , min, %

5 Reduction i n area Z , min, %
min, M P a R , min, M P a
e

Longitudinal Tangential Longitudinal Tangential

Carbon, carbon- 400 200 26 19 50 35

manganese 440 220 24 18 50 35
480 240 22 16 45 30
520 260 21 15 45 30
560 280 20 14 40 27
600 300 18 13 40 27

Alloy 5
550 350 20 14 50 35
600 400 18 13 50 35
650 450 17 12 50 35
N o t e . T h e tensile strength values o b t a i n e d a ttensile testing shall n o texceed t h e s e t values b y m o r e t h a n :
120 M P a f o r t h e s p e c i f i e d Л < 6 0 0 M P a ;
т

150 M P a f o r t h e s p e c i f i e d Л > 6 0 0 M P a .
т

T a b l e 3.7.3.1-2
1
M e c h a n i c a l properties for machinery steel forgings

Steel type Tensile strength 2

Y i e l d stress Elongation A ,min, % 5 Reduction i n area Z , min, % Brinell
R , min, M P a
m R,., m i n , M P a hardness 3

Longitudinal Tangential Longitudinal Tangential

Carbon, carbon- 400 200 26 19 50 35 1 1 0 - - 150

manganese 440 220 24 18 50 35 1 2 5 - - 160
480 240 22 16 45 30 1 3 5 - - 175
520 260 21 15 45 30 1 5 0 - - 185
560 280 20 14 40 27 160--200
600 300 18 13 40 27 175--215
640 320 17 12 40 27 185--230
680 340 16 12 35 24 200--240
720 360 15 11 35 24 210--250
760 380 14 10 35 24 225 -- 2 6 5

Alloy 600 360 18 14 50 35 175--215

700 420 16 12 45 30 205 -- 2 4 5
800 480 14 10 40 27 235 -- 2 7 5
900 630 13 9 40 27 260--320
1000 700 12 8 35 24 290--365
1100 770 11 7 35 24 320--385
1
F o r propeller shaft forgings, except non-ice ships a n d ships w i t h ice category m a r k I c e l , i m p a c t tests for all steel grades shall b e
c a r r i e d o u t a t — 1 0 °C a n d t h e m i n i m u m r e q u i r e d a v e r a g e i m p a c t e n e r g y v a l u e K V o f 2 7 J ( l o n g i t u d i n a l s p e c i m e n ) . N o m o r e t h a n f o r o n e
o f t h r e e s p e c i m e n s t h e r e s u l t m a y b e b y 30 % b e l o w t h a n r e q u i r e d .
^ h e following r a n g e s f o rtensile strength m a y b e additionally specified:
the tensile strength values o b t a i n e d a ttensile testing shall n o texceed t h e following:
150 M P a f o r t h e s p e c i f i e d Л < 9 0 0 M P a ;
т

200 M P a f o r t h e s p e c i f i e d R > 9 0 0 M P a .
m
3
T h e hardness values are given for information purposes only.

.2 s m a l l c r a n k s h a f t a n d g e a r f o r g i n g s , w h i c h h a v e have been g r o u n d t o the finished profile. T h e results

been b a t c h tested. o f s u c h tests shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n
I n s u c h cases a t least o n e h a r d n e s s test shall b e agreed a n d recognized b y t h e Register (refer t o
carried o u t o n each forging. 3.7.4.6).
T h e results o f h a r d n e s s tests shall b e r e p o r t e d t o 3.7.3.3 W h e r e t h e t e s t r e s u l t s a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y
the representative o f t h e Register. C o r r e s p o n d i n g re-testing shall be conducted i n accordance w i t h
Brinell hardness values a r e given i n T a b l e 3.7.3.1-2 1.3.2.3.
for information purposes. 3.7.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t ( i n c l u d i n g s u r f a c e h a r d e n i n g
H a r d n e s s tests m a y also b e r e q u i r e d o n forgings, and straightening).
which have been induction hardened, nitrided o r 3.7.4.1 A l l t h e f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e s u i t a b l y h e a t
c a r b u r i z e d . F o r gear forgings these tests shall be treated t o obtain the required mechanical properties
carried o u t o n t h e teeth after, w h e r e applicable, they and m e t a l structure, a n d t o refine t h e grain structure.
P a r t XIII. Materials
The procedure o f heat treatment shall b e chosen b y
the manufacturer proceeding f r o m t h e chemical
c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel, t h e p u r p o s e a n d d i m e n s i o n s o f
the forging.
3.7.4.2 E x c e p t a s p r o v i d e d i n 3 . 7 . 4 . 7 a n d 3 . 7 . 4 . 8
forgings shall b e supplied i n o n e o fthe following
conditions:
.1 c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steels:
fully annealed;
normalized;
normalized a n d tempered;
quenched a n d tempered;
.2 a l l o y s t e e l s :
quenched a n d tempered.
T h e t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n
5 5 0 °C. W h e r e f o r g i n g s f o r g e a r i n g a r e n o t i n t e n d e d
for surface hardening, l o w e r t e m p e r i n g temperature
may beallowed.
3.7.4.3 A l l o y s t e e l f o r g i n g s m a y b e s u p p l i e d i n t h e
n o r m a l i z e d a n d t e m p e r e d c o n d i t i o n . I n each case t h e
specifications f o r forgings shall b e agreed b y t h e
Register a n d c o n f i r m e d b y t h e results o f c o n t r o l tests
w h e n necessary.
3.7.4.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n
properly equipped furnaces, w h i c h have adequate
means f o r temperature recording. T h efurnace shall
provide therequired quality o foperation a n d proper
level o f c o n t r o l over t h e process regardless o f f o r g i n g
d i m e n s i o n s . I n t h e case o f v e r y large forgings, o r l a c k
o f the required equipment methods o f heat treatment
w i l l b e specially considered b y t h e Register o n a
separate request.
3.7.4.5 I f f o r a n y r e a s o n s a f o r g i n g i s s u b s e ­
quently heated f o r further h o t working, t h e forging
shall b ereheat treated.
3.7.4.6 W h e r e i t i s i n t e n d e d t o s u r f a c e h a r d e n
forgings, t h e proposed procedure a n d specification
shall b e agreed b y t h e Register. T h e results o f tests t o
verify t h e u n i f o r m i t y a n d depth o f surface layer shall
be s u b m i t t e d t o t h e Register.
3.7.4.7 W h e r e i n d u c t i o n h a r d e n i n g o r n i t r i d i n g
shall b ecarried out, forgings shall b eheat treated a t
an appropriate stage a n d c o n d i t i o n suitable f o r this
subsequent surface hardening.
3.7.4.8 W h e r e c a r b u r i z i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t ,
forgings shall b eheat treated a t a n appropriate stage
(generally either b y full annealing o rb y n o r m a l i z i n g
and tempering) a n d condition providing the required
level o fmechanical properties a n d hardening.
3.7.4.9 I f a f o r g i n g i s l o c a l l y r e h e a t e d o r a n y
straightening o p e r a t i o n is p e r f o r m e d after t h e final
heat treatment, i t shall b e heat treated t o relive t h e
s u b s e q u e n t stress.
3.7.4.10 T h e f o r g e s h a l l m a i n t a i n r e c o r d s o f h e a t
t r e a t m e n t identifying conditions, t h e furnace used,
furnace charge, t i m e o f charging, temperatures a n d
53
time o f conditioning. T h erecords shall b e presented
to t h e Register o n request.
3.7.5 S a m p l i n g .
3.7.5.1 T h e s a m p l e , s u f f i c i e n t f o r t h e r e q u i r e d t e s t s
a n d f o r possible retest purposes, shall b e p r o v i d e d w i t h
a c r o s s - s e c t i o n a l a r e a o f n o t less t h a n t h a t p a r t o f t h e
forging, w h i c h i t represents. T h i s sample shall b e
integral w i t h each forging except as p r o v i d e d i n
3.7.6.1.10 a n d 3.7.6.1.13. W h e r e batch testing is
p e r m i t t e d according t o 3.7.6.1.13, t h e sample m a y
alternatively be a p r o d u c t i o n part o r separately forged.
S e p a r a t e l y f o r g e d s a m p l e s h a l l h a v e d i m e n s i o n s n o t less
t h a n those o fthe forgings represented.
3.7.5.2 G e n e r a l l y , a t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n a n d ,
w h e n r e q u i r e d , a set o f i m p a c t tests specimens s h a l l
be c u t f r o m a sample.
3.7.5.3 T e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l n o r m a l l y b e c u t w i t h
their axes either m a i n l y parallel ( l o n g i t u d i n a l test) o r
m a i n l y t a n g e n t i a l (tangential test) t o t h e p r i n c i p a l
axial direction o feach product.
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e agreed, l o n g i t u d i n a l test speci­
mens shall becut t h e following way:
.1 f o r t h i c k n e s s o r d i a m e t e r u p t o m a x i m u m
50 m m , t h e a x i s s h a l l b e a t t h e m i d - t h i c k n e s s o r t h e
center o f t h e cross section;
.2 f o r t h i c k n e s s o r d i a m e t e r g r e a t e r t h a n 5 0 m m ,
the axis shall b e a t one-quarter thickness (1/4 o f t h e
d i a m e t e r ) o r 8 0 m m , w h i c h e v e r i s less, b e l o w a n y
heat-treated surface.
3.7.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
3.7.6.1 F o r g i n g s s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d f o r t e s t i n g
individually o r i n batches. Except as p r o v i d e d i n
3.7.6.13 t h e n u m b e r a n d d i r e c t i o n o f tests s h a l l
correspond t o t h e listed below:
.1 h u l l f o r g i n g s ( s u c h a s r u d d e r s t o c k s , p i n t l e s ,
etc) a n d general m a c h i n e r y c o m p o n e n t s (such as
shafting, c o n n e c t i n g rods, etc.):
one sample shall be taken f r o m t h e e n d o f each
forging i n a l o n g i t u d i n a l direction except that, a t t h e
discretion o f the manufacturer, t h e alternative direc­
tions o r positions as s h o w n i n F i g . 3.7.6.1.1-1,
3.7.6.1.1-2 a n d 3.7.6.1.1-3 m a y b e used.
A
В
Fig. 3.7.6.1.1-1
В (through bolt hole)
С
F i g . 3.7.6.1.1-2
54 Rules
F i g . 3.7.6.1.1-3
w h e r e a f o r g i n g exceeds b o t h 4 t i nm a s s a n d 3 m
in length, o n e sample shall be taken f r o m each end.
These limits refer t o t h e "as forged" mass a n d length
but excluding t h e sample material;
.2 p i n i o n f o r g i n g s :
where t h e finished machined diameter o f the
t o o t h e d p o r t i o n exceeds 200 m m , o n e sample shall be
taken f r o m each forging i n a tangential direction
adjacent t o t h e toothed p o r t i o n according t o
F i g . 3.7.6.1.2 ( p o s i t i o n B ) . W h e r e t h e d i m e n s i o n s
preclude sampling f r o m position B , sample i n a
tangential direction shall be taken according t o
F i g . 3.7.6.1.2 ( p o s i t i o n C ) ;
F i g . 3.7.6.1.2
i f however, t h e j o u r n a l diameter is 2 0 0 m m o r
less, t h e s a m p l e s h a l l b e t a k e n i n a l o n g i t u d i n a l
d i r e c t i o n according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.2 ( p o s i t i o n A ) ;
where the finished length o fthe toothed portion
exceeds 1,25m, o n e sample shall be t a k e n f r o m each
end;
.3 s m a l l p i n i o n f o r g i n g s :
w h e r e t h e diameter o f t h e t o o t h e d p o r t i o n is
2 0 0 m m o r less, o n e s a m p l e s h a l l b e t a k e n i n a
l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.2
(position A ) ;
.4 g e a r w h e e l f o r g i n g s :
one sample shall be taken f r o m each forging i n a
tangential direction according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.4
(position A o r B);
A-
'jjjjljp
в-
F i g . 3.7.6.1.4
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
.5 g e a r w h e e l r i m f o r g i n g s ( m a d e b y e x p a n d i n g ) :
one sample shall be taken f r o m each forging i n a
t a n g e n t i a l d i r e c t i o n according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.5
(position A o r B);
A
F i g . 3.7.6.1.5
w h e r e t h e finished diameter exceeds 2,5 m o r t h e
m a s s (as heat treated e x c l u d i n g test m a t e r i a l ) exceeds
3 tonnes, t w o samples shall be taken f r o m diame­
trically opposite p o s i t i o n s according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.5
(positions A a n d B).
T h e m e c h a n i c a l properties m a y as w e l l b e
d e t e r m i n e d o n l o n g i t u d i n a l test specimens;
.6 p i n i o n s l e e v e f o r g i n g s :
one sample shall be taken f r o m each forging i n a
tangential direction according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.6
(position A o r B);
A
z
F i g . 3.7.6.1.6
w h e r e t h e f i n i s h e d l e n g t h exceeds 1,25 m , o n e
sample shall be taken f r o m each end;
.7 c r a n k w e b forgings:
one sample shall be taken f r o m each forging i n a
tangential direction;
.8 s o l i d - f o r g e d c r a n k s h a f t s :
one sample shall be taken i n a longitudinal
direction f r o m t h e d r i v i n g shaft e n d ( f r o m coupling)
o f each f o r g i n g a c c o r d i n g t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.8 (posi­
tion A ) ;
w h e r e t h e m a s s (as heat treated b u t e x c l u d i n g test
m a t e r i a l ) exceeds 3 tonnes, o n e sample i n a l o n g ­
itudinal direction shall be taken f r o m each e n d
according t o F i g . 3.7.6.1.8 (positions A a n d B ) ;
P a r t XIII. Materials
A (from coupling end)
f •- в
L consist o f forgings o f similar shape a n d dimensions,
F i g . 3.7.6.1.8
where, however, t h ecrankthrows are formed b y
m a c h i n i n g o r flame cutting, t h e second sample shall b e
taken i n a tangential direction f r o m material removed
f r o m the c r a n k t h r o w a t the e n d opposite the driving
shaft e n d ( f r o m coupling) according t o p o s i t i o n C ;
.9 f o r g i n g s w i t h g r a i n f l o w i n t h e m o s t f a v o r a b l e
direction w h e r e the m e t h o d o f m a n u f a c t u r e is subject t o
a p p r o v a l b y t h e Register i n accordance w i t h 3.7.1.6:
the n u m b e r a n d position o f samples shall be
agreed i n t h e course o f a p p r o v a l o f respective
procedure a n d recognition o f the manufacturer;
.10 w h e n a f o r g i n g i s s u b s e q u e n t l y d i v i d e d i n t o a
n u m b e r o fcomponents, all o fw h i c h are heat treated
together i n t h e s a m e furnace charge, f o r test purposes
this m a ybe regarded as o n e forging a n d t h e n u m b e r
o f tests r e q u i r e d shall b e related t o t h e t o t a l l e n g t h
and mass o fthe original multiple forging;
.11 e x c e p t f o r c o m p o n e n t s , w h i c h s h a l l b e
carburized, o r f o rh o l l o w forgings samples shall n o t
be c u t f r o m a f o r g i n g u n t i l a l l heat t r e a t m e n t h a s
been completed;
.12 w h e n f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e c a r b u r i z e d , t h e s a m p l e
size s h a l l p r o v i d e f o r b o t h p r e l i m i n a r y tests ( a f t e r t h e
forge) a n d f o r f i n a l tests (after c o m p l e t i o n o f
carburizing). F o r this purpose duplicate sample shall
be t a k e n f r o m p o s i t i o n s as detailed i n 3.7.6.1, except
that irrespective o f t h e dimensions o r mass o f t h e
f o r g i n g , tests a r e r e q u i r e d f r o m o n e p o s i t i o n o n l y
a n d , i n t h e case o f f o r g i n g s w i t h i n t e g r a l j o u r n a l s ,
shall be c u t i n t h e longitudinal direction.
Samples shall be machined t o a diameter o f D / 4
o r 6 0 m m , w h i c h e v e r i s less, w h e r e D i s t h e f i n i s h e d
diameter o f the toothed portion.
F o r p r e l i m i n a r y tests (after t h e forge) t h e samples
shall be given a blank carburizing a n dheat treatment
cycle s i m u l a t i n g t h a t w h i c h subsequently w i l l be
a p p l i e d t o t h e f o r g i n g . F o r f i n a l acceptance tests, t h e
rest o f samples shall b e b l a n k - c a r b u r i z e d a n d heat-
treated a l o n g w i t h t h e forgings, w h i c h they represent.
A t t h e discretion o f t h e forge o r gear manufacturer,
test samples o f larger cross section m a y either b e
carburized o r blank-carburized, b u t these shall be
machined t o the required diameter prior t o the final
quenching a n d tempering heat treatment.
Alternative procedures for testing t h e forgings t o
be c a r b u r i z e d a r e subject t o t h e a p p r o v a l b y Register
as p a r t o f t h e s u b m i t t e d d o c u m e n t a t i o n ;
55
.13 n o r m a l i z e d f o r g i n g s w i t h a m a s s u p t o 1 0 0 0 k g
each a n d quenched a n d tempered forgings w i t h mass
u p t o 500 k g each m a y b e b a t c h tested. A b a t c h shall
m a d e f r o m t h e s a m e h e a t o f steel, h e a t t r e a t e d i n t h e
same furnace charge a n d w i t h a total mass n o t
exceeding 6 t f o r n o r m a l i z e d forgings a n d 3 t f o r
quenched a n d tempered forgings, respectively;
.14 a b a t c h t e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e m a y a l s o b e u s e d
for h o t r o l l e d bars. B a t c h q u a n t i t y is determined
proceeding f r o m the following:
.14.1 m a t e r i a l f r o m t h e s a m e r o l l e d i n g o t o r
b l o o m p r o v i d e d that these a r e a l l heat treated i n t h e
same furnace charge;
.14.2 b a r s o f t h e s a m e d i a m e t e r a n d h e a t , h e a t -
treated i nt h e same furnace charge a n d w i t h a total
mass n o t exceeding 2,5 t ;
.15 t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t s p e c i m e n s a n d t e s t i n g
procedures shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e relevant require­
ments o f Section 2.
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e agreed, a l l tests shall b e c a r r i e d
out i n t h e presence o f t h e Register representative.
3.7.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
3.7.7.1 A l l f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e p r e s e n t e d t o t h e
Register representative f o r visual testing including,
w h e r e necessary, t h e e x a m i n a t i o n o f i n t e r n a l surfaces
a n d bores. Unless otherwise agreed, t h e v e r i f i c a t i o n o f
dimensions is t h e responsibility o f the Manufacturer.
T h e f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e free f r o m defects, w h i c h
w o u l d be prejudicial t o their proper application.
3.7.7.2 W h e n r e q u i r e d b y t h e r e l e v a n t p a r t s o f t h e
Rules o r b y t h e Register approved technical doc­
umentation, the forgings, including forged composite
components, w h i c h shall b e welded (refer t o 3.7.1.8),
appropriate non-destructive testing shall also be
carried o u t . T h eresults shall be reported t o t h e
Register representative a n d included i n a relevant
quality document o f the manufacturer o n a forging o r
batch. Recommendations o n approval o f technical
documentation a n d o n non-destructive testing are
given i n 2.5,Part I I I "Technical Supervision during
Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d
M a n u f a c t u r e o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
The scope o ftesting a n d acceptance criteria shall
be agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.7.7.3 W h e n s u r f a c e h a r d e n i n g o f f o r g i n g s i s
required (refer t o 3.7.4.6), a d d i t i o n a l samples m a y b e
selected a t t h e t i m e o f i n s p e c t i o n . T h e s e samples s h a l l
be subsequently sectioned i n o r d e r t o d e t e r m i n e t h e
hardness, shape, area a n d depth o f the locally hardened
zone a n d w h i c h shall comply w i t h the requirements o f
the Register approved documentation.
3.7.7.4 I n t h e e v e n t o f a n y f o r g i n g p r o v i n g
defective i n accordance w i t h t h e R u l e s o r Register
approved documentation during subsequent machin-
56 Rules
ing o r testing, i t shall be rejected n o t w i t h s t a n d i n ga n y
available covering d o c u m e n t s a n d certificates.
3.7.7.5 I t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e m o v e s u r f a c e d e f e c t s
by grinding o r chipping a n dgrinding within mechan-
ical allowances. T h e resulting grooves shall have a
b o t t o m radius o f approximately three times the
groove depth. Sharp contours are n o t permitted.
C o m p l e t e e l i m i n a t i o n o f defective m a t e r i a l shall be
verified b y magnetic particle o r penetrant testing.
3.7.7.6 R e p a i r w e l d i n g o f f o r g i n g s i s d e f i n e d b y
the forgings documentation approved b y the Regis-
ter. P r o c e d u r e a n d l o c a t i o n o f t h e repair, subsequent
heat treatment a n d inspection methods a n d criteria
shall, f o r each case, b e e n t e r e d i n t o a separate
document a n d approved b y the Register.
3.7.7.7 T h e f o r g i n g m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l m a i n t a i n
records o f repairs a n d subsequent inspections, w h i c h
results shall be s h o w n i n a d r a w i n g o r sketch o f t h e
forging. Respective i n f o r m a t i o nshall be submitted t o
the Register representative a t t h e latter's request.
3.7.8 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d m a r k i n g .
3.7.8.1 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f f o r g i n g s s h a l l a d o p t a
system o f identification, w h i c h w i l l enable a l l finished
forgings, a t t h e stage o f b e i n g s u b m i t t e d t o t h e Register,
to b e traced t o t h e o r i g i n a l cast, a n d t h e d a t a p e r t i n e n t
to t h e process o f a particular forging (batch) m a n u -
facture, w h i c h shall be recorded d u r i n g t h e above
process, including heat t r e a t m e n t a n d repair, shall be
presented t o t h e Register representative o n request.
3.7.8.2 A l l f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e c l e a r l y m a r k e d i n a
specified place a n d i n a specified m a n n e r w i t h t h e
Register s t a m p o r b r a n d t o include a t least t h e
following particulars:
manufacturer's name o r trade m a r k ;
identification number o r other marking, w h i c h
will enable t h e full history o ft h e forging t o be traced;
steel grade.
3.7.8.3 W h e r e s m a l l f o r g i n g s a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d i n
large numbers, m o d i f i e d arrangements f o r identifica-
t i o n m a y be specially agreed b y t h e Register.
3.7.8.4 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r c e r t i f i c a t e t o b e s u b -
mitted t o the Register representative shall include the
following particulars:
purchaser's n a m e a n d order number;
steel grade a n d d e s c r i p t i o n o f forgings;
identification number;
steel m e l t i n g process, cast n u m b e r a n d c h e m i c a l
c o m p o s i t i o n as p e r t h e ladle analysis;
results o f m e c h a n i c a l tests;
Steel Application c, Si,
grade max max
Carbon, Non-welded structures 0,40 0,60
carbon-manganese Welded structures 0,23 0,60
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
results o f non-destructive testing, w h e r e applicable;
details o f heat treatment, including temperature
and time o f conditioning.
3.8 S T E E L CASTINGS
3.8.1 G e n e r a l .
3.8.1.1 S t e e l c a s t i n g s s u b j e c t t o s u r v e y b y t h e
Register, w h e n produced i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h t h e relevant
parts o f t h e R u l e s , shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n
accordance w i t h t h e requirements stated below.
3.8.1.2 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steel castings used i n
h u l l a n d ship m a c h i n e r y structures, t h e purpose o f
w h i c h shall be established proceeding f r o m their
properties determined at r o o m temperature.
3.8.1.3 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c a s t i n g s t o b e u s e d
at l o w a n d h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e , as w e l l as a l l o y steel
castings w i t h special properties ( c o r r o s i o n resistance,
h e a t resistance, h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e o x i d a t i o n resis-
tance, etc.) s h a l l b e d e f i n e d b y t h e p r o d u c t designer i n
accordance w i t h the national/international standards
and thereafter approved b y t h e Register. T h e docu-
ments submitted t o the Register f o r approval shall
contain detailed i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e chemical c o m -
position, m e c h a n i c a l a n d special properties, heat
t r e a t m e n t procedures a n d scope o f testing t h e
castings.
3.8.1.4 W h e n t w o o r m o r e c a s t i n g s a r e j o i n e d b y
welding t o form a composite item, the chemical
c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel a n d t h e w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e a r e
subject t o a p p r o v a l b y t h e Register.
3.8.1.5 T h e c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t
w o r k s r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2 i n c o n f o r m i t y
w i t h the procedure approved b y the Register. U s e o f
surface h a r d e n i n g i n t h e p r o d u c t i o n process shall be
also agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.8.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.8.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f a p a r t i c u l a r
t y p e o f steel w i l l b e established p r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e
mechanical a n d special properties required. T h e
castings s h a l l b e m a d e f r o m k i l l e d steel.
3.8.2.2 F o r c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e s t e e l
castings t h e chemical c o m p o s i t i o n o f ladle samples
shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements o f T a b l e 3.8.2.2
and/or o f t h e documents (specifications, standards,
etc.) agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.8.2.3 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e r e q u i r e d , s u i t a b l e g r a i n -
refining elements m a y be used a t t h ediscretion o f the
T a b l e 3.8.2.2
Mn, max s, P, Residual elements, m a x Total number o f
max max residual elements
Cu Cr Ni Mo
0,50 — 1,60 0,040 0,040 0,30 0,30 0,40 0,15 0,80
1,60 0,040 0,040 0,30 0,30 0,40 0,15 0,80
P a r t XIII. Materials 57

manufacturer. T h e content o f such elements shall be readings shall be submitted t o t h e Register represen-
reported i n t h e ladle analysis. tative o n his demand.
3.8.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s . 3.8.4.3 I n c a s e w h e r e s t e e l c a s t i n g a f t e r f i n a l h e a t
3.8.3.1 T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e d o f s t e e l c a s t - t r e a t m e n t is subjected t o local heating o r t o opera-
ings shall meet t h e requirements o f T a b l e 3.8.3.1 tions producing additional strain, heat treatment m a y
and/or o f d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register. be r e q u i r e d t o r e l i e v e r e s i d u a l stress.
T a b l e 3.8.3.1 g i v e m i n i m u m v a l u e s o f y i e l d stress, 3.8.5 S a m p l i n g .
elongation a n d reduction i n area established depend- 3.8.5.1 S a m p l i n g m a y b e e f f e c t e d d i r e c t l y f r o m
ing o n t h e required level o f t h e tensile strength values the casting o r t h e test samples m a y be cast t o i t . T h e y
f o r t h e steel castings. s h a l l h a v e a t h i c k n e s s n o t less t h a n 3 0 m m .
T a b l e 3.8.3.1 T h e use o f separately cast samples is permitted, i n
w h i c h case t h e d i m e n s i o n s o f t h e sample s h a l l
Tensile strength Y i e l d stress Re E l o n g a t i o n A ,
H 5 Reduction in
R , m i n , M P a o r Rpoa, M p
% area Z , %
correspond t o the casting dimensions.
m a
3.8.5.2 W h e r e t w o o r m o r e s a m p l e s s h a l l b e
400 200 25 40
p r o v i d e d f o r a casting they shall be cast a t locations
440 220 22 30
480 240 20 27 as w i d e l y s e p a r a t e d a s p o s s i b l e .
520 260 18 25 3.8.5.3 T h e s a m p l e s s h a l l b e h e a t t r e a t e d t o g e t h e r
560 300 15 20 w i t h t h e castings, w h i c h they represent.
600 320 13 20
3.8.5.4 T h e s i z e o f s a m p l e s s h a l l b e s u c h a s t o
N o t e s : 1 . M i n i m u m y i e l d s t r e s s v a l u e 250 M P a i s ensure t h e p e r f o r m a n c e o f tests i n c l u d i n g re-tests, i f
allowed.
2. F o r i n t e r m e d i a t e t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h v a l u e s , t h e m i n i m u m required. A l l samples shall be identified.
values o f yield stress, e l o n g a t i o n a n d reduction i n area m a y b e 3.8.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
determined b ylinear interpolation.
3.8.6.1 A t l e a s t o n e s a m p l e s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d f o r
each casting. W h e r e o n ecasting is m a d e f r o m several
casts ( w i t h o u t m i x i n g ) t h e n u m b e r o f samples s h a l l be
3.8.3.2 W h e r e t e n s i l e t e s t r e s u l t s a r e u n s a t i s f a c - e q u a l t o t h e n u m b e r o f casts i n v o l v e d . T h e c o n d i t i o n
tory, retesting shall be conducted i n compliance w i t h o f 3.8.5.2 s h a l l b e m e t i n t h i s case.
the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.8.6.4. W h e r e the casting is o f complex design o r where
3.8.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t . the finished mass exceeds 1 0 t , a t least t w o samples
3.8.4.1 T o e n s u r e t h e r e q u i r e d s t r u c t u r e a n d shall be provided.
mechanical properties t h e castings shall undergo heat 3.8.6.2 A b a t c h t e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e m a y b e a d o p t e d
treatment. T h eprocedure o f heat treatment shall be f o r castings. A b a t c h shall consist o f castings o f
chosen b y the manufacturer proceeding f r o m the a p p r o x i m a t e l y t h e s a m e size a n d s h a p e m a d e f r o m
c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f steel, t h e p u r p o s e a n d shape one cast a n d heat treated i n t h e same furnace charge
o f t h e castings. T h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s shall be a n d h a v i n g t h e t o t a l m a s s e q u a l t o o r less t h a n 1 0 0 0 k g .
observed: Such batch m a y be represented b y o n e o f the
t h e t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n castings considered as a sample o r b y a separately
5 0 0 °C; cast sample, t h e dimensions o f w h i c h shall corre-
t h e stress r e l i e f h e a t t r e a t m e n t o f castings f o r spond t o t h e castings c o m p r i s i n g t h e batch.
c o m p o n e n t s such as crankshafts a n d engine bedplates 3.8.6.3 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , a t l e a s t o n e
where dimensional stability a n d freedom f r o m inter- tensile test specimen shall be t a k e n f r o m each sample.
n a l stresses a r e i m p o r t a n t , s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t a T e s t specimens s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d a n d t h e tests
t e m p e r a t u r e o f n o t l e s s t h a n 5 5 0 °C f o l l o w e d b y conducted i n conformity w i t h the requirements o f
f u r n a c e c o o l i n g t o 3 0 0 °C o r l o w e r ; S e c t i o n 2 . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e stated, tests s h a l l be
if a casting is reheated o r a n y straightening conducted i n t h e presence o f the Register representative.
operation is performed after the final heat treatment, 3.8.6.4 W h e r e t h e t e n s i l e t e s t s y i e l d u n s a t i s f a c t o r y
a s u b s e q u e n t stress r e l i e v i n g h e a t t r e a t m e n t m a y be results t h e tests s h a l l b e repeated o n t w o a d d i t i o n a l
required. specimens preferably c u t o u t f r o m t h e same sample.
3.8.4.2 A s a r u l e , t h e s t e e l c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e I n case t h e c u t t i n g o u t o f a d d i t i o n a l specimens f r o m
supplied i n the following condition: the same sample is n o t possible, specimens m a y be
completely annealed; cut o u t f r o m other sample o r casting.
after n o r m a l i z i n g ; W h e r e t h e tests c a r r i e d o u t o n t w o a d d i t i o n a l
after n o r m a l i z i n g a n d tempering; specimens yield satisfactory results, t h e casting a n d t h e
after quenching a n d tempering. b a t c h i f represented b y t h e casting shall be accepted.
A l l necessary data o n t h e heat t r e a t m e n t process W h e r e t h e test result o n a t least o n e o f t w o
including procedures a n d appropriate instrument additional specimens is unsatisfactory, t h e casting
58 Rules for the Classification
s u b m i t t e d shall be rejected. H o w e v e r , t h e r e m a i n i n g
semi-finished products o f t h e batch m a y be accepted
b y t h e Register, p r o v i d e d t h a t satisfactory test results
are o b t a i n e d o n t w o m o r e castings c o m p r i s i n g t h e
b a t c h i n v o l v e d . W h e r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y test results a r e
o b t a i n e d o n o n e o f t w o a d d i t i o n a l l y selected castings,
the entire b a t c h shall be rejected.
A t the manufacturer's discretion, the batch o r
casting rejected m a y b e s u b m i t t e d t o re-tests o n t h e
same conditions after repeated heat treatment.
3.8.6.5 W h e r e r e l e v a n t r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e
f o u n d i n o t h e r parts o f t h e Rules, t h e castings shall
be subjected t o a d d i t i o n a l tests, s u c h as pressure tests.
W h e r e u p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f a l l tests, o w i n g t o
m a c h i n i n g o f t h e castings o r as a result o f a n y
s t r u c t u r a l tests a defect is f o u n d , w h i c h interferes
w i t h t h euse o fcasting f o rits designated purpose, the
batch shall be rejected irrespective o f t h e availability
o f t h e relevant certificates.
3.8.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
3.8.7.1 T h e c a s t i n g s s u b m i t t e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n a n d
c o n t r o l testing shall be cleaned, de-gated, free o f
risers a n d burrs, etc.
T h e castings s h a l l b e free f r o m defects, w h i c h
w o u l d be prejudicial t o their proper application i n
service.
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e responsibility f o r
fulfilment o f the requirements f o rdimensions o f the
castings shall be i m p o s e d o n t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e
castings.
3.8.7.2 W h e r e r e l e v a n t r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l b e
found i n other parts o f the Rules o r following the
instructions o f a S u r v e y o r t h e castings shall u n d e r g o
non-destructive testing. T h e testing procedure a n d
t h e a l l o w a n c e s f o r defects s h a l l b e i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h
d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register. R e c o m -
mendations o n approval o f technical documentation
and o n non-destructive testing are given i n 2.5,
Part III "Technical Supervision during Manufacture
o f Materials" o fthe Rules f o rTechnical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
3.8.7.3 S u r f a c e d e f e c t s l y i n g w i t h i n m a c h i n i n g
allowances m a y be r e m o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g .
3.8.7.4 D e f e c t s m a y b e r e p a i r e d b y w e l d i n g i n
accordance w i t h 2.6.3, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " . P r i o r t o
c a r r y i n g o u t w e l d repairs o f large-sized defects, a l l o y
steel castings, castings f o r c r a n k s h a f t s a n d f o r o t h e r
m a i n components shall be pre-heated i n accordance
w i t h 3.8.4; i f r e q u i r e d b y t h e S u r v e y o r , t h e w e l d e d
spots shall be subjected t o non-destructive testing.
3.8.7.5 T h e s i z e , n u m b e r o f d e f e c t s a c c e p t e d
u n c o r r e c t e d as w e l l as o f defects t o b e corrected s h a l l
be established b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d agreed w i t h
the customer.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
T h e procedure o f repair a n d subsequent inspec-
t i o n i n c l u d i n g , i f necessary, w e l d i n g is subject t o
agreement w i t h t h e Register. A l l w o r k shall be
performed b y the qualified personnel.
Repair welding shall be performed w i t h the use o f
welding consumables recognized b y t h e Register,
w h i c h ensure properties o f t h e deposited m e t a l n o t
inferior t h a n those o f t h e casting metal.
O n c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e repair w e l d i n g , t h e castings
shall be subjected t o heat t r e a t m e n t t o relieve residual
s t r e s s a t t e m p e r a t u r e n o t l o w e r t h a n 5 5 0 °C. T h e t y p e
and procedure o fheat treatment depends o n the type
a n d n a t u r e o f repair w o r k p e r f o r m e d p r e v i o u s l y as
w e l l a s o n t h e m a t e r i a l a n d size o f t h e castings.
Refusal t o carry o u t the above postweld heat
t r e a t m e n t is generally acceptable f o r s m a l l scopes o f
repair.
3.8.7.6 U p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e r e p a i r w e l d i n g o f
the castings, t h e m a g n e t i c particle o r penetrant
testing shall be carried o u t . A d d i t i o n a l ultrasonic o r
radiographic testing m a y be required depending o n
t h e n a t u r e a n d size o f s u r f a c e defects detected.
Testing criteria a r e also subject t o agreement w i t h
the Register.
3.8.7.7 A l l r e p a i r w o r k s a n d t h e i r r e s u l t s s h a l l b e
documented a n d available f o rt h e Register represen-
tative.
3.8.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
3.8.8.1 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e c a s t i n g s s h a l l
have a n identification system, w h i c h enables t o
identify t h e casting w i t h t h e ladle a t a stage o f
submission t o t h e Register, while u p o n t h e request o f
the Register representative, the manufacturer shall
present t h e data, recorded i n course o f manufacture
referred t o t h e p r o d u c t i o n process o f a particular
casting, o r a batch, including t h e r m a l treatment a n d
repair.
3.8.8.2 E v e r y c a s t i n g s h a l l h a v e c l e a r l y v i s i b l e
stamp o r brand o f the Register m a r k e d b y the
specified m e t h o d a n d i n specified l o c a t i o n , a n d , a t
least, s h a l l c o n t a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g data:
name o r designation o f the manufacturer;
n u m b e r o r other m a r k i n g , w h i c h enables t o
identify t h e presented m a t e r i a l a n d t h e process o f
its p r o d u c t i o n ;
grade o r m a r k o f steel.
3.8.8.3 W h e r e s m a l l c a s t i n g s a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d i n
large n u m b e r s t h e castings i d e n t i f i c a t i o n system m a y
be agreed w i t h t h e Register separately.
3.8.8.4 M a n u f a c t u r e r c e r t i f i c a t e , s u b m i t t e d t o t h e
Register representative, shall contain t h e following
data:
name o f purchaser a n d n u m b e r o f purchase
order;
grade, ( m a r k ) o f steel, t y p e o f casting;
P a r t XIII. Materials 59

identification number; U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o -

steel m e l t i n g process, cast n u m b e r a n d c h e m i c a l sition o f ladle analysis shall be reported.
c o m p o s i t i o n as p e r t h e ladle analysis; 3.9.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
m e c h a n i c a l test results; 3.9.3.1 T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e c a s t i n g s
non-destructive testing results, i f necessary; s h a l l c o n f o r m t o T a b l e 3.9.3.1.
heat treatment type, including temperature a n d
T a b l e 3.9.3.1
time o fconditioning. Mechanical properties a n d structure o f nodular graphite iron
Tensile Yield Elon- Brinell Impact energy Struc-
1
strength R , m stress gation hard- ture 3

3.9 S P H E R O I D A L O R N O D U L A R G R A P H I T E IRON min, M P a As, ness

CASTINGS min, min,
MPa % Test 2
KV ,
tempe- min, J
rature,
3.9.1 G e n e r a l . °C
3.9.1.1 A s d e f i n e d i n t h e r e l e v a n t p a r t s o f t h e Normal 370 230 17 120-180 — —
Rules, a l l spheroidal o r nodular graphite iron quality
castings subject t o survey b y t h e Register d u r i n g 400 250 15 140 - 200 — — Ferrite
their m a n u f a c t u r e shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a r e tested i n
500 320 7 170 - 240 — — Ferrite/
accordance w i t h the requirements o f the following
Perlite
paragraphs. I f t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f a n d 3.1.2 a r e 600 370 3 190-270 — — Ferrite/
followed, castings m a y be m a n u f a c t u r e d according t o Perlite
n a t i o n a l standards o r w o r k s specifications. 700 420 2 230-300 — — Perlite

3.9.1.2 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o 800 480 2 250-350 Perlite

sphe-roidal o r n o d u l a r graphite i r o n castings used structure
or struc-
i n h u l l a n d ship m a c h i n e r y structures. T h e purpose o f ture after
the castings shall be established proceeding f r o m their tempe-
ring
properties at r o o m temperature.
Special 350 220 22" 110-170 + 20 17 (14) F e r r i t e
3.9.1.3 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c a s t i n g s i n t e n d e d f o r quality
service a t l o w o r elevated t e m p e r a t u r e s shall be 400 250 18 4
140 - 200 + 20 14 (11) F e r r i t e
agreed as p a r t o f t h e s u b m i t t e d d o c u m e n t a t i o n . I n
^ o r intermediate tensile strength values the m i n i m u m values
this case, d e t a i l e d i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e c h e m i c a l o f elongation a n d u p p e r yield stress m a y b e determined b y linear
c o m p o s i t i o n , m e c h a n i c a l a n d special properties, heat interpolation.
2
W h e n tests a r e carried o u to n three C h a r p y V - n o t c h type test
treatment, m e t h o d s a n d scope o f testing t h e castings specimens, theimpact energy m e a n value is given. I t is allowed t o
shall be submitted t o the Register. lower the i m p a c t energy value f o r o n e o fthe three test specimens i n
c o m p a r i s o n w i t h data i nTable, b u t n o t less t h a n given i n brackets.
3.9.1.4 W h e r e c a s t i n g s o f t h e s a m e t y p e a r e 3
D a t a for consideration.
regularly produced i n quantity, alternative proce- " W h e n tensile tests a r ecarried o u t o n test s p e c i m e n s o u t o f
cast-on samples, the ultimate values o f elongation m a y b e
dures f o r testing a n d scope o ftesting m a y be adopted lowered b y 2 % o f the given value.
provided that t h emanufacturer verifies t h e continued
efficiency o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g technique a n d t h e
q u a l i t y o f castings. W h i l e effecting t h e tensile test o f t h e casting
3.9.1.5 C a s t i n g s s u b j e c t t o s u r v e y b y t h e R e g i s t e r m a t e r i a l t h e tensile strength a n d elongation shall be
shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a t w o r k s recognized b y t h e determined.
R e g i s t e r as m e n t i o n e d i n 1.3.1.2. T h e m i n i m u m required tensile strength shall be
3.9.1.6 F o r r e m o v a l o f r i s e r s a n d f o r c a s t i n g s stated i n t h e agreed technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r t h e
grinding the relevant metal machining methods m a y casting, b u t i n n o case s h a l l i t exceed t h e l i m i t s detailed
be used. T h e m e t h o d s e x e r t i n g a t h e r m a l effect o n i n T a b l e 3.9.3.1. A d d i t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e rele-
casting quality are n o t allowed w i t h t h e exception o f v a n t parts o f t h e Rules are also t o be complied w i t h .
their use as p r e l i m i n a r y before m a c h i n i n g . W h e r e m e c h a n i c a l test results a r e unsatisfactory,
3.9.1.7 W h e n f i n i s h e d , c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e f r e e o f retesting shall be conducted i n compliance w i t h the
defects u n f a v o u r a b l y effecting t h e i r u s e a n d s h a l l be r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.4.2.
in full compliance w i t h the approved documentation 3.9.3.2 W h e r e i m p a c t t e s t i n g i s r e q u i r e d , t h e
for delivery. standards a n d type o f specimen shall be approved b y
3.9.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n . the Register.
3.9.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n i s l e f t t o t h e 3.9.3.3 T h e m i c r o s t r u c t u r e o f t h e c a s t i n g s s h a l l
discretion o f t h e manufacturer w h o shall ensure that i n c l u d e n o t less t h a n 9 0 % o f s p h e r o i d a l o r n o d u l a r
it is suitable f o r obtaining t h e mechanical properties graphite. N o flaked graphite is permitted.
specified f o r t h e castings.
60 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.9.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
3.9.4.1 T h e c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e s u p p l i e d i n e i t h e r a s
the cast o r heat treated c o n d i t i o n .
T h e necessity o f heat t r e a t m e n t a n d t h e relevant
procedure shall be determined b y t h e manufacturer Ж ( ^
X
o n t h e basis o f c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n , p u r p o s e a n d
shape o f t h e castings. и и и
T h e h e a t t r e a t m e n t f o r stress r e l i e v i n g shall
follow t h e heat treatment f o r structure refining a n d
F i g . 3.9.5.1-2 S t a n d a r d s p e c i m e n w i t h d i m e n s i o n s : и — 25;
t o procede t h e m a c h i n i n g . Special quality castings
v — 90; x — 40; у — 100; z — t o s u i t t e s t i n g m a c h i n e
h a v i n g t h e tensile strength 3 5 0a n d 4 0 0 M P aa n d t h e
relevant necessary i m p a c t energy v a l u e shall u n d e r g o
ferritizing.
3.9.4.2 W h e r e i t i s p r o p o s e d t o l o c a l l y h a r d e n t h e i
surfaces o f a casting, full details o f t h e p r o p o s e d
procedure a n d specification shall be submitted t o t h e
Register f o rconsideration.
3.9.5 S a m p l i n g .
3.9.5.1 T h e s a m p l e s m a y b e e i t h e r c a s t - o n o r
separately cast. T h e d i m e n s i o n s o f t h e samples, w h e n
cast separately, shall be i n accordance with
Figs. 3.9.5.1-1, 3.9.5.1-2 a n d 3.9.5.1-3 ( d i m e n s i o n s a r e
given i nm m ) ; t h e sample length z shall be chosen pro­
ceeding f r o m t h e type o f the m a c h i n e f o r tensile testing. F i g . 3.9.5.1-3 S t a n d a r d s p e c i m e n a n d a l t e r n a t i v e s p e c i m e n s
T h e samples m a yhave alternative dimensions o r with dimensions:
they m a y be t a k e n directly f r o m o n e o f t h e castings Dimensions Standard Alternative specimens
forming the batch. specimen
Thickness o f the m o u l d surrounding a standard и 25 12 50 75
s p e c i m e n s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 4 0 m m , a n d f o r V 55 40 90 125
a l t e r n a t i v e s a m p l e s , n o t less t h a n 4 0 , 6 0 a n d 8 0 m m X 40 30 50 65
У 140 135 150 175
respectively.
W h e r e separately cast samples a r e used, t h e y z to suit testing m a c h i n e (fora l l specimens)
shall be cast i n m o u l d s m a d e f r o m t h e same t y p e o f
m a t e r i a l as used f o r t h e castings a n d shall n o t be
stripped f r o m t h e moulds until t h e sample metal 3.9.5.2 W h e n c a s t i n g s a r e s u p p l i e d i n t h e h e a t
t e m p e r a t u r e i s b e l o w 5 0 0 °C. treated condition, t h e samples shall be heat treated
together w i t h t h e castings, w h i c h t h e y represent.
3.9.5.3 S a m p l e s f o r m e t a l l o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n
m a y c o n v e n i e n t l y be t a k e n f r o m t h e tensile test
specimens, b u t separately cast samples m a y be
prepared, provided that they are taken f r o m the
ladle towards t h e e n d o ft h e casting period.
3.9.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
3.9.6.1 A t l e a s t o n e s a m p l e s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m
each casting. I f m e t a l f r o m several ladles is used f o r a
F i g . 3.9.5.1-1 S t a n d a r d s p e c i m e n a n d a l t e r n a t i v e s p e c i m e n s
casting, o n e sample shall be t a k e n f r o m each ladle.
with dimensions: 3.9.6.2 A b a t c h t e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e m a y b e a d o p t e d
f o r castings w i t h t h e f e t t l e d m a s s o f 1 t o r less. A l l
Dimensions Standard Alternative specimens castings i n a batch shall be o f similar type a n d
specimen
d i m e n s i o n s , cast f r o m t h e same ladle o f treated m e t a l .
и 25 12 50 75 O n e separately cast s a m p l e shall b e p r o v i d e d f o r each
V 55 40 90 125
m u l t i p l e o f 2 t o f fettled castings i n t h e batch.
X 40 30 60 65
100 80 150 165 3.9.6.3 A t l e a s t o n e t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n , s h a l l b e
У
prepared f r o m each sample according t o 2.2.2.3 a n d ,
z to suit testing machine (forall specimens)
w h e r e r e q u i r e d , a set o f C h a r p y V - n o t c h t y p e test
specimens f o r i m p a c t tests a c c o r d i n g t o 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 .
P a r t XIII. Materials
3.9.6.4 W h e r e t h e c a s t i n g s a r e s u b j e c t t o p r e s s u r e
testing f o r tightness, b o t h t h e w o r k i n g a n d test
pressure shall be stated i n t h e technical documenta-
tion.
3.9.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
The castings shall be s u b m i t t e d f o r inspection
and c o n t r o l testing i n cleaned a n d de-gated condi-
t i o n , free f r o m risers, etc.
T h e castings s h a l l b e free f r o m defects, w h i c h
w o u l d be p r e j u d i c i a l t o t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n i n service. I n
general, r e p a i r i n g o f defects b y w e l d i n g is n o t
permitted. Subject t o approval b y t h e Surveyor,
surface imperfections m a y be r e m o v e d b y grinding.
W h e r e there is reason t o suspect t h e soundness o f the
casting, non-destructive testing m a y be required.
Crankshafts shall undergo magnetic particle testing
and metallographic examination.
3.9.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta-
t i o n — i n accordance w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.8.8.
3.10 G R E Y I R O N CASTINGS
3.10.1 G e n e r a l .
3.10.1.1 A l l g r e y i r o n c a s t i n g s s u b j e c t t o s u r v e y b y
the Register, as defined i n t h e relevant parts o f t h e
Rules, shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n accordance
w i t h t h e requirements o f the following paragraphs.
3.10.1.2 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o g r e y
i r o n castings used i n h u l l a n d ship m a c h i n e r y
structures.
3.10.1.3 W h e r e c a s t i n g s o f t h e s a m e t y p e a r e
regularly produced i n quantity, the manufacturer m a y
adopt alternative procedures for, a n d scope of, testing,
w i t h t h e data verifying t h e c o n t i n u e d efficiency o f t h e
m a n u f a c t u r i n g technique a n d t h e q u a l i t y o f castings
submitted t o t h e Register.
3.10.1.4 O n c o n d i t i o n t h a t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
3.1.2 a r e f o l l o w e d , c a s t i n g s m a y b e m a n u f a c t u r e d i n
compliance with national standards a n d w o r k s
specifications.
3.10.1.5 C a s t i n g s s u b j e c t t o t h e R e g i s t e r s u r v e y
shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a t w o r k s recognized b y t h e
R e g i s t e r , as stated i n 1.3.1.2.
3.10.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
The chemical c o m p o s i t i o n is left t o t h e discretion
o f t h e manufacturer, w h o shall ensure that i t is
suitable f o r obtaining the mechanical properties
specified f o r t h e castings.
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o -
sition o f ladle analysis shall be reported.
3.10.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
W h e n c a r r y i n g o u t t h e tensile test o f t h e casting
m a t e r i a l (according t o 2.2.2.4) t h e tensile strength
shall be determined. T h e specified m i n i m u m tensile
61
strength shall be stated i n t h e technical documenta-
t i o n f o r t h e c a s t i n g , b u t i n n o case i t s h a l l b e less t h a n
200 M P a . A n y a d d i t i o n a l r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e rele-
v a n t parts o f t h e Rules shall also be complied w i t h .
W h e r e tensile test results a r e unsatisfactory,
retesting shall be conducted i n compliance w i t h the
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.4.2.
3.10.4 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
Castings m a ybe supplied i n either as t h e cast o r
heat treated condition.
The necessity o f heat t r e a t m e n t a n d t h e relevant
procedure shall be determined b y the manufacturer
o n t h e basis o f c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n , purpose a n d
shape o f t h e castings.
T h e h e a t t r e a t m e n t f o r stress r e l i e v i n g s h a l l
follow the heat treatment f o r structure refining a n d
to precede t h e m a c h i n i n g .
3.10.5 S a m p l i n g .
3.10.5.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e a g r e e d b e t w e e n t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d t h e C u s t o m e r , cast samples shall
have the f o r m o fcylindrical bars 30 m m i n diameter
a n d o f a suitable lenght. T h e y shall be cast f r o m t h e
same ladle as t h e castings i n m o u l d s o fthe same type
o f m a t e r i a l as t h e m o u l d s f o r t h e castings a n d s h a l l
not be stripped f r o m the m o u l d s until the m e t a l
t e m p e r a t u r e i s b e l o w 5 0 0 °C.
I f t w o o r m o r e samples are cast i n o n e m o u l d a t
t h e s a m e t i m e , t h e r o d d i a m e t e r s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n
50 m m a n d t h e y s h a l l b e l o c a t e d as specified i n
Fig. 3.10.5.1 (dimensions are given i n m m ) .
050
F i g . 3.10.5.1
The samples o f alternative dimensions m a y be
used, they m a y be cast-on o r t a k e n directly f r o m t h e
castings.
62 Rules
A s a rule, cast-on samples m a y be used i f t h e
casting w a l l thickness is over 2 0 m m a n d its mass
exceeds 2 0 0 k g . I n a d d i t i o n , t h e sample t y p e a n d
location shall ensure r o u g h l y t h e same cooling condi-
tions s i m i l a r t o t h e base casting c o o l i n g a n d a r e subject
to t h e manufacturer's agreement w i t h a customer.
3.10.5.2 W h e r e c a s t i n g s a r e s u p p l i e d i n t h e h e a t
treated condition, t h e samples shall be heat treated
together w i t h t h e castings, w h i c h they represent.
3.10.5.3 O n e t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e
prepared f r o m each sample.
3.10.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
3.10.6.1 F r o m e a c h c a s t i n g a t l e a s t o n e s a m p l e
shall be t a k e n . W h e r e m e t a l f r o m several ladles is
used f o r a casting, o n e sample shall be t a k e n f r o m
each ladle.
3.10.6.2 A l l c a s t i n g s i n t h e b a t c h s h a l l b e o f
similar type a n d dimensions, a n d cast f r o m t h e same
ladle o f metal. A s rule, t h e batch mass shall n o t
exceed 2 t o f fettled castings; separate castings w i t h a
mass equal t o o r over 2 t also f o r m a batch.
A t continuous casting o f i r o n o f the very same
grade a n d i n large quantities, t h e batch mass m a y be
limited b y t h e m e t a l cast w i t h i n t w o h o u r s .
The batch v o l u m e a n d n u m b e r o f samples t a k e n
are subject t o a n agreement w i t h t h e Register.
3.10.6.3 W h e r e t h e c a s t i n g s a r e s u b j e c t t o
pressure testing f o r tightness, b o t h t h e w o r k i n g a n d
test pressure shall be stated i n t h e technical doc-
umentation.
3.10.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
The castings shall be s u b m i t t e d f o r inspection
a n d c o n t r o l testing i n cleaned a n d de-gated condi-
t i o n , free f r o m risers, etc.
T h e castings s h a l l b e free f r o m defects, w h i c h
w o u l d be prejudicial t o their proper application i n
service. I n general, r e p a i r i n g o f defects b y w e l d i n g i s
not permitted. A tthediscretion o fthe Surveyor, small
surface blemishes m a y be r e m o v e d b y l o c a l g r i n d i n g .
W h e r e these is r e a s o n t o suspect t h e soundness o f t h e
casting, non-destructive testing m a y be required.
3.10.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta-
t i o n — i n accordance w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.8.8.
3.11 M A L L E A B L E C A S T IRON
3.11.1 G e n e r a l .
M a l l e a b l e cast i r o n m a y be used f o r t h e
manufacture o f parts f o r h u l l a n d ship machinery
structures t h a t a r e subject t o survey b y t h e Register
and are intended t o operate at a temperature n o t
e x c e e d i n g 3 0 0 °C a n d t h e w o r k i n g p r e s s u r e n o t
exceeding 2 M P a .
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
3.11.2 T h e c a s t i n g s o f m a l l e a b l e c a s t i r o n s h a l l b e
produced b y the manufacturers recognized b y the
R e g i s t e r i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.1.4 a n d 1.3.2. T h e
request shall be supplemented w i t h specifications f o r
material, description o fproduction, requirements f o r
inspection a n d repairs.
3.11.3 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
properties.
The chemical composition, mechanical properties
a n d scope o f testing o f items m a d e o f malleable cast
iron shall comply w i t h the requirements o f the
d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.11.4 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a -
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
3.12 S T E E L C A S T I N G S F O R P R O P E L L E R S
3.12.1 G e n e r a l .
3.12.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r
a p p l y t o steel castings f o r cast propellers, blades a n d
bosses d u r i n g their m a n u f a c t u r e . I f specified i n t h e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register, these
requirements m a y also be applied i n t h e repair o f
propellers d a m a g e d i n service.
T h e u s e o f steel t h a t is d i f f e r e n t i n c h e m i c a l
composition, mechanical properties o r heat treatment
for propellers is p e r m i t t e d according t o standards,
specifications o r other technical requirements recog-
nized b y t h e Register.
3.12.1.2 P r o p e l l e r c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d
by t h e w o r k s recognized b y t h e Register i n accordance
w i t h 1 . 1 . 4 a n d 1.3.2. S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r m a t e r i a l , t h e
description o f a t e c h n o l o g i c a l process, repair a n d
inspection shall be attached t o a request f o r material.
3.12.1.3 R e c o g n i z i n g t h e w o r k s , t e s t s a r e c o n -
d u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2 o n t h e basis o f t h e
s u r v e y a n d tests p r o g r a m a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register.
T h e tests s h a l l c o n f i r m t h e c o m p l i a n c e o f castings
m a t e r i a l a n d t h e i r q u a l i t y w i t h these requirements.
3.12.1.4 A f o u n d r y s h a l l h a v e a v a i l a b l e a p r o p e r l y
equipped laboratory m a n n e d w i t h experienced qualified
personnel. T h e laboratory shall have at its disposal
e v e r y t h i n g necessary f o r t h e p e r f o r m a n c e o f n o n -
destructive testing. H o w e v e r , i f the l a b o r a t o r y is unable
to c o n d u c t tests a n d i n s p e c t i o n , t h e d a t a o n a n
independent laboratory shall be submitted t o t h e
Register. T h e laboratory shall be recognized b y t h e
competent n a t i o n a l b o d y and/or Register.
3.12.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
The c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e steel f o r
propellers shall meet the requirements o f T a -
ble 3.12.2. T h e alloys i n T a b l e a r e subdivided i n t o
four m a i n groups.
P a r t XIII. Materials 63

T a b l e 3.12.2 presented a n d heat treated i n t h e same furnace

1
Chemical composition o f steel for propeller castings
charge.
Steel grade C, max, Mn, Cr, % Mo, Ni, % I n t h e initial survey o f a w o r k s i n accordance
and type %, m a x , %, max, %
w i t h 3.12.1.2, tests m a y b e c o n d u c t e d i n t h e m e t a l o f
Martensitic 0,15 2,0 11,5 — 17,0 0,5 M a x 2,0 b o t h separately cast a n d cast-on samples o r t a k e n
(12CrlNi) directly f r o m a casting body.
Martensitic 0,06 2,0 11,5 — 17,0 1,0 3,5 — 5,0
(13Cr4Ni) 3.12.4.3 S a m p l e s s h a l l n o t b e t a k e n f r o m a
Martensitic 0,06 2,0 15,0—17,5 1,5 3,5 — 6,0 casting prior t o a final heat treatment. Samples are
(16Cr5Ni) prepared i n accordance w i t h t h e standards recog­
Austenitic 0,12 1,6 16,0 — 2 1 , 0 4,0 8,0 — 13,0 nized b y t h e Register.
(19CrllNi)
3.12.4.4 T h e r m a l m e t h o d s s h a l l n o t b e u s e d f o r
1
T h e m i n i m u m elements content n o t specified i nT a b l e shall
sampling.
meet the requirements o f recognized national o r international
standards. 3.12.5 N u m b e r o f t e s t s .
3.12.5.1 A t l e a s t o n e t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n ( r e f e r t o
T a b l e 2.2.2.3) a n d o n e set o f i m p a c t test specimens (refer
3.12.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s a n d h e a t t r e a t m e n t . t o 2.2.3) shall be t a k e n f r o m each cast presented. I n
3.12.3.1 T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f s t e e l d u r i n g t e n s i l e t e s t s , t h e t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h , p r o o f stress, e l o n g a t i o n
the testing o f specimens p r e p a r e d f r o m samples cast- a n d reduction i n area a r e determined. T e s t are conducted
o n t o t h eh u b o r blade shall meet t h e requirements o f i n compliance w i t h t h e requirements o f 2.2.
Table 3.12.3.1. 3.12.5.2 T e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l g e n e r a l l y b e c u t o u t
T a b l e 3.12.3.1 f r o m cast-on samples. I f castings are r o u g h l y o f t h e
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f steel castings for propellers s a m e s i z e , less t h a n 1 m i n d i a m e t e r m a d e f r o m m e t a l o f
Steel grade a n d Yield Tensile Elonga­ Reduc­ Impact o n e cast a n d h e a t t r e a t e d i n o n e f u r n a c e charge, o n e set
type stress strength tion tion o f test 1

o f specimens f o r each 5 castings m a y be t a k e n f r o m

Rp0,2> R , min, A , a r e a Z , KV, m i n ,
min,
m

MPa min,
5

min,
separately cast samples o f the relevant dimensions.
MPa % % 3.12.6 S e v e r i t y z o n e s ( r e p a i r z o n e s ) .
3.12.6.1 I n o r d e r t o d e f i n e t h e c r i t e r i a o f
Martensitic 440 590 15 30 20 assessment f o r p r o p e l l e r defects, t h e blade surface is
(12CrlNi)
d i v i d e d i n t o t h r e e z o n e s d e s i g n a t e d А, В a n d С ( r e f e r
Martensitic 550 750 15 35 30
(13Cr4Ni)
to Figs. 4.2.6.2.1 a n d 4.2.6.3). T h e definitions o f
Martensitic 540 760 15 35 30 repair zones are given i n 4.2.6.2 a n d 4.2.6.3.
(16Cr5Ni) 3.12.6.2 T h e d e f i n i t i o n o f a s k e w a n g l e — r e f e r t o
Austenitic 180 440 30 40 — 4.2.6.1 ( N o t e ) a n d F i g . 4.2.6.1.
(19Cr5Ni)
3.12.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
^ h e i m p a c t test is n o t required f o r ice class ships o f I c e l ,
Ice2 a n d Ice3; f o ra l lother ice class ships a n d f o r icebreakers, 3.12.7.1 P r o p e l l e r c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y t e s t e d
s t e e l c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e i m p a c t - t e s t e d a t — 1 0 °C. a t a l l t h e stages o f t h e i r m a n u f a c t u r e . T h e castings
shall be subjected t o a t h o r o u g h 100 % v i s u a l testing
in the finished condition (the inspection is conducted
b y t h e Register representative). A surface s h a l l be free
3.12.3.2 T h e l e v e l o f m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e f r o m t h e defects, w h i c h m a y result i n p r o p e l l e r
separately cast samples m e t a l is subject t o t h e damages d u r i n g operation. T h e Register representa­
approval b y t h e Register. tive c a n d e m a n d t h e performance o f investigationo f
3.12.3.3 H e a t t r e a t m e n t . questionable surface sections i n c l u d i n g m e t a l etching,
Castings o f m a r t e n s i t i c class steel s h a l l be particularly prior t o repair welding.
subjected t o austenization a n d tempering. A u s t e n i t i c 3.12.7.2 D i m e n s i o n s , d i m e n s i o n a l a n d g e o m e t r i ­
class steels s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o s o l u t i o n t r e a t m e n t . cal tolerances shall meet t h e requirements o f the
3.12.4 S a m p l i n g . drawings approved b y the Register a n d o f order
3.12.4.1 S a m p l e s m a y b e t a k e n i m m e d i a t e l y f r o m d o c u m e n t a t i o n . T h e above documents a n d t h e results
a casting o r gated t o i t . Test specimens, w h e r e of measurements a n d inspection d r a w n u p i n the
possible, are t a k e n f r o m t h e cast-on sample i n t h e f o r m o f a report o r statement are produced t o the
a r e a w i t h i n 0,5R t o 0,6R ( w h e r e Л i s a p r o p e l l e r R e g i s t e r r e p r e s e n t a t i v e d u r i n g tests. T h e r e s p o n s i ­
radius). T h e use o f separately cast samples f o r bility f o r the performance o f measurements w i t h a n
m a c h i n e specimens shall be specified i n t h e a p p r o v e d appropriate accuracy f o r their compliance w i t h the
documentation. r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e d r a w i n g a n d / o r o r d e r rests w i t h a
3.12.4.2 S e p a r a t e l y c a s t s a m p l e s s h a l l b e t a k e n manufacturer. T h e Register representative has a right
f r o m t h e same ladle as t h e casting as t h e m e t a l to demand checking measurements.
64 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

I n accordance w i t h the requirements o f the I n d i c a t i o n is t h e presence o f detectable

Register-approved documentation, a l l propellers bleed-out o f t h e penetrant f r o m t h e m a t e r i a l dis­
shall be subjected t o static balancing. D y n a m i c continuities appearing a t least 10 m i n u t e s after t h e
balancing is required f o r propellers r u n n i n g w i t h a developer has been applied.
r o t a t i o n a l speed o f over 5 0 0 r p m . N o n l i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n is theindicationo f
3.12.8 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g . a c i r c u l a r o r e l l i p t i c a l s h a p e w i t h a l e n g t h less t h a n
3.12.8.1 A l l t h e c a s t i n g s o f p r o p e l l e r s s h a l l b e three times t h e w i d t h (refer t o F i g . 4.2.7.3.1(1)).
subjected t o non-destructive testing. A m a n u f a c t u r e r L i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n is t h e indication, i n
shall have available a n appropriate system t o record w h i c h t h e l e n g t h is a t least three t i m e s t h e w i d t h
all the non-destructive testing results f o r each casting. (refer t o F i g . 4.2.7.3.1(2)).
T h e Register representative shall be familiarized w i t h T h r e s h o l d s e n s i t i v i t y is the opening o f a
that system a n d t h e results o f the testing carried out. discontinuity like the isolated crack o f a certain
T h e manufacturer duty shall c o n f i r m i n the docu­ length detected w i t h t h e given p r o b a b i l i t y according
mentary f o r m the true performance a n d the positive to thegiven geometrical a n doptical parameters o f a n
results o f non-destructive testing methods. indication. T h e indication, a n ydimension o f w h i c h is
3.12.8.2 P e n e t r a n t t e s t i n g . o v e r 1,5 m m , m a y b e c o n s i d e r e d a s t h e i s o l a t e d
Penetrant testing shall be conducted i n accor­ indication taken into account.
dance w i t h t h e standards o r specification approved A l i g n e d i n d i c a t i o n is three o r m o r e
by t h e Register. T h e following definitions t h e r e w i t h i n d i c a t i o n s i n a l i n e s e p a r a t e d b y 2 m m o r less
are r e c o m m e n d e d t o use. edge-to-edge — (refer t o F i g . 4.2.7.3.1(3)).
2
R e f e r e n c e a r e a is a n area o f 100 c m , w h i c h 3.12.8.3 R a d i o g r a p h i c a n d u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g .
m a y have square o r rectangular shape w i t h t h e m a j o r W h e r e serious doubts exist t h a t castings are n o t
d i m e n s i o n n o t exceeding 2 5 0 m m . I n evaluation o f free f r o m i n t e r n a l defects, f u r t h e r r a d i o g r a p h i c a n d /
surface q u a l i t y b y penetrant testing, t h e entire o r ultrasonic testing shall be carried o u t u p o n request
controlled surface is c o n v e n t i o n a l l y divided i n o f the Register representative. T h e evaluation a n d
2
reference areas o f 1 0 0 c m each. S e g m e n t a t i o n shall acceptance criteria shall be agreed between t h e
be t h e m o s t u n f a v o u r a b l e i n r e l a t i o n t o indications, manufacturer, t h e customer a n d the Register accord­
i . e. t h e s h a p e a n d d i m e n s i o n s o f e a c h r e f e r e n c e a r e a ing t o t h e standards recognized b y the Register.
shall be chosen so that i t covers t h e m a x i m u m 3.12.9 R e p a i r o f d e f e c t s .
n u m b e r o f defects w i t h o u t t h e i r d i s t r i b u t i o n a m o n g 3.12.9.1 S u r f a c e d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s , w h i c h i m p a i r p r o ­
adjacent reference areas. pellers p e r f o r m a n c e , shall be repaired b y m e c h a n i c a l
T h e indications detected i n a n y o f such areas w i t h m e t h o d s , e.g. b y g r i n d i n g , c h i p p i n g a n d m i l l i n g . T h e u s e
respect t o their shape, dimensions a n d n u m b e r shall o f w e l d i n g t o r e p a i r defects i s a l l o w e d o n l y i n j u s t i f i e d
meet t h e requirements o f T a b l e 3.12.8.2. cases t o b e a g r e e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r r e p r e s e n t a t i v e .
T h e r e p a i r o f defects s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t after
T a b l e 3.12.8.2
Allowable n u m b e r a n d size o f indications depending o nseverity zone p r o d u c i n g t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n w i t h t h e full descrip­
tion o f w o r k s t o be conducted, t o the Register
Severity Total Indication N u m b e r o f Indication representative. T h e relevant repair zones, dimensions
zone number o f type i n d i c a t i o n s o l size, m m , a n d l o c a t i o n o f defects, m e t h o d s o f t h e i r r e p a i r a n d
indications, each type,
max max max inspection shall be specified.
A 7 non-linear 5 4 After milling o r chipping, grinding shall be
linear 2 3 a p p l i e d f o r s u c h defects, w h i c h s h a l l n o t b e w e l d e d .
aligned 2 3 T h e grinding shall be carried o u t i n such a m a n n e r
В 14 non-linear 10 6
t h a t t h e c o n t o u r o f t h e g r o u n d depression is as
linear 4 6
aligned 4 6 s m o o t h as possible t o a v o i d stress c o n c e n t r a t i o n
С 20 non-linear 14 8 and/or minimize cavitation corrosion. T h e metal for
linear 6 6 w e l d i n g s h a l l be p r o p e r l y selected a n d s h a l l h a v e t h e
aligned 6 6
shape a n d dimensions needed f o r welding. T h e
N o t e s : 1. S i n g u l a r n o n - l i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n s less t h a n 2 m m 2
w e l d i n g o f a r e a s less t h a n 5 c m s h a l l b e a v o i d e d .
in zone A a n d less t h a n 3 m m i n other zones m a y b e disregarded.
2. T h e t o t a l n u m b e r o f n o n - l i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n s m a y b e 3.12.9.2 R e p a i r o f d e f e c t s i n z o n e A .
increased to the total allowable n u m b e r o f all type indications, I n zone A , repair welding is n o t allowed.
represented b y the absence o flinear o r aligned indications. T h e
total n u m b e r o f non-linear indications m a y also b e increased Grinding i n zone A m a y be carried o u t t o the
due to the partial lack o flinear o raligned indications retaining extent, w h i c h maintains the blade thickness o f the
the total allowablen u m b e r o f indications. d r a w i n g approved b y t h e Register. T h e possible
r e p a i r o f defects b y m e t h o d s n o t specified here s h a l l
be a p p r o v e d as p a r t o f t h e s u b m i t t e d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
P a r t XIII. Materials 65

=300
3.12.9.3 R e p a i r o f d e f e c t s i n z o n e B .
T h e d e f e c t s t h a t a r e n o t d e e p e r t h a n d B = t/40
Discard
{t = m i n i m u m l o c a l t h i c k n e s s ) o r 2 m m ( w h i c h e v e r i s
greater) m a y b e r e m o v e d b y g r i n d i n g . T h e defects,
Macro-specimen
w h i c h a r e deeper t h a n allowable f o r r e m o v a l b y
grinding, m a ybe repaired b ywelding.
3.12.9.4 R e p a i r o f d e f e c t s i n z o n e C . Tensile test specimen

I n zone C ,repair welds aregenerally permitted.

3.12.9.5 R e p a i r w e l d i n g . Bend test specimen

T h e welding procedure a n d welding consumables used

f o r defects r e p a i r s h a l l b e r e c o g n i z e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r i n
accordance w i t h the requirements o f P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " . Impact test specimen =400
Prior t ot h ebeginning o fw o r k s o nt h erepair o f
defects b y w e l d i n g , i t shall b e s u b m i t t e d t h e detailed
specification o f a welding procedure, w h i c h shall Bend test specimen
include data o nt h e w e l d i n g position, welding process
parameters, w e l d i n g consumables, preheating, fol¬
Tensile test specimen
low-up heat treatment a n d inspection o f welding
operations conducted. W e l d i n g shall be conducted
Macro-specimen
under controlled conditions, which prevent a n
adverse exposure t o weather. J L .
Defects shall b e repaired b y welders o fa proper Discard

qualification, allowed b y t h e Register t o p e r f o r m

such w o r k s .
S l a g , u n d e r c u t s a n d o t h e r flaws s h a l l b e r e p a i r e d
p r i o r t o t h e f o l l o w i n g pass.
M a r t e n s i t i c class steels a f t e r r e p a i r b y w e l d i n g a r e
subject t o annealing i n a furnace.
T h e methods f o r t h e relief o f local residual
stresses w i t h t h e m i n i m u m r e p a i r s h a l l b e agreed a s
part o fthe repair documentation.
R e p a i r e d surfaces after heat t r e a t m e n t shall b e
m i l l e d a n d g r o u n d . I n a l l cases, t h e r e p a i r q u a l i t y
shall b e checked b y non-destructive testing methods.
A manufacturer shall m a i n t a i n t h e system o f
defects r e c o r d i n g , o n w h i c h base t h e scope o f a r e p a i r
conducted, the type a n d schedules o f heat t r e a t m e n t f o r
a n y casting m a y b edetermined. T h e entire i n f o r m a t i o n
o n t h e casting being subject t o t h e Register survey i s
produced t o t h e Register representative.
T h e approval o f a welding procedure shall be
based o n t h e welding o f samples as s h o w n i n
Fig. 3.12.9.5, h a v i n g t h e thickness o f30 m m o r
m o r e . F o l l o w i n g w e l d i n g , t h esamples a r esubject t o
penetrant testing.
T h e approval o fa welding procedure is carried
out i naccordance w i t h t h erequirements o fSection 6,
Part I I I"Technical Supervision during Manufacture
of Materials" o f Rules f o rTechnical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n dManufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships following t h e
Register-approved p r o g r a m , w h i c h shall include, as
a m i n i m u m , t h e f o l l o w i n g tests.
30
F i g . 3.12.9.5
M a c r o - e x a m i n a t i o n of a fusion l i n e and heat-
affected zone.
Carried o u t o n t w o macro-sections. Cracks,
p o r e s , s l a g i n c l u s i o n s a n d o t h e r w e l d flaws o v e r
3 m m i n size a r e n o t p e r m i t t e d .
Tensile testing for determination of weld metal
properties.
Carried o u to n t w o transverse specimens, w h i c h
thickness i n equal t o that o fa sample, t h ew i d t h is
30 m m a n d t h e p a r a l l e l test l e n g t h is e q u a l t o the w e l d
w i d t h p l u s 6 m mt o each side (refer t o 4.2.3.2.2,
Part X I V "Welding"). Mechanical properties shall
meet those required f o rt h e base m e t a l .
T h e fracture area ( w e l d m e t a l , heat-affected zone
o r base m e t a l ) shall n o t beed i n a test report.
Bend testing.
Carried o u to nt w o transverse specimens m a d e i n
accordance w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f2.2.5.1. T h e test
is c o n d u c t e d o n a m a n d r e l f o u r t h i c k n e s s i n d i a m e t e r
e x c e p t i n g a u s t e n i t i c steels, f o r w h i c h t h e m a n d r e l
diameter shall b eequal t othree thicknesses. A f t e r t h e
tests, t h e s p e c i m e n surface s h a l l b e free f r o m t e n s i o n
fractures a n d cracks o fm o r e t h a n 2 m m long.
66 Rules
Impact testing.
T h e tests a r e n o t generally r e q u i r e d excepting t h e
cases w h e n a base m e t a l w a s subjected t o these tests.
W h e r e necessary, i m p a c t tests a r e c o n d u c t e d o n
specimens made i n accordance w i t h 2.2.3 a n d
Fig. 2.2.3.1-2.
T h e tests s h a l l be c o n d u c t e d o n o n e b a t c h o f
specimens notched i n t h e w e l d centre a n d o n another
one notched i n t h e fusion line. T h etemperature a n d
results o f t h e tests s h a l l m e e t those r e q u i r e d f o r t h e
base m e t a l .
Hardness testing according to Vickers (HV5).
Carried o u t o n macro-sections. Three measure-
m e n t s each are, as a m i n i m u m , m a d e o n t h e w e l d
m e t a l , heat-affected z o n e , a t b o t h sides o f a w e l d a n d
i n t h e base m e t a l . T h emeasurements a r e n o t e d i n a
test report.
3.12.10 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d m a r k i n g .
3.12.10.1 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .
A m o n i t o r i n g system enabling t o check the
castings m a n u f a c t u r e a t a n y stage since m e t a l m a k i n g
shall be used a t t h e w o r k s manufacturing propellers.
The c o n f i r m a t i o n o f the availability o fsuch system a t
the manufacturer's shall be submitted t o the Register
representative o n his demand.
3.12.10.2 M a r k i n g .
A casting shall be properly m a r k e d prior t o its
presentation i n the finished condition t o the Register
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e . I n a d d i t i o n t o specified i n 1.4, t h e
m a r k i n g shall include t h e following data:
casting n u m b e r a n d other designations a l l o w i n g
t r a c i n g a l l t h e stages o f m a n u f a c t u r e ;
number o fthe Register Certificate;
skew angle (for high-skew propellers);
ice class s y m b o l , w h e r e applicable;
date o f casting acceptance.
The Register stamp is p u t following t h e final
survey a n d t h eacceptance o f a casting b y t h e Register
representative.
3.12.10.3 M a n u f a c t u r e r ' s C e r t i f i c a t e o f Q u a l i t y .
The Certificate o f Q u a l i t y f o r a casting shall be
submitted t o t h e Register representative simulta-
neously w i t h t h e presentation o f t h e casting i n t h e
finished c o n d i t i o n o r i n geed time. T h e Certificate shall
be verified b y t h e q u a l i t y service o f a w o r k s a n d
witnessed b y the person authorized f o r this b y the
w o r k s . T h e Certificate shall c o n t a i n the following data:
manufacturer's name a n d order number;
shipbuilding project number, i f k n o w n ;
description o f t h e casting w i t h d r a w i n g number;
propeller diameter, n u m b e r o f blades, p i t c h a n d
directions o f turning;
final weight;
grade a n d type o f alloy, n u m b e r o f a cast a n d
chemical composition;
identification number;
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
heat t r e a t m e n t schedule;
results o f m e c h a n i c a l tests;
result o f non-destructive testing (satisfactory o r
unsatisfactory), i f applied.
3.12.10.4 T h e R e g i s t e r C e r t i f i c a t e .
E a c h casting o r t h e batch o f s m a l l castings shall
be a c c o m p a n i e d w i t h t h e Register Certificate. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e special n u m b e r , t h e requisites o ft h e
Register representation o r location, t h e place a n d
date o f issue, t h e Register Certificate i s , as a
m i n i m u m , t o contain t h e following data:
manufacturer's name a n d order number;
shipbuilding project number, i f k n o w n ;
n u m b e r o f the certificate o f quality o fthe casting
manufacturer;
final weight;
identification n u m b e r a n d casting number;
drawing number.
The Manufacturer's Certificate o f Quality shall
be t h e m a n d a t o r y a p p e n d i x t o t h e Register C e r t i f i -
cate.
Test protocols witnessed b y t h e Register repre-
sentative m a y also be part o f t h e appendix t o t h e
Register Certificate o n t h e purchaser's demand.
3.13 H I G H STRENGTH S T E E L F O R W E L D E D
STRUCTURES
3.13.1 G e n e r a l .
The present requirements apply t o hot-rolled,
fine-grain, weldable plates a n d w i d e flats o f h i g h
s t r e n g t h steel subject t o t h e s u r v e y b y t h e R e g i s t e r
d u r i n g manufacture a n dintended f o r use i n sea-going
ships a n d a n d i n M O D U / F O P .
P r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e m i n i m u m y i e l d stress
g u a r a n t e e d t h e steel i s s u b d i v i d e d i n t o eight s t r e n g t h
levels: 4 2 0 , 4 6 0 , 500, 550, 620, 690, 890 a n d 9 6 0 M P a .
F o r each yield strength level grades A , D ,E a n d F are
specified, based o n t h e i m p a c t test t e m p e r a t u r e ,
except f o r yield strength level o f 8 9 0 a n d 9 6 0 M P a
for w h i c h grade F is n o t applicable.
The requirements f o r the hot-rolled products
w i t h t h i c k n e s s o f 1 5 m m o r less d e s i g n e d f o r
operation a t design temperatures b e l o w — 30 are
specified i n 3.5.2.6.
H i g h s t r e n g t h steel i s m a n u f a c t u r e d a t w o r k s
r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2.
The attention o f the consumers shall be d r a w n t o
the fact that w h e n fatigue loading is present, t h e
effective fatigue strength o f a w e l d e d j o i n t o f h i g h
s t r e n g t h steel m a y n o t b e greater t h a n t h a t o f a
w e l d e d j o i n t i n n o r m a l s t r e n g t h steels.
B e f o r e s u b j e c t i n g steels p r o d u c e d b y t h e r m o m e -
chanical rolling t o further heating f o r forming o r
stress r e l i e v i n g , o r u s i n g h i g h h e a t - i n p u t w e l d i n g ,
P a r t XIII. Materials
special c o n s i d e r a t i o n shall b e g i v e n t o t h e possibility
o f a consequent reduction i n mechanical properties.
3.13.2 S t e e l m a k i n g p r o c e s s .
V a c u u m degassing shall be used f o ra n yo f t h e
following:
a l l steels w i t h e n h a n c e d t h r o u g h - t h i c k n e s s p r o p e r t i e s ;
a l l steels o f g r a d e s P C 6 9 0 , P C 8 9 0 a n d P C 9 6 0 .
T h e steel s h a l l b e f u l l y k i l l e d , fine g r a i n treated
and shall have fine grain structure. T h e fine grain
practice is t o be as detailed i n t h e approved
m a n u f a c t u r i n g specification.
A fine grain structure h a sa n equivalent index 6
determined b y micrographic e x a m i n a t i o n i n accor-
dance w i t h I S O 643 o r alternative national o r
i n t e r n a t i o n a l test m e t h o d agreed w i t h t h e Register.
T h e steels s h a l l c o n t a i n n i t r o g e n b i n d i n g e l e m e n t s
as d e t a i l e d i n t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n . A l s o
refer t o T a b l e 3.13.3.1.
3.13.3 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.13.3.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f s t e e l s h a l l
be d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r f r o m each cast o r
ladle i n a n adequately equipped laboratory. T h e
c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o fsteel s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h t h e specification approved b y t h e Register a n d
the limiting values given i nTable 3.13.3.1.
3.13.3.2 E l e m e n t s used f o r a l l o y i n g , as w e l l ast h e
residual elements shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e manufactur-
ing specification. T h e deviation i n said elements
c o n t e n t s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 0 , 0 0 5 %.
3.13.3.3 T h e c a r b o n e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e shall be
calculated f r o m t h e ladle analysis. M a x i m u m values
are specified i n T a b l e 3.13.3.3. C a l c u l a t i o n f o r m u l a s
are given below:
f o r a l l steel grades t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a m a y b e
used:
„ „ . M n. Cr+ M o + V . Ni+Cu ,
+—t~F (%)
n/4
Ceq=C+-£- + г
(3.13.3.3-1)
f o r steel grades H 4 6 0 a n d h i g h e r , C E T m a y b e
used instead o f C e q a t t h e discretion o f t h e
manufacturer, a n d shall be calculated according t o
the following formula:
M n + M o , Cr+Cu , N i
CET=C+
10 + 20 + 40 (3.13.3.3-2)
N o t e . T h e C E T i s i n c l u d e d i n t h e s t a n d a r d E N 1011¬
2:2001 u s e d a s o n e o f t h e p a r a m e t e r s f o r p r e h e a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e
determination, which isnecessaryto avoid cold cracking.
f o r T M a n d Q T steels w i t h c a r b o n c o n t e n t n o t
m o r e t h a n 0 , 1 2 %, t h e c o l d c r a c k i n g s u s c e p t i b i l i t y P c m
shall be be calculated using t h e following f o r m u l a :
d ^ . S i . M n . C u . N i . Cr , M o , V , r r o / \
+ 5 f i ( % )
Р с т = с +
ъ о +20-+20-+6F+20-
+
!5- iF+
(3.13.3.3-3)
67
3.13.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
Steel shall be delivered i n accordance w i t h t h e
processes a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register. These processes
include:
Normalized (N)/Normalized rolled ( N R ) ;
Thermo-mechanical controlled rolled ( T M ) / w i t h
Accelerated cooling ( T M + A c C ) / w i t h direct quench­
ing followed b y tempering ( T M+ D Q ) ;
Quenched and Tempered condition ( Q T ) .
T h e d e f i n i t i o n o f these delivery conditions a r e
specified i n 3.2.1.4.
Direct quenching after h o t - r o l l i n g f o l l o w e d b y
tempering is considered equivalent t o conventional
quenching a n d tempering.
3.13.5 R o l l i n g r e d u c t i o n r a t i o .
T h e r o l l i n g r e d u c t i o n r a t i o s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n
3:1 unless o t h e r w i s e agreed a t t h e t i m e o f a p p r o v a l .
3.13.6 T h i c k n e s s l i m i t s f o r a p p r o v a l
3.13.6.1 T h e m a x i m u m t h i c k n e s s o f s l a b , b i l l e t o r
b l o o m f r o m the continuous casting process shall bea t
the manufacturer's discretion.
3.13.6.2 M a x i m u m t h i c k n e s s o f p l a t e s , s e c t i o n s ,
bars a n d t u b u l a r s , o v e r w h i c h a specific d e l i v e r y
c o n d i t i o n is applicable, a r e s h o w n i n T a b l e 3.13.6.2.
3.13.7 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
F o r t h e purpose o f tensile a n d i m p a c t testing, t h e
m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f steel s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h Tables 3.13.7-1 a n d 3.13.7-2.
W h e r e r o l l e d products o f o t h e r shapes (sections,
c o n s t r u c t i o n pipes, etc.) a r e tested, t h e e l o n g a t i o n
required f o r l o n g i t u d i n a l specimens shall exceed t h a t
s t a t e d i n T a b l e s 3 . 1 3 . 7 - 1 a n d 3 . 1 3 . 7 - 2 b y 2 %.
3.13.8 S a m p l i n g a n d t e s t i n g .
T e s t specimens a n d test procedures f o r m e c h a n ­
ical properties arei n accordance w i t h 2.2 a n d 3.1.
3.13.8.1 T e n s i l e t e s t .
Test specimens shall be c u t w i t h their long­
i t u d i n a l axes transverse t o t h e final direction o f
r o l l i n g , except i n t h e case o f sections, bars, t u b u l a r s
a n d rolled flats w i t h a finished w i d t h o f600 m m o r
less, w h e r e t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e t e n s i l e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l
be agreed w i t h t h e Register. A s a rule, full thickness
flat tensile specimens shall be prepared i n such a
m a n n e r as t o m a i n t a i n t h e r o l l i n g scale a t least a t o n e
side. A l t e r n a t i v e l y , i f t h e m a c h i n e d r o u n d test speci­
mens a r e used, they shall be located a t a p o s i t i o n
lying a t a distance o f (t/4) f r o m t h e surface o r as near
as p o s s i b l e t o t h i s p o s i t i o n .
W h e r e test results a r e unsatisfactory, retesting
shall be conducted i n compliance w i t h t h e require­
m e n t s o f 1.3.4.2.
D 3.13.8.2 I m p a c t t e s t .
3.13.8.2.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e a g r e e d w i t h t h e
Register, t h e i m p a c t testing o f steel plates a n d w i d e
68 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.13.3.1
Chemical composition o fhigh strength steel

Delivery N/NR T M QT
1
condition
Steel grade PCA420N/NR PCE420N/NR PCA420TM PCE420TM PCA420QT PCE420QT
PCD420N/NR PCE460N/NR PCD420TM PCF420TM PCD420QT PCF420QT
PCA460N/NR PCA460TM PCE460TM PCA460QT PCE460QT
PCD460N/NR PCD460TM PCF460TM PCD460QT PCF460QT
PCA500TM PCE500TM PCA500QT PCE500QT
PCD500TM PCF500TM PCD500QT PCF500QT
PCA550TM PCE550TM PCA550QT PCE550QT
PCD550TM PCF550TM PCD550QT PCF550QT
PCA620TM PCE620TM PCA620QT PCE620QT
PCD620TM PCF620TM PCD620QT PCF620QT
PCA690TM PCE690TM PCA690QT PCE690QT
PCD690TM PCF690TM PCD690QT PCF690QT
PCA890TM PCD890TM PCA890QT PCD890QT
PCE890TM PCA960QT PCE890QT
PCD960QT
PCE960QT

2
Chemical Composition, %

с 0,20 0,18 0,16 0,14 0,18

M n 1,0"1,70 1,70

0,60 0,80

3
p 0,030 0,025 0,025 0,020 0,025 0,020
r
max
3
s 0,025 0,020 0,025 0,010 0,015 0,010
^max
Altotai m i n 4
0,02 0,018

5
Nb m a x 0,05 0,06

V 5
0,20 0,12 0,12
'max
5
Ti 0,05 0,05
1
'max
6
Ni 0,80 2,00 2,00

Climax 0,55 0,50

5
Cr 0,30 0,50 1,50
v
-'' m a x
MOmax 5
0,10 0,50 0,70

N 0,025 0,015

Oxygen ppmmax 7
- - 50 - 30
^ e f e r t o 3.13.4 f o r d e f i n i t i o n o f d e l i v e r y c o n d i t i o n s .
2
T h e chemical composition is t o b e determined b yladle analysis a n d shall meet the a p p r o v e d manufacturing specification a t the
time o f approval.
3
F o r s e c t i o n s t h e P a n d S c o n t e n t c a n b e 0.005% h i g h e r t h a n t h e v a l u e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e t a b l e .
" T h e t o t a l a l u m i n i u m t o n i t r o g e n r a t i o s h a l l b e a m i n i m u m o f 2:1 i n c a s e n o o t h e r n i t r o g e n b i n d i n g e l e m e n t s a r e u s e d .
5
T o t a l N b + V + T i 0.26% a n d M o + C r 0.65%, n o t a p p l i c a b l e f o r Q T s t e e l s .
6
H i g h e r N i content m a y b e a p p r o v e d a t the discretion o f the Register.
7
T h e requirement o n m a x i m u m Oxygen content is only applicable to PCD890, PCE890, PCD960 a n d PCE960.

flats o fm o r e t h a n 6 0 0 m m i n w i d t h shall be effected 3.13.8.2.2 S u b - s u r f a c e t e s t s p e c i m e n s w i l l b e

o n specimens prepared i n accordance w i t h 2.2.3.1-2,
the longitudinal axes o f w h i c h are perpendicular t o
the direction o frolling (transverse specimens). W h e r e
rolled products o f another cross-sectional shape are
concerned, t h e i m p a c t testing shall be effected o n
longitudinal specimens.
t a k e n i n s u c h a w a y t h a t o n e side i s n o tf u r t h e r a w a y
t h a n 2 m m f r o m a rolled surface, h o w e v e r , f o r
m a t e r i a l w i t h a t h i c k n e s s i n excess o f 5 0 m m , i m p a c t
tests shall b e t a k e n a t t h e q u a r t e r thickness (t/4) a n d
mid-thickness (t/2) location.
3.13.8.2.3 I m p a c t t e s t f o r a n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s l e s s
than 6 m m are normally n o t required.
P a r t XIII. Materials 69

T a b l e 3.13.3.3
M a x i m u m C e q , C E Ta n d P c m values for high strength steel

Steel grade a n d C a r b o n E q u i v a l e n t (%)

delivery
condition Ceq CET Pcm

Plates Section Bars Tubulars all all

t^50 50<г^100 m m 100<г^250 t^50 t^250 t^65

m m m m mm or <i^250 m m mm

PC420N/NR 0,46 0,48 0,52 0,47 0,53 0,47 - -

PC420TM 0,43 0,45 0,47 0,44 - - - -
PC420QT 0,45 0,47 0,49 - - 0,46 - -
PC460N/NR 0,50 0,52 0,54 0,51 0,55 0,51 0,25 -
PC460TM 0,45 0,47 0,48 0,46 - - 0,30 0,23
PC460QT 0,47 0,48 0,50 - - 0,48 0,32 0,24
PC500TM 0,46 0,48 0,50 - - - 0,32 0,24
PC500QT 0,48 0,50 0,54 - - 0,50 0,34 0,25
PC550TM 0,48 0,50 0,54 - - - 0,34 0,25
PC550QT 0,56 0,60 0,64 - - 0,56 0,36 0,28
PC620TM 0,50 0,52 - - - - 0,34 0,26
PC620QT 0,56 0,60 0,64 - - 0,58 0,38 0,30
PC690TM 0,56 - - - - - 0,36 0,30
PC690QT 0,64 0,66 0,70 - - 0,68 0,40 0,33
PC890TM 0,60 - - - - - 0,38 0,28
PC890QT 0,68 0,75 - - - - 0,40 -
PC960QT 0,75 - - - - - 0,40 -

T a b l e 3.13.6.2
M a x i m u m thickness limits
O u t o f e a c h test sample, a t least o n e tensile
specimen a n d three i m p a c t test specimens shall b e
Delivery M a x i m u m thickness (mm) prepared.
condition
Plates Sections Bars Tubulars I f required b yt h e Register, tensile testing shall be
m a d e o n specimens w i t h their longitudinal axes
N 2501 50 250 65 perpendicular t o t h e plate surface a n dt h e r e d u c t i o n
N R 150 2 i n cross-sectional area shall be determined.
3.13.10 I n s p e c t i o n .
T M 150 50 - -
Rolled products shall comply w i t h a l lt h e
QT 1501 50 - 50 requirements o f 3.2.7 taking t h e provisions below
1
M a n u f a c t u r i n g process o fN steels w i t h thickness larger into consideration.
t h a n 2 5 0 m m a n d Q T s t e e l s w i t h t h i c k n e s s l a r g e r t h a n 150 W h e n surface defects a r ee l i m i n a t e d b y g r i n d i n g ,
m m shall b eapproved b y the Register.
2
T h em a x i m u m thickness limits o f sections, bars a n d the thickness o f t h e rolled products a t t h e g r o u n d
tubulars p r o d u c e db y N Rp r o c e s s r o u t e a n d shall b e specified spot shall n o t exceed p e r m i t t e d tolerances. W h e n
in the technical documentationapproved b y the Register. required b y t h e Rules, t h e rolled products shall
undergo t h e ultrasonic testing i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h
standards recognized b y t h e Register.
3.13.9 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g . 3.13.11 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
E a c h plate (rolled length) shall u n d e r g o tensile Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a ­
and impact testing after heat treatment. t i o n shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2.9.
F o r rolled products quenched a n d tempered i n
c o n t i n u o u s furnaces, t h e scope o f testing, i n c l u d i n g
the n u m b e r o f specimens a n d t h e direction o f their
cutting o u t , is determined o n t h e basis o f t h e
specification approved b y the Register.
70 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.13.7-1
M e c h a n i c a l properties for e x t r a high strength steel

\ Mechanical
\ properties
Yield strength R e H l m i n (MPa) Tensile strength R m M i n i m u m percentage I m p a c t energy, average m i n , (J)
(MPa) elongation after
N o m i n a l thickness (mm) 2
N o m i n a l thickness f r a c t u r e (%)
3

(mm) 2 )
£ = 5.65VS
0 0

Steel grade4
4

& delivery \ 3 < г ^ 5 0 50<г^100 100<г^250 3<г^100 100 < г ^ 2 5 0 T L Test temp T L
condition \ (°C)

PC420N/NR A 420 390 365 520 — 6 8 0 4 7 0 — 6 5 0 19 21 0 28 42

PC420TM D -20
PC420QT E -40
F -60
PC460N/NR A 460 430 390 540 — 7 2 0 500 — 7 1 0 17 19 0 31 46
PC460TM D -20
PC460QT E -40
F -60
PC500TM A 500 480 440 590 — 7 7 0 540 — 7 2 0 17 19 0 33 50
PC500QT D -20
E -40
F -60

PC550TM A 550 530 490 640 — 820 590 — 7 7 0 16 18 0 37 55

PC550QT D -20
E -40
F -60
PC620TM A 620 580 560 700 — 890 650 — 830 15 17 0 41 62
PC620QT D -20
E -40
F -60
PC690TM A 690 650 630 770 — 940 710 — 900 14 16 0 46 69
PC690QT D -20
E -40
F -60
PC890TM A 890 830 9 4 0 — 1100 11 13 0 46 69
PC890QT D -20
E -40

PC960QT A 960 9 8 0 — 1150 10 12 0 46 69

D -20
E -40

^ o r t e n s i l e t e s t e i t h e r t h e u p p e r y i e l d s t r e s s ( R e H ) o r w h e r e R e H c a n n o t b e d e t e r m i n e d , t h e 0,2 % p r o o f s t r e s s ( R p 0 . 2 ) i s t o b e
determined a n d the material is considered t oc o m p l y with the requirement i feither value meets o rexceeds the specified m i n i m u m value
of yield strength.
2
F o r p l a t e s a n d sections f o r a p p l i c a t i o n s , s u c h a s r a c k s i n o f f s h o r e p l a t f o r m s etc., w h e r e the d e s i g n r e q u i r e s t h a t tensile p r o p e r t i e s
are m a i n t a i n e d t h r o u g h t h e thickness, a decrease i n t h em i n i m u m specified tensile properties i s n o tpermitted w i t h a n increase i n t h e
thickness.
3
F o r f u l l t h i c k n e s s f l a t t e s t s p e c i m e n s w i t h a w i d t h o f 25 m m a n d a g a u g e l e n g t h o f 2 0 0 m m t h e e l o n g a t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
m i n i m u m v a l u e s s h o w n i n T a b l e 3.13.7.2.
4
I n the case t h a t the tensile specimen's l o n g i t u d i n a l axis is parallel t o the final rolling direction, the test result shall c o m p l y w i t h the
requirement o f elongation for longitudinal (L) direction.

3.14 Z - S T E E L
cular t o rolled surface. T h e present requirements
define t w o levels o f Z - p r o p e r t i e s f o r steel. T w o
3.14.1 G e n e r a l . relevant notations: Z 2 5 a n d Z 3 5 are introduced.
T h e present r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o steel o f Rolled products shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d b y w o r k s
n o r m a l , h i g h e r (refer t o 3 . 2 a n d 3.5), h i g h s t r e n g t h recognized b y t h e R e g i s t e r (refer t o 1.3.1.2). T h e
(refer t o 3.13) h a v i n g thickness e q u a l t o o r m o r e t h a n M a n u f a c t u r e r shall p r o v e that t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g
15 m m . A p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s e t f o r t h i s process provides guaranteed plastic properties i n t h e
p o s s i b l e a l s o f o r r o l l e d steel w i t h t h i c k n e s s less t h a n t h r o u g h rolling thickness direction.
15 m m . A t appropriate guarantees o f the manufacturer a
Z-steel is recommended f o r use f o r welded s u p p l y o f steel w i t h d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e r e d u c t i o n i n
s t r u c t u r e s t a k i n g u p c o n s i d e r a b l e stresses p e r p e n d i ­ area Z o f t h e rolled products w i t h a thickness
z
P a r t XIII. Materials 71

T a b l e 3.13.7-2
1
E l o n g a t i o n m i n i m u m values f o r flat tensile specimens

Strength level Thickness (mm)

«10 > 10^15 > 15^20 > 20^25 > 25^40 > 40^50 > 50^70

420 11 13 14 15 16 17 18
460 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
500 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
550 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
620 9 11 12 12 13 14 15
2
690 9 2
10 2
ll 11 12 13 14

1
T h e tabulated elongation m i n i m u m values are the requirements f o r testing specimen i n transverse direction. PC890 a n d PC960
s p e c i m e n s a n d s p e c i m e n s w h i c h a r e n o t i n c l u d e d i n t h i s t a b l e s h a l l b e p r o p o r t i o n a l s p e c i m e n s w i t h a g a u g e l e n g t h o f L 0 = 5.65S0.
2
F o r P C 6 9 0 p l a t e s w i t h t h i c k n e s s 20 m m , r o u n d s p e c i m e n i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 2.1 m a y b e u s e d i n s t e a d o f t h e f l a t t e n s i l e s p e c i m e n .
T h e m i n i m u m e l o n g a t i o n f o r t e s t i n g s p e c i m e n i n t r a n s v e r s e d i r e c t i o n i s 14 %.

T a b l e 3.14.3-2
specified i n t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e
Tests Retest
Register is permitted.
Provision is made for calcium treatment, v a c u u m
Acceptable Unacceptable result Acceptable
degassing, a r g o n stirring, s u l p h u r segregation c o n ­
result where retest is required result
trol, etc.
3.14.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
Z-steel shall be fully killed a n d fine grain treated. M i n i m u m
T h e contents o f elements shall comply w i t h the required value Ch-O OOOO
national o r international standards recognized b ythe of Д
Register. the reduction
in area ( K )
T h e content o f sulphur (ladle analysis) i n Z-steel
s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 0 , 0 0 8 %.
M i n i m u m
3.14.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s . allowable value
T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e steel, unless of the reduction
o t h e r w i s e specified, shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f in area o n one
3.2, 3.5 a n d 3.13. specimen

F o r t h e appropriate level o f Z-properties, t h e S y m b o l s :

average value o f t h e reduction i n area Z obtained О — individual result;
Л — average result.
z

u p o n tension o f three specimens, t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l

centreline o f w h i c h is perpendicular t o rolled surface,
shall c o m p l y w i t h T a b l e 3.14.3-1. T a b l e 3.14.3-1 gives
for each level o f Z-properties t h e value o f t h e case o f retest o f s i x specimens (three c o m p l e t e d
reduction i n area t o w h i c h t h e area is allowed t o plus three additional).
reduce o n o n e o f the specimens. T h e retest results a r e considered t o be satisfac­
T a b l e 3.14.3-1
tory a n d t h e rolled product/batch is accepted f o r
supply, provided:
Level o f Z-properties Z25, % Z35, %
the average value o f t h e reduction i n area Z , z

M i n i m u m average value o fthe reduction i n area 25 35 o b t a i n e d as a result o f testing s i x specimens exceeds

M i n i m u m allowable value o f the reduction i n
area o n o n e specimen
T h e need f o r retest o n a d d i t i o n a l set o f three
specimens c u t o u t f r o m t h e same rolled p r o d u c t (refer
t o 2.2.2.5) a n d acceptance o f test results i n c l u d i n g also
retest results as satisfactory is s h o w n i n T a b l e 3.14.3-2.
T h e T a b l e 3.14.3-2 gives b o u n d a r y cases t a k e n
into account b y the Rules:
case o f satisfactory tests o n three specimens;
t h r e e cases w h e r e retest i s p e r m i t t e d ;
15 25 the required m i n i m u m average value (refer t o
Table 3.14.3-2),
t h e r e s u l t s less t h a n t h e m e n t i o n e d r e q u i r e d v a l u e h a v e
b e e n o b t a i n e d o n n o t m o r e t h a n t w o s p e c i m e n s o u t o f six.
W h e r e t h e retest results a r e unsatisfactory t h e
rolled p r o d u c t / b a t c h s u b m i t t e d shall be rejected.
A d d i t i o n a l tests ( o n t h e same c o n d i t i o n s ) a r e
permitted f o r each rolled product (other t h a n that
already tested) o u t o f the b a t c h rejected.
3.14.4 S a m p l i n g a n d s c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
T h e scope o f testing depends o n t h e type o f rolled
product a n d content o f sulphur (ladle analysis).
72 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T h e scope o f testing shall be determined i n diameter m o r e than 12 m m shall have a core o f three
accordance w i t h T a b l e 3.14.4. strands.
Samples shall be taken f r o m o n e e n d o fthe semi­ 3.15.2.3 C o r e s o f o r g a n i c f i b r e s h a l l b e i m p r e g n a t e d
f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s u b m i t t e d f o r tests, as i n d i c a t e d or lubricated w i t h corrosion preventive o r anti-rot
i n 2.2.2.5. substances n o t solvable i n sea w a t e r a n d containing n o
T a b l e 3.14.4 acids o r alkalis. T h e lubricant f o r t h e ropes a n d t h e
impregnant f o r t h e organic-fibre cores shall b e c o m p a ­
T y p e o f rolled Content o f sulphur, %
product
tible b y their physical a n d chemical properties.
S > 0,005 S « 0,005 3.15.3 S a m p l i n g .
Plate E a c h plate One plate o u t o f
F o r testing purposes, f r o m each rope 2000 m o r
m a x i m u m 50 t o f less l o n g a s a m p l e l e n g t h s h a l l b e t a k e n , a n d f r o m
products o f the same ropes longer t h a n 2000 m a sample length shall be
cast, thickness a n d t a k e n f r o m b o t h ends. T h e sample lengths shall be
W i d e f l a t s o f M a x i m u m 10 t o f heat treatment
M a x i m u m 50 t o f
l o n g e n o u g h t o m a k e a l l t h erequired testing possible.
t h i c k n e s s t« 2 5 m m p r o d u c t s o f t h e
s a m e cast, thickness products o f the same 3.15.4 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
and heat treatment cast, thickness a n d 3.15.4.1 A f t e r m a n u f a c t u r e , e a c h r o p e s h a l l
W i d e f l a t s o f M a x i m u m 20 t o f heat treatment
u n d e r g o t h e f o l l o w i n g tests:
t h i c k n e s s t > 25 m m p r o d u c t s o f t h e M a x i m u m 50 t o f
s a m e cast, thickness products o f the same b r e a k i n g test o f r o p e as a w h o l e ;
and heat treatment cast, thickness a n d tensile test ( u l t i m a t e strength being d e t e r m i n e d ) ,
heat treatment b e n d test, t w i s t i n g test a n d t e s t i n g o f t h e b o n d b e t w e e n
t h e c o a t i n g a n d steel core o n w i r e s f r o m t h e r o p e .
T h e n u m b e r o f wires t o be tested m a y be
3.14.5 I n s p e c t i o n . d e t e r m i n e d o n t h e b a s i s o f s t a n d a r d s , b u t n o t less
Besides f u l f i l m e n t o fthe r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2.7, a l l than 10 % o fthe total number o fwires i na group o f
the r o l l e d products shall be subject t o ultrasonic wires o f a p a r t i c u l a r d i a m e t e r shall b e tested.
testing a t t h e f i n a l stage o f m a n u f a c t u r e . 3.15.4.2 T e s t i n g s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e
T h e ultrasonic testing shall be carried o u t i n w i t h approved standards.
compliance with the requirements o f E N 10160 T h e b r e a k i n g test o f t h e r o p e as a w h o l e shall be
(level S l / E l ) , A S T M A 5 7 8 (level С a t a frequency o f effected b y m e a n s o f a b r e a k i n g m a c h i n e h a v i n g t h e
4 M H z ) o r w i t h the Register-approved n a t i o n a l standards. d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c l a m p s n o t less t h a n 5 0 r o p e
3.14.6 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n . d i a m e t e r s . I f d u r i n g t e s t i n g t h e r o p e b r e a k s less t h a n
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta­ 50 m m a w a y f r o m t h e grip t h e test shall be repeated.
t i o n — i n accordance w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2.8. 3.15.4.3 T h e t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e
Besides, t o t h e steel d e s i g n a t i o n m e n t i o n e d Z 2 5 w i t h standards.
o r Z 3 5 s h a l l b e a d d e d , respectively, (e.g., D H 3 6 2 2 5 ) . 3.15.4.4 U n d e r c o n d i t i o n s o f a n e s t a b l i s h e d
m a n u f a c t u r i n g process a n d i n t h e event o f testing
equipment o f t h e required capacity being n o t avail­
3.15 W I R E ROPES able t o enable t h e b r e a k i n g test o f a rope as a w h o l e
the breaking load m a y be determined proceeding
f r o m t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e t e n s i l e t e s t , F, i n k N , o f a l l t h e
3.15.1 G e n e r a l . wires m a k i n g u p t h e rope o n t h e basis o ft h e f o r m u l a
3.15.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o r o p e s ,
subject t o t h e Register survey, w h i c h are i n t e n d e d f o r F=cX[(XF )n/z] (3.15.4.4)
m

c a r g o - h a n d l i n g gear, life-saving appliances a n d o t h e r

ship appliances.
3.15.1.2 T h e r o p e s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d
tested i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h standards a p p r o v e d b y t h e
Register a n d b y w o r k s recognized b y that body
a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2.
3.15.2 M a n u f a c t u r e .
3.15.2.1 F o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f r o p e s , w i r e o f
where с = w i r e efficiency factor f o r t h e rope, w h i c h shall b e
adopted o n thebasis o f standards o r calculated a s t h e
ratio o fthe breaking load o fthe rope a s a whole to the
total breaking load o fall the wires m a k i n g u pthe rope,
b o t h the values being stipulated b y t h e standards;
i = n u m b e r o f groups o fwires o f the same diameter;
m = n u m b e r o f wires f r o m each group o f a particular
diameter, subjected t o tensile testing, w h i c h c o n f o r m
to standards;
F = t h e greatest load, during t h e tensile test o f a wire,
m

r o u n d cross-section shall be used w i t h a coating t o k N , after w h i c h t h e specimen breaks;

protect i t f r o m c o r r o s i o n a n d a tensile strength n o t
less t h a n 1 1 8 0 M P a .
3.15.2.2 T h e o r g a n i c f i b r e c o r e o f r o p e s s h a l l b e
manila, sizal, h e m p o r synthetic fibre. Ropes w i t h t h e
n = n u m b e r o fwires i neach group o fa particular diameter;
z = n u m b e r o f wires f r o m each group o f a particular
diameter subjected t o tensile testing.
Proceeding f r o m the intended application o fthe
rope, t h e n u m b e r o fwires t o be tensile tested m a y be
P a r t XIII. Materials 73

r e d u c e d , b u t i n n o case t o less t h a n 2 5 % o f t h e t o t a l structures o f c a r g o a n d process vessels u n d e r

n u m b e r o fwires i n t h e rope.
3.15.5 I n s p e c t i o n .
3.15.5.1 T h e c o m p l i a n c e o f t h e s t r u c t u r e , d i a ­
meter a n d other parameters o fthe rope t o standards
shall be c o n f i r m e d b y visual testing.
3.15.5.2 W h e n b e n d s o r b u r n - o f f s p o t s a r e
removed f r o m t h e ends o f unstrandable ropes t h e
strands a n d wires i nt h e strands shall n o t uncoil o r
m a y u n c o i l i n such a w a y t h a t they c a n be easily
returned t o their initial position.
3.15.5.3 T h e r o p e d i a m e t e r s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
on a slack rope a tright angles t o t h eaxis between t w o
opposite strands i n t w o positions.
The rope diameter shall n o t exceed t h e design
v a l u e b y m o r e t h a n 6 %.
3.15.5.4 O n t h e r o p e s u r f a c e , t w i s t i n g a n d b e n d i n g
of strands, sinking, crossing, corrosion a n d breaking
of wires i n strands that prevent using t h e rope i n
accordance w i t h the purpose are n o t permitted.
3.15.6 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta­
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
3.16 S T A I N L E S S S T E E L
3.16.1 G e n e r a l .
3.16.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s t a i n l e s s
steel subject t o t h e Register s u r v e y d u r i n g i t s
manufacture as required i n other Parts o f t h e Rules
and intended for:
pressure a n d w i t h o u t pressure, systems a n d pipes f o r
chemicals, p e t r o l e u m p r o d u c t s , l i q u e f i e d gases o r
fresh water, de-activating solutions, etc;
h u l l structures;
pipelines o f t h e systems specified i n 1.1.1, P a r t
V I I I "Systems a n d Piping";
machine-building products.
F o r stainless steel p r o d u c t s h a v i n g c o n t a c t w i t h
sea w a t e r e l e c t r o m e c h a n i c a l p r o t e c t i o n s h a l l b e u s e d .
T h e C h a p t e r includes t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r stainless
steel r o l l e d plates a n d b a r s , f o r g i n g s a n d p i p e s o f
martensitic ( M ) , martensitic+ ferritic ( M F ) , ferritic ( F ) ,
austenitic+martensitic ( A M ) , austenitic ( A ) a n d auste­
n i t i c + f e r r i t i c ( A F ) classes. T h e a s s u m e d c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f
stainless steel d e p e n d i n g o n its c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d
structure is given i n Table 3.16.1.1.
Steel designations a r ebased o n t h e designations
used i n international standards.
Designations o fnational marks are n o wgiven i n
accordance w i t h the Russian standard.
3.16.1.2 C o r r o s i o n r e s i s t a n t s t e e l u s e d a s a n
alternative means o f providing corrosion protection
(protective coatings) o f cargo tanks o f o i l tankers
specified i n 1.2.5.3, P a r t I I " H u l l " s h a l l m e e t t h e
requirements o f I M O resolution MSC.289(87).
3.16.1.3 T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f s t a i n ­
less steel m a n u f a c t u r e r s i s g i v e n i n 2 . 2 . 5 , P a r t I I I
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a ­
terials" o fthe Rules f o rTechnical Supervision during
Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o f Materials
and Products f o r Ships.

T a b l e 3.16.1.1
A s s u m e d classification o fstainless steel depending o n chemical composition a n d structure

Steel Steel designation Steel m a r k Temperature range

class f o r a p p l i c a t i o n , °C
AISI /U N S National

M-l X20Crl3 410 20X13 -20-H+450

420 30X13
X7CrNiNbl6 4 07Х16Н4Б -60-H+350
MF-2 X15CrNil7 431 14X17H2 -20-H+350

F-3 X8CrTil7 430Ti 08X17T Он-+600

AM-4 X8CrNiTil7 6 — 08X17H6T -60-H+250

A-5 X 1 0 C r N i T i l 8 10 321, 347 08X18H10T -165-H+600

12X18H10T
X 2 C r N i l 9 11 304L, 3 0 4 L N -165-H+600

A-6 X 1 0 C r N i M o l 7 13 2 316L,316LN 03X17H14M3 -165-H+600

X 2 C r N i M o l 8 13 3 317L,317LN -165-H+600
X 1 0 C r N i M o T i l 7 13 3 10X17H13M3T -165-H+600
A-7 X 2 C r N i M o C u 2 0 18 6 S31254 — -165-H+600
X 2 C r N i M o C u 2 1 23 4 2 N08904 -165-H+600

AF-8 X2CrNiMo22 5 3 S31803 03X22H6M2 -40-H+250

X3CrNiMo25 6 3 S31260 -40-H+250
X4CrNiVo25 5 3 S32550 -40-H+250
X2CrNiMo25 7 4 S32750 -40-H+250
X3CrNiMo25 7 3 S32760 -40-H+250
X10CrNiTi22 6 08X22H6T -40-H+250
X10CrNiMo21 6 2 08X21H6M2T -40-H+250
74 Rules
Materials meeting the Register requirements shall
be supplied w i t h t h e Register Certificates.
Manufacturers' Certificates f o r ingots a n d blanks
w i t h i n d i c a t i o n o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r , steel m a r k ,
heat N o . , chemical composition a n d documentation,
in compliance w i t h which ingots/blanks were manufac-
tured, shall be submitted t o theSurveyor t o the Register
w h o carries o u t t h e survey a t t h emanufacturer's w h e r e
there a r e n o m e l t i n g processes. T h e i n g o t / b l a n k s
manufacturer shall be recognized b y t h e Register.
3.16.1.4 T h e u s e o f s t a i n l e s s s t e e l n o t m e e t i n g t h e
requirements f o r chemical composition, mechanical
properties and/or c o n d i t i o n o f supply m a y be
p e r m i t t e d after detailed s t u d y o f steel p r o p e r t i e s
u n d e r t h e c o n d i t i o n s , f o r w h i c h t h e steel i s intended.
3.16.1.5 T e s t s o f s t a i n l e s s s t e e l f o r s u s c e p t i b i l i t y
to intergranular, t h r o u g h , crevice a n d pitting
c o r r o s i o n as w e l l as m e t a l l o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n ,
a-phase determination, etc shall be carried o u t
according t o the procedures given i n the standards
recognized b y the Register.
3.16.1.6 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
properties.
Chemical composition a n d mechanical properties
o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o f stainless steel as w e l l as
steel resistance t o e n v i r o n m e n t a l effects s h a l l m e e t t h e
requirements o f this P a r t o f t h e Rules a n d also t h e
requirements o f national a n d international standards
o r other special documents recognized b y t h e
Register.
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f stainless steel t o be
determined f o reach heat shall meet the requirements
o f T a b l e 3.16.1.6. W h e r e necessary, samples m a y be
taken directly f r o m a semi-finished product (plate,
forging, etc).
T h e requirements f o r mechanical properties o f
semi-finished products depending o n their type are
given i n Tables 3.16.2.2, 3.16.3.2-1, 3.16.3.2-2 a n d
3.16.4.2.
3.16.1.7 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
A l l semi-finished products shall be supplied i n
heat-treated condition.
H e a t t r e a t m e n t c o n d i t i o n s a r e specified i n accor-
dance w i t h standards recognized b y the Register o r
other normative documents.
W h e r e heat treatment conditions are n o t indi-
cated i n t h e standards, such conditions shall be
specified i n accordance w i t h t h e standards a n d o t h e r
normative technical documentation approved b y the
Register.
Steel plates a n d flats o f 4 m m i n thickness a n d
less m a y b e s u p p l i e d i n s e m i - c o l d - w o r k e d o r c o l d -
worked condition.
T y p e o r conditions o f heat treatment shall be
indicated i n the Semi-Finished Certificate.
3.16.1.8 S a m p l i n g .
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
Samples are taken f r o m a semi-finished product.
F o r forgings separately forged samples prepared
f r o m the metal o f the same heat a n d w i t h the same
degree o f d e f o r m a t i o n as t h e semi-finished p r o d u c t
s u b m i t t e d f o r t h e tests m a y b e used. I n s u c h case,
dimensions o f the sample i n terms o f their thickness a n d
diameter m a y vary f r o m the m a x i m u m dimensions o f
t h e f o r g i n g i t s e l f b y n o t m o r e t h a n 2 5 %.
Samples f o r preparation o f specimens shall be c u t
o u t u p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f a l l types o f heat treatment.
Separately forged samples shall be subjected t o
all types o f process heating a n dheat treatment i n o n e
c h a r g e w i t h t h e f o r g i n g s u b m i t t e d f o r t h e tests.
T h e dimensions o f samples shall provide perfor-
m a n c e o f t h e r e q u i r e d a n d possible retests.
Unless expressly p r o v i d e d otherwise, samples
shall be t a k e n as f o l l o w s :
r o l l e d stock — i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 3.2.5. S a m p l e s
f o r i m p a c t tests s h a l l be c u t i n such a m a n n e r t h a t t h e
longitudinal axis o fspecimens is transverse t o t h e last
d i r e c t i o n o f r o l l i n g . F o r steel sections a n d bars
longitudinal specimens m a y be used. F o r a semi-
f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t h a v i n g a size ( d i a m e t e r , s q u a r e side,
diameter o f inscribed circle) under 4 0 m m t h e
specimen axis shall coincide w i t h t h e axis o f the
semi-finished product;
forgings — i n compliance w i t h 3.7.5.1, sample
being t a k e n f r o m t h e feed h e a d o fthe ingot. Samples
m a y b e t a k e n a t a d i s t a n c e o f 1/3 o f t h e r a d i u s o r 1 / 6
o f the d i a g o n a l f r o m t h e o u t e r surface o f the f o r g i n g
or f r o m t h e centre o fthe forging;
pipes — i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 3.4.5 a n d 3.4.6.
S a m p l e s f o r i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n tests s h a l l be
t a k e n s i m i l a r l y t o t h o s e f o r tensile tests.
I n a n y case, schemes o f t a k i n g samples a n d
cutting o u t specimens shall be indicated o n t h e
sketch.
3.16.1.9 S c o p e o f t e s t s .
3.16.1.9.1 T y p e s o f t e s t s , t o w h i c h s t a i n l e s s s t e e l
can be subjected d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e , are given i n
T a b l e 3.16.1.9.1. Tests, t o w h i c h stainless steel
supplied under the Register technical supervision
s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d , a r e m a r k e d w i t h " + ".
A s a r u l e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o f stainless steel
are s u b m i t t e d f o r tests i n batches o r i n d i v i d u a l l y .
A batch shall consist o fsemi-finished products o f
the s a m e steel m a r k , t h e s a m e heat, t h e s a m e
c o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y , o n e s h a p e ( t y p e ) a n d size a n d
m a d e using t h e same p r o d u c t i o n process.
Forgings o f one batch shall be made according t o
the sketch a n d heat-treated i n o n e charge.
Pipes included i n the batch shall have the same
w a l l thickness.
Steel plates a n d forgings intended f o r use a t
t e m p e r a t u r e s b e l o w z e r o s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d f o r tests
individually.
P a r t XIII. Materials 75

T a b l e 3.16.1.1
C h e m i c a l composition o f stainless steel

Content o felements, %

Steel class a n d m a r k c,
max Si Mn P S Cr Ni Mo N Other

Martensitic
410 0,12 1,0 1,0 0,045 0,03 12,0 — 14,0 — — — —
420 0,17 1,0 1,0 0,045 0,03 12,0 — 14,0 — — — —
M a r t e n s i t e - ferritic
431 0,23 1,0 1,0 0,045 0,03 16,0 — 18,0 1,5 — 2,5 — — —
Ferritic
431Ti 0,1 1,0 1,0 0,045 0,03 16,0 — 18,0 — — — T i x C
Austenitic
304L 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 17,0 — 20,0 8,0—13,0 — 0,10 —
304LN 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 17,0 — 20,0 8,0—12,0 — 0,10 — 0 , 2 2 —
316L 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 16,0 — 18,5 10,0—15,0 2,0 — 3,0 0,10 —
316LN 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 16,0 — 18,5 10,0 — 14,5 2,0 — 3,0 0,10 — 0 , 2 2 —
317L 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 18,0 — 20,0 11,0—15,0 3,0 — 4,0 0,10 —
317LN 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 18,0 — 20,0 12,5—15,0 3,0 — 4,0 0,10 — 0 , 2 2 —
321 0,08 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 17,0 — 19,0 9,0 — 12,0 — 0,10 Ti>5xC«0,70
347 0,08 1,0 2,0 0,045 0,03 17,0 — 19,0 9,0—13,0 — 0,10 Nb>10xC«l,0
U N S S31254 0,02 0,8 1,0 0,03 0,01 19,5 — 20,5 17,5—18,5 6,0 — 6,5 0,18 — 0 , 2 2 C u 0 , 5 0 — 1,0
U N S N08904 0,02 1,0 2,0 0 , 0 4 0,025 19,0 — 23,0 23,0 — 2 8 , 0 4 , 0 — 5,0 0,15 C u 1,00 — 2,0
A u s t e n i t e - ferritic (duplex)
U N S S31260 0,03 0,75 1,0 0,03 0,03 24,0 — 26,0 5,5 — 7,5 2,5 — 3,5 0,10 — 0 , 3 0 C u 0,2 — 0,8
W 0 , 1 — 0,5
U N S S31803 0,03 1,0 2,0 0,03 0,02 21,0 — 23,0 4,5 — 6,5 2,5 — 3,5 0,08 — 0,20 —
U N S S32550 0,04 1,0 1,5 0,04 0,03 24,0 — 27,0 4,5 — 6,5 2,0 — 4,0* 0,10 — 0,25 C u 1,5 — 2,5
U N S S32750 0,03 0,8 1,2 0,035 0,02 24,0 — 26,0 6,0 — 8,0 3,0 — 5,0 0,24 — 0,32 C u 0,50, n o t m o r e
2
U N S S32760 0,03 1,0 1,0 0,03 0,01 24,0 — 26,0 6,0 — 8,0 3,0 — 4,0 0,20 — 0,30 C u 0 , 5 0 — 1,0
W 0 , 5 0 — 1,0

' F o r p i p e s c o n t e n t o f M o i s t a k e n e q u a l t o 2,90 t o 3,90.

2
F o r p i p e s c o n t e n t o f С i s «0,05.

National stainless steels

Content o f elements, %
Steel class a n d m a r k
Si, Mn, S, P,
max max Cr Ni Ti Mo max max

Martensitic
20X13 0,16 — 0,25 0,8 0,8 12,0 — 1 4 , 0 0,025 0,030
30X13 0,26 — 0,35 0,8 0,8 12,0 — 14,0 0,025 0,030
07X16Н4Б 0,05 — 0 , 1 0 0,6 0,2 — 0,5 14,0 — 16,5 3,5 — 4 , 5 N b 0,2 — 0,4 0,020 0,025
M a r t e n s i t e - ferritic
14X17H2 0,11—0,17 0,8 0,8 16,0—18,0 1,5 — 2,5 0,025 0,030
Ferritic
08X17T m a x 0,08 0,8 0,8 16,0—18,0 5 x С — 0,8 0,025 0,030
Austenite -
martensitic
08X17H6T m a x 0,08 0,8 0,8 16,5 — 18,0 5,5 — 6,5 0,15 — 0,35 0,020 0,035
Austenitic
08X18H10T m a x 0,08 0,8 2,0 17,0¬ 19,0 9 , 0 ¬ 11,0 5xC 0,7 0,020 0,035
12X18H10T m a x 0,12 0,8 2,0 17,0¬ 19,0 9 , 0 ¬ 11,0 5xC 0,8 0,020 0,035
10X17H13M3T m a x 0,10 0,8 2,0 18,0 12,0¬ - 1 4 , 0 5xC 0,7 3,0¬ -4,0 0,020 0,035
16,0¬
03X17H14M3 m a x 0,03 0,4 1,0 — 2 , 0 18,3 -15,0 2,2- -2,8 0,020 0,030
16,8¬ 13,5¬
A u s t e n i t e - ferritic
21,0¬ 5,3¬
08X22H6T m a x 0,08 0,8 0,8 23,0 -6,3 5xC -0,65 0,025 0,035
08X21H6M2T m a x 0,08 0,8 0,8 20,0¬ 22,0 5,5¬ - 6 , 5 0,20- 0,40 -2,5 0,025 0,035
03X22H6M2 m a x 0,03 0,4 1,0 — 2 , 0 2 1 , 0 - 23,0 5,5- -6,5 -2,5 0,020 0,035

Sizes o f batches, n u m b e r a n d p r o c e d u r e o f t a k i n g i n 3.16.2.3, f o rforgings — i n 3.16.3.3, f o r pipes — i n

samples f o r steel plates, sheet steel a n d bars a r e given 3.16.4.3.
76 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.16.1.9.1
T y p e s o f semi-finished products o f stainless steel tests

Steel class
Characteristics t o b e determined
M-l MF-2 F-3 AM-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 AF-8

M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s a t 2 0 °C:
tensile strength R m + + + + + + + +
y i e l d s t r e s s Rpo,2 + + + + + + + +
elongation A 5 + + + + + + + +
reduction i n area Z + + + + + + + +
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S a m e a toperating temperature + + + + + + + +
+ + + + — — — +
+ 2 0 c
I m p a c t t o u g h n e s s a t + 2 0 °C, K C V °
—
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Impact toughness ata temperature below K C V + + + + + + +
— — — —
1 1 1
Impact energy a ta temperature belowK V + + + +
2
Susceptibility t o intergranular corrosion + + + + + + + +
Macrostructure examination + + + + + + + +
— — — — —
1 1 1
a-phase examination + + +
— —
1 1 1 1 1
G r a i n size control + + + + + +
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Process tests + + + + + + + +
Non-destructive testing + + + + + + + +
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Control o fnon-metallic inclusion content + + + + + + + +
— — — —
1 1 1 1
D e t e r m i n a t i o n o r c o n f i r m a t i o n o f brittleness critical temperature + + + +
' W h e n specified i n the a p p r o v e d documentation.
2
O n l y f o r s t e e l m a r k 07Х16Н4Б.

3.16.1.9.2 T e s t s f o r t h e r e c o g n i z i n g a n e n t e r p r i s e
as a m a n u f a c t u r e r o f stainless steel i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h 3.16.1.3 shall b e carried o u t u n d e r a p r o g r a m
approved b y t h eRegister (refer t o 2.2.5.2.4, P a r t I I I
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a ­
terials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision during
Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o fMaterials
and Products f o r Ships) a n d generally shall include:
chemical analysis;
determination o f mechanical properties ( R ,
RpO,i, A , Z ) a t 2 0 °C a n d a d e s i g n t e m p e r a t u r e ;
5 3.16.2 R o l l e d p r o d u c t s .
determination o r c o n f i r m a t i o n o fthe critical brittle­
n e s s t e m p e r a t u r e ( e x c e p t f o r a u s t e n i t i c t y p e steels);
metallographic examination a n d macrostructure
e x a m i n a t i o n t o detect shrinkage cavities, bubbles,
n o n - m e t a l l i c i n c l u s i o n s , g r a i n size;
tests f o r susceptibility t o i n t e r g r a n u l a r , t h r o u g h ,
crevice, p i t t i n g c o r r o s i o n ;
determination o fa-phase a m o u n t (for austenitic
t y p e steels);
process tests ( r i n g e x p a n d i n g , f l a t t e n i n g , b e n d i n g ,
m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o b t a i n e d e v e n f o r o n e speci­
m e n , t h e blanks shall be subjected t o repeated heat
t r e a t m e n t a n d s u b m i t t e d f o r tests as n e w ones. N o t
m o r e than three complete heat treatments are
allowed.
3.16.1.10 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a ­
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
E v e r y s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t o f stainless steel
m shall have t h eRegister brand.
3.16.2.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s t a i n l e s s
steel plates, flats a n d sections w i t h a thickness u p t o
50 m m as w e l l as t o h o t - r o l l e d a n d f o r g e d steel o f
round, square o r rectangular section w i t h a diameter
or thickness u p t o 2 0 0 m m .
3.16.2.2 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f s t e e l a t 2 0 °C
shall n o t be w o r s e t h a n given i n T a b l e 3.16.2.2.
T a b l e 3.16.2.2
Mechanical properties o f stainless steel rolled products
Tensile strength Y i e l d stress Elongation A , 5

etc) a n d plasticity assessment i n case o f c o l d Steel class R , min,

m Рроз, m i n , min, %
stamping. MPa MPa

3.16.1.9.3 T e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e s , t y p e s a n d d i m e n ­ M-l 650 440 16

sions o f specimens shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e require­ 850 735 13
ments o fSection 2 o f the present P a r t o rn a t i o n a l a n d MF-2 690 540 12
international standards recognized b y t h e Register. F-3 440 — 18
A-5 440 175 45
Retests a i m i n g t o check mechanical properties 490 195 35
s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.5.2. A-6 440 185 40
D u r i n g retests those characteristics s h a l l b e deter­ 510 200 35
m i n e d , f o rw h i c h negative results were obtained. A-7 650 300 35
AF-8 580 340 20
I n case o f n e g a t i v e results o f i n t e r g r a n u l a r 650 450 25
c o r r o s i o n tests a n d retests f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f 760 550 15
P a r t XIII. Materials 11

I n determining mechanical properties o f rolled W e l d i n g , c o n t r o l o f welded areas a n d heat

products (bars) using transverse specimens, t h e
requirements m a y be reduced i n accordance w i t h
the provisions o f n a t i o n a l o r i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
3.16.2.3 S c o p e o f t e s t s .
T h e n u m b e r o f s a m p l e s a n d b a t c h size f o r r o l l e d
products shall be determined i n the following way:
f o r steel plates a n d w i d e flats ( > 6 0 0 m m ) m o r e
t h a n 2 0 m m i n thickness, m o r e t h a n 10 m l o n g a n d
m o r e t h a n 5 tons i n mass samples are t a k e n f r o m
b o t h e n d s o f e a c h r o l l e d p r o d u c t . I n o t h e r cases, a
sample is taken f r o m o n e e n d o f t h e rolled product;
f o r steel p l a t e s a n d w i d e f l a t s ( > 6 0 0 m m ) less
t h a n 2 0 m m i n thickness, samples are t a k e n f r o m o n e
end o f the plate o f the batch containing n o t m o r e
t h a n 2 0 plates;
f o r r o l l e d steel, samples a r e t a k e n f r o m b o t h ends
o f each roll;
f o r steel plates a n d sections, samples a r e t a k e n
t r e a t m e n t ( i f necessary) shall be p e r f o r m e d according
to t h emanufacturer's d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e
surveyor t o the Register w i t h the following m a r k i n g
o f welded areas i n t h e Certificate.
3.16.3 F o r g i n g s .
3.16.3.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s e m i - f i n i s h e d
products manufactured b y forging a n d h o t stamping.
3.16.3.2 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f f o r g i n g s a n d
stampings, t o w h i c h intergranular corrosion require­
ments apply, shall n o t be lower than that given i n
Table 3.16.3.2-1. Mechanical properties o f forgings
and stampings, t o w h i c h intergranular corrosion
requirements d o n o t apply, shall meet the require­
m e n t s o f T a b l e 3.16.3.2-2.
T a b l e 3.16.3.2-1
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f stainless steel forgings a n d stampings,
to which intergranular corrosion requirements apply
Tensile strength Y i e l d stress Elongation A , 5

f r o m o n e e n d o f o n e semi-finished product o f the Steel class R , min, M P a

m Рроз, m i n , min, %
b a t c h c o n t a i n i n g n o t m o r e t h a n 5 0 pieces, h a v i n g a MPa
mass n o t m o r e t h a n 5 t. M-l 880 690 12
Plates that v a r y i n thickness b y n o t m o r e t h a n 5 MF-2 690 540 12
m m m a ybe combined i n o n e batch. AM-4 730 540 12
A-5 490 190 38
A s a rule, t h e following specimens shall be A-6 510 210 38
p r e p a r e d f r o m each s a m p l e o f steel plates, w i d e flats AF-8 590 340 17
a n d bars:
o n e s p e c i m e n f o r tensile test;
t w o s p e c i m e n s f o r i m p a c t t o u g h n e s s test; T a b l e 3.16.3.2-2
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f stainless steel forgings a n d stampings
o n e set o f specimens ( a t least t w o pieces) f o r
to which intergranular corrosion requirements d o not apply
a u s t e n i t i c steels, t w o sets o f s p e c i m e n s ( a t least f o u r
pieces) f o r austenitic — ferritic a n d austenitic — Tensile Y i e l d stress Elongation A , 5

Steel class strength R , Pp0,2, m i n , min, %

m a r t e n s i t i c steels, o n e o f w h i c h i s a c h e c k s p e c i m e n , m

min, M P a MPa
f o r i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n tests;
M-l 650 440 13
at least o n e t e m p l a t e f o rm a c r o s t r u c t u r e c o n t r o l .
MF-2 690 540 12
3.16.2.4 I n s p e c t i o n . AM-4 730 630 10
A l l t h eplates a n d rods o f the batch shall undergo 880 730 12
surface inspection a n d v e r i f i c a t i o n o f dimensions.
R o l l e d p r o d u c t s s h a l l n o t h a v e a n y defects p r e v e n t i n g
t h e m f r o m use f o r intended applications. T h e absence I n the a b o v e tables m e c h a n i c a l properties d e t e r m i n e d
o f defects s h a l l b e t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o n l o n g i t u d i n a l specimens a r e given f o r semi-finished
a n d m a y be p r o v e d b y non-destructive testing. N o n ­ products, t h e diameter (thickness) o f w h i c h does n o t
destructive testing shall be performed according t o exceed 300 m m . M e c h a n i c a l properties o f bigger forgings
national standards. Surface imperfections resulted are specified b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r i n accordance w i t h t h e
f r o m t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g process used are permitted, acting standards a n d subject t o agreement w i t h t h e
provided they are within permissible limits, counting Register.
f r o m the n o m i n a l thickness. I n determining mechanical properties o f forgings
D e f e c t i v e areas m a y b e w e l d e d i n cases w h e r e t h e using transverse, radial o r tangential specimens t h e
d e p t h o f t h e c h i p p e d areas after r e c t i f y i n g defects requirements f o r mechanical properties m a y be
does n o t exceed 2 0 % o f the n o m i n a l thickness o f the reduced i n accordance w i t h provisions o f n a t i o n a l
billet, a n d the t o t a l chipped area does n o t exceed 2 % o f and international standards o r b y values given i n
the t o t a l area o f the billet. W h e r e projections o f w e l d e d T a b l e 3.16.3.2-3.
a r e a s c o i n c i d e i n t h i c k n e s s o n b o t h sides o f t h e b l a n k , 3.16.3.3 S c o p e o f t e s t s .
the permissible chipped areas shall n o t exceed i n t o t a l T h e n u m b e r o f s a m p l e s a n d b a t c h size o f stainless
t h e d e p t h p e r m i s s i b l e o n o n e side t h e billet. steel f o r g i n g s a n d s t a m p i n g s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d as
follows:
78 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.16.3.2-3 After welding the location o f all repairs a n d the

Permissible reduction o fmechanical properties
results o f inspection shall be s h o w n i nt h e d r a w i n g o r
when using transverse, radial a n d tangential specimens, i n %
sketch o f the forging a n d annexed t o the Certificate.
Specimen type
3.16.4 P i p e s .
Tangential 3.16.4.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o h o t - a n d
Mechanical specimens for ingots c o l d - f o r m e d pipes o f stainless steel.
properties Trans­ Radial having diameter 3.16.4.2 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f p i p e s s h a l l n o t
verse (thickness), m m
be l o w e r t h a n t h a t g i v e n i n T a b l e 3.16.4.2.
under over T a b l e 3.16.4.2
300 300
Tensile strength Y i e l d stress Elongation A , 5

Y i e l d s t r e s s Rpo,2,m
M P a 10 10 5,0 5,0 Steel class R , min, M P a
m Рроз, m i n , min, %
Tensile strength R , i nM P a m 10 10 5,0 5,0 MPa
Elongation A , in % 5 50 35 25 30
A-5 490 175 30
Reduction i n area Z ,i n % 50 40 25 30
2
549 186 35
Impact toughness KCV, in J / c m 50 40 25 30
A-6 490 185 30
529 216 30
N o t e s : 1. F o r forgings o f "ring" type w i t h a diameter
AF-8 580 200 20
m o r e t h a n 1000 m m p r o d u c e d b y d r a w i n g , t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
mechanical properties obtained i n testing tangential specimens 690 450 25
are b a s e d o n t h erequirements f o r longitudinal specimens. 760 550 15
2
2. I n a n y c a s e i m p a c t t o u g h n e s s s h a l l n o t b e l e s s t h a n 30 J / c m 800 550 25
a n d e l o n g a t i o n s h a l l n o t b e l e s s t h a n 9 %.

3.16.4.3 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
for forgings a n d stampings o f 2 0 k g i n mass o r T h e size o f t h e b a t c h s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d as f o l l o w s :
less — f r o m o n e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t o f t h e b a t c h w h e r e t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r i s 7 6 m m a n d less
consisting o f n o t m o r e t h a n 3 0 pieces. S a m p l e s a r e — 3 0 0 pieces;
taken f r o m o n e end o f the semi-finished product; where the outside diameter is over 76 m m
for forgings a n d stampings h a v i n g a mass f r o m — 2 0 0 pieces.
20 t o 1000 k g — f r o m o n e semi-finished p r o d u c t o f Samples are t a k e n f r o m o n e e n d o f a t least t w o
the b a t c h c o n s i s t i n g o f n o t m o r e t h a n 1 0 pieces. pipes o f t h e batch.
Samples are taken f r o m o n e e n d o fthe semi-finished Unless expressly specified otherwise b y t h e
product; Register o r standards, t h e following specimens shall
for forgings a n d stampings o fm o r e t h a n 1000 k g be t a k e n f r o m each sample:
in mass — f r o m each forging. W h e r e a length is 3 m for tensile test — 1 specimen;
and m o r e , f r o m b o t h ends o f each forging. for flattening o r expansion o f rings — 1 specimen;
Forgings made according t o different drawings for flaring — 1 specimen;
but close i n shape a n d v a r y i n g i n section b y n o t m o r e for i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n test o f pipes m a d e o f
than 25 % m a ybe combined i n o n e batch. austenitic steel — 1 set o f specimens ( a t least
A s a rule, t h e following specimens shall be 2 pieces); f o r pipes o f austenitic + ferritic pipes —
prepared f r o m each sample: 2 sets o f s p e c i m e n s ( a t least 4 pieces), o n e o f w h i c h i s
for tensile test — o n e specimen; a c h e c k set;
for i m p a c t toughness — t w o specimens; each pipe shall be subjected t o a h y d r a u l i c
for i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n test — f o u r speci­ pressure test a n d u l t r a s o n i c testing.
mens, t w o o f w h i c h are check specimens; 3.16.4.4 I n s p e c t i o n .
for m a c r o s t r u c t u r e c o n t r o l — a t least o n e specimen. A l l pipes a n d tubes shall u n d e r g o external a n d
3.16.3.4 I n s p e c t i o n . i n t e r n a l e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e surface. Absence o f
A l l forgings a n d stampings o f the batch are i n a d m i s s i b l e defects shall be g u a r a n t e e d b y t h e t h e
subject t o inspection o f a surface a n d dimensions. manufacturer a n d p r o v e d b y non-destructive testing.
A b s e n c e o f i n a d m i s s i b l e defects shall be g u a r a n t e e d
by t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d m a y be p r o v e d b y n o n ­
destructive testing, i f specified b y o r d e r specification. 3.17 C L A D S T E E L
W e l d i n g o f defects is subject t o special considera­
t i o n b y t h e R e g i s t e r i n each p a r t i c u l a r case a n d is
generally restricted t o t h e rectification o f t h e defects 3.17.1 G e n e r a l .
o f m i n o r n a t u r e a n d i n a r e a s o f l o w w o r k i n g stresses. 3.17.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s c o v e r s t e e l
The repairing technique a n d testing procedure are plates o f low-alloy m e t a l coated w i t h a t h i n layer o f
subject t o t h e Register agreement. stainless steel o n o n e o r b o t h sides a n d i n t e n d e d f o r
P a r t XIII. Materials
t a n k s a n d vessels being subject t o t h e Register
t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n , as w e l l as f o r ice s t r a k e s o f
icebreakers, arctic ice class ships, m o b i l e o f f s h o r e
drilling units and fixed offshore platforms.
3.17.1.2 C l a d steel s h a l l be m a n u f a c t u r e d u n d e r t h e
Register supervision by the manufacturers recognized
i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.
The Register representative carrying o u t the
technical supervision at the manufacturer's o f clad
steel plates, w h i c h has n o f o u n d r y f o r a l l the
i n g r e d i e n t s o f c l a d steel, s h a l l be p r o v i d e d w i t h t h e
certificates o f the billets m a n u f a c t u r e r . T h e surveyor
may d e m a n d surveying a n d recognizing the suppliers
o f billets f o r clad steel m a n u f a c t u r i n g .
3.17.1.3 H u l l s t r u c t u r a l r o l l e d p r o d u c t s o f В t o
F G r a d e s w i t h a y i e l d stress f r o m 2 3 5 M P a t o 6 9 0 M P a
s h a l l be u s e d as base m a t e r i a l o f c l a d steel i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2, 3.5, 3.13
a n d 3.14. T h e steel s h a l l be selected i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h t h e s t r u c t u r e f u n c t i o n ( r e f e r t o 1.2, P a r t I I
" H u l l " o f t h e p r e s e n t R u l e s a n d 1.5, P a r t I I " H u l l " o f
the Rules for the Classification, Construction and
E q u i p m e n t o f M O D U / F O P ) reasoning f r o m the
d e s i g n s e r v i c e t e m p e r a t u r e o f t h e m a t e r i a l Td, t h e
f u n c t i o n o f a structural m e m b e r (special o r p r i m a r y ) ,
the base m a t e r i a l thickness, requirements f o r
Z-properties and loading conditions.
I n cases n o t specified i n T a b l e 1.5.1.2, P a r t I I
" H u l l " o f the Rules for the Classification, Construc­
t i o n a n d E q u i p m e n t o f M O D U / F O P the selection o f
t h e base m a t e r i a l steel grade shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e ­
m e n t s o f 3.17.4.1.9 a n d 3 . 1 7 . 4 . 1 . 1 1 , 3.2 a n d 3.5 o f t h e
p r e s e n t P a r t , as w e l l as t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2,
P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f the Rules for the Classifica­
tion, Construction and Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
T h e base m e t a l shall be o v e r 10 m m t h i c k .
A u s t e n i t i c o r a u s t e n i t i c - f e r r i t i c stainless steels
(classes A a n d A F ) h a v i n g a c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n
a n d properties m e e t i n g the requirements o f 3.16 shall
be u s e d as t h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l .
T h e use o f o t h e r b r a n d s o f corrosion-resistant
m a t e r i a l s as t h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l s h a l l be a p p r o v e d b y
t h e R e g i s t e r as p a r t o f t h e s u b m i t t e d n o r m a t i v e
technical documentation o f the product. T h e n o m i n a l
t h i c k n e s s o f t h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l s h a l l be n o t less t h a n
2 mm.
T h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l shall be chosen considering
the specific o p e r a t i o n a l c o n d i t i o n s .
3.17.1.4 H o t (pack) r o l l i n g , e x p l o s i o n w e l d i n g ,
o v e r l a y r o l l i n g o r a c o m b i n a t i o n t h e r e o f m a y be used
for plate cladding.
3.17.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
properties.
3.17.2.1 T h e chemical c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n ­
ical properties o f the base m e t a l shall m e e t the
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2, 3.5, 3.13 a n d 3.14.
79
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, s a m p l i n g a n d the base
m e t a l testing shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h
the requirements o f the above chapters.
3.17.2.2 T h e chemical c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n ­
ical properties o f the cladding m e t a l shall meet the
requirements o f 3.16.
3.17.2.3 T h e use o f clad steel f o r specific
o p e r a t i o n a l c o n d i t i o n s shall be agreed i n each
p a r t i c u l a r case.
3.17.3 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
3.17.3.1 Plates w i t h stainless steel c l a d d i n g s h a l l
be supplied i n as-rolled c o n d i t i o n a n d m a y be heat-
treated t o ensure the properties o f the base m e t a l . I n
this case t h e c o r r o s i o n resistance o f t h e c l a d d i n g
m e t a l after heat treatment shall meet the require­
m e n t s o f 3.16. T h e type o f heat t r e a t m e n t shall m e e t
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f s t a n d a r d s a n d s h a l l be a p p r o v e d
by the Register at the initial survey o f the m a n u ­
facturer.
3.17.4 S c o p e o f testing.
3.17.4.1 T h e scope o f testing a t t h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y o f
the m a n u f a c t u r e r shall be d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e p r o ­
g r a m m e developed i n compliance w i t h the requirements
o f 2.2.1.3.1, P a r t I I I "Technical Supervision during
Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships and M a n u ­
facture o f M a t e r i a l s a n d Products f o r Ships. T h e
p r o g r a m m e shall be agreed w i t h the Register.
T h e f o l l o w i n g types o f tests m a y a d d i t i o n a l l y be
carried out:
tensile test o n the full thickness clad plate test
specimen;
b e n d test o n the clad test specimens;
shear test o n the c l a d d i n g m e t a l ;
resistance o f the cladding m e t a l against inter­
granular corrosion;
test f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e base m a t e r i a l Z - p r o p e r t i e s ;
test f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e base m a t e r i a l c r a c k
resistance.
3.17.4.1.1 S t r e n g t h i n tensile test o n t h e full
thickness clad plates.
T h e tensile test o n the full thickness clad plate
test specimens shall be p e r f o r m e d f o r d e t e r m i n i n g the
tensile s t r e n g t h a n d y i e l d stress o f c l a d steel. W i t h t h e
t o t a l t h i c k n e s s o f less t h a n 2 0 m m t h e c l a d p l a t e i n
tensile test shall m e e t the f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t :
R ^ Rt 0 0 + R„t„ (3.17.4.1.1)
where R = n o m i n a l value o f tensile strength o r yield stress o f the
clad plate, N / m m ; 2
До, R = n o m i n a l v a l u e o f t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h R o r y i e l d s t r e s s
n
R
m
o,2 (Рв, Стод) f o r b a s e m e t a l a n d c l a d d i n g m e t a l ,
respectively, N / m m ; 2
t, t = n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s o f b a s e m a t e r i a l a n d c l a d d i n g
a n
metal, respectively, m m ;
t = n o m i n a l thickness o f the clad plate, m m .
80 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.17.4.1.2 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f p l y b o n d s t r e n g t h . test specimens t a k e n f r o m each plate i n t h e t h r o u g h base

T h e b e n d test o n t h e clad test specimens shall be material thickness direction o f a clad plate shall comprise
performed f o r t h e qualitative assessment o f b o n d a t l e a s t 3 5 % w i t h o n e t e s t r e s u l t a l l o w e d b e l o w 3 5 %,
resistance o f t h e base m a t e r i a l a n d cladding m e t a l . b u t n o t less t h a n 2 5 %.
N o separations o fthe cladding i n bending shall be a F o r M O D U a n d F O P p r i m a r y structures t h e
p e r f o r m a n c e c r i t e r i o n . T h r e e test specimens shall be average value o f t h e reduction i n area Z o f three z

t a k e n f r o m e a c h p l a t e e n d f o r b e n d test. O n e b e n d tested specimens shall c o m p r i s e a t least 2 5 % w i t h

test shall b e carried o u t w i t h t h ec l a d d i n g m e t a l o n o n e test r e s u l t a l l o w e d b e l o w 2 5 %, b u t n o t less t h a n
t h e t e n s i o n e d side a n d a n o t h e r w i t h t h e c l a d d i n g 15 %.
l a y e r o n t h e c o m p r e s s e d side. T h e t h i r d test s p e c i m e n Z-steel f o r t h e clad steel base m a t e r i a l s h a l l
shall be subject t o transverse bending w i t h t h e comply with the requirements o f 3.14 f o rZ 3 5 a n d
c l a d d i n g v e r t i c a l l y oriented. T h e procedure f o r test Z 2 5 g r a d e steels. T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
specimens' p r e p a r a t i o n a n d test p e r f o r m a n c e shall clad steel p l y b o n d s t r e n g t h s h a l l b e a p p r o v e d b y t h e
comply with the manufacturer's documentation, Register.
national o r international standards. I f t h e v a l u e Z o b t a i n e d is b e l o w t h e specified
z

3.17.4.1.3 S h e a r t e s t o n t h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l . m i n i m u m v a l u e o r i f o n e i n d i v i d u a l test r e s u l t i s less

T w o test specimens shall b e t a k e n f r o m each t h a n t h e specified o n e ,a d d i t i o n a l tests o n three n e w
plate e n df o r shear testing. T h e specimen axis shall be test specimens shall b e carried o u t . T h e average o f the
transverse t o t h e rolling direction. r e s u l t s o f t h e s i x t e s t s s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h e
T h e test shall b e p e r f o r m e d a c c o r d i n g t o G O S T specified value. N o i n d i v i d u a l result f r o m t h e three
10885, A S T M 2 6 4 o r D I N 50162. T h e shear strength n e w series s h a l l b e less t h a n t h e s p e c i f i e d m i n i m u m
shall b e a t least 1 4 0 N / m m . 2
value.
3.17.4.1.4 R e s i s t a n c e a g a i n s t i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o ­ 3.17.4.1.6 T h e c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e o f t h e b a s e
sion. m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e defined i n tests f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
The cladding m e t a l shall be resistant t o inter­ following parameters:
granular corrosion. .1 d u c t i l e - b r i t t l e t r a n s i t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e T ;
kb

T h e c o r r o s i o n resistance tests f o r clad steel s h a l l .2 n i l - d u c t i l i t y t e m p e r a t u r e N T D .

be carried o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h a n a t i o n a l o r The above temperatures shall be determined i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a n d a r d . I n a n y case t h e test p r o c e d u r e accordance w i t h Section 2, Part X I I "Materials"o f
shall be p r e l i m i n a r y agreed w i t h t h e Register. the Rules f o r t h e Classification, Construction a n d
T h e resistance against i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n shall Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
be checked f o r each m e t a l h e a t used f o r cladding. 3.17.4.1.7 T e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t e m p e r a t u r e Т .№

3.17.4.1.5 Z - p r o p e r t i e s . The temperature Т is the temperature o f a

№

Z - p r o p e r t i e s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d i n c l a d steel w i t h ductile-brittle transition a n d is defined b y a 7 0 % f i b r o u s

the base m a t e r i a l 2 0 m m t o 100 m m t h i c k a n d a yield c o m p o n e n t i n t h e fracture o f a full thickness test
stress o f u p t o 6 9 0 M P a i n c l u s i v e . specimen. T h e tests p e r f o r m e d f o r d e t e r m i n i n g T kb

P r i o r t o test specimens' p r e p a r a t i o n f o r d e t e r m i n ­ allow t o evaluate t h e temperature o f brittle crack

ing t h e Z-properties, t h e cladding m e t a l shall be stopping T i n a full thickness m e t a l ( f r o m 14 t o
br

completely removed. 100 m m ) p r o v i d e d t h a t

The Z-properties criterion is the value o f the
Г ь . > 0 , 9 Г » - 1 0 °C.
reduction i n cross-sectional area i n testing a cylind­
rical test specimen f o ra x i a l t e n s i o n t o failure. T h e Test specimens f o rdetermining t h e T value f o r №

specimen shall be c u t o u t so that its l o n g i t u d i n a l axis clad steel s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d f r o m t h e f u l l thickness

is p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e p l a t e p l a n e a n d i t s c e n t e r i s t h e base m a t e r i a l after t h e r e m o v a l o fcladding a n d t h e
center o f t h e base m e t a l thickness. part o f the base m a t e r i a l n o m o r e t h a n 0,5 m m t h i c k
o n t h e c l a d d i n g side.
N o t e . Selecting t h e test s p e c i m e n s t a n d a r d size, t w o k e y
factors shall b e considered: T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r tests p e r f o r m a n c e s h a l l b e
p a r a l l e l l e n g t h d i a m e t e r d\ agreed w i t h t h e Register.
r e p e t i t i o n f a c t o r l/d o r t h e p a r a l l e l l e n g t h I t o d i a m e t e r d r a t i o . Samples f o r test specimen p r e p a r a t i o n f o r deter­
M i n i m u m v a l u e s : а^ =Л п mm; l n i n = l,5rf.
T h e u s e o f rfmin a n d 1^ a l l o w s t o p r e p a r e a s o l i d s p e c i m e n o f m i n i n g T shall be t a k e n i n areas w h i c h are t h e
kb

4 m m i n diameter without welded extensions a t the metal nearest t o t h e areas o f sampling f o r determining
t h i c k n e s s w i t h i n 18 m m t o 2 7 m m . T h e s o l i d s p e c i m e n o f 6 m m i n mechanical properties o f the base m e t a l .
d i a m e t e r m a y b e u s e d f o r t h e m e t a l t h i c k n e s s w i t h i n 27 m m t o
45 m m , a n d o f 10 m m i n d i a m e t e r , o v e r 4 5 m m . T h e test specimens' thickness shall c o r r e s p o n d t o
the base m a t e r i a l thickness after t h e r e m o v a l o f
F o r M O D U a n d F O P special p u r p o s e structures t h e cladding w i t h other dimensions being i n the o p t i m u m
average value o f the relative reduction o f area 2^ o f three relationship w i t h thickness:
P a r t XIII. Materials 81

test specimen height: W = 3 b + 3 m m ; f o r t e m p e r a t u r e NTD:

length: Z = 404-5=135±1O m m ; N T D ^ T f o r thickness
d 15 m m ;
n o t c h d e p t h : a = l/3W=d± 1 mm; N T D < T d — 1 0 °C f o r t h i c k n e s s
distance between supports a t three-point bend­ 15 m m < t < 2 0 m m ;
ing: /=4Ж=125±10 m m ; N T D < T d — 2 0 °C f o r t h i c k n e s s
+ 0 5
notch radius: R = 3 ' m m a t metal thickness o f 20 m m < t < 30 m m ;
up t o 3 2m minclusive; N T D < T d — 2 5 °C f o r t h i c k n e s s
R =3 + 2
m m a t m e t a l thickness o f over 3 2 m m ; 30 m m < t < 4 0 m m .
notch w i d t h is a technological quantity i f the 3.17.4.1.10 F o r t h e s p e c i a l m e m b e r s o f i c e s t r a k e
notch is made w i t h gas cutting. structures n o t covered b y t h e requirements o f
T h e value o fthe temperature Т obtained shall № 3.17.4.1.9 a n d f o r t h e p r i m a r y m e m b e r s exposed t o
be c o n f i r m e d b y testing o f three test specimens. I f t h e cyclic ice loads, w i n d - w a v e a n d seismic loads, t h e
fracture contains 7 0± 5 % o f the fibrous component c o n d i t i o n b e l o w s h a l l o n l y b e o b s e r v e d f o r NTD:
i n t w o o f t h r e e cases, t h e g i v e n t e m p e r a t u r e i s N T D ^ T f o r thickness f < 3 0 m m ;
d

assumed as T . kb
3.17.4.1.8 D r o p w e i g h t t e s t f o r d e t e r m i n i n g n i l -
ductility temperature N T D .
The N T D is the temperature at which standard
test specimens w i t h a brittle n o t c h e d w e l d deposit fail
i n a n i m p a c t test. T h e s p e c i m e n d e f l e c t i o n i n t e s t i n g
shall be bounded w i t h a stop a n dbe i n compliance
with A S T M E208.
T h e test specimens f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e c l a d steel
NTD s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d f r o m t h e b a s e m e t a l . I n t h i s c a s e
the tensioned surface o f t h e specimen shall coincide w i t h
the base m a t e r i a l surface, w h i c h i s opposite t o t h e
cladding, a n d shall r e m a i n i n the initial condition.
T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r specimens p r e p a r a t i o n , speci­
m e n types, equipment, jigs a n d fixtures, i n s t r u m e n t a ­
t i o n a n d correctness conditions f o rt h eN T D values
obtained shall meet t h e requirements o f 2.3, P a r t X I I
"Materials" o f the Rules f o r the Classification,
Construction and Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
T h e procedure f o r d r o p w e i g h t test f o r N T D
determining shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.17.4.1.9 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c l a d s t e e l b a s e m e t a l
for temperatures T a n d N T D . kb
F o r t h e special m e m b e r s o f ice strake structures
directly exposed t o d y n a m i c ice o r seismic loads o f
w h i c h t h e m a t e r i a l shall effectively stop a brittle
crack a t t h e design service t e m p e r a t u r e T, t h e d 3.17.4.1.12.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s c o v e r w e l d e d
conditions below shall be observed:
for temperature Т : № F O P special a n d p r i m a r y structures m a d e o f clad
\ , \ T + 1 0 °C f o r m e t a l t h i c k n e s s o f 1 4 m m
d
to 100 m m ;
C T O D values f o r clad steel base metal depending o n steel thickness a n d strength level f o r special structures m e m b e r s
N T D ^ T d — 1 0 °C f o r t h i c k n e s s
15 m m < t < 2 0 m m .
3.17.4.1.11 S t e e l s w i t h c r a c k r e s i s t a n c e p r o p e r t i e s
specified.
T h e c l a d steel f o r structures used a t l o w e n v i r o n ­
m e n t a l t e m p e r a t u r e s o f d o w n t o — 5 0 °C m a y b e t e s t e d
f o r d e t e r m i n i n g a crack resistance p a r a m e t e r C T O D
being the critical value o f a crack opening displacement,
i n m m , a n d associated w i t h a certain k i n d o f crack
extension a t static loading.
T h e test f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e C T O D shall b e
p e r f o r m e d o n t h e test specimens c u t f r o m t h e base
metal after t h er e m o v a l o fcladding a n dt h epart o f
the base m e t a l n o t m o r e t h a n 0,5 m m thick.
T h e C T O D test shall b e carried o u t a c c o r d i n g t o
the procedure agreed w i t h t h e Register according t o
the requirements o f2.2, P a r t X I I "Materials" o f the
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P o r i n international
s t a n d a r d s , e.g. B S 7 4 4 8 , P a r t 2 .
T h e requirements f o r t h e C T O D values f o r clad
steel base m e t a l f o r special a n d p r i m a r y structures
shall n o t be l o w e r t h a n those i nTables 3.17.4.1.11-1
a n d 3.17.4.1.11-2.
3.17.4.1.12 A d d i t i o n a l t e s t s o f w e l d e d j o i n t s f o r
ice s t r a k e structures.
joints o f t h e ice strake members o f M O D U a n d
steel a n d i n t e n d e d f o r o p e r a t i o n a t l o w t e m p e r a t u r e s
a n d exposured t o d y n a m i c a n d seismic loads.
T a b l e 3.17.4.1.11-1

Thickness, Strength level ( m i n i m u m yield stress required, M P a )

mm, not
more than 315 355 390 420 460 500 550 620 690

20 0,08 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20
30 0,08 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25
40 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,35
50 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45
f o r m a l s t r e n g t h level steel.
82 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 3.17.4.1.11-2
C T O D values for clad steel base metal depending o n steel thickness a n d strength level for p r i m a r y structures m e m b e r s ,
as well a s for H A Z base metal o f special structures m e m b e r s

Thickness, Strength level ( m i n i m u m yield stress required, M P a )

mm not
l
more than 315 355 390 420 460 500 550 620 690

20 0,08 0,08 0,08 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15
30 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20
40 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25
50 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 0,25 0,30
f o r m a l s t r e n g t h level steel.

3.17.4.1.12.2 W e l d e d j o i n t s o f c l a d s t e e l s h a l l b e
made a n d checked i n compliance w i t h t h e general
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " o f t h e
present R u l e s , as w e l l as o f 2 . 1 t o 2 . 5 , 2.6.1.4 a n d
2.9.3, P a r t X I I " W e l d i n g " o f t h e R u l e s f o r t h e
Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f
M O D U / F O P . T h e ice strake structures o f clad steel
shall be welded w i t h theuse o f the Register-approved
welding consumables produced at the Register-
recognized manufacturers. T h e welding consumables
for t h e base m a t e r i a l shall m e e t t h e requirements o f
4.1, 4.2, 4.5 a n d 4.6, a n d f o rt h e cladding metal, the
requirements o f 4.8, Part X I V "Welding" o f the
present Rules.
3.17.4.1.12.3 T h e w e l d e d j o i n t s o f c l a d s t e e l ,
w h i c h c o m p l y w i t h 3.17.4.1.12.1 a n d 3.17.4.1.12.2,
m a y be a d d i t i o n a l l y tested f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e crack
resistance p a r a m e t e r C T O D a n d t h e resistance against
intergranular corrosion.
3.17.4.1.12.4 S a m p l e s f o r p r e p a r i n g t e s t s p e c i -
m e n s f o r C T O D tests s h a l l be t a k e n f r o m t h e w e l d e d
b u t t j o i n t s o f c l a d steel. F o r t h i s p u r p o s e , t h e
cladding metal, including t h e o n e deposited o n the
weld, shall be r e m o v e d after welding.
I n o r d e r t o d e t e r m i n e t h e crack resistance o f t h e
H A Z , t h e bevel w e l d i n g (double-bevel o r single-bevel
groove) is recommended w h i c h allows t o arrange a
crack front i n the proper layer o f the H A Z . T h e
welding procedure shall be approved b y t h e Register.
T h e C T O D tests o f t h e test specimens p r e p a r e d i n
this w a y shall be carried o u t i n compliance w i t h the
requirements o f 2.2, Part X I I "Materials" o f the
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d
Equipment o f M O D U / F O P .
3.17.4.1.12.5 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r t h e C T O D
values o f t h e heat-affected z o n e m e t a l f o r special
structures members depending o n t h e thickness a n d
s t r e n g t h level o f t h e clad steel base m e t a l s h a l l b e n o t
less t h a n t h o s e i n T a b l e 3 . 1 7 . 4 . 1 . 1 1 - 2 .
N o t e . T h e tests o fclad steel w e l d e d joints f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
the crack resistance parameter C T O D t o t h e extent o f t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.17.4.1.12.3, 3.17.4.1.12.4 a n d 3.17.4.1.12.5
m a y b e ignored, a n dt h e results obtained o n t h e base metal
welded joints m a y b e considered i n certification.
3.17.4.1.12.6 T h e t e s t s p e c i m e n s f o r c h e c k i n g t h e
clad steel w e l d e d j o i n t s resistance against i n t e r g r a -
nular corrosion shall be c u t f r o m the cladding metal
o f the welded butt joints i n such a w a y that the
cladding H A Z is i n t h emiddle o fthe specimen i n the
f o r m o f a plate dimensioned 2 x 25 x 80 m m . T h e
accelerated tests o f these specimens f o r t h e resistance
against intergranular corrosion shall be performed i n
the s a m e m a n n e r as specified i n 3.17.4.1.4 f o r t h e
cladding metal, a n d then they shall be bent t h r o u g h
the angle meeting t o t h e n a t i o n a l o r international
standard requirements. T h e presence o f cracks o n t h e
t e n s i o n e d side o f t h e specimen evidences t h e t e n d e n c y
to intergranular c o r r o s i o n while t h e cracks absence
shows t h e i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n resistance.
3.17.4.1.12.7 T h e w e l d e d j o i n t s r e s i s t a n c e a g a i n s t
intergranular corrosion shall be checked f o r each
welding process f o r each batch o f clad plates w h i c h
have the cladding f r o m one batch a n daremade i n the
same manner.
3.17.4.1.12.8 T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r t e s t i n g w e l d e d
j o i n t s f o r t h e resistance against i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o -
sion shall be previously agreed w i t h t h e Register.
3.17.4.2 T h e t e s t s s c o p e d u r i n g s t e e l m a k i n g a t t h e
Register-recognized m a n u f a c t u r e r shall be deter-
mined i n accordance w i t h the Register-approved
documentation considering the additional contract
requirements, i f any.
3.17.4.2.1 T h e t e s t s s c o p e f o r t h e b a s e m e t a l o f
n o r m a l a n d h i g h e r s t r e n g t h steels s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f 3.2, a n d o f higher strength
G r a d e F steel, w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.5, o f h i g h
s t r e n g t h steel, w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.13 a n d o f
steel w i t h specified t h r o u g h thickness properties, w i t h
the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.14.
3.17.4.2.2 B e s i d e s t h e a b o v e , t e s t i n g c a n b e
performed t o t h e following extent:
determination o f plybond strength i n bending
three test specimens. O n e specimen i s bent w i t h t h e
c l a d d i n g o n t h e t e n s i o n e d side a n d a n o t h e r , w i t h t h e
c l a d d i n g o n t h e c o m p r e s s e d side. T h e t h i r d o n e s h a l l
be tested f o r transverse b e n d i n g w i t h t h e c l a d d i n g
vertically oriented;
P a r t XIII. Materials
determination o fshear strength o f t h e cladding;
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e cladding m e t a l resistance
against i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n according t o 3.17.4.1.4;
all t h e plates a r e subject t o t h e u l t r a s o n i c testing o f
the c o n t i n u i t y o f the cladding a n d base m e t a l adhesion
o v e r t h e entire surface o f t h e plate. T h e c o n t i n u i t y
characteristics a n d t h e ultrasonic testing m e t h o d shall
comply w i t h the requirements o f t h e manufacturer's
d o c u m e n t a t i o n , n a t i o n a l o r i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
T h e test scope shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register
before t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t o f t h e technical super-
vision at the manufacturer.
3.17.5 I n s p e c t i o n .
3.17.5.1 A l l p l a t e s a r e s u b j e c t t o s u r f a c e i n s p e c -
tion. T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r shall ensure t h e absence o f
unacceptable defects.
T h e q u a l i t y o f t h e plate surface shall be checked
by surveyor t o t h eRegister after the manufacturer's
checking.
3.17.5.2 T h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n
s h a l l m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.16.2.4. N o scale,
a n n e a l i n g c o l o r s a n d o t h e r defects w h i c h m a y affect
the chemical durability a n d themachinability o f clad
plates a r e acceptable.
T h e surface defects caused b y a m e t h o d o f
manufacturing are allowed i f their depth is within
the m i n u s deviations o f t h e cladding m e t a l thickness
specified i n T a b l e 3.17.5.7.
3.17.5.3 T h e c l a d d i n g m e t a l s u r f a c e d e f e c t s b e i n g
w i t h i n a tolerance for its thickness shall be g r o u n d i n
such a w a y that a s m o o t h transition f r o m a restored
area t o t h e surface o f the rest o f the m e t a l is ensured.
T h e r e s i d u a l c l a d d i n g s h a l l h a v e a t h i c k n e s s n o t less
than the n o m i n a l o n e considering the tolerance f o r a
l o w e r d i m e n s i o n i n T a b l e 3.17.5.7.
3.17.5.4 T h e s u r f a c e d e f e c t s w i t h t h e c l a d d i n g
t h i c k n e s s a f t e r g r i n d i n g less t h a n t h e p e r m i s s i b l e o n e
shall be eliminated b y welding provided t h etotal area
o f a l l r e b u i l t defects does n o t exceed 5 % o f t h e
cladding area.
A l l t h e plates a r e subject t o u l t r a s o n i c testing.
3.17.5.5 I f , a f t e r g r i n d i n g o f t h e d e f e c t , t h e
r e m a i n i n g t h i c k n e s s o f t h e c l a d d i n g i s less t h a n h a l f
o f the guaranteed n o m i n a l thickness, i t is necessary t o
replace t h e cladding b y tapering a n d t o rebuild t h e
whole o f the cladding metal b y welding.
3.17.5.6 T h e q u a l i t y o f t h e b a s e m e t a l a n d c l a d d i n g
m e t a l adhesion shall be determined b y ultrasonic testing
w h i c h shall b e specified i n t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s d o c u m e n -
t a t i o n . C o n t i n u i t y defects w h i c h exceed t h e v a l u e s
specified i n t h e technical c o n d i t i o n s , specification o r
relevant standard shall be repaired o r eliminated.
T h e repair procedure b y rebuilding shall be
agreed w i t h t h e Register considering t h e following
conditions.
83
3.17.5.6.1 T h e r e b u i l d i n g s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d b y
qualified welders using t h e materials a n d methods
approved b y the Register.
3.17.5.6.2 A l l b u i l d i n g s - u p s h a l l b e f r e e f r o m
cracks, lacks o f f u s i o n , u n d e r c u t s , slags a n d o t h e r
defects w h i c h c a n d e g r a d e c l a d d i n g q u a l i t y . I f t h e
w e l d i n g process is associated w i t h flashing o f the base
metal, t w o layers o f cladding m e t a l as a m i n i m u m
shall be built u p o nit.
3.17.5.6.3 F o l l o w i n g w e l d i n g , t h e r e c t i f i e d d e f e c t
shall b e g r o u n d flush w i t h t h ecladding surface. A f t e r
final r e p a i r s t h e p l a t e s s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d t o S u r v e y o r
t o t h e Register. T h e q u a l i t y o f defects e l i m i n a t i o n
shall be p r o v e d b y non-destructive testing.
3.17.5.6.4 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l s u b m i t t o t h e
Surveyor a report o n each rectification b y rebuilding
w h e r e i n t h e d i m e n s i o n s a n d l o c a t i o n o f defects,
procedure f o r repairs b y rebuilding, type o f heat
treatment i f required, a n d t h e results o fchecking t h e
defects e l i m i n a t i o n q u a l i t y s h a l l b e specified.
3.17.5.6.5 R e c t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e b a s e m a t e r i a l
surface defects b y w e l d i n g i s n o t a l l o w e d .
3.17.5.7 L i m i t i n g d e v i a t i o n s o f a c l a d d i n g t h i c k n e s s ,
unless t h e m o r e strict tolerances a r e specified i n a n order,
shall c o r r e s p o n d t o those g i v e n i n T a b l e 3.17.5.7. T h e
cladding thickness shall b e measured a t a distance o f n o t
less t h a n 1 0 m m f r o m a p l a t e e d g e .
T a b l e 3.17.5.7
Limiting deviations o fcladding metal thickness
N o m i n a l thickness, m m Permissible deviation, m m
>2,0 < 3,0 ±0,20
>3,0 < 3,5 ±0,30
>3,5 < 4,0 ±0,35
>4,0 < 5,0 ±0,40
>5,0 ±0,45
3.17.6 M a r k i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a c c o r d i n g t o
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
3.18 N O R M A L A N D H I G H E R S T R E N G T H
CORROSION-RESISTANT S T E E L S F O RCARGO O I L TANKS
3.18.1 S c o p e o f a p p l i c a t i o n .
3.18.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o n o r m a l a n d
h i g h e r s t r e n g t h c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steels w h e n s u c h
steel i s used as t h e a l t e r n a t i v e m e a n s o f c o r r o s i o n
p r o t e c t i o n f o r cargo o i l tanks as specified i n
r e g u l a t i o n II-1/3-11 o f S O L A S - 7 4 ( I M O r e s o l u t i o n
MSC.289(87) "Performance Standard for Alternative
M e a n s o f C o r r o s i o n Protection f o rCargo O i l T a n k s
of Crude O i l Tankers").
84 Rules
3.18.1.2 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d
to a p p l y t o steel p r o d u c t s o f t h e f o l l o w i n g types a n d
thickness:
steel plates a n d w i d e flats:
all grades: u p t o 5 0 m m i n thickness;
sections a n d bars:
all grades: u p t o 5 0 m m i n thickness.
3.18.1.3 N o r m a l a n d h i g h e r s t r e n g t h c o r r o s i o n -
r e s i s t a n t steels as d e f i n e d w i t h i n these r e q u i r e m e n t s
a r e steels w h o s e c o r r o s i o n resistance p e r f o r m a n c e i n
the b o t t o m o r t o p o f t h e internal cargo o i lt a n k is
tested a n d a p p r o v e d t o satisfy t h e requirements i n
I M O resolution MSC.289(87) i n addition t o other
r e l e v a n t r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r s t r u c t u r a l steel, s t r e n g t h
a n d c o n s t r u c t i o n . I t i s n o t i n t e n d e d t h a t s u c h steels
be used f o r corrosion-resistant applications i n o t h e r
ship areas t h a t are outside o f those specified
regulation II-1/3-11 o f S O L A S - 7 4 ( I M O resolution
MSC.289(87)).
3.18.1.4 S i n c e c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t s t e e l s d e s c r i b e d
i n t h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r a r e s i m i l a r t o t h e s h i p steels
as specified i n 3 . 2 , t h e basic r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 2 a p p l y
to these steels except w h e r e m o d i f i e d b y t h i s
Chapter.
3.18.1.5 T h e w e l d a b i l i t y o f c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t
steels i s s i m i l a r t o t h o s e g i v e n i n 3 . 2 , t h e r e f o r e
w e l d i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s specified i n Sections 4 a n d 6,
P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " o f t h e R u l e s as w e l l as o f
Sections 5 a n d 6, P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l S u p e r v i s i o n
during Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for
Technical Supervision during Construction o f Ships
and Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products for
Ships also a p p l y except as m o d i f i e d b y t h e r e q u i r e -
ments o f the present Chapter.
3.18.2 A p p r o v a l .
3.18.2.1 A l l m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a t
w o r k s recognised b y t h e Register (having Recogni-
tion Certificate f o rManufacturer i n accordance w i t h
1.3 o f t h e R u l e s a n d S e c t i o n 2 , P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l
Supervision during Manufacture o fMaterials" o f the
Rules forTechnical Supervision during Construction
of Ships a n d Manufacture o fMaterials a n d Products
for Ships).
3.18.2.2 I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e t e s t s c a r r i e d o u t f o r
R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r as specified
i n 3.18.2.1, c o r r o s i o n tests s h a l l be c a r r i e d o u t i n
accordance w i t h 3.18.17. I n t h e Certificate a special
m a r k m a y be entered f o r application i n o n e o f t h e
following areas o f a cargo o i l tank:
.1 l o w e r s u r f a c e o f s t r e n g t h d e c k a n d s u r r o u n d i n g
structures;
.2 u p p e r s u r f a c e o f i n n e r b o t t o m p l a t i n g a n d
surrounding structures;
.3 b o t h s t r e n g t h d e c k a n d i n n e r b o t t o m p l a t i n g .
3.18.23 I t i s t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y t o
assure t h a t effective process a n d p r o d u c t i o n c o n t r o l s i n
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
operation are adhered t o within the manufacturing
specifications agreed u p o n w i t h t h e Register. I f t h e
process o r p r o d u c t i o n controls are changed i n a n y w a y ,
or a n y p r o d u c t fails t o m e e t specifications, t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r shall issue a r e p o r t e x p l a i n i n g t h e
reasons, a n d , i n t h e instance o f p r o d u c t , w h i c h fails
to m e e t specifications, t h e measures t o prevent
recurrence. T h e complete report shall be submitted t o
the surveyor t o the Register along w i t h such additional
i n f o r m a t i o n as t h e surveyor m a y require. E a c h affected
piece shall b e tested t o t h e satisfaction o f t h e s u r v e y o r
to t h e Register. T h e frequency o ftesting f o r subsequent
products is a t t h e discretion o fthe Register w i t h regard
to development a n d performance o f t h e particular
arrangements b y manufacturer.
3.18.3 M e t h o d s o f m a n u f a c t u r e .
3.18.3.1 M e t h o d s o f m a n u f a c t u r e , d e o x i d a t i o n
practice a n d rolling practice shall be i n accordance
w i t h 3.2.
3.18.4 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
3.18.4.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f s a m p l e s
taken f r o m each ladle o f each cast shall be
determined b y the manufacturer i n a n adequately
equipped a n d competently staffed l a b o r a t o r y a n d
shall be i n accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f 3.2.
3.18.4.2 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r w i l l e s t a b l i s h a r e l a -
tionship o f a l l t h e chemical elements, w h i c h affect t h e
c o r r o s i o n resistance. T h e c h e m i c a l elements a d d e d o r
controlled t o achieve this shall be specifically verified
for acceptance. Verification shall be based o n t h e
ladle analysis o f t h e steel.
3.18.4.3 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s d e c l a r e d a n a l y s i s w i l l
be accepted subject t o periodic r a n d o m checks.
3.18.4.4 T h e c a r b o n e q u i v a l e n t s h a l l b e i n
accordance w i t h 3.2.
3.18.5 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
3.18.5.1 A l l m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e s u p p l i e d i n o n e o f
the supply c o n d i t i o n s specified i n 3.2.
3.18.6 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
3.18.6.1 T e n s i l e t e s t i n g a n d C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t
testing shall be carried o u ti n accordance w i t h 3.2.
3.18.7 F r e e d o m f r o m d e f e c t s .
3.18.7.1 T h e s t e e l s h a l l b e r e a s o n a b l y f r e e f r o m
segregations a n d n o n - m e t a l l i c inclusions. T h e finished
material shall have a w o r k m a n l i k e finish a n d shall be
free f r o m i n t e r n a l a n d surface defects p r e j u d i c i a l t o t h e
use o f t h e m a t e r i a l f o r t h e i n t e n d e d application.
3.18.7.2 T h e a c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r s u r f a c e f i n i s h
a n d p r o c e d u r e s f o r t h e r e p a i r o f defects, as detailed i n
3.2, s h a l l b e o b s e r v e d .
3.18.8 T o l e r a n c e s .
3.18.8.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , t h e t h i c k n e s s
tolerances i n 3.2 are applicable.
3.18.9 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s .
3.18.9.1 T h e s t e e l m a k e r s h a l l a d o p t a s y s t e m f o r
the i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f ingots, slabs a n d finished
P a r t XIII. Materials
products, w h i c h will enable the m a t e r i a l t o be traced
to i t s o r i g i n a l cast.
3.18.9.2 T h e s u r v e y o r t o t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l b e g i v e n
full facilities f o r so tracing t h e m a t e r i a l w h e n required.
3.18.10 T e s t i n g a n d i n s p e c t i o n .
3.18.10.1 F a c i l i t i e s f o r i n s p e c t i o n .
3.18.10.1.1 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l a f f o r d t h e
surveyor t o t h e Register a l l necessary facilities a n d
access t o a l l r e l e v a n t p a r t s o f t h e w o r k s t o e n a b l e h i m
to verify that t h e approved process is adhered t o , f o r
the selection o f test m a t e r i a l s , a n d t h e w i t n e s s i n g o f
tests, as r e q u i r e d b y t h e R u l e s , a n d f o r v e r i f y i n g t h e
accuracy o f t h e testing equipment.
3.18.10.2 T e s t i n g p r o c e d u r e s .
3.18.10.2.1 T h e p r e s c r i b e d t e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s
shall be carried o u t a t t h e place o f m a n u f a c t u r e
before dispatch. T h e test specimens a n d procedures
shall be i n accordance w i t h S e c t i o n 2 . A l l t h e test
specimens s h a l l b e selected, s t a m p e d a n d m a r k e d b y
the s u r v e y o r t o t h e Register a n d tested i n h i s
presence, unless o t h e r w i s e specified.
3.18.10.3 T h r o u g h t h i c k n e s s t e n s i l e t e s t s .
3.18.10.3.1 I f p l a t e s a n d w i d e f l a t s w i t h t h i c k n e s s
o f 15 m m a n d over are ordered w i t h t h r o u g h
thickness properties, t h e t h r o u g h thickness tensile
test i n accordance w i t h 2.2.2.7 shall be carried o u t .
3.18.10.4 U l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g .
3.18.10.4.1 I f p l a t e s a n d w i d e f l a t s a r e o r d e r e d
w i t h ultrasonic testing, this shall be made i n
accordance w i t h the standards recognized b y the
Register.
3.18.10.5 S u r f a c e i n s p e c t i o n a n d d i m e n s i o n s .
3.18.10.5.1 S u r f a c e i n s p e c t i o n a n d v e r i f i c a t i o n o f
d i m e n s i o n s a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e steel m a k e r .
The acceptance b y t h e surveyor t o t h e Register shall
n o t absolve t h e steel m a k e r f r o m t h i s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y .
3.18.11 T e s t m a t e r i a l .
3.18.11.1 S a m p l i n g a n d p r e p a r a t i o n o f t e s t
samples shall be i n accordance w i t h 3.2.
3.18.12 T e s t s p e c i m e n s .
3.18.12.1 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s p e c i m e n s .
3.18.12.1.1 T h e d i m e n s i o n s , o r i e n t a t i o n a n d
l o c a t i o n o f t h e tensile a n d C h a r p y V - n o t c h test
specimens w i t h i n t h e test samples shall be i n
accordance w i t h Section 2 a n d 3.2.
3.18.13 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
3.18.13.1 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g a n d t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g
n u m b e r o f tensile a n d C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t test
specimens shall be i n accordance w i t h Section 2 3.2.
3.18.14 R e t e s t p r o c e d u r e s .
3.18.14.1 R e t e s t p r o c e d u r e s s h a l l b e i n a c c o r -
d a n c e w i t h 1.3.2.
3.18.15 M a r k i n g .
3.18.15.1 E v e r y f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s h a l l b e c l e a r l y
m a r k e d b y t h e m a k e r i n a t least o n e place w i t h t h e
Register brand a n d the following particulars:
85
.1 u n i f i e d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k f o r t h e g r a d e o f
steel (e.g. A 3 6 ) ;
.2 s t e e l p l a t e s t h a t h a v e c o m p l i e d w i t h t h e
requirements o f the Rules shall be m a r k e d w i t h a
designation by adding a corrosion designation t o the
u n i f i e d i d e n t i f i c a t i o n m a r k f o r t h e g r a d e o f steel.
Example o f designation: A 3 6 R C B ;
.3 t h e c o r r o s i o n r e s i s t a n t s t e e l s h a l l b e d e s i g n a t e d
a c c o r d i n g t o i t s area o f a p p l i c a t i o n as f o l l o w s :
l o w e r surface o f strength deck a n d s u r r o u n d i n g
structures - R C U ;
upper surface o f i n n e r b o t t o m plating a n d
surrounding structures - R C B ;
both strength deck a n d inner b o t t o m plating -
RCW;
.4 s t e e l s u p p l i e d i n t h e t h e r m o - m e c h a n i c a l l y
controlled process c o n d i t i o n shall have t h e letters
" T M " added after t h e identification m a r k b u t before
the c o r r o s i o n d e s i g n a t i o n (e.g. E 3 6 T M R C U Z 3 5 ) ;
.5 n a m e o r i n i t i a l s t o i d e n t i f y t h e s t e e l w o r k s ;
.6 c a s t o r o t h e r n u m b e r t o i d e n t i f y t h e p i e c e ;
.7 i f r e q u i r e d b y t h e purchaser, h i s o r d e r n u m b e r
or other identification m a r k s .
3.18.15.2 T h e a b o v e p a r t i c u l a r s , b u t e x c l u d i n g t h e
manufacturer's n a m e o r trade m a r k s , where this is
embossed o n finished products shall be encircled w i t h
p a i n t o r o t h e r w i s e m a r k e d s o as t o be clearly legible.
3.18.15.3 W h e r e a n u m b e r o f l i g h t m a t e r i a l s a r e
securely fastened together i n bundles t h e m a n u f a c -
t u r e r m a y m a r k o n l y t h e t o p piece o f each b u n d l e , o r
alternatively, a firmly fastened durable label contain-
ing t h e m a r k i n g m a y be attached t o each bundle.
3.18.15.4 I n t h e e v e n t t h a t a n y m a t e r i a l b e a r i n g
the Register m a r k i n g fails t o c o m p l y w i t h t h e test
requirements, the m a r k i n g shall be unmistakably
defaced b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r .
3.18.16 D o c u m e n t a t i o n .
3.18.16.1 C e r t i f i c a t e s o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l b e
verified before t h e material is accepted b y R S .
3.18.16.2 T h e n u m b e r o f c o p i e s r e q u i r e d s h a l l b e
specified b y t h e Register.
3.18.16.3 T h e d o c u m e n t s s h a l l b e a s u b m i t t e d i n
either electronic o r paper f o r m a t .
3.18.16.4 S e p a r a t e s u b m i s s i o n o f d o c u m e n t s f o r
each grade o f steel i s p e r m i t t e d .
3.18.16.5 T h e d o c u m e n t ( R e g i s t e r o r m a n u f a c -
turer certificate) shall contain, i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e
description, d i m e n s i o n s , etc., o f t h e m a t e r i a l , a t least
the f o l l o w i n g p a r t i c u l a r s as a m i n i m u m :
.1 p u r c h a s e r ' s o r d e r n u m b e r a n d i f k n o w n t h e
hull number, f o rw h i c h the material is intended;
.2 i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e c a s t a n d p r o d u c t , i n c l u d -
ing, w h e r e a p p r o p r i a t e , t h e test specimen n u m b e r ;
.3 i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e s t e e l w o r k s ;
.4 i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e g r a d e o f s t e e l a n d t h e
manufacturer's brand name;
86 Rules for the Classification
.5 l a d l e a n a l y s i s ( f o r c h e m i c a l e l e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d
i n 3.2);
.6 i f t h e s t e e l i s a p p r o v e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
3.4.2, t h ew e i g h t percentage o f each c h e m i c a l element
added o r intentionally controlled f o r improving
c o r r o s i o n resistance;
.7 c o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y w h e n o t h e r t h a n a s r o l l e d i .
e. n o r m a l i s e d , c o n t r o l l e d r o l l e d o r t h e r m o - m e c h a n i -
cally rolled;
.8 r e s u l t s o f m e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
3.18.16.6 B e f o r e t h e t e s t c e r t i f i c a t e s a r e s i g n e d o r
issued b y t h e surveyor t o t h e Register, t h e m a n u -
facturer is required t o furnish the surveyor t o the
Register w i t h a w r i t t e n declaration stating that the
material has been m a d e b y a n approved process a n d
that i t h a s been subjected t o a n d h a s w i t h s t o o d
satisfactorily t h e r e q u i r e d tests i n t h e presence o f t h e
surveyor t o t h e Register. T h e Register n a m e shall
a p p e a r o n t h e test certificate. T h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m o f
declaration will be accepted i f stamped o r printed o n
each test certificate o r s h i p p i n g statement w i t h t h e
name o f the steelworks a n d initialled f o rthe makers
by a n authorized official:
" W e hereby certify that the m a t e r i a l h a s been m a d e
b y a n approved process a n d h a s been satisfactorily
tested i n accordance w i t h t h e Register R u l e s " .
3.18.16.7 I n t h e c a s e o f e l e c t r o n i c c e r t i f i c a t i o n t h e
R e g i s t e r s h a l l agree u p o n a p r o c e d u r e w i t h t h e steel
m i l l t o ensure t h e signing o f t h e issued certificate b y
the surveyor t o t h e Register.
3.18.17 A d d i t i o n a l a p p r o v a l p r o c e d u r e f o r c o r r o -
sion-resistant steel.
3.18.17.1 S c o p e .
3.18.17.1.1 R e c o g n i t i o n b y t h e R e g i s t e r ( o b t a i n -
ing b y manufacturer o f Recognition Certificate f o r
Manufacturer) a n d approval o f corrosion-resistant
s t e e l s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3 o f t h e
Rules a n d Section 2, Part I I I "Technical Supervision
during Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for
Technical Supervision during Construction o f Ships
and Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products for
Ships together w i t h the additional requirements f o r
c o r r o s i o n testing specified i n this P a r t .
3.18.17.1.2 T h e c o r r o s i o n t e s t s a n d a c c e p t a n c e
criteria shall be i n accordance w i t h the A p p e n d i x o f the
Annex t o Performance Standard for Alternative Means
of Corrosion Protection for Cargo O i l Tanks o f Crude
Oil Tankers ( I M O resolution MSC.289(87)).
3.18.17.2 A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a p p r o v a l .
3.18.17.2.1 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l s u b m i t t o t h e
Register a request f o r approval, w h i c h shall include
the following:
.1 o r r o s i o n test p l a n a n d details o f e q u i p m e n t a n d
test e n v i r o n m e n t s ;
.2 t e c h n i c a l d a t a r e l a t e d t o p r o d u c t a s s e s s m e n t
criteria f o rc o n f i r m i n g c o r r o s i o n resistance;
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
.3 t h e t e c h n i c a l b a c k g r o u n d e x p l a i n i n g h o w t h e
variation i n added a n d controlled elements improves
c o r r o s i o n resistance;
.4 t h e g r a d e s , t h e b r a n d n a m e a n d m a x i m u m
thickness o f c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel t o b e a p p r o v e d .
D e s i g n a t i o n s f o r c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steels a r e g i v e n
i n T a b l e 3.18.17.2.1.4;
T a b l e 3.18.17.2.1.4
Designations for corrosion-resistant steels
Type of L o c a t i o n where steel Corrosion-resistance
steel is effective designation
Rolled F o r lower surfaceo f strength R C U
steel deck a n d surrounding
for hull structures (ullage space)
F o r upper surface o f inner RCB
b o t t o m plating a n d
surrounding structures
F o r b o t h strength deck a n d R C W
inner b o t t o m plating
.5 t h e w e l d i n g p r o c e s s e s a n d t h e b r a n d n a m e o f
the welding consumables t o be used f o r approval.
3.18.17.3 A p p r o v a l o f t e s t p r o g r a m .
3.18.17.3.1 T h e t e s t p r o g r a m s u b m i t t e d b y t h e
manufacturer shall be reviewed a n d agreed w i t h t h e
Register. A p p r o v e d p r o g r a m returns t o t h e manufac-
turer f o r acceptance. Tests t h a t need t o be witnessed b y
the surveyor t o the Register shall be identified.
3.18.17.3.2 M e t h o d f o r s e l e c t i o n o f t e s t s a m p l e s
shall satisfy t h e f o l l o w i n g .
3.18.173.2.1 T h e n u m b e r s o f t e s t s a m p l e s s h a l l b e
in accordance w i t h the requirements o f the A p p e n d i x o f
the A n n e x t o Performance Standard f o r Alternative
Means o f Corrosion Protection for Cargo O i l Tanks o f
Crude O i l Tankers ( I M O resolution MSC.289(87)).
3.18.17.3.2.2 T h e n u m b e r o f c a s t s a n d t e s t
samples selected s h a l l b e sufficient t o m a k e i t possible
t o c o n f i r m t h e v a l i d i t y o f i n t e r a c t i o n effects a n d / o r
the c o n t r o l range (upper limit, lower limit) o f the
elements, w h i c h are added o r intentionally con-
trolled, f o r i m p r o v i n g t h e c o r r o s i o n resistance.
W h e r e agreed, this m a y be supported w i t h data
submitted by the manufacturer.
3.18.173.23 T h e testing p r o g r a m a n d tests a r e
carried o u t i n accordance w i t h 2.2.5.2.3 (2.2.5),
Part I I I o f the Rules for Technical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
3.18.1733 I n a d d i t i o n t o 3.18.17.3.2.3, t h e a d d i -
t i o n a l tests m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e f o l l o w i n g cases:
.1 w h e n t h e R e g i s t e r d e t e r m i n e s t h a t t h e c o n t r o l
range is set b y t h e theoretical analysis o f each e l e m e n t
based o n existing data, t h e n u m b e r o f corrosion
resistance tests c o n d u c t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e
Appendix o f the A n n e x t o Performance Standard f o r
P a r t XIII. Materials
Alternative Means o f Corrosion Protection for Cargo
Oil Tanks o f Crude O i lTankers ( I M O resolution
M S C . 2 8 9 ( 8 7 ) ) is t o o f e w t o adequately c o n f i r m the
validity o f the c o n t r o l range o f chemical composition;
.2 w h e n t h e R e g i s t e r d e t e r m i n e s t h a t t h e d a t a o f
the c o r r o s i o n resistance test result o b t a i n e d f o r
setting t h e c o n t r o l range o f chemical c o m p o s i t i o n
varies t o owidely;
.3 w h e n t h e R e g i s t e r d e t e r m i n e s t h a t t h e v a l i d i t y
o f t h e c o r r o s i o n resistance test result f o r setting t h e
control range o f chemical c o m p o s i t i o n isinsufficient,
or has some flaws;
.4 w h e n t h e s u r v e y o r t o t h e R e g i s t e r h a s n o t
a t t e n d e d t h e c o r r o s i o n resistance tests f o r setting t h e
control range o f chemical composition, a n d t h e Register
determines t h a t a d d i t i o n a l testing is necessary i n order t o
c o n f i r m t h e v a l i d i t y o f t h e test result data; a n d
.5 w h e n t h e R e g i s t e r d e t e r m i n e s t h a t i t i s
necessary, f o r reasons o t h e r t h a n cases i n
3.18.17.3.3.1-3.18.17.3.3.4.
3.18.17.3.4 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e
c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel s h a l l b e w i t h i n t h e range
specified f o r r o l l e d steel f o r h u l l . E l e m e n t s t o be
a d d e d f o r i m p r o v i n g t h e c o r r o s i o n resistance a n d f o r
w h i c h c o n t e n t is n o t specified shall be generally
within 1 % i n total.
3.18.17.4 C a r r y i n g o u t t h e a p p r o v a l t e s t .
3.18.17.4.1 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l c a r r y o u t t h e
a p p r o v a l test f o r c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel a n d f o r
obtaining a Recognition Certificate for Manufacturer
i n accordance w i t h t h e a p p r o v e d test p r o g r a m .
3.18.17.5 A t t e n d a n c e o f t h e s u r v e y o r t o t h e
R e g i s t e r f o r test.
3.18.17.5.1 T h e s u r v e y o r t o t h e R e g i s t e r s h a l l b e
present, as a r u l e , w h e n t h e test samples f o r t h e
a p p r o v a l test a r e being i d e n t i f i e d a n d f o r a p p r o v a l
tests (refer also t o 3.1).
3.18.17.6 T e s t r e s u l t s .
3.18.17.6.1 A f t e r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e a p p r o v a l t e s t
for c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel a n d f o r o b t a i n i n g a
Recognition Certificate f o r Manufacturer, the m a n -
u f a c t u r e r shall p r o d u c e t h er e p o r t o f the a p p r o v a l test
and submit i t t o t h e Register.
3.18.17.6.2 T h e R e g i s t e r w i l l g i v e a p p r o v a l f o r
c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel a n d issue a R e c o g n i t i o n
Certificate f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r w h e r e a p p r o v a l tests
are considered b y t h e Register t o have given
satisfactory results based o n t h e data submitted i n
accordance w i t h this Section.
3.18.17.6.3 T h e R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n -
ufacturer shall contain the manufacturer's name, the
period o f validity o f the Certificate, t h e grades a n d
thickness o f the steel a p p r o v e d , w e l d i n g m e t h o d s a n d
welding consumables approved.
3.18.17.7 A c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r r e s u l t s o f c o r r o -
s i o n resistance tests o f w e l d e d j o i n t .
87
3.18.17.7.1 T h e r e s u l t s s h a l l b e a s s e s s e d b y t h e
Register i n accordance w i t h the acceptance criteria
specified i n t h e A p p e n d i x o f t h e A n n e x t o P e r f o r -
mance Standard for Alternative Means o fCorrosion
Protection for Cargo O i lTanks o f Crude O i l Tankers
( I M O resolutionMSC.289(87)).
3.19 A P P L I C A T I O N O F Y P 4 7 S T E E L P L A T E S
3.19.1 S c o p e o f a p p l i c a t i o n .
3.19.1.1 G e n e r a l .
3.19.1.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o c o n t a i n e r
carriers i n c o r p o r a t i n g e x t r e m e l y t h i c k steel plates i n
accordance w i t h 3.19.1.2.1.
3.19.1.1.2 T h i s S e c t i o n g i v e s t h e b a s i c c o n c e p t s
for a p p l i c a t i o n o f Y P 4 7 steel plates t o l o n g i t u d i n a l
structural members i n t h e upper deck region o f
c o n t a i n e r carriers ( s u c h as h a t c h side c o a m i n g , h a t c h
coaming t o p a n d the attached longitudinals). T h e
S e c t i o n c o n t a i n s t h e d e f i n i t i o n o f Y P 4 7 steel plates,
as w e l l a s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r tests, s u r v e y a n d
application o fwelding consumables a n d approval o f
w e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e . A p p l i c a t i o n o f Y P 4 7 steel plate
for other h u l l structures shall be a p p r o v e d b y t h e
Register.
3.19.1.1.3 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e
Section, the requirements o f 3.2 shall be applied t o
Y P 4 7 steel plates. I n case o f the r e q u i r e d u s e o f Y P 4 7
steel r e g u l a t e d b y t h e S e c t i o n , i t s c r a c k resistance
shall c o m p l y w i t h 3.19.2.3.3 o f the Section.
3.19.1.1.4 Y P 4 7 s t e e l p l a t e s m e a n t h e s t e e l p l a t e s
o f specified m i n i m u m y i e l d stress o f 4 6 0 M P a . T h e
scope o f application is defined u n d e r 3.19.1.2 a n d
3.19.1.3.
3.19.1.1.5 T h e w e l d e d j o i n t p r o p e r t i e s , i n c l u d i n g
susceptibility t o brittle fracture, shall meet t h e
requirements o f 2.4 a n d 3.19, Part X I V "Welding"
and the requirements o fthe Chapter.
3.19.1.2 T h i c k n e s s .
3.19.1.2.1 T h i s S e c t i o n g i v e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r
steel plates w i t h thickness o f o v e r 5 0 m m a n d n o t
greater t h a n 100 m m inclusively, used f o r manufac-
ture o fthe hatch coamings a n dupper deck structural
c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e c o n t a i n e r ships.
3.19.1.2.2 T h e p r o p e r t i e s o f Y P 4 7 s t e e l p l a t e s
shall be approved b y t h e Register.
3.19.1.3 A p p l i c a t i o n .
3.19.13.1 I n t h e c a s e t h a t Y P 4 7 s t e e l p l a t e s a r e u s e d
for longitudinal structural m e m b e r s i n t h e upper deck
r e g i o n ( s u c h as h a t c h side c o a m i n g a n d h a t c h c o a m i n g
top a n d their attached longitudinals), t h e grade o f Y P 4 7
steel plates s h a l l b e E H 4 7 specified hereinafter.
3.19.2 G e n e r a l .
3.19.2.1 H u l l s t r u c t u r e s .
88 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

3.19.2.1.1 M a t e r i a l f a c t o r o f h i g h t e n s i l e steel K . T a b l e 3.19.2.2.1-2

Chemical compositions for Y P 4 7 steel plates
3.19.2.1.1.1 M a t e r i a l f a c t o r o f h i g h t e n s i l e steel К
used f o rassessment o fh u l l girder strength shall be Chemical composition г 1

taken 0,62.
M i n i m u m value < 0,49 < 0,22
T h e f a c t o r v a l u e s f o r Y P 3 6 a n d Y P 4 0 steels a r e 1
T h e carbon equivalent С value shall b e calculated f r o m
щ
specified i n 1.1.4.3, P a r t I I " H u l l " . the ladle analysis u s i n g t h e f o r m u l a C = C + M n / 6 + ( C r +
e ?

3.19.2.1.2 F a t i g u e a s s e s s m e n t . M o + V ) / 5 + ( N i + C u ) / 1 5 , %.
3.19.2.1.1 F a t i g u e a s s e s s m e n t o n t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l 2
C o l d cracking susceptibility shall b ecalculated using t h e
formula P = + Si/30+ Mn/20 + Cu/20 + Ni/60 + Cr/20 +
structural members shall be performed i n accordance c m

M o / 1 5 + V / 1 0 + 5 B , %.
w i t h the Register procedure.
3.19.2.1.3 D e t a i l s o f c o n s t r u c t i o n d e s i g n .
3.19.2.1.3.1 S p e c i a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n s h a l l b e p a i d t o
the details o f constructions o f structural m e m b e r s
w h e r e Y P 4 7 steel plates a r e a p p l i e d such as connec­
tions between outfitting a n d h u l l structures. Connec­
tions shall be i n accordance w i t h t h e documents
approved b y t h e Register.
3.19.2.2 M a t e r i a l specifications.
3.19.2.2.1 M a t e r i a l specifications f o r Y P 4 7 steel
plates a r e given i n Tables 3.19.2.2.1-1 a n d 3.19.2.2.1-2.
3.19.2.3 M a n u f a c t u r i n g a p p r o v a l test.
3.19.2.3.1 G e n e r a l .
3.19.2.3.1.1 T h e tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 3.2. A p p r o v a l test i t e m s , test m e t h o d s F i g . 3.19.2.3.3.1.1 P l a t e s a n d flats
a n d acceptance criteria n o t specified i n this C h a p t e r
s h a l l b e i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.
3.19.2.3.2 R a n g e o f a p p r o v a l . l o n g i t u d i n a l C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s (KVL)
3.19.2.3.2.1 O n e test p r o d u c t w i t h t h e m a x i m u m - top and bottom;
thickness t o be approved ( t o obtain a Recognition t r a n s v e r s e C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s (KVT) -
Certificate f o r Manufacturer) shall be submitted b y top only;
the manufacturer, provided t h e approved target aged l o n g i t u d i n a l C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t tests -
chemical composition range remains unchanged. top only.
3.19.2.3.3 B a s e m e t a l test. C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s (KV) a r e r e q u i r e d
3 . 1 9 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s (KV). f r o m b o t h the quarter a n d m i d thickness locations o f
3.19.2.3.3.1.1 G e n e r a l l y C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t the test samples.
testing shall b e carried o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 2.2.3. O n e set o f 3 C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t specimens
Test samples shall b e t a k e n f r o m t h e plate correspond­ ( K V ) i s r e q u i r e d f o r e a c h i m p a c t test. T h e p a c t test
ing t o t h e t o p o f t h e i n g o t , unless o t h e r w i s e specified. t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e - 4 0 °C .
I n t h e case o f c o n t i n u o u s castings, test samples I n addition t o t h e determination o f t h e energy
shall b e t a k e n f r o m a r a n d o m l y selected plate. v a l u e , d u r i n g i m p a c t tests t h e percentage c r y s t a l l i n i t y
T h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e test s a m p l e s h a l l b e a t t h e square shall be also determined.
cut e n d o f t h e plate, a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e quarter w i d t h The aged samples shall be strained t o 5 %
f r o m a n edge, as s h o w n i n F i g . 3.19.2.3.3.1.1. f o l l o w e d b y h e a t i n g t o 250°C f o r 1 h p r i o r t o t e s t i n g .
S a m p l e s shall b e t a k e n w i t h respect t o t h e p r i n c i p a l Additionally a t each location, C h a r p y V - n o t c h
rolling direction o fthe plate a t locations representing i m p a c t tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e
the t o p a n d b o t t o m o f t h e plate as follows: temperature intervals t o properly define t h e full
T a b l e 3.19.2.2.1-1
Conditions o f supply, grade a n d mechanical properties for Y P 4 7 steel plates

Supply Grade Mechanical properties I m p a c t test

condition
Yield strength, Tensile strength, Elongation, Test Average impact energy, J , m i n .
MPa, MPa %, temperature,
min min °C 50<г<70 70<г<85 8 5 < г< 100

TMCP 1
EH47 460 570/720 17 -40 53 64 75

'if specified i n t h edocumentation a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register.

N o t e , t — thickness, i nm m .
P a r t XIII. Materials 89

t r a n s i t i o n r a n g e ( - 2 0 °C, - 4 0 °C, - 6 0 °C, - 8 0 °C) o n 3.19.2.4.1.1 W e l d e r s e n g a g e d i n Y P 4 7 s t e e l w e l d i n g

K V t y p e o f s a m p l e s f r o m 1/4 s t r i p t h i c k n e s s . shall possess welder's q u a l i f i c a t i o n s specified i n accor­
3.19.2.3.3.2 T e s t f o r r e s i s t a n c e t o b r i t t l e f r a c t u r e . dance w i t h Section 4, P a r t I I I "Technical Supervision
3.19.2.3.3.2.1 C T O D t e s t s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t a n d during Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules f o r
the result shall be reported. Technical Supervision during Construction o fShips a n d
Test methods shall be i n compliance w i t h 2.2, M a n u f a c t u r e o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " o f t h e Rules f o r t h e Classifica­ 3.19.2.4.2 S h o r t b e a d s .
tion, Construction a n d Equipment o f M o b i l e Off­ 3.19.2.4.2.1 S h o r t b e a d l e n g t h f o r t a c k a n d r e p a i r s
shore Drilling U n i t s a n d F i x e d Offshore Platforms. o f w e l d s b y w e l d i n g s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 5 0 m m .
3.19.2.3.3.3 D r o p w e i g h t t e s t i n g f o r d e t e r m i n i n g I n t h e case w h e r e P c m < 0,19,25 m m o f short
nil-ductility temperature ( N D T ) . bead length m a y be adopted.
3.19.2.3.3.3.1 T e s t m e t h o d s s h a l l b e i n c o m p l i a n c e 3.19.2.43 P r e h e a t i n g .
with A S T M E208, 2.3,Part X I I "Materials" o f the 3 . 1 9 . 2 . 4 3 . 1 P r e h e a t i n g s h a l l b e 50°C o r o v e r
Rules f o r the Classification, Construction a n d w h e n a i r t e m p e r a t u r e i s 5 °C o r b e l o w .
Equipment o f Mobile Offshore Drilling Units a n d I n t h e case w h e r e P c m < 0,19,air temperature
Fixed Offshore Platforms. o f 0 °C o r b e l o w m a y b e a d o p t e d .
Nil-ductility temperature ( N D T ) shall be re­ 3.19.2.4.4 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s .
p o r t e d f o r reference a n d m a y be used f o r qualifica­ 3.19.2.4.4.1 S p e c i f i c a t i o n s o f w e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s
t i o n o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n test m e t h o d s . f o r Y P 4 7 steel plates a r e g i v e n i n T a b l e 3.19.2.4.4.1-1.
3.19.2.3.3.4 B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g t e s t .
T a b l e 3.19.2.4.4.1-1
3.19.2.3.3.4.1 E S S O t e s t d e s c r i b e d i n 3 . 2 0 . 6 o r Mechanical propertiesfor deposited metal tests
o t h e r a l t e r n a t i v e test ( d o u b l e t e n s i o n test) shall be for welding consumables
carried o u t i n order t o obtain the brittle crack
Mechanical properties I m p a c t test
stopping toughness.
Yield Tensile Elongation, Test Average
3.19.2.3.4 W e l d a b i l i t y t e s t strength, strength, %, m i n . t e m p e r a t u r e , impact
3.19.2.3.4.1 C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t (KV). MPa, min. MPa °C energy,
3.1923.4.1.1 C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t s s h a l l b e J, min.
t a k e n a t a p o s i t i o n o f 1/4 t h i c k n e s s f r o m t h e p l a t e s u r f a c e 460 570/720 19 -20 53
o n t h e face side o f t h e w e l d w i t h t h e n o t c h p e r p e n d i c u l a r
t o t h e plate surface. O n e set o f t h e specimens transverse
to t h e w e l d shall be taken w i t h t h e n o t c h located a t t h e M e c h a n i c a l properties o f b u t t w e l d assemblies f o r
fusion line a n d a t a distance 2,5 a n d m i n i m u m 2 0 m m acceptance o f consumables shall be i n accordance
f r o m t h e fusion line. T h e fusion b o u n d a r y shall be w i t h T a b l e 3.19.2.4.4.1-2.
identified b y etching t h e specimens w i t h a suitable T a b l e 3.19.2.4.4.1-2
reagent. O n e a d d i t i o n a l set o f t h e specimens s h a l l b e Mechanical properties for butt weld tests
t a k e n f r o m t h e r o o t side o f t h e w e l d w i t h t h e n o t c h for welding consumables
located a t t h e same p o s i t i o n a n d a t t h e s a m e d e p t h as f o r
C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t tests
t h e f a c e side. T h e i m p a c t t e s t t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e - 4 0
°C. A d d i t i o n a l l y a t e a c h l o c a t i o n , i m p a c t t e s t s s h a l l b e Average impact energy,
Test J, min.
carried o u t w i t h appropriate temperature intervals t o Tensile Bend
tempe­
properly define t h e full transition range. strength, test ratio: Welding position
rature,
MPa D/t
3.19.23.4.2 Y - s h a p e w e l d h y d r o g e n c r a c k r e s i s ­ °C Downhand, Vertical
t a n c e test. horizontal- (upward and
vertical, downward)
3.19.2.3.4.2.1 T h e t e s t m e t h o d s s h a l l b e i n
overhead
compliance w i t h recognized national o r international
standards such as G O S T 26388, I S O 17 642 (2), K S В 570 — 7 2 0 4 -20 53 53

0870, J I S Z 3158, G B 4675.1.

Acceptance criteria shall be i n accordance w i t h
the Register practice.
3.19.23.43 T e s t f o r resistance t o b r i t t l e fracture.
3.19.23.43.1 C T O D test s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t .
T e s t m e t h o d a n d results shall be considered appro­
priate b y t h e Register-approved documentation.
3.19.2.4 W e l d i n g .
3.19.2.4.1 W e l d e r s .
3.19.2.4.5 O t h e r s .
3.19.2.4.5.1 S p e c i a l c a r e s h a l l b e p a i d t o t h e final
w e l d i n g so t h a t h a r m f u l defects d o n o t r e m a i n .
Jigs s h a l l b e c o m p l e t e l y r e m o v e d w i t h n o defects,
otherwise the treatment o f t h e jigs shall be agreed
w i t h the Register.
90 Rules for the Classification
3.19.2.5 W e l d i n g p r o c e d u r e q u a l i f i c a t i o n t e s t .
3.19.2.5.1 G e n e r a l .
3.19.2.5.1.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d i n t h i s
C h a p t e r , q u a l i f i c a t i o n test items, test m e t h o d s a n d
acceptance criteria shall be i n compliance w i t h
Section 6, P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l Supervision d u r i n g
Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d
M a n u f a c t u r e o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
3.19.2.5.2 R a n g e o f a p p r o v a l .
3.19.2.5.2.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 6 ,
Part I I I "Technical Supervision during Manufacture
o f Materials" o fthe Rules f o rTechnical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships shall be followed
for range o f approval.
3.19.2.5.3 C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t t e s t (KV).
3.19.2.5.3.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 6,
Part I I I "Technical Supervision during Manufacture
o f Materials" o f the Rules f o r Technical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d M a n u f a c t u r e o f
Materials a n d Products f o rShips shall be followed f o r
C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t test. A v e r a g e i m p a c t e n e r g y
6 4 J a t - 2 0 °C s h a l l b e s a t i s f i e d f o r i m p a c t t e s t .
3.19.2.5.4 H a r d n e s s .
3.19.2.5.4.1 V i c k e r s h a r d n e s s H V 1 0 , a s d e f i n e d i n
Section 6, P a r t I I I " T e c h n i c a l Supervision d u r i n g
Manufacture o f Materials" o f the Rules for Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d
Manufacture o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships
shall be n o t m o r e t h a n 380. M e a s u r e m e n t points shall
include mid-thickness position i n addition t o the
p o i n t s required b y Section 6.
3.19.2.5.5 T e n s i l e t e s t .
3.19.2.5.5.1 T e n s i l e s t r e n g t h i n t r a n s v e r s e t e n s i l e
test s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 5 7 0 M P a .
3.19.2.5.6 T e s t f o r r e s i s t a n c e t o b r i t t l e f r a c t u r e .
3.19.2.5.6.1 C T O D t e s t m a y b e r e q u i r e d .
Test m e t h o d s a n d acceptance criteria shall be i n
compliance w i t h 2.2, P a r t X I I " M a t e r i a l s " , Rues f o r t h e
Classification, Construction a n d E q u i p m e n t o f M o b i l e
Offshore Drilling Units a n d Fixed Offshore Platforms.
3.20 R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R U S E O F E X T R E M E L Y THICK
S T E E L P L A T E S I NC O N T A I N E R S H I P S
3.20.1 S c o p e o f a p p l i c a t i o n .
3.20.1.1 G e n e r a l .
3.20.1.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e c o n -
t a i n e r carriers i n c o r p o r a t i n g e x t r e m e l y t h i c k steel
plates i n accordance w i t h 3.20.1.2 a n d 3.20.1.3.
3.20.1.1.2 T h e S e c t i o n g i v e s m e a s u r e s f o r i d e n t i -
fication a n dprevention o f brittle fractures o f contain-
er carriers t o w h i c h e x t r e m e l y t h i c k steel plates a r e
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
applied f o r l o n g i t u d i n a l structural members, as w e l l
as b a s i c v a r i a n t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n o f e x t r e m e l y t h i c k
steel plate i n t h e h u l l l o n g i t u d i n a l m e m b e r s o f t h e
u p p e r d e c k , s u c h as: u p p e r d e c k p l a t i n g , h a t c h side
coaming, hatch c o a m i n g t o p , etc.
3.20.1.1.3 T h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e m e a s u r e s
specified i n 3.20.2 t o 3.20.4 shall c o m p l y w i t h 3.20.5.
3.20.1.1.4 T h e p r o p e r t i e s o f w e l d e d j o i n t s s h a l l
comply w i t h 2.4, 3.19, Part X I V " W e l d i n g " a n d
requirements o f the present Chapter.
3.20.1.2 S t e e l g r a d e .
3.20.1.2.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e c o n -
tainer carriers, t o w h i c h a n y o f Y P 3 6 , Y P 4 0 a n d
Y P 4 7 steel plates a r e u s e d f o r t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l
structure members.
3.20.1.2.2 S t e e l d e s i g n a t i o n s u s e d h e r e i n : Y P 3 6 ,
Y P 4 0 a n d Y P 4 7 m e a n t h e steel plates h a v i n g t h e
m i n i m u m specified yield p o i n t s o f 3 5 5 , 3 9 0 a n d
460 M P a , respectively.
3.20.1.3 T h i c k n e s s .
3.20.1.3.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e s t e e l
plates w i t h thickness f r o m 5 0 t o 100m m inclusive.
3.20.1.3.2 F o r c o n t a i n e r s h i p s ' h u l l s t r u c t u r e s
m a d e o f steel plates w i t h thickness exceeding 100 m m
appropriate measures f o rprevention o f brittle crack
initiation a n d propagation shall be agreed w i t h the
Register.
3.20.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g ( N D T ) d u r i n g
c o n s t r u c t i o n ( m e a s u r e 1 , T a b l e 30.2.5.1).
3.20.2.1 W h e r e N D T d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n i s
required i n 3.20.5, t h e N D T shall be i n accordance
w i t h 3.20.2.1 a n d 3.20.2.2. E n h a n c e d N D T as
specified i n 3.20.4.3.1.2.4 shall be carried o u t i n
compliance w i t h the documents approved by the
Register a n d recognized standards.
3.20.2.1.1 G e n e r a l .
3.20.2.1.1.1 U l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h
Section 3, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " shall be carried o u t o n
all block-to-block butt joints o f a l l upper flange
longitudinal structural members i n the cargo hold
region, including include t h e t o p m o s t strakes o ft h e
i n n e r h u l l / b u l k h e a d , t h e sheer strake, m a i n deck,
c o a m i n g plate, c o a m i n g t o p plate, a n d a l l attached
l o n g i t u d i n a l stiffeners (refer t o F i g . 3.20.2.1.1.1).
3.20.2.2 A c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a o f u l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g .
3.20.2.2.1 A c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a o f u l t r a s o n i c t e s t -
ing shall be i n compliance w i t h Section 3, P a r t X I V
"Welding" documentation approved b y the Register
and/or recognized standards.
3.20.2.2.2 T h e a c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a m a y b e a d -
justed under consideration o fthe appertaining brittle
crack initiation prevention procedure, a n dwhere this
is m o r e severe t h a n t h a t f o u n d i n t h e R u l e s a n d
standards t o be amended accordingly t o a m o r e
severe sensitivity.
P a r t XIII. Materials 91

a c r a c k a t a p r o p e r p o s i t i o n a n d t o p r e v e n t large scale
fracture o f t h e h u l l girder:
.1 the p o i n t o f a brittle crack initiation shall be
considered i n the block-to-block butt joints b o t h o f
h a t c h side c o a m i n g s a n d u p p e r deck;
.2 t h e f o l l o w i n g cases s h a l l b e c o n s i d e r e d :
.2.1 w h e r e t h e brittle crack runs straight a l o n g t h e
butt joint;
.2.2 w h e r e t h e b r i t t l e c r a c k starts i n t h e b u t t j o i n t
b u t deviates a w a y f r o m t h e w e l d a n d runs i n t o t h e
plate o r starts i n a secondary w e l d a n d runs i n t o t h e
plate (refer t o F i g . 3.20.4.2.1.2.2).

F i g . 3.20.2.1.1.1 U p p e r f l a n g e l o n g i t u d i n a l s t r u c t u r a l m e m b e r s

3.20.3 P e r i o d i c N D T after d e l i v e r y ( m e a s u r e 2 ,
Table 30.2.5.1).
3.20.3.1 W h e r e periodic N D T after delivery is
required, t h e N D T shall be i n accordance w i t h
3.20.3.1 — 3.20.3.3.
3.20.3.1.1 General.
3.20.3.1.1.1 T h e procedure o f the N D T shall be i n
accordance w i t h 3.2 a n d the documentation ap-
p r o v e d w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r f o r t h e steel supply.
3.20.3.2 T i m i n g o f u l t r a s o n i c testing.
3.20.3.2.1 W h e r e ultrasonic testing is carried o u t ,
the frequency o f survey shall be i n compliance w i t h
the Register requirements.
3.20.4 Brittle crack stopping design (measures 3,
4 a n d 5, Table 30.2.5.1).
3.20.4.1 General.
F i g . 3.20.4.2.1.2.2 Z o n e s o f t h e s e c o n d a r y w e l d s t h r o u g h t h e
3.20.4.1.1 Measures f o r p r e v e n t i o n o f brittle example o f the support securing
crack propagation i n the cargo h o l d region. I - fillet w e l d s i n t h e p l a c e o f t h e h a t c h side c o a m i n g ( i n c l u d i n g t h e
3.20.4.1.2 I t shall be n o t e d t h a t cracks c a ninitiate c o a m i n g t o p ) c o n t a c t w i t h l o n g i t u d i n a l m e m b e r s ; 2 - fillet w e l d s i n
the place o fthe hatch side c o a m i n g (includingthe c o a m i n g t o p a n d
and propagate away f r o m such joints, therefore, longitudinal member) contactwith attachment joints. F o r example,
appropriate measures shall be considered i n accor- fillet w e l d s i n t h e p l a c e o f t h e h a t c h c o v e r c o n t a c t w i t h t h e s u p p o r t ;
3 - fillet w e l d s i n t h e p l a c e o f t h e h a t c h c o a m i n g t o p c o n t a c t w i t h
dance w i t h 3.20.4.2.1.2.2.
t h e h a t c h side c o a m i n g ; 4 - fillet w e l d s i n t h e p l a c e o f t h e h a t c h side
3.20.4.13 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s t o c r a c k resistance c o a m i n g c o n t a c t w i t h t h e u p p e r d e c k plating; 5 - fillet w e l d s i n t h e
specified i n t h e S e c t i o n c o v e r t h e Y P 3 6 , Y P 4 0 a n d place o f the upper deck plating contact with the bulkheads;
6 - fillet w e l d s i n t h e p l a c e o f t h e u p p e r d e c k p l a t i n g c o n t a c t w i t h
Y P 4 7 steels e q u a l l y . C r a c k r e s i s t a n c e s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l b e a m s ; 7 - fillet w e l d s i n t h ep l a c e o f t h e
according t o this P a r a a t t h e stage o f m a n u f a c t u r e r sheerstrake contact with the upper deck plating
r e c o g n i t i o n . B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g steel i s d e f i n e d as steel
plate w i t h measured crack stopping properties at -
3 2
1 0 °C > 6 0 0 0 N / m m ' W h e r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s t e e l 3.20.43 Concept examples o f brittle crack stop-
exceeds 8 0 m m , t h e r e q u i r e d value shall be approved p i n g design.
b y t h e Register as p a r t o f t h e s u b m i t t e d d o c u m e n t a t i o n . 3.20.43.1 T h e following are considered t o be
B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g steel p a r a m e t e r s , as w e l l as acceptable examples o f brittle crack stopping design.
the appropriate methods t o determine shall be agreed 3.20.43.1.1 Brittle crack stopping design
w i t h t h e R e g i s t e r ( e . g . T n o t e x c e e d i n g - 1 0 °C). T h e
kb for 3.20.4.2.12.2:
tests shall be c a r r i e d o u t i n a l a b o r a t o r y recognized .1 b r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g steel s h a l l be used f o r t h e
by the Register. upper deck along the cargo h o l d region i n a w a y
3.20.4.2 F u n c t i o n a l requirements o f brittle crack suitable t o stop a brittle crack initiating f r o m the
stopping design. coaming a n d propagating into the structure below.
3.20.4.2.1 T h e purpose o f t h e brittle crack 3.20.43.1.2 Brittle crack stopping design
stopping design is a i m e d a t stopping propagation o f for 3.20.4.2.1.2.1:
92 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

.1 w h e r e t h e b l o c k - t o - b l o c k b u t t w e l d s o f t h e .4 t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f e n h a n c e d N D T p a r t i c u l a r l y
h a t c h side c o a m i n g a n d t h o s e o f t h e u p p e r d e c k time o f flight diffraction ( T O F D ) technique using
plating a r e shifted, this shift shall be greater t h a n o r stricter defect acceptance i n lieu o f standard u l t r a ­
e q u a l t o 3 0 0 m m . B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g steel s h a l l b e sonic testing technique specified i n 3.20.2 c a n b e a n
p r o v i d e d f o r t h e h a t c h side c o a m i n g ; alternative t o 3.20.4.3.1.2.1 - 3.20.4.3.1.2.3.
.2 w h e r e c r a c k s t o p p i n g h o l e s a r e p r o v i d e d i n 3.20.5 M e a s u r e s f o r d e t e c t i n g a n d p r e v e n t i o n o f
w a y o f the block-to-block butt welds a t t h e region brittle fracture o f hull structures o f container carrier
w h e r e h a t c h side c o a m i n g w e l d m e e t s t h e d e c k w e l d , ships m a d e o f extremely thick steel plates.
the fatigue strength o fthe lower e n d o fthe butt w e l d 3.20.5.1 T h e t h i c k n e s s a n d t h e y i e l d s t r e n g t h
s h a l l b e assessed. A d d i t i o n a l c o u n t e r m e a s u r e s s h a l l s h o w n i n T a b l e 3.20.5.1 apply t o t h e h a t c h c o a m i n g
be t a k e n f o r t h e possibility t h a t a r u n n i n g b r i t t l e t o p s t r u c t u r e a n d h a t c h side c o a m i n g steel, a n d a r e
crack m a y deviate f r o m t h e w e l d line into upper deck the controlling parameters f o r t h e application o f
o r h a t c h side c o a m i n g . T h e s e c o u n t e r m e a s u r e s s h a l l countermeasures.
i n c l u d e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f b r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g steel I f the as-built thickness o fthe hatch t o p c o a m i n g
i n h a t c h side c o a m i n g ; a n d h a t c h side c o a m i n g s t r u c t u r e i s b e l o w t h e v a l u e s
3 w h e r e stopping insert plates o f brittle crack given i n Table 3.20.5.1, countermeasures aren o t
s t o p p i n g steel o r w e l d m e t a l inserts w i t h h i g h c r a c k necessary regardless o f t h e thickness a n d yield
stopping toughness properties a r e p r o v i d e d i n w a y o f s t r e n g t h o f t h e u p p e r deck steel.
the block-to-block butt welds a tthe region where hatch 3.20.6 S t a n d a r d E S S O t e s t .
side c o a m i n g w e l d m e e t s t h e d e c k w e l d , a d d i t i o n a l 3.20.6.1 S c o p e o f a p p l i c a t i o n .
countermeasures shall be taken f o rthe possibility that 3.20.6.1.1 T h e E S S O t e s t m e t h o d i s u s e d t o
a r u n n i n g brittle crack m a y deviate f r o m t h e w e l d line estimate t h e brittle crack stopping toughness value
i n t o u p p e r d e c k o r h a t c h side c o a m i n g . T h e s e c o u n t e r - K o f r o l l e d steel plates f o r h u l l o fthickness 100 m m
ca

measures shall include t h eapplication o f brittle crack o r less.

s t o p p i n g steel i n h a t c h side c o a m i n g ;

T a b l e 3.20.5.1
S y m b o l s used a n d their meanings
1
Tensile strength, Thickness, Option Measures
MPa mm
1 2 3+ 4 5

36 50<г«85 — N/A N/A N/A N/A

85<г«100 — X N/A N/A N/A

40 50<г«85 — X N/A N/A N/A

85<г«100 А X N/A X X

2 3
В х N/A N/A X

47FCAW 50<г«100 А X N/A X X

2 3
В х N/A N/A X

47EGW 50<г«100 — X N/A X X

1
Selectable f r o m option A o r B .
2
R e f e r t o 3.20.4.3.4.
3
R e f e r t o 3.20.4.3.

Symbol:
x — t o b e applied.

M e a s u r e s ( t o T a b l e 3.20.5.1):
1 . N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g o f a l l w e l d e d j o i n t s a c c o r d i n g t o 3.20.2 ( d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ) .
2. P e r i o d i c n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g a f t e r d e l i v e r y o f s t e e l ( d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ) .
3. B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g d e s i g n a g a i n s t s t r a i g h t p r o p a g a t i o n o f b r i t t l e c r a c k a l o n g w e l d l i n e ( d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ) .
R e f e r t o 3 . 2 0 . 4 . 3 . 1 . 2 . 1 , 3.20.4.3.1.2.2.
4. B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g d e s i g n a g a i n s t d e v i a t i o n o f b r i t t l e c r a c k f r o m w e l d l i n e ( d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ) . R e f e r t o 3 . 2 0 . 4 . 3 . 1 . 1 . 1 .
5. B r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g d e s i g n a g a i n s t p r o p a g a t i o n o f c r a c k s f r o m s e c o n d a r y w e l d a r e a s ( r e f e r t o F i g . 3.20.4.2.1.2.2) s u c h a s f i l l e t s
a n d a t t a c h m e n t w e l d s ( d u r i n g c o n s t r u c t i o n ) . R e f e r t o 3.20.4.3.1.1.1.
P a r t XIII. Materials 93

3.20.6.2 S y m b o l s . 3.20.6.4.2 T h e thickness a n d w i d t h o f t h e test

T a b l e 3.20.6.2 specimen shall b e i n accordance w i t h T a b l e 3.20.6.4.2.
S y m b o l s used a n d their meanings
T a b l e 3.20.6.4.2
T h i c k n e s s a n d width o f test specimen
Symbol Unit Meaning
Thickness t s 100 m m a n d b e l o w
ts m m T h i c k n e s s o ftest specimen
W i d t h o ftest s p e c i m e n W s 500 m m
Ws m m W i d t h o ftest specimen
L m m L e n g t h o ftest specimen
s
N o t e . I f t h e w i d t h o fthe test s p e c i m e n c a n n o t b e m a d e
t, m m Thickness o ft a b plate a t 500 m m , i t m a y b e t a k e n a s 600 m m .
Wr m m W i d t h o ft a b plate
L r
m m L e n g t h o ft a b plate
m m Distance between pins
a m m Length o f crack projected o n surface 3.20.6.4.3 T h e test specimens shall b e t a k e n f r o m
n o r m a l t o the line o f l o a d the s a m e steel plate.
a a
mm M a x i m u m crack length a t brittle crack 3.20.6.4.4 T e s t specimens shall be t a k e n i n such a
stopping position
way that the axial direction o f the load is parallel t o
T °c T e m p e r a t u r e o ftest specimen
dT/da "С/ T e m p e r a t u r e gradient o ftest specimen the r o l l i n g d i r e c t i o n o f t h e steel plate.
<y N/mm 2
G r o s s stress i ntested part (load / Wsts) 3.20.6.4.5 T h e thickness o f the test specimen shall
3 2
N/mm ' Brittle crack stopping toughness value be t h e s a m e as t h e thickness o ft h e steel plate t o b e
used i nt h e ship's h u l l structures.
3.20.6.5 Test e q u i p m e n t .

Ж W, Tab plate W Specimen

3.20.6.5.1 T h etest e q u i p m e n t t o b e used shall

vw consist o f p i n l o a d type h y d r a u l i c test e q u i p m e n t

s

r r - - - - ~ " > • • •
F i g . 3.20.6.2 C o n c e p t u a l v i e w o f t e s t s p e c i m e n , t a b a n d l o a d j i g
3.20.6.3 P u r p o s e .
3.20.6.3.1 T h e p u r p o s e o f this test shall encourage
the p e r f o r m a n c e o f a s t a n d a r d test f o r assessment o f
brittle crack stopping toughness w i t h temperature
gradient a n d t o obtain t h e corresponding brittle
c r a c k s t o p p i n g t o u g h n e s s v a l u e K^.
3.20.6.4 S t a n d a r d test specimen.
c a p a b l e o f tensile tests.
-1 3.20.6.5.2 T h edistance b e t w e e n t h e pins shall b e
n o t less t h a n 2 0 0 0 m m .
3.20.6.5.3 D r o p w e i g h t type o r a i r g u n type
impact equipment m a y be used for t h eimpact energy
required f o r generating brittle cracks.
3.20.6.5.4 T h e wedge shall h a v e a n angle greater
t h a n t h e u p p e r n o t c h o f t h e test specimen, a n da n
opening force shall be applied o n t h e notch.
3.20.6.6 Test p r e p a r a t i o n .
3.20.6.6.1 T h etest piece shall be fixed directly t o
the p i n load j i g o rb y means o f weld j o i n t t h r o u g h the
tab plate. T h e o v e r a l l l e n g t h o f the test specimen a n d
t a b p l a t e s h a l l b e n o t l e s s t h a n 3W . T h e t h i c k n e s s a n d
S

3 . 2 0 . 6 . 4 . 1 F i g . 3 . 2 0 . 6 . 4 . 1 s h o w s t h e s h a p e a n d size w i d t h o f t h e t a b plate shall be i n accordance w i t h

o f the s t a n d a r d test specimen. Table 3.20.6.6.1.
T a b l e 3.20.6.6.1
Allowable dimensions o ftab plate
4 _ Y
Thickness t r
Width W r

Rolling direction Dimensions o ftab plate 0,8г «г «1,5г

а г а W ^W ^2W
s r s

N o t e s : 1. t — thickness o ftest s p e c i m e n .
s

2. I f t h e t a b p l a t e h a s a t h i c k n e s s s m a l l e r t h a n t h e t e s t
specimen, the reflection o f stress w a v e will b e o n the safer side
for the assessment; therefore, the m i n i m u m value o f thickness
i s t a k e n a s 0,8г .а

Initial thickness

3.20.6.6.2 T h e r m o c o u p l e s shall b e fitted a t 5 0 m m

500 and above
p i t c h o n t h e n o t c h e x t e n s i o n line o f the test specimen.
3.20.6.6.3 I f t h e brittle c r a c k is estimated t o
U n i t : mm
deviate f r o m i t s presumed course, thermocouples
F i g . 3.20.6.4.1 S h a p e a n d s i z e o f t e s t s p e c i m e n shall be fitted a t t w o points separated b y 100 m m o n
the line o fload f r o m t h e n o t c h extension line a t t h e
centre o f w i d t h o f t h e test specimen.
94 Rules
3.20.6.6.4 I f d y n a m i c m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e neces­
sary, s t r a i n gauges s h a l l b e fitted a t specific locations.
3.20.6.6.5 T h e test specimen shall b e fixed t o t h e
testing machine together w i t h t h e t a b plate after
welding a n d the p i nload jig.
3.20.6.6.6 T h e i m p a c t e q u i p m e n t shall b e m o u n t e d .
T h e construction o f the impact equipment shall be such
that t h e impact energy is correctly transmitted. A n
a p p r o p r i a t e j i g shall b e a r r a n g e d t o m i n i m i z e t h e effect
o f bending load due t o the impact equipment.
3.20.7 Test m e t h o d .
3.20.6.7.1 T o e l i m i n a t e t h e effect o f r e s i d u a l stress
or correct the angular deformation o f tab welding, a
p r e l o a d less t h a n t h e test l o a d m a y b e a p p l i e d b e f o r e
cooling.
3.20.6.7.2 C o o l i n g a n d h e a t i n g m a y b e i m p l e ­
m e n t e d f r o m o n e side o n t h e side o p p o s i t e t h e side o n
w h i c h t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e i s f i t t e d , o r f r o m b o t h sides.
3.20.6.7.3 T h e t e m p e r a t u r e gradient shall be
c o n t r o l l e d i n t h e r a n g e o f 0 , 2 5 °C/mm t o 0 , 3 5 °C/mm
i n t h e r a n g e o f w i d t h f r o m 0,3 W t o 0,7 W a t t h e
s s
central p a r t o f t h e test specimen.
3.20.6.7.4 W h e n t h e specific t e m p e r a t u r e g r a d i e n t
is reached, t h e t e m p e r a t u r e s h a l l b e m a i n t a i n e d f o r
m o r e t h a n 1 0m i n , after w h i c h t h e specified test l o a d
shall then be applied.
3.20.6.7.5 5 A f t e r m a i n t a i n i n g t h e test l o a d f o r a t
l e a s t 3 0 s, a b r i t t l e c r a c k s h a l l b e g e n e r a t e d b y i m p a c t .
T h e standard impact energy is taken as 2 0t o 6 0 J p e r
1 m mplate thickness. I f the brittle crack initiation
characteristics o f t h e base m e t a l a r e h i g h , a n d i tis
difficult t o generate a brittle crack, t h e impact energy
m a y be increased t ot h eupper limit o f 120 J per 1 m m
plate thickness.
3.20.6.7.6 L o a d i n g is stopped w h e n t h e initiation,
propagation, a n d stopping o f brittle crack have been
confirmed. N o r m a l temperature is restored, a n d i f
necessary, t h e l i g a m e n t is b r o k e n b y gas c u t t i n g a n d
forcibly t h e specimen is b r o k e n b y using t h e testing
machine. O r , after t h e ductile crack h a s been
propagated t o a n adequate length w i t h t h e testing
machine, the ligament is broken b y gas cutting.
3.20.6.7.7 A f t e r f o r c i n g t h e fracture, p h o t o s o f
the fractured surface a n d t h e p r o p a g a t i o n r o u t e shall
be t a k e n , a n d t h e crack l e n g t h shall b e measured.
3.20.8 Test results.
3.20.6.8.1 T h e distance f r o m t h e t o p o f t h e test
specimen, including then o t c h t o them a x i m u m length
in t h eplate thickness direction o fthe arrested crack
tip, shall be measured. I f t h e crack surface deviates
f r o m t h e surface n o r m a l t o t h e line o f l o a d o f the test
specimen, t h e projected l e n g t h o n t h e surface n o r m a l
t o t h e l i n e o f l o a d s h a l l b e m e a s u r e d . I n t h i s case, i f
the trace o f brittle crack stopping is clearly visible o n
the fractured surface, t h e first crack stopping p o s i t i o n
is t a k e n as t h e s t o p p i n g c r a c k p o s i t i o n .
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
3.20.6.8.2 F r o m t h e results o f t h e r m o c o u p l e
measurement, the temperature distribution curve
shall be plotted, a n d the stopping crack temperature
shall be measured corresponding t o t h e stopping
crack length.
3.20.6.8.3 T h e brittle crack s t o p p i n g toughness
v a l u e K o f each test shall b e d e t e r m i n e d b y u s i n g t h e
ca
following formula:
K
ca = , J n a • ^2 Ws/ка - t a n ( 7 i a / 2 W ) . s
3.20.9 R e p o r t
3.20.6.9.1 T h e f o l l o w i n g items shall be reported:
.1 testing m a c h i n e specifications; testing m a c h i n e
capacity, distance between pins L ; p
.2 l o a d j i g d i m e n s i o n s ; t a b p l a t e t h i c k n e s s t, r
tab plate w i d t h W, test specimen l e n g t h i n c l u d i n g t a b
r
plate L + 2 L ;
s r
.3 t e s t s p e c i m e n d i m e n s i o n s ; p l a t e t h i c k n e s s t ; s
test specimen w i d t h W a n d l e n g t h L ;
s s
.4 t e s t c o n d i t i o n s ; p r e l o a d stress, t e s t stress, t e m ­
perature distribution (figure o r table); i m p a c t energy;
.5 test results; c r a c k a r r e s t l e n g t h a , t e m p e r a t u r e
a
gradient a t stopping position, brittle crack stopping
toughness K ; ca
.6 d y n a m i c m e a s u r e m e n t results ( i f m e a s u r e m e n t
is c a r r i e d o u t ) ; c r a c k g r o w t h r a t e , s t r a i n change;
.7 test s p e c i m e n p h o t o s ; f r a c t u r e r o u t e , f r a c t u r e d
surface.
3.20.6.9.2 I f t h e c o n d i t i o n s b e l o w a r e n o t satisfied,
the test results shall b e treated as reference values.
.1 the brittle crack stopping position shall be i n the
range o f the hatched part s h o w n i n F i g . 3.20.6.9.2.1. I n
t h i s case, i f t h e b r i t t l e c r a c k s t o p p i n g p o s i t i o n i s m o r e
t h a n 5 0 m m a w a y f r o m t h e centre o f the test specimen i n
t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n o f t h e test specimen, t h e
t e m p e r a t u r e o f t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e a t t h e ±100 m m
p o s i t i o n s h a l l b e w i t h i n + 3 °C o f t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e a t
the centre;
0.7Щ
F i g . 3.20.6.9.2.1 N e c e s s a r y c o n d i t i o n s
of stopping crack position
P a r t XIII. Materials 95

.2 t h e b r i t t l e c r a c k s h a l l n o t h a v e a d i s t i n c t c r a c k and K ca at the desired t e m p e r a t u r e shall be calcu-

bifurcation while it propagates. lated. I n this case, d a t a s h a l l exist o n b o t h sides, t h a t
3.20.6.9.3 F r o m effective test results m e a s u r e d at is, t h e h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e a n d l o w t e m p e r a t u r e sides
m o r e than 3 points, the linear a p p r o x i m a t i o n a r o u n d t h e assessed t e m p e r a t u r e .
e q u a t i o n shall be d e t e r m i n e d o n the A r r h e n i u s p l o t ,
96 Rules
4 COPPER AND COPPER-BASE ALLOYS
4.1 S E M I - F I N I S H E D P R O D U C T S O F C O P P E R
AND COPPER-BASE A L L O Y S
4.1.1 G e n e r a l .
These requirements apply to semi-finished pro-
ducts o f copper and copper-base alloys (rolled,
forged, d r a w n , p r e s s - f o r m e d , etc.) a n d castings,
w h i c h are used i n shipbuilding a n d m a r i n e engineer-
ing, a n d the m a n u f a c t u r e o f w h i c h is subject t o the
Register survey. Semi-finished products o f copper
a n d copper-base a l l o y s shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d at
w o r k s r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2.
4.1.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p -
erties.
The chemical composition and mechanical prop-
erties o f copper a n d copper-base alloys p r o d u c t s such
as pipes, plates, bars, r o l l e d sections, f o r g i n g s a n d
castings shall m e e t the requirements o f appropriate
standards o r specifications approved by the Register.
W h e n selecting copper-base alloys, o n e shall
consider the required level o f mechanical properties at
i n d o o r o r h i g h e r temperatures, c o r r o s i o n resistance,
and other properties determined by their application.
4.1.3 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
If, i n the process o f manufacture, parts m a d e o f
copper a n d copper-base alloys are subjected to heat
t r e a t m e n t , t h e t y p e o f h e a t t r e a t m e n t s h a l l be
reported t o the Register a n d stated i n the m a t e r i a l
certificate.
R o l l e d p r o d u c t s m a d e o f C u Z n a l l o y s (brasses)
s h a l l be a n n e a l e d f o r stress r e l i e v i n g .
4.1.4 S a m p l i n g .
Tensile test samples shall be c u t f r o m plate
material transversely to the direction o f rolling
(forging), a n d f r o m tubes, rods, sections a n d forgings
— longitudinallyto the direction o f rolling.
T u b e s , rods a n d sections w i t h a diameter ( o r
t h i c k n e s s ) o f 4 0 m m a n d less m a y b e s u b j e c t e d t o
tensile tests i n t h e r o u g h c o n d i t i o n .
F o r g i n g samples m a y be forged separately o r
forged o n the forgings. T h e samples shall have the
s a m e degree o f u p s e t t i n g as t h e f o r g i n g i n i t s h i g h e s t
loaded cross-section.
C a s t i n g samples m a y be separately cast, cast-on
or cut o u t f r o m the casting.
I n a n y case, t h e samples s h a l l be c u t after t h e
final heat treatment (in the supply condition).
4.1.5 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
I f n o t o t h e r w i s e specified, the f o l l o w i n g samples
shall be t a k e n f r o m each batch:
for d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f chemical c o m p o s i t i o n (heat
analysis);
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
for d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f mechanical properties ( R e H ,
for fabrication testing.
T h e scope o f testing f o r semi-finished products
(rolled products, forgings, castings) shall be d e t e r m i n e d
according t o standards recognized by the Register.
C u Z n a l l o y tubes f o r heat exchangers shall be
subjected t o t h e f o l l o w i n g tests:
mercuric nitrate or a m m o n i a treatment according
to the requirements o f appropriate standards (one
specimen per lot);
flattening ( t w o specimens cut f r o m t w o tubes,
H=3t);
expanding ( t w o specimens f r o m t w o tubes, w i t h
t h e a n g l e o f m a n d r e l t a p e r a = 45°, a n d t h e
expansion degree o f 30 % ) ;
microstructure check (one specimen per lot).
A v e r a g e g r a i n d i a m e t e r shall be 0,01 t o 0,05 m m .
T u b e s shall be subjected t o h y d r a u l i c testing; the
test pressure s h a l l be d e t e r m i n e d b y standards o r
specifications.
I n j u s t i f i e d cases s u b s t i t u t i o n o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing f o r h y d r a u l i c testing is p e r m i t t e d .
4.1.6 I n s p e c t i o n .
Products submitted for the Register inspection
shall c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f corresponding
standards o r specifications, o n the basis o f w h i c h t h e y
are accepted.
T h e p r o d u c t s s h a l l n o t h a v e defects, w h i c h are
d e t r i m e n t a l f o r t h e i r i n t e n d e d use.
4.1.7 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a -
t i o n — i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4.
4.2 P R O P E L L E R CASTINGS
4.2.1 General.
4.2.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o c a s t i n g s
i n t e n d e d f o r cast propellers, blades a n d bosses o f
propellers w i t h detachable blades.
The requirements are applicable t o m o u l d i n g ,
casting, inspection o f n e w propellers, blades a n d
bosses as w e l l as r e p a i r o f n e w p r o p e l l e r s i n t h e
course o f their m a n u f a c t u r e . U p o n special considera-
t i o n these r e q u i r e m e n t s m a y also be applied f o r the
repair a n d inspection o f propellers becoming da-
m a g e d d u r i n g service.
4.2.1.2 A l l p r o p e l l e r s a n d t h e i r c o m p o n e n t s s h a l l
be cast b y f o u n d r i e s a p p r o v e d b y the Register i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. T h e a p p l i c a t i o n f o r ap-
P a r t XIII. Materials 97

p r o v a l shall be accompanied b y specifications o f t h e The structure C U l a n d C U 2 type alloys shall con­

propeller materials, manufacturing procedures, re­
pair, non-destructive testing a n d a description o f the
f o u n d r y facilities, including the m a x i m u m capacity o f
the ladles.
4.2.1.3 T h e a p p r o v a l t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.5 u n d e r t h e p r o g r a m m e a p ­
p r o v e d b y t h e Register. T h e p u r p o s e o f t h e tests s h a l l
verify t h a t t h e castings a n d their quality, i n c l u d i n g
chemical composition a n d mechanical properties,
c o m p l y w i t h these requirements.
4.2.1.4 T h e f o u n d r y s h a l l h a v e a n a d e q u a t e l y
equipped laboratory, m a n n e d b y experienced person­
nel, f o r t h e testing o f m o u l d i n g m a t e r i a l s , c h e m i c a l
analyses, mechanical testing a n d m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l
testing o fmetallic materials. P r o v i s i o n shall be made
for n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing. I f these test facilities a r e
not available, details shall be provided o f a n
approved local laboratory w h i c h will provide such
services. T h e l a b o r a t o r y , s h a l l b e r e c o g n i z e d b y a n
authorized national body and/or Register.
4.2.1.5 T h e p o u r i n g s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n t o d r i e d
m o u l d s using degassed liquid m e t a l . T h e p o u r i n g
shall be c o n t r o l l e d as t o a v o i d turbulences o f flow.
Special devices a n d / o r procedures shall p r e v e n t slag
flowing into the mould.
4.2.1.6 S u b s e q u e n t s t r e s s r e l i e v i n g h e a t t r e a t m e n t
m a y b e p e r f o r m e d t o r e d u c e t h e r e s i d u a l stresses. F o r
this purpose, the manufacturer shall submit a
specification containing t h e details o f t h e heat
treatment t o t h e Register f o r a p p r o v a l (refer t o
Tables 4.2.8.5-1 a n d 4.2.8.5-2).
4.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d s t r u c t u r e
characteristics.
4.2.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f t y p i c a l
copper-base alloys f o r propellers shall c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f T a b l e 4.2.2.
N o t e . T h e m a i n constituents o f the microstructure i n t h e
copper-base alloys categories C U l a n d C U 2 are alpha a n d beta
phase.
I m p o r t a n t properties such a s ductility a n d resistance t o
corrosion fatigue are strongly influenced b y the relative propor­
tion o f beta phase (too high percentage o f beta phase having a
negative effect o n these properties). T o ensure adequate c o l d
ductility a n d corrosion fatigue resistance, the proportion o f beta
phase shall b e kept low. T h e concept o f the zinc equivalent shall
be u s e d a s control since it s u m m a r i z e s the effect o f the t e n d e n c y
of various chemical elements to produce beta phase i n t h e
structure.
t a i n a n a l p h a p h a s e c o m p o n e n t o f a t l e a s t 2 5 %. T h e
content o f alpha phase shall be measured b y t h e
manufacturer. T h e zinc equivalent defined b y t h e
f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a s h a l l n o t e x c e e d a v a l u e o f 4 5 %.
100% C u
Zinc equivalent ( % ) = 1 0 0 - %
Ш + А
where A is t h e algebraic s u m o f the following
values:
1 x % Sn;
5 x % Al;
-0,5 x % M n ;
-0,1 x % Fe;
-2,3 x Ni.
The negative sign i nfront o f the elements M n , F e
a n d N i signifies t h a t these elements t e n d t o reduce t h e
p r o p o r t i o n o f beta phase.
Copper-base alloys o f chemical composition
different f r o m those given i n T a b l e 4.2.2 m a y bea l l
allowed i n accordance w i t h national o r international
standards recognized b y t h e Register.
4.2.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f standardized a l l o y s as
applied t o test specimens t a k e n f r o m separately cast
samples shall c o m p l y w i t h T a b l e 4.2.3.
These properties are a measure o f the mechanical
quality o f each heat; a n d they are generally n o t
representative o f t h e mechanical properties o f the
propeller casting itself, w h i c h m a y be u p t o 3 0 % l o w e r
t h a n t h a t o f a separately cast samples.
The requirements f o r mechanical properties o f
cast-on specimens o r those c u t o u t f r o m t h e casting
are specified i n accordance w i t h t h e a p p r o v e d
documentation.
Copper alloys w i t h mechanical characteristics
different f r o m those given i n Table 4.2.3 m a y be
allowed o n l y after their approval b y t h e Register i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 1.3.2.
4.2.4 S a m p l i n g .
Separately cast samples f o r d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
mechanical properties o f propeller alloys shall be
taken f r o m each ladle a n d shall have t h e dimensions
as s h o w n i n F i g . 4 . 2 . 4 . S a m p l e s m a y b e p r e p a r e d i n
accordance w i t h the standards approved b y the
Register. F o r t h e purpose o f approval o f a f o u n d r y

T a b l e 4.2.2

Alloy type Chemical composition o fcopper-base alloys for propellers, %

Cu Al Mn Zn Fe Ni Sn Pb

CUl 52 — 62 0,5 — 3,0 0,5 — 4,0 35 — 40 0,5 — 2,5 max 1,0 m a x 1,5 m a x 0,5
CU2 50 — 57 0,5 — 2,0 1,0 — 4,0 33 — 38 0,5 — 2,5 3,0 — 8,0 m a x 1,5 m a x 0,05
CU3 77 — 82 7,0—11,0 0,5 — 4,0 max 1,0 2,0 — 6,0 3,0 — 6,0 m a x 0,1 m a x 0,03
CU4 70 — 80 6,5 — 9,0 8,0 — 20,0 max 6,0 2,0 — 5,0 1,5 — 3,0 m a x 1,0 m a x 0,05

N o t e . C h e m i c a l composition shall b e determined for the metal o f e a c h ladle.

98 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 4.2.3 be d e t e r m i n e d as t h e average v a l u e o f 5 counts. T h e

(separatelyf c a s t s a m p l e s ) requirements o f 4.2.2.1 shall be fulfilled.
Alloy type Y i e l d stress Tensile strength Elongation 4.2.6 S e v e r i t y zones (repair zones).
Rp0,2, r n i n , M P a R , m i n , M P a
m
A;, min, 4.2.6.1 I n o r d e r t o relate t h e degree o f i n s p e c t i o n
% t o t h e criticality o f defects i n p r o p e l l e r blades a n d t o
C Ul 175 440 20 h e l p r e d u c e t h e risk o f f a i l u r e b y f a t i g u e c r a c k i n g
C U2 175 440 20 after repair, propeller blades are divided i n t o t h e
C U3 245 590 16
t h r e e z o n e s d e s i g n a t e d А, В a n d С ( r e f e r t o
C U4 275 630 18
Figs. 4.2.6.2-1 a n d 4.2.6.3).

t h e tests i n d i c a t e d i n T a b l e 4.2.1.3 m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t
o n separately cast samples a n d specimens o f cast-on
metal o r casting metal.
N o t e . P r o p e l l e r s a r e d i v i d e d i n t o h i g h s k e w propellers, i.e.
p r o p e l l e r s w i t h a s k e w a n g l e g r e a t e r t h a n 25°, a n d l o w s k e w
p r o p e l l e r s w i t h a s k e w a n g l e o f u p t o 25°.
T h e skew o f the propeller is defined as the angle, i n
projected v i e w o f t h e blade, b e t w e e n a line d r a w n t h r o u g h t h e
blade t i pa n d t h eshaft centreline a n d a second line t h r o u g h t h e
shaft centreline, w h i c h acts a s a tangent t o t h elocus o f the m i d ­
p o i n t s o f t h e h e l i c a l b l a d e s e c t i o n ( r e f e r t o F i g . 4.2.6.1).

Skew angle

Leading

Locus of
mid-chord line

F i g . 4.2.4
Separately cast sample with dimensions i n m m :
H = 100; В = 50; L > 150; T = 15; D = 25

4.2.5 S c o p e o f tests.
O u t o f each sample a t least o n e c y l i n d r i c a l
specimen is m a c h i n e d t o u n d e r g o t h e tensile test
(refer t o T a b l e 2.2.2.3). T h e tensile strength, p r o o f
stress a n d e l o n g a t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y tensile
test.
Generally, t h e specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m
separately cast samples (refer t o 4.2.4). T h e samples
shall be cast i n m o u l d s m a d e o f t h e same m a t e r i a l as
the m o u l d f o r propeller. T h e y shall be cooled d o w n
Projected
F i g . 4.2.6.1 D e f i n i t i o n o f s k e w a n g l e
4.2.6.2 S e v e r i t y z o n e s f o r l o w - s k e w p r o p e l l e r b l a d e s .
Z o n e A is i n t h e a r e a o n t h e pressure side o f
t h e b l a d e , f r o m a n d i n c l u d i n g t h e f i l l e t t o 0,4Л, a n d
b o u n d e d o n e i t h e r side b y lines a t a distance
0,15 t i m e s t h e c h o r d l e n g t h C f r o m t h e leading edge
r

u n d e r t h e same c o n d i t i o n s as t h e propeller. I f a n d 0,2 t i m e s C f r o m t h e t r a i l i n g edge, respectively,

r

propellers are subjected t o a heat t r e a t m e n t t h e as s h o w n i n F i g . 4 . 2 . 6 . 2 - 1 ( C i s t h e c h o r d w i d t h o f

r

samples shall be heat treated together w i t h t h e m . t h e b l a d e o n r a d i u s 0,4Л).

W h e r e use o f cast-on samples specimens is approved W h e r e t h e h u b r a d i u s ( R ) exceeds 0,27R, t h e o t h e r
b

by t h e Register, they shall, wherever possible, be b o u n d a r y o f zone A shall be increased t o l , 5 R . b

l o c a t e d o n t h e b l a d e s i n a n a r e a l y i n g b e t w e e n 0,5R t o Z o n e i also includes t h e parts o f the separate

0,6R, w h e r e R i s t h e r a d i u s o f t h e p r o p e l l e r . T h e
sample material shall be r e m o v e d f r o m the casting b y
non-thermal procedures. F o r C U l a n d C U 2 alloy
types t h e p r o p o r t i o n o f alpha phase is determined.
F o r this purpose, a t least o n e specimen shall be t a k e n
f r o m each cast. T h e p r o p o r t i o n o f a l p h a p h a s e s h a l l
cast propeller h u b , w h i c h lie i n t h e area o f t h e
w i n d o w s as described i n F i g . 4.2.6.2-2, a n d t h e flange
a n d fillet area o f controllable p i t c h a n d b u i l t - u p
propeller blades as described i n F i g . 4.2.6.2-3.
Z o n e В is t h e area o n t h e pressure a n d suction
sides o f t h e b l a d e . O n t h e p r e s s u r e side z o n e В i s t h e
P a r t XIII. Materials 99

F i g . 4 . 2 . 6 . 2 - 1 S e v e r i t y z o n e s f o r i: i t e g r a l l y c a s t l o w s k e w p r o p e l l e r s

Zone С
4.2.6.3 S e v e r i t y z o n e s f o r h i g h - s k e w p r o p e l l e r s .
Z o n e A is t h e a r e a o n pressure a n d s u c t i o n
sides o f t h e b l a d e as d e s c r i b e d i n F i g . 4 . 2 . 6 . 3 .
O n the pressure face z o n e A is c o n t a i n e d w i t h i n
the blade root-fillet and a line r u n n i n g f r o m the
j u n c t i o n o f t h e l e a d i n g e d g e w i t h t h e r o o t fillet t o t h e
t r a i l i n g a t 0,9R a n d a t p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e m i d - p o i n t
o f t h e b l a d e c h o r d a t 0,1 R a n d a p o i n t s i t u a t e d a t 0 , 3
o f the c h o r d length f r o m the leading edge at 0,4R.
Z o n e A also includes a n area between the above line
a n d the edge f r o m the r o o t to the c h o r d at 0,4R.
Z o n e A includes a n area a l o n g the t r a i l i n g edge
o n t h e s u c t i o n s i d e o f t h e b l a d e f r o m t h e r o o t t o 0,9R
a n d w i t h its i n n e r b o u n d a r y at 0,15 o f the c h o r d
u*d 2 lengths f r o m the t r a i l i n g edge.
Z o n e В is the area o f the pressure a n d suction
sides o f t h e b l a d e as d e s c r i b e d i n F i g . 4 . 2 . 6 . 3 .
F i g . 4.2.6.2-2 S e v e r i t y z o n e s f o r c o n t r o l l a b l e p i t c h p r o p e l l e r b o s s
Z o n e В includes the blade surfaces n o t included
in zone A .
r e m a i n i n g a r e a u p t o 0,1R (the area w i t h i n the 4.2.6.4 Z o n e A is a r e g i o n c h a r a c t e r i z e d b y the
b o u n d a r i e s o f 0,4R a n d 0,7R plus areas o n the h i g h e s t o p e r a t i n g stresses a n d t h e greatest t h i c k ­
leading a n d t r a i l i n g edges b o u n d e d b y lines 0 , 1 5 C r nesses, a n d t h e r e f o r e i t requires the h i g h e s t degree o f
a n d 0,2C , respectively, a n d the line over the blade
r inspection and performance o f all repair w o r k s .
l e n g t h w i t h a r a d i u s o f 0 , 4 R ) as d e s c r i b e d i n Z o n e В is also a r e g i o n w h e r e the o p e r a t i n g
Fig. 4.2.6.2-1. stresses m a y be h i g h , a n d t h e r e f o r e w e l d i n g s h a l l
O n t h e s u c t i o n side z o n e В is t h e a r e a f r o m t h e p r e f e r a b l y be a v o i d e d i n r e p a i r w o r k s .
fillet t o 0 , 7 R . Z o n e С is a region, i n w h i c h the o p e r a t i n g
Z o n e С i s t h e a r e a o u t s i d e 0,1 R o n b o t h stresses are l o w a n d w h e r e t h e b l a d e thicknesses are
p r e s s u r e a n d s u c t i o n s i d e s o f t h e b l a d e ( b e t w e e n 0,1 R r e l a t i v e l y s m a l l . R e p a i r w e l d i n g is safer a n d is
a n d R ) as d e s c r i b e d i n F i g . 4 . 2 . 6 . 2 - 1 . I t a l s o i n c l u d e s permitted i n accordance w i t h a procedure approved
all the surfaces o f the h u b other t h a n those by the Register.
designated zone A above.
100 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

Zone Л

Leading <

Trailing edge

a
!5y

Zone A

Zone A Zone Б
Zone В (including bore hoies)

Section a-a

F i g . 4.2.6.2-3 S e v e r i t y z o n e s f o r c o n t r o l l a b l e p i t c h a n d b u i l t - u p p r o p e l l e r

Leading edge

Pressure side Suction side

F i g . 4.2.6.3 S e v e r i t y z o n e s i n b l a d e s w i t h s k e w a n g l e s g r e a t e r t h a n 25°

4.2.7 Inspection. T h e surface shall b e free f r o m defects liable t o result i n

4.2.7.1 Propeller castings shall be visually tested a t
a l l stages o f m a n u f a c t u r e . T h e castings shall b e subjected
to a comprehensive visual testing i n t h e finished
c o n d i t i o n b y t h e s u r v e y o r t o t h e R e g i s t e r . A t t h e final
stage o f m a n u f a c t u r e t h e i n s p e c t i o n shall i n c l u d e t h e
bore. T h e castings subject t o inspection shall b e fettled
a n d their surface prepared f o r non-destructive testing.
damage o f propellers i n the course o f operation.
N o t e . C a s t i n g defects, w h i c h m a y i m p a i r the serviceability
o f t h e castings, e.g. m a j o r non-metallic inclusions, shrinkage
cavities, b l o w holes a n d cracks, are n o t permitted. T h e s e defects
m a y b e r e m o v e d b y o n e o f t h e m e t h o d s d e s c r i b e d i n 4.2.8 a n d
repaired within the limits a n d restrictions for the severity areas.
Full description a n d documentation shall b e presented to the
surveyor to the Register before commencement o f works.
P a r t XIII. Materials 101

4.2.7.2 T h e d i m e n s i o n s a n d t h e d i m e n s i o n a l a n d T h e indications detected i n each o f such areas

geometrical tolerances shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e require­ a r e , w i t h respect t o t h e i r size a n d n u m b e r , s h a l l n o t
ments o f the drawings approved b y the Register a n d exceed t h e values g i v e n i n T a b l e 4.2.7.3.1.
order documentation. T h e above documents a n d t h e Areas, w h i c h a r e prepared f o rwelding, shall,
results o f measurements a n d inspection d r a w n u p i n t h e i n d e p e n d e n t o f t h e i r l o c a t i o n , a l w a y s b e assessed
f o r m o f a report shall be submitted t othe surveyor t o according t o zone A . T h e same applies t o t h e wel­
t h e R e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f t h e test. U n l e s s e x p r e s s l y ded areas after being finished m a c h i n e d and/or
provided otherwise, the accuracy a n d verification o f the grinded.
dimensions are the responsibility o f the manufacturer. T a b l e 4.2.7.3.1
Static balancing shall be carried o u t o n a l l t h e Allowable n u m b e r a n d size o f indications i n a reference area
2
o f 100 c m , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e s e v e r i t y z o n e s
propellers i n accordance w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n
approved b y t h e Register. D y n a m i c balancing is Severity M a x . total Type of Max. number of Dimen­
necessary f o r propellers r u n n i n g above 5 0 0 r p m . zones number of indication each type o f sion
indications indications a or I
4.2.7.3 Non-destructive testing.
4.2.7.3.1 P e n e t r a n t testing. A 7 circular 5 4
T h e severity zones A (refer t o 4.2.6) shall b e linear 2 3
subjected t o p e n e t r a n t testing i n t h e presence o f t h e aligned 2 3
surveyor t o t h e Register. I n zones В a n d С t h e penetrant
В 14 circular 10 6
testing shall be p e r f o r m e d b y t h e manufacturer a n d m a y linear 4 6
be witnessed b y t h e surveyor. aligned 4 6
I f repairs have been m a d e either b y grinding o r
b y w e l d i n g t h erepaired areas shall b e additionally С 20 circular 14 8
linear 6 6
subjected t o penetrant testing independent o f their aligned 6 6
location and/or severity zone.
N o t e s : 1. S i n g u l a r circular idications less t h a n 2 m m f o r
T h e penetrant testing shall be carried o u t i n zone A a n d less t h a n 3 m mf o r t h e other zones m a y b e
accordance w i t h a standard o r specification approved disregarded.
by t h e Register. T h e following definitions shall be 2. T h e t o t a l n u m b e r o f c i r c u l a r i n d i c a t i o n s m a y b e i n c r e a s e d t o
the m a x i m u m total n u m b e r represented b y t h eabsence o f linear/
applied:
aligned indications. T h e total n u m b e r o fcircular indications m a y
I n d i c a t i o n i s t h e presence o f detectable also b e increased d u e t o t h e absence o fpart o flinear and/or
bleed-out o f t h e penetrant f r o m t h e m a t e r i a l dis­
continuities appearing a t least 1 0 m i n u t e s after t h e
developer has been applied. T h e shape o f indications
shall bedetermined i n accordance w i t h F i g .4.2.7.3.1. 4.2.7.3.2 R a d i o g r a p h i c a n d u l t r a s o n i c testing.
2
R e f e r e n c e a r e a is a n area o f 100 c m , w h i c h W h e r e serious doubts exist t h a t t h e castings a r e
m a y be square o r rectangular w i t h t h e m a j o r n o t free f r o m i n t e r n a l defects f u r t h e r r a d i o g r a p h i c
dimension n o t exceeding 2 5 0 m m . and/or ultrasonic testing shall be carried o u t . T h e
F o r e v a l u a t i o n o f surface q u a l i t y b y penetrant evaluation a n d acceptance criteria shall be agreed as
testing m e t h o d t h e entire surface t o be inspected shall part o f the documentation o f the manufacturer and/
be d i v i d e d i n t o reference area. T h e area shall be t a k e n or the standards recognized b ythe Register.
in t h em o s t unfavourable locations relative t o t h e I t shall n o tbeed that the absorption o fthe X - r a y s
indication being evaluated i.e. the shape a n d dimen­ and gamma-rays is stronger i n copper-base alloys
sions o f each reference area are chosen so t h a t they t h a n i n a steel. F o r p r o p e l l e r b r o n z e s , 3 0 0 k V X - r a y s
c o v e r t h e m a x i m u m n u m b e r o f defects w i t h o u t t h e i r can n o r m a l l y be used u p t o 5 0 m m a n d
distribution t o a n adjacent reference area. C o 6 0gamma-rays u p t o 160 m m thickness. D u e t o

l.a/b<3 2.a/b>3 3. 0<d<2mm

F i g . 4.2.7.3.1 S h a p e o f i n d i c a t i o n s : 1 — c i r c u l a r ; 2 — l i n e a r ; 3 — a l i g n e d
102 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

the limited thicknesses that c a n b e radiographed as

well as f o r other practical reasons radiographic
Discard
testing is generally n o t a suitable m e t h o d f o r c h e c k i n g Macro-etch
o f the thickest parts o f large propellers. specimen

A s a general rule, ultrasonic testing o fC U l a n d Tensile test

specimen
C U 2 is n o t feasible due t o the h i g h d a m p i n g capacity
Macro-etch
o f these materials. F o r C U 3 a n d C U 4 , u l t r a s o n i c specimen
testing o f subsurface defects i s possible. Tensile test
4.2.8 R e p a i r o f defects. specimen

4.2.8.1 D i s c o n t i n u i t i e s o f t h e surface causing Macro-etch

specimen
indications w h e n penetrant testing is carried o u t
Discard
and n o t meeting the requirements o f Table 4.2.7.3.1,
such as cracks, s h r i n k a g e cavities, sand, slag a n d Face to be macro-etched
o t h e r n o n - m e t a l l i c i n c l u s i o n s , b l o w h o l e s , etc., w h i c h
m a y i m p a i r t h e safe service o f t h e p r o p e l l e r , s h a l l b e
eliminated o r welded.
D i m e n s i o n s , n u m b e r a n d l o c a t i o n o f defects
F i g . 4.2.8.5-1
allowable w i t h o u t repairs, as w e l l as o f those subject
t o repair shall b e specified i n the p r o d u c t d o c u m e n t a ­
-280
tion submitted t ot h eRegister for approval.
10 10.
I n general t h e repairs shall be carried o u t b y
mechanical means, e.g. b y grinding, chipping o r
milling. W e l d i n g m a y be applied i f the requirements
stated here a r ec o m p l i e d w i t h .
After milling o r chipping grinding shall be
a p p l i e d f o r s u c h defects, w h i c h s h a l l n o t b e w e l d e d . R50

Grinding shall be carried out i n such a manner that

the contour o f the g r o u n d depression isas s m o o t h as
possible i n o r d e r t o a v o i d stress c o n c e n t r a t i o n s o r t o
minimize cavitation corrosion.
2
W e l d i n g o f a r e a s less t h a n 5 c m s h a l l b e a v o i d e d .
4.2.8.2 R e p a i r o f defects i n z o n e A .
I n zone A , repair welding isn o t allowed.
G r i n d i n g shall becarried o u t t o a nextent, w h i c h
maintains t h e blade thickness o f t h e d r a w i n g
approved b yt h e Register.
4.2.8.3 R e p a i r o f defects i n z o n e B .
D e f e c t s t h a t a r e n o t d e e p e r t h a n dB = t/40 m m
(t = m i n i m u m l o c a l t h i c k n e s s , i n m m , a c c o r d i n g t o
the Rules) o r 2 m m (whichever is greater) shall be
r e m o v e d b y g r i n d i n g . T h o s e defects, w h i c h are deeper
than allowable f o rremoval b y grinding, m a y be
repaired b y welding.
4 . 2 . 8 . 4 R e p a i r o f d e f e c t s i n z o n e C.
I n z o n e C, r e p a i r w e l d s a r e g e n e r a l l y p e r m i t t e d .
4.2.8.5 R e p a i r welding.
The welding procedure and welding consumables
used i n repair welding shall be recognized b y t h e
Register as required b yPart X I V " W e l d i n g " .
Defects shall be repaired b y welders o f adequate
qualification, allowed b y t h e Register t o p e r f o r m
such w o r k s .
T h e approval o fthe welding procedure shall be
based o n w e l d i n g o f samples as s h o w n i n F i g . 4.2.8.5-1,
w h i c h shall b e subjected t o non-destructive testing
(penetrant a n d radiographic testing).
F i g . 4.2.8.5-2 T e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n : 1 — w e l d e d g e
T w o transverse r o u n d tensile test specimens shall
be t a k e n f r o m samples as s h o w n i n F i g . 2.2.2.3, b a n d
three macro-etch specimens shall b e prepared. A s a n
alternative, tensile test specimens m a y b eprepared i n
compliance w i t h t h e methods approved b yt h e
Register o rthe recognized standards.
T h e above w o r k s shall be performed b y t h e
manufacturer before commencement o f welding
operations.
W e l d i n g specification t o b e submitted t ot h e
Register for approval shall be made taking into account
the following requirements and recommendations:
defects s h a l l b e r e p a i r e d b y m e c h a n i c a l m e a n s i n
accordance w i t h 4.2.8, using penetrant testing f o r
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e c o m p l e t e r e m o v a l o f t h e defects;
selection o f w e l d i n g consumables, selection o f
preheat temperature and heat treatment temperature
f o r stress relief s h a l l b e m a d e i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e
requirements o fTable 4.2.8.5-1. I t shall noted that
w i t h the exception o f alloy C U 3 all w e l d repairs shall
be stress relief h e a t treated, i n o r d e r t o a v o i d stress
corrosion cracking;
w h e r e stress relief h e a t t r e a t m e n t o f a l l o y C U 3
propeller castings i s required after m a j o r repairs i n
zone В and/or zone A o r i fa welding consumable
susceptible t o stress c o r r o s i o n c r a c k i n g i s used, t h e
P a r t XIII. Materials 103

T a b l e 4.2.8.5-1 T a b l e 4.2.8.5-3
R e c o m m e n d e d filler m e t a l s a n d h e a t t r e a t m e n t s Required tensile strength values
for coppre-basealloys welded joints
Alloy Filler metal Preheat Interpass Stress Hot
type temperature, tempe- relief straighte- Alloy type Tensile strength, M P a
°C, m i n rature, tempe- ning
°C, m a x rature, tempe- CI 370
°C r a t u r e , °C C2 410
1
C3 500
CUl Al-bronze 150 300 350-550 500-800 C4 550
Mn-bronze 150 300 350-550 500-800

CU2 Al-bronze 150 300 350-550 500-800

4.2.8.6 S t r a i g h t e n i n g .
Ni-Mn-bronze 150 300 350-550 500-800
F o r h o t a n d c o l d straightening, static l o a d i n g
CU3 Al-bronze 50 250 450-500 700-900 o n l y shall be used.
2
Ni-Al-bronze 50 250 450-500 700-900 Straightening o f a bent propeller blade o r pitch
Mn-Al-bronze 50 250 450-500 700-900
modification shall be carried o u t after heating t h e
CU4 Mn-Al-bronze 100 300 450-600 700-850 bent region a n d approximately 5 0 0 m m wide zones
o n e i t h e r side o f i t . T h e t e m p e r a t u r e r a n g e s h a l l
'Ni-Al-bronze a n d Mn-Al-bronze are acceptable. comply w i t h the requirements o fTable 4.2.8.5-1; the
Stress relieving is n o t required.
heating shall be slow a n d uniform.
T h e concentrated f l a m e such as oxy-acetylene
p r o p e l l e r s h a l l be e i t h e r stress relief h e a t t r e a t e d i n a n d o x y - p r o p a n e shall n o t be used.
t h e t e m p e r a t u r e 4 5 0 t o 5 0 0 °C o r a n n e a l e d i n t h e C o l d straightening shall be used for m i n o r repairs
t e m p e r a t u r e r a n g e 6 5 0 t o 8 0 0 °C, d e p e n d i n g o n t h e o f tips a n d edges o n l y . C o l d straightening o n C U l
extent o f repair (refer t o T a b l e 4.2.8.5-1); a n d C U 2 as w e l l as C U 4 b r o n z e s h a l l be a l w a y s
t h e defects s h a l l b e r e p a i r e d as f a r as possible i n f o l l o w e d b y a stress r e l i e v i n g h e a t t r e a t m e n t i n
the d o w n - h a n d position, using arcwelding w i t h coated accordance w i t h Table 4.2.8.5-1.
electrodes o r " w i r e — shielded gas" c o m b i n a t i o n . 4.2.9 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d m a r k i n g .
W h e r e t h e d o w n - h a n d position is impossible f o r 4.2.9.1 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .
repairs, o n l y " w i r e — shielded gas" c o m b i n a t i o n shall T h e manufacturer's shall employ a m o n i t o r i n g
be used; system, w h i c h enables a l l castings t o be traced back
N o t e . U s e o f argon-shielded tungsten welding is n o t to their heat. T h e c o n f i r m a t i o n o f t h e availability o f
r e c o m m e n d e d d u e t o the higher specific h e a t input o fthis process.
such system a t manufacturer's shall be given d u r i n g
for C U l a n d C U 2materials having a thickness the manufacturer's survey.
3 0 m m a n d less g a s w e l d i n g m a y g i v e a s a t i s f a c t o r y 4.2.9.2 M a r k i n g .
weldment; M a r k i n g shall be made i n compliance w i t h the
the t i m e o f c o n d i t i o n i n g f o r stress relief h e a t r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.4. Besides, m a r k i n g s h a l l c o n t a i n
treatment o fcopper alloy propellers is determined i n the f o l l o w i n g data:
accordance w i t h T a b l e 4.2.8.5-2. T h e cooling rate number o f the Register Certificate;
s h a l l n o t e x c e e d 5 0 °C/h u n t i l t h e t e m p e r a t u r e o f skew angle f o rhigh-skew propellers;
2 0 0 °C i s r e a c h e d . ice class s y m b o l , w h e r e applicable.
4.2.9.3 T h e M a n u f a c t u r e r ' s C e r t i f i c a t e t o b e
T a b l e 4.2.8.5-2
T i m e o f conditioning for stress relief heat treatment submitted t o the surveyor t o the Register shall
of copper alloy propellers c o n t a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g details:
Stress Alloy grade C U l a n dC U 2 Alloy grade C U 3 a n dC U 4
purchaser a n d order number;
relief shipbuilding project number, i f k n o w n ;
Hours per Max. recom- Hours per Max. recom-
tempe-
25 m m m e n d e d total 25 m m m e n d e d total
description o f t h e casting w i t h d r a w i n g number;
r a t u r e , °C diameter, n u m b e r o f blades, pitch, direction o f
thickness time, hours thickness time, hours
turning;
350 5 15 grade o f alloy a n d chemical composition o f each
400 1 5 heat;
450 0,5 2 5 15
heat a n d casting number;
500 0,25 1 1 5
550 0,25 0,5 0.5 1
2 1 final weight;
600 0.25 1
l 1
results o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e tests, i f used;
^ 5 0 a n d 6 0 0 °C o n l y a p p l i c a b l e t o C U 4 a l l o y s .
portion o falpha phase f o rC U l a n d C U 2 alloys;
results o f t h e m e c h a n i c a l tests;
casting identification number;
skew angle f o rhigh-skew propellers.
104 Rules for the Classification
5 ALUMINIUM ALLOYS
5.1 W R O U G H T A L U M I N I U M A L L O Y S
5.1.1 General.
T h e present requirements apply to semi-fin­
ished products o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys
(plates, sections, p a n e l s etc.) o f 3 t o 50 m m i n
thickness intended for ship hulls, superstructures
and other marine constructions. Generally, the
requirements f o r a l u m i n i u m alloys designed f o r the
s t r u c t u r e s , c a r g o s t o r a g e systems o f t h e gas c a r r i e r s
and/or operating at l o w cryogenic temperatures are
given i n 10.2.3.
D e s i g n a t i o n o f a l u m i n i u m a l l o y s is b a s e d o n the
designations o f the A l u m i n i u m Association. Desig­
n a t i o n o f n a t i o n a l a l l o y s a p p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r is
given i n accordance w i t h the Russian standards.
T h e use o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys t h a t d o n o t
comply w i t h the present requirements i n terms o f
chemical composition, mechanical properties o r the
c o n d i t i o n o f d e l i v e r y m a y be a l l o w e d i n case the d a t a
o n alloy properties, corrosion resistance w e l d i n g
t e c h n o l o g y features, as w e l l as t h e a l l o y s ' b e h a v i o r
i n the w o r k i n g conditions, are provided. N o r m a t i v e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n a n d / o r respective standards
shall be s u b m i t t e d t o the Register f o r a p p r o v a l .
A l l a l u m i n i u m alloys shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d u n d e r
the technical supervision o f the Register at the
enterprises recognised b y the Register i n accordance
w i t h 1.3.1.2. T h e s c h e m e o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m a l l o y
m a n u f a c t u r e r s c h e m e r e c o g n i t i o n is g i v e n i n 2.2, P a r t
I I I "Technical supervision during manufacture o f
materials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships and M a n u f a c t u r e o f
Materials and Products for Ships". T h e material
c o m p l y i n g w i t h the Register r e q u i r e m e n t s shall be
supplied w i t h the Register certificates a n d m a r k s .
Certificates o f ingot, slab a n d billet m a n u f a c t u r e r s
w i t h the indication o f the manufacturer's name, alloy
grade, n u m b e r o f cast a n d c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n shall be
available to the Surveyor performing survey at the
enterprise w i t h n o m e l t i n g facilities. I n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t
the system, w h i c h is capable o f i n g o t , slab a n d billet
identification, shall be provided.
T h e enterprise, w h i c h performs a l u m i n i u m alloys
m e l t i n g , s h a l l be a p p r o v e d b y the Register.
T h e requirements o f the present P a r t apply to the
following a l u m i n i u m alloys:
.1 r o l l e d p r o d u c t s (plates, strips a n d sheets):
5083, 5086, 5383, 5059, 5754, 5456;
temper conditions: 0/H111/H112/H116/H321;
n a t i o n a l a l l o y s : 1 5 3 0 , 1 5 5 0 , 1 5 6 1 , 1 5 6 1 H , 1565ч,
1575;
temper conditions: 0/H111/H112, H32/H321;
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
.2 p r e s s e d s e c t i o n s ( f u l l s e c t i o n s , h o l l o w s e c t i o n s ,
panels, angles a n d b a r s etc.):
5083, 5383, 5059, 5086;
temper conditions: O, H i l l , H I 12, and 6 0 0 5 A ,
6061, 6082;
temper conditions: T 5 , T 6 ;
n a t i o n a l alloys: 1530, 1550, 1 5 6 1 , 1561, 1565, 1575;
temper conditions: 0 / H 1 1 1 / H 1 1 2 .
A l l o y s 6 0 0 5 A , 6 0 6 1 a n d 6 0 0 0 series s h a l l n o t be
u s e d i n d i r e c t c o n t a c t w i t h sea w a t e r u n l e s s p r o t e c t e d
by anodes and/or coating system.
5.1.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
The chemical composition o f wrought a l u m i n i u m
alloys determined f o r each cast shall m e e t the
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 5.1.2.
Samples for testing o f chemical c o m p o s i t i o n shall
be b l a n k e d directly f r o m the semi-finished products
(plates, panels, etc.).
5.1.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Mechanical properties o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys
shall m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e s 5.1.3-1 a n d 5.1.3-2.
5.1.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y s h a l l be specified i n accor­
dance w i t h E N 5 1 5 . N a t i o n a l a l u m i n i u m w r o u g h t
a l l o y s s h a l l be d e l i v e r e d w i t h i n d i c a t i o n o f c o n d i t i o n
o f supply i n accordance both w i t h E N 5 1 5 and
applicable n a t i o n a l standards.
T h e parameters o f thermal and thermomechani-
cal treatment p r o v i d i n g alloys properties are deter­
m i n e d by semi-finished products manufacturer.
C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y is specified i n t h e certificate
for semi-finished product.
5.1.5 S a m p l i n g .
Samples for mechanical properties determining
s h a l l be t a k e n so t h a t t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axis o f the test
s p e c i m e n is o r i e n t e d as f o l l o w s :
f o r r o l l e d p r o d u c t s , as a r u l e , — a c r o s s t h e
d i r e c t i o n o f r o l l i n g . I f t h e w i d t h o f r o l l e d p r o d u c t s is
insufficient f o r cutting o f f o f specimens o r i f their are
special n a t i o n a l standards — the p r o d u c t i o n o f
l o n g i t u d i n a l s a m p l e s is a l l o w e d ;
f o r p r e s s e d s e c t i o n s ( f u l l s e c t i o n s , h o l l o w sec­
t i o n s , bars etc.) — a l o n g t h e m a i n axis o f t h e s e m i ­
finished product;
for pressed sections f o r w e l d i n g o f h o l l o w
sections — perpendicular t o the section axis.
T h e samples shall be t a k e n at o n e t h i r d o f the
w i d t h f r o m a l o n g i t u d i n a l edge o f r o l l e d products.
I n t h e r a n g e 1/3 t o 1/2 o f t h e d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e
edge t o the centre o f the semi-finished p r o d u c t
samples shall be t a k e n at the thickest p a r t o f i t .
P a r t XIII. Materials 105

Chemical composition

Grade Al, % Si, % Fe, % Cu, % Mn, % Mg, % Cr, % Z n , % T i , % Other elements, % Note
Each Total 1

5083 Base «0,40 «0,40 «0,10 0,4 — 1 , 0 4,0 — 4 , 9 0,05 — 0,25 « 0 , 2 5 «0,15 «0,05 «0,15 —
—
2 2
5383 Base «0,25 «0,25 «0,20 0,7—1,0 4,0 — 5,2 «0,25 «0,40 «0,15 «0,05 «0,15
0,6—1,2 —
3 3
5059 Base «0,45 «0,50 «0,25 5,0 — 6,0 «0,25 0,4-0,9 «0,20 «0,05 «0,15
5086 Base «0,40 «0,50 «0,10 0,20 — 0.7 3,5 — 4 , 5 0,05 — 0,25 « 0 , 2 5 «0,15 «0,05 «0,15 —
5754 Base «0,40 «0,40 «0,10 «0,50* 2,6 — 3,6 «0,30 «0,20 «0,15 «0,05 «0,15 0 , l ( K M n + Cr<0,60
6005A Base 0,50 — 0,90 «0,35 «0,30 «0,50 5
0,4 — 0,7 «0,30 5
«0,20 «0,10 «0,05 «0,15 0,12<Mn + Cr<0,50
6061 Base 0,40 — 0,80 « 0 , 7 0,15 — 0,40 «0,15 0,8 — 1,2 0,04 — 0,35 « 0 , 2 5 «0,15 «0,05 «0,15 —
6082 Base 0,70 — 1,30 «0,50 «0,10 0,4 — 1,0 0,6 — 1,2 «0,25 «0,20 «0,10 «0,05 «0,15 —
National alloys

1530 Base 0,50 — 0,80 «0,50 «0,10 0,30 — 0,60 3,2 — 3,8 «0,05
«0,20 «0,10 «0,05 «0,15 —
1550 Base «0,50 «0,50 «0,10 0,30 — 0,80 4,8 — 5,8 —
«0,20 «0,10 «0,05 «0,15 —
1561 Base «0,40 «0,40 «0,10 0,70 — 1,10 5,5 — 6,5 —
«0,20 — «0,05 «0,15 Z r ( 0 , 0 2 — 0,12)
1561H Base «0,40 «0,40 «0,10 0,5 — 0,8 5,5 — 6,5 —
«0,20 — «0,05 «0,15 Z r ( 0 , 1 0 — 0,17)
1565ч Base «0,2 6
« 0 , 3 0 0,05 — 0,1 0,4 — 1,2 5,5 — 6 , 5 0,02 — 0,25
7
0,45 — «0,10 «0,05 «0,15 Z r (0.08 — 0.13)
1,0 N i (0.05)
1575 Base «0,20 «0,30 «0,10 0,35 — 0,6 5,4 — 6,4 0,05 — 0,15 « 0 , 0 1 «0,07 «0,05 «0,15 Z r ( 0 , l — 0,1)

i n c l u d i n g N i , G a , V a n d other elements n o t given here.

Z r : m a x i m u m 0,20. T h e t o t a l f o r o t h e r e l e m e n t s d o e s n o t i n c l u d e Z i r c o n i u m .
J
Z r : 0,05 — 0,25. T h e t o t a l f o r o t h e r e l e m e n t s d o e s n o t i n c l u d e Z i r c o n i u m .
4
M n + C r : 0,10 — 0,60.
5
M n + C r : 0,12 — 0,50.
6
F e + N i : «0,7
7
M g + Z n : 5,7-7,3

T a b l e 5.1.3-1
Mechanical properties f o r rolled products

Grade Temper condition T h i c k n e s s t, m m Y i e l d stress Tensile strength E l o n g a t i o n , %, m i n .

2
2
Йр0,2, N / m m , m i n . R , N/mm , min.
m

mm

5083 О 125 275 — 3 5 0 16 14

111 3 « t « 50 125 275 — 3 5 0 16 14
H112 125 275 12 10
H116 215 305 10 10
H321 215 — 2 9 5 305 — 3 8 5 12 10

5383 О 145 290 17

111 3 « t « 50 145 290 17
H116 220 305 10 10
H321 220 305 10 10
5059 О 3 « t « 50 160 330 24 24
111 160 330 24 24

H116 3 « t « 20 270 370 10 10

2 0 < t « 50 260 360 10

H321 3 « t « 20 270 370 10 10

2 0 < t « 50 260 360 10

5086 О 3 « t « 50 95 240 - 305 16 14

111 95 240 - 305 16 14

H112 3 « t « 12,5 125 250 8

12,5 < t « 50 105 240 9
H116 3 « t « 50 195 275 10 4
9

5754 О 3 « t « 50 80 190 — 2 4 0 18 17
Hill 80 190 — 2 4 0 18 17
106 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 5.1.3-1 - continued

Grade Temper condition T h i c k n e s s t, m m Y i e l d stress Tensile strength E l o n g a t i o n , %, m i n .

2
2
Йр0 2 , N / m m , m i n . R , N/mm , min.
m

mm A d
S

5456 0 3 « t « 6,3 130 — 205 2 9 0 — 365 16

6,3 < t « 50 125 — 205 285 — 3 6 0 16 14

H116 3 « t « 30 230 315 10 10

30 < t « 40 215 305 10
4 0 < t « 50 200 285 10
H321 3 « t « 12,5 2 3 0 — 315 315 — 4 0 5 12
12,5 < t « 4 0 215 — 305 305 — 385 10
4 0 < t « 50 2 0 0 — 295 285 — 3 7 0 10
National alloys

0/H112 3 « t « 12,5 80 185 15

12,5 < t « 50 60 165 11

1530 0/H112 3 « t « 12,5 125 275 15

12,5 < t « 50 110 255 12

1550 0/H112 3 « t « 12,5 175 335 12

12,5 < t « 50 175 335 10

1561 32/321 3 « t « 12,5 245 355 10

12,5 < t « 50 225 335 12

1561 0/H112 3 « t « 12,5 295 400 11 —

1565ч 0/H112 2 « t « 4 145 330 18

5 170 330 15
5,5 < t « 10,5 175 335 15
11,0 < t s S 40,0 175 335 15
40 < t « 60 175 330 15
60 < t « 80 170 310 12

1575 /112 295 400 11 —

ч
8 % f o r t h i c k n e s s e s u p t o a n d i n c l u d i n g 6,3 m m .
N o t e s : 1. T h e v a l u e s i n t h e T a b l e a r e a p p l i c a b l ef o rl o n g i t u d i n a l a n d t r a n s v e r s e s p e c i m e n s a s w e l l .
2. T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s f o r t h e О a n d H i l l t e m p e r s a r e t h e s a m e . H o w e v e r , t h e y a r e s e p a r a t e d t o d i s c o u r a g e dual
certification a s these tempers represent different processing.

B l a n k i n g o f specimens as w e l l as p r o d u c t i o n o f
specimens f o r tests shall be m a d e b y t h e m e t h o d s
preventing t h e possible change o f alloys properties
because o f hardening.
E a c h specimen shall be m a r k e d so that after its
m a n u f a c t u r e a n d cleaning i t is posssible t o identify i t
w i t h t h e specific semi-finished p r o d u c t a n d t o
determine t h e place w h e r e i t w a s b l a n k e d a n d
orientation o fit.
T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r tensile test specimens a r e set
f o r t h i n 2.2.2.5, a n d t h e general requirements f o r t h e
tests — i n 2 . 1 .
5.1.6 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
Semi-finished products o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m
alloys are submitted f o rtesting i n batches.
A batch shall consist o fsemi-finished products o f
the same grade ( t h e same cast), o f t h e same f o r m a n d
dimensions ( f o r plates — o f t h e same thickness), o f
the same temper condition a n d manufactured b y the
same technological process.
5.1.6.1 R o l l e d p r o d u c t s .
O n e tensile test specimen is t a k e n f r o m each
2000 k g . I ft h e w e i g h t o f t h e b a t c h exceeds 2000 k g ,
one extra tensile testing shall be carried o u t f o r each
2000 k g (full o r not).
F o r plates, strips o r coils w e i g h t i n g m o r e t h a n
2 0 0 0 k g each, o n l y o n e tensile test specimen shall be
taken.
5.1.6.2 P r e s s e d s e c t i o n s ( f u l l s e c t i o n s , h o l l o w
sections, b a r s etc.).
O n e tensile test specimen shall be t a k e n f r o m each
batch:
o f 1 0 0 0 k g — f o r p r o d u c t s w e i g h t i n g less t h a n 1 k g ;
o f 2000 k g— f o rproducts weighting f r o m 1 t o 5 k g ;
o f 3000 k g — f o rproducts weighting m o r e than
5 kg.
I f the weight o f semi-finished products batch
exceeds t h e specified figures, a n a d d i t i o n a l testing
shall be carried o u t f o r each batch (full o r not).
P a r t XIII. Materials 107

T a b l e 5.1.3-2
Mechanical properties for extruded products

Grade Temper condition T h i c k n e s s t, m m Y i e l d stress Tensile strength R , m E l o n g a t i o n , %, m i n

2
2
Йр0 2 , N / m m , m i n . N/mm , min.
-^50mm A d
S

5083 0 110 270 — 350 14 14

Hill 3 « t « 50 165 275 12 10
H I 12 110 270 12 10

5383 0 145 290 17 17

Hill 3 « t « 50 145 290 17 10
H I 12 190 310 10

5059 112 3 « t « 50 200 330 10

5086 0 95 2 4 0 — 315 14 14
Hill 3 « t « 50 145 250 12
H I 12 95 240 12 9

6005 5 3 « t « 50 215 260 9

3 « t « 10 215 260 8 14
6
10 < t « 50 200 250 8 10

6061 6 3 « t « 50 240 260 10 10

6082 5 3 « t « 50 230 270 8 10

6 3 « t « 5 250 290 6
5 < t « 50 260 310 10 10
1
N a t i o n a l alloys ^

1530 3 « t « 12,5 12
0/111/112 80 175
12,5 < t « 50 12

1550 0/111/112 3 « t « 12,5 13

125 255
12,5 < t « 50 13

1561 3 « t « 12,5 11
0/111/112 205 335
12,5 < t « 50 11

1565ч 0/H112 3 « t « 12,5 185 335 12

5,5 « t « 50 185 335 12

1575 3 « t « 12,5 11
0/111/112 295 400
12,5 < t « 50 11
4
T h e mechanical properties specifiedf o r national alloys also cover h o l l o w sections m a d e o fthese alloys i ftheir cross-section does
2
n o t e x c e e d 60 m m o r t h e d i a m e t e r o f a c i r c u m s c r i b e d c i r c l e i s e q u a l o r l e s s t h a n 2 5 0 m m .
N o t e . T h e values i n the T a b l e are applicablef o r longitudinal a n d transverse specimens a s well.

I f t h e test results a r e unsatisfactory, t h e testing p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e axis o f t h e section. I n a n y case

shall be repeated i naccordance w i t h t h e requirements
o f 1.3.5.2.
5.1.7 Q u a l i t y t e s t i n g o f w e l d e d j o i n t s o f h o l l o w
sections m a d e b y welding.
T h e manufacturer shall carry o u t macrosection
tests a n d drift e x p a n s i o n tests c o n f i r m i n g t h a t there is
n o lacks o f f u s i o n i n each b a t c h o f closed sections.
Sections f o rtesting shall be submitted i n batches
consisting o f n o m o r e t h a n five semi-finished
products. O n e section f r o m each batch is submitted
t o testing. I f t h e lengths o f sections exceed 6 m every
semi-finished p r o d u c t shall be tested.
T h e length o f specimens shall c o m p l y w i t h 2.2.
T h e test samples f r o m each semi-finished p r o d u c t
submitted t o testing shall be c u t f r o m t h e each e n d
t h e l e n g t h o f t h e s p e c i m e n s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n
50 m m .
D r i f t expansion testing shall be carried o u t a t
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e b y m e a n s o f a h a r d e n e d steel
c o n i c a l m a n d r e l ( o f a t l e a s t 60°).
T e s t i n g is c o n s i d e r e d u n s a t i s f a c t o r y i f t h e speci­
m e n fails w i t h a clean split along t h e w e l d line, w h i c h
confirms lack o f fusion.
5.1.8 C o r r o s i o n t e s t i n g .
R o l l e d alloys o f type 5083, 5383, 5059, 5086 a n d
5456 i n H I 16 a n d H 3 2 1 tempers i n t e n d e d f o r u s e i n
marine h u l l construction o r i n marine applications where
frequent direct contact w i t h seawater is expected shall be
c o r r o s i o n tested i n t h e a b o v e m e d i u m w i t h respect t o
e x f o l i a t i o n a n d i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n resistance.
108 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

D u r i n g theinitial w o r k s survey for thepurpose o f accordance w i t h A S T M G 6 6 a n d G 6 7 under the

its recognition, t h em a n u f a c t u r e r shall p r o v i d e data c o n d i t i o n s specified i n A S T M B 9 2 8 , o rt h e equivalent
concerning the relationship between microstructure standards recognized b y t h e Register. I fthis alter­
a n d resistance t o c o r r o s i o n . n a t i v e is used, t h e n t h e results o f the test shall satisfy
Reference photomicrographs taken at 5 0 0 X the acceptance criteria stated i n 5.1.8.
(according t o provisions i n A S T M B 9 2 8 , Section 9.4.1), 5.1.9 I n s p e c t i o n .
shall be established f o reach o fthe alloy-tempers a n d Semi-finished products o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m
thickness ranges relevant. T h e reference p h o t o g r a p h s alloys prepared f o r delivery shall have n o internal a n d
shall be t a k e n f r o m samples, w h i c h have exhibited n o e x t e r n a l defects n e g a t i v e l y affecting t h e i r direct u s e .
evidence o fexfoliation c o r r o s i o n a n d a p i t t i n g rating A l l semi-finished products are liable t o visual
o f P B o r better, w h e n subjected t o t h e test described testing.
i n A S T M G 6 6 ( A S S E T ) . T h e samples shall also have T h e application o f non-destructive testing is n o t
exhibited resistance t o i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n a t a required i f n o t specially indicated. Still i t is supposed
2
m a s s loss n o greater t h a n 1 5 m g / c m , w h e n subjected that manufacturers use therequired non-destructive
t o t h etest described i n A S T M G 6 7 ( N A M L T ) . T h e testing during m a n u f a c t u r i n g o f w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m
tests f o r e x f o l i a t i o n c o r r o s i o n a n d i n t e r g r a n u l a r alloys i n order t o m a i n t a i n products quality at the
corrosion m a y be conducted i n accordance w i t h appropriate level.
other n a t i o n a l standards recognized b y the Register. I t is a l l o w e d t o rectify t h e detected surface defects
T h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n (reports) r e l a t i n g t o t h e test by grinding o r flogging provided this corrections
results a n d t h e established relationship between d o e s n ' t c h a n g e t h e size o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o u t
m i c r o s t r u c t u r e a n d resistance t o c o r r o s i o n s u b m i t t e d o f t h e a l l o w e d tolerances.
by t h e manufacturer shall be approved b y the U l t i m a t e negative thickness tolerances f o r rolled
Register. A n y changes i n p r o d u c t i o n practices o f a l u m i n i u m a l l o y s a r e g i v e n i n T a b l e 5.1.9. R o l l i n g
the m a t e r i a l shall require respective e x a m i n a t i o n s t o w i t h tolerances i n compliance w i t h recognized
be carried o u t a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n e x h i b i t i n g evidence national o r international standards is allowed.
o f alloy c o r r o s i o n resistance t o be reapproved.
T a b l e 5.1.9
F o r rolled alloys o f type 5083, 5383, 5059 a n d
Ultimate negative thickness tolerances for rolled products
5086 i n t h e H I 16 a n d H 3 2 1 tempers, c o m p a r a t i v e
m e t a l l o g r a p h i c e x a m i n a t i o n o f o n e s a m p l e selected Nominal Ultimate tolerancesi n relation t o rolled products
t h i c k n e s s t, thickness, m m
f r o m m i d w i d t h at o n e e n d o f a batch coil (semi­
mm > 1500 > 2000
finished product) shall be carried o u t . «1500
« 2000 « 3500
A longitudinal section perpendicular t o t h e rolled
surface shall b e prepared f o r c o m p a r a t i v e m e t a l l o ­ 3«г«4 0,10 0,15 0,15
4<г«8 0,20 0,20 0,25
graphic examination according t o provisions i n 8<г«12 0,25 0,25 0,25
A S T M B928, Section 9.6.1. I fthe microstructure shows 12<г«20 0,35 0,40 0,50
evidence o f c o n t i n u o u s g r a i n b o u n d a r y n e t w o r k o f 20<г«50 0,45 0,50 0,65
a l u m i n i u m - m a g n e s i u m p r e c i p i t a t e i n excess o f t h e
m e t a l tested a t t h e initial a p p r o v a l , t h e b a t c h shall
either b e rejected o r tested f o r e x f o l i a t i o n - c o r r o s i o n
resistance a n d i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n resistance. T h e Ultimate negative thickness tolerances f o r
m e t h o d s a n d assessment criteria o f c o r r o s i o n resistance pressed semi-finished products shall be i n compliance
test results s h a l l b e i n accordance w i t h A S T M G 6 6 a n d w i t h the requirements o f recognized international o r
G 6 7 o r t h e standards recognized b y t h e Register. national standards.
Acceptance criteria are that the sample shall exhibit n o M a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e material is responsible f o r
evidence o f exfoliation c o r r o s i o n a n d a p i t t i n g r a t i n g o f dimensions o f semi-finished products a n d the appro­
P B o r better w h e n test subjected t o A S T M G 6 6 A S S E T priate a l l o w e d tolerances.
test, a n d t h e s a m p l e s h a l l e x h i b i t resistance t o 5.1.10 M a r k i n g .
i n t e r g r a n u a l c o r r o s i o n a t a m a s s loss n o greater t h a n T h e m a i n r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a r k i n g a r e s e t o u t i n 1.4.
2
15 m g / c m w h e n subjected t o A S T M G 6 7 N A M L T E a c h semi-finished product shall be clearly identi­
test. fied b y t h e agreed m e t h o d a n d i n t h eagreed place b y
I f t h e results f r o m testing satisfy t h e above the m a r k s o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d t h e Register.
criteria, t h e batch is accepted. M a r k i n g shall include as a m i n i m u m :
A s a n alternative t o metallographic testing, each name and/or identification o fthe manufacturer;
b a t c h m a y b e tested f o r e x f o l i a t i o n - c o r r o s i o n resis­ alloy grade a n d temper conditions i n accordance
tance a n d i n t e r g r a n u l a r c o r r o s i o n resistance, i n w i t h the requirements o f t h e present Chapter;
P a r t XIII. Materials 109

batch number, semi-finished product number a n d f o r m a n d content shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register

identification n u m b e r i n accordance w i t h the system
adopted b y t h e enterprise t o trace back t h e w h o l e
p r o d u c t i o n process.
It is a l l o w e d t o p u t m a r k s o n labels i f semi-
finished products are delivered i n bundles.
5.1.11 D o c u m e n t s .
Each batch o r semi-finished product ( i f products
are delivered i n pieces) tested i n accordance w i t h 5.1.6
shall have t h e Register Certificate o r t h e manufac-
ture's d o c u m e n t attested b y t h e Register representa-
tive. A s a m i n i m u m , t h e Register Certificate shall
contain the following:
order number;
construction o f t h e ship o r floating facility
number, when known;
name, number, dimensions a n d weight o f the
semi-finished product;
alloy designation (grade) a n d temper condition;
batch number o r semi-finished product number,
or identification n u m b e r , w h i c h allows t o identify the
material delivered.
T h e results o f c h e m i c a l analysis, m e c h a n i c a l tests
a n d c o r r o s i o n tests ( i f a n y ) a r e t h e m a n d a t o r y
supplement t o t h e Register's Certificate. T h e results
o f t h o s e tests s h a l l c o n f i r m t h e m a t e r i a l c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h the Register requirements (thesupplement m a y
be t h e M a n u f a c t u r e r ' s Certificate a n d / o r test r e -
ports).
I f materials are supplied w i t h the Manufacturer's
Certificates attested b y t h e Register representative, its
Chemical composition a n d mechanical properties o f cast aluminium alloys
and the customer.
5.2 C A S T A L U M I N I U M ALLOYS
5.2.1 G e n e r a l .
The requirements o f the present Chapter apply t o
parts a n d structures o f cast a l u m i n i u m alloy used i n
hull a n d ship machinery structures a n d manufactured
under survey b y the Register. Semi-finished products
o f cast a l u m i n i u m alloys shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a t
w o r k s r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2.
5.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p -
erties.
The chemical composition a n d mechanical pro-
perties o f items cast o f a l u m i n i u m alloys shall meet
the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 5.2.2.
W h e n chill o r pressure casting is employed,
m e c h a n i c a l characteristics values m a y exceed t h e
specified ones.
The use o f alloys w i t h chemical composition a n d
mechanical properties differing f r o m those indicated i n
T a b l e 5.2.2 m a y be a l l o w e d i n accordance w i t h n a t i o n a l
a n d internationalstandards recognized b y t h e Register.
The n e w alloys w i t h modified chemical composi-
tion n o t c o m p l y i n g w i t h t h e present requirements
m a y b e a l l o w e d i n case t h e d a t a o n t h e i r properties,
i n c l u d i n g c o r r o s i o n resistance a n d a p p l i c a t i o n i nt h e
working conditions, are provided.
T a b l e 5.2.2

Chemical composition, %
Mechanical properties, m i n
Condition o f supply
Grade Allowable
Basic elements residual elements R oa>
P
As, HB
(max) MPa MPa %

1 M g — 2,0...4,5 Cu — 0,10 Untreated 70 140 3 50

S i — 0,05...1,3 Fe — 0,50
M n — 0,05...0,6 Zn — 0,20 Solution-treated with slow cooling d o w n 125 210 1 65
A l — remainder Ti — 0,20
2 M g — 4...6 Cu — 0,10 Untreated 80 150 2 55
S i — 0,5...1,3 Fe — 0,50
M n — 0,05...0,5 Zn — 0,10
A l — remainder Ti — 0,20
3 M g — 9...11.5 Cu — 0,10 Solution-treated a n d hardened 145 270 8 60
S i — 1,3 ( m a x ) Fe — 0,50
M n — 0,4 ( m a x ) Zn — 0,10
A l — remainder Ti — 0,15

4 Si —7...11 Cu — 0,10 Untreated 90 150 2 50

M g — 0,5 ( m a x ) Fe — 0,60
M n —0,15...0,5 Zn — 0,30 Solution-treated with slow cooling d o w n 165 200 1,5 70
A l — remainder Ti — 0,15

5 S i — 10...13.5 Cu — 0,10 Untreated 70 150 2 50

M n — 0,5 ( m a x ) Fe — 0,60
A l — remainder Zn — 0,30 Solution-treated a n d hardened 80 160 3 50
Ti — 0,15
по Rules
5.2.3 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
I f castings o f a l u m i n i u m alloys are heat treated
t h e t y p e o f h e a t t r e a t m e n t is c h o s e n b y t h e m a k e r a n d
recorded i n the m a t e r i a l certificate.
5.2.4 S a m p l i n g .
T h e samples m a y be cast-on o r separately cast.
T h e s a m p l e t h i c k n e s s s h a l l n o t be less t h a n t h e
m i n i m u m w a l l thickness o f the casting. W h e n e v e r
possible, the c o o l i n g o f the samples w i l l be effected i n
c o n d i t i o n s s i m i l a r t o the c o o l i n g o f castings.
I n t h e case o f castings f o r p a r t s o p e r a t i n g u n d e r
h i g h l o a d s t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e samples s h a l l n o t be
less t h a n t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e h i g h e s t l o a d e d z o n e o f
the castings a n d i t shall be specified i n the d r a w i n g .
5.2.5 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
D e p e n d i n g o n their application the castings o f
a l u m i n i u m a l l o y s shall be d i v i d e d i n t o test groups
a n d tested accordingly w i t h i n the scope indicated i n
T a b l e 5.2.5.
The scope o f testing f o r castings w i t h cast o n
samples shall be specified i n the castings d o c u m e n t a ­
tion submitted to the Register for approval.
T e n s i l e tests are c o n d u c t e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e y i e l d
stress, t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h a n d e l o n g a t i o n .
W h e n castings f o r small-size pistons are checked at
the established m a n u f a c t u r i n g process a n d i n the
presence o f the data c o n f i r m i n g the c o n t i n u o u s q u a l i t y
o f castings, tensile tests o f e a c h b a t c h m a y be o m i t t e d ,
i n w h i c h case h a r d n e s s tests s h a l l be c a r r i e d o u t .
5.2.6 I n s p e c t i o n .
T h e castings shall be s u b m i t t e d f o r inspection i n
the fettled c o n d i t i o n w i t h sprues, heads a n d burrs
r e m o v e d . T h e y shall be free o f a n y defects d e t r i ­
mental to their application and strength.
Surface defects w i t h i n the d i m e n s i o n a l tolerances
m a y be e i t h e r i g n o r e d o r r e m o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g .
C e r t a i n casting defects m a y be r e p a i r e d b y
w e l d i n g , the procedure o f w h i c h shall be agreed w i t h
the Register.
I f the m a t e r i a l o f the castings is tested f o r
soundness b y h y d r a u l i c pressure, the casting d r a w i n g
Test groups for cast aluminium alloys
Test group Conditions of Examples of
application application
I Cast items subjected Parts o f internal c o m ­ Determination
to l o a d s a n d e x p o s e d b u s t i o n e n g i n e s , p u m p s , o f c h e m i c a l
to c o r r o s i o n compressors, fans, valves composition
II Parts operating at high Pistons o f internal c o m ­
temperature a n d bustion engines, comp­
exposed to fuel oil, ressors
petroleum products,
etc.
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
shall c o n t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n o n the w o r k i n g pressure i n
the tested space a n d o n the test pressure e m p l o y e d at
testing.
T h e test pressure v a l u e is selected o n t h e basis o f
the requirements o f the relevant parts o f the Rules.
N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing m a y be c o n d u c t e d o n
castings intended f o r items, w h i c h operate u n d e r h i g h
loads.
5.2.7 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued d o c u m e n t a ­
t i o n — i n accordance w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.8.8.
5.3 A L U M I N I U M - S T E E L L A M I N A T E D COMPOSITE
M A T E R I A L
5.3.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
5.3.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s e m i ­
f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s (plate, sheet, strip) o f a l u m i n i u m -
steel l a m i n a t e d c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l ( a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l
semi-finished p r o d u c t s ) i n t e n d e d f o r steel a n d a l u m i ­
n i u m joints o f ship hulls, superstructures a n d other
m a r i n e c o n s t r u c t i o n s as w e l l as t h e s h i p m a c h i n e r y
subject t o the technical supervision o f the Register i n
accordance w i t h the requirements o f other parts o f
the Rules.
5.3.1.2 A l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s
shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h the
documentation approved by the Register at the
enterprises recognized b y the Register based o n the
r e q u i r e m e n t s g i v e n i n 1.3 a n d u n d e r t e c h n i c a l s u p e r ­
vision o f the Register.
The Register representative performing technical
supervision at the manufacturer o f aluminium-steel
semi-finished products w i t h n o metallurgical produc­
tion o f all the composite material components shall
be p r o v i d e d w i t h the m a n u f a c t u r e r q u a l i t y certifi­
cates f o r basic materials. Suppliers o f basic materials
for a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l semi-finished p r o d u c t m a n u f a c ­
ture shall be recognized b y the Register.
T a b l e 5.2.5
Tests Scope o f testing
B a t c h size N u m b e r o f tests
Per cast
Tensile test 1 cast 2
Determination Per cast
of chemical
composition
Tensile test 1
E a c h casting
H a r d n e s s test 1
P a r t XIII. Materials
5.3.1.3 T h e u s e o f a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d
products based o n w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys a n d
steel, w h i c h d o n o t c o m p l y w i t h these r e q u i r e m e n t s i n
respect o f chemical c o m p o s i t i o n , mechanical proper-
ties o r c o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y w i l l o n l y b e possible after
thorough examination o f material supply documen-
tation, their actual properties, including corrosion
resistance a n d w e l d i n g procedure features. T h e data
substantiating possible use o f aluminium-steel semi-
finished products under operating conditions shall be
submitted t o t h e Register.
5.3.1.4 A l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s
m a y be manufactured b y simultaneous h o t rolling o r
explosion welding.
5.3.1.5 A l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s
shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d n o t using cold o r h o t rolling as
final operation t o obtain t h e required thickness.
53.1.6 H u l l s t r u c t u r a l s t e e l , w h i c h c o m p l i e s w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2, i s generally u s e d as t h e base m e t a l ,
steel l a y e r o f a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s .
R o l l e d p r o d u c t s (plate, sheet, strip) o f w r o u g h t
aluminium-magnesium alloys i n annealed condition
w h i c h c o m p l y w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 5 . 1 , e.g. 1 5 6 1
a n d 5083 alloys, a r e u s e d as a l u m i n i u m layer o f
aluminium-steel semi-finished products.
I n general, r o l l e d steel a n d a l u m i n i u m f o r
aluminium-steel semi-finished products shall be
m a n u f a c t u r e d b y t h e enterprises recognized i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3 a n d u n d e r t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n
o f t h e Register.
53.1.7 A l u m i n i u m o r p r i m a r y c o m m e r c i a l a l u m i -
n i u m shall be used as t h e intermediate a l u m i n i u m layer
o f aluminium-steel semi-finished products, shall be
specified b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n submitted f o r a p p r o v a l t o t h e Register.
The n o m i n a l thickness o f intermediate alumi-
n i u m layer o faluminium-steel semi-finished products
s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 0 , 2 5 m m .
The intermediate a l u m i n i u m layer used f o r m a n u -
facture o f aluminium-steel semi-finished product m a y
be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t h e package as a separate layer o r
serve as a c l a d d i n g o n t h e basic a l u m i n i u m layer o f
w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m - m a g n e s i u m alloys.
Rolled products o f w r o u g h t aluminium-magne-
s i u m alloys w i t h single- o r double-sided cladding o f
a l u m i n i u m o r p r i m a r y commercial a l u m i n i u m shall
be specified b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d indicated i n t h e
documentation submitted f o r approval t o the Regis-
ter.
T h e c l a d l a y e r t h i c k n e s s o n e a c h side o f t h e p l a t e
s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 4 % o f t h e t o t a l p l a t e t h i c k n e s s .
53.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
properties.
53.2.1 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
properties o f basic materials as w e l l as properties o f
aluminium-steel semi-finished products shall comply
111
w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register.
The chemical composition a n d mechanical properties
o f base materials intended f o r m a n u f a c t u r e o f
aluminium-steel semi-finished product shall comply
w i t h the requirements o f 3.2 a n d 5 . 1 , Part X I I I
"Materials".
53.2.2 C o n d i t i o n o f supply.
53.2.2.1 A l u m i n i u m - s t e e l semi-finished products
obtained b y simultaneous h o t rolling shall be
supplied i n annealed condition. T y p e a n d conditions
o f heat t r e a t m e n t shall be specified i n t h e d o c u m e n -
tation submitted f o r approval t o t h e Register.
53.2.2.2 A l u m i n i u m - s t e e l semi-finished products
obtained b y explosion welding shall be supplied i n
initial condition.
5 3 . 2 3 Scope o f testing.
5 3 . 2 3 . 1 T h e scope o f testing a n d sampling o f
basic m a t e r i a l s , steel a n d a l u m i n i u m - m a g n e s i u m
alloys f o r aluminium-steel semi-finished products
shall be i n accordance w i t h the requirements o f 3.2
and 5.1 o f Part X I I I "Materials", accordingly.
5 3 . 2 3 . 2 D u r i n g the initial survey f o r recognition
of aluminium-steel semi-finished product manufacture
b y t h e Register according t o 1.3.1, t h e scope o f testing
shall be based o n t h e p r o g r a m developed b y t h e
manufacturer o f aluminium-steel semi-finished pro-
d u c t a n d a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register. T h e c o n t r o l test
p r o g r a m shall be developed t o c o n f i r m the product
quality stability i n accordance w i t h the requirements
of 2.2, Part I I I"Technical Supervision during
Manufacture o fMaterials" o fthe Rules f o r Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d M a n -
ufacture o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships a n d
shall, as a m i n i m u m , i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g tests:
p u l l - o f f a n d shear tests t o d e t e r m i n e a d h e s i o n o f
test specimen layers i n c o m p o s i t e a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l
material;
b e n d tests t o d e t e r m i n e p l y b o n d s t r e n g t h o f test
specimen layers i n composite aluminium-steel material;
m i c r o analysis o f m e t a l i n t h e layer interface zone
of composite aluminium-steel material.
Tests shall be carried o u to n a c o n t r o l batch. F o r
each process stated (the same basic m a t e r i a l supplier,
t h e s a m e size, t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y ) , 2 s e m i -
finished products o f a batch shall be submitted f o r
testing.
Each semi-finished product o f the control batch
shall be subject t o v i s u a l a n d ultrasonic testing t o
determine layer discontinuity zone.
S i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h t h e test p r o g r a m , r e c o m -
mendations f o r welding aluminium-steel semi-
finished products shall be submitted t o t h e Register.
5 3 . 2 3 3 D u r i n g manufacture, t h e scope o f
testing shall be determined o n t h e basis o f t h e
material delivery documentation approved b y the
Register o r the national/international standard re-
112 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

cognized b y t h e Register. Semi-finished products 5.3.2.3.4.3 P u l l - o f f a n d shear tests o f a l u m i n i u m -

shall b e s u b m i t t e d f o r testing i n batches. A b a t c h
shall consist o f semi-finished products o ft h e same
c o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y , t h e s a m e size, m a n u f a c t u r e d b y
the same process a n d using basic materials received
f r o m t h e s a m e s u p p l i e r . I n g e n e r a l , n o t less t h a n
10 % o f semi-finished products shall b e t a k e n f r o m a
batch w i t h a mass o fn o t m o r e than 200 k g .
W h e r e under the contract the delivered mass o f
aluminium-steel semi-finished products o fthe same
size i s c o n s i d e r e d t o b e a b a t c h , n o t less t h a n 2 0 % o f
semi-finished p r o d u c t s i n t h e b a t c h shall b e tested.
F r o m each semi-finished product submitted f o r
testing, samples shall b e t a k e n f o r p u l l - o f f a n d shear
tests t o d e t e r m i n e l a y e r a d h e s i o n .
Visual a n d ultrasonic testing t o determine layer
discontinuity zones shall be conducted o n each semi­
finished product i n the batch.
5.3.2.3.4 S a m p l i n g a n d testing.
5.3.2.3.4.1 D u r i n g initial survey, t h e samples shall
be t a k e n f r o m each e n d o f semi-finished p r o d u c t .
D u r i n g manufacture, t h e samples a r e generally
taken f r o m o n e e n d o f the semi-finished product.
T h e s a m p l e s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t a d i s t a n c e n o t less
t h a n 2 5 m m f r o m t h e edge o f t h e semi-finished
product.
5.3.2.3.4.2 B e n d tests t o d e t e r m i n e p l y b o n d
s t r e n g t h o f test specimen layers i n c o m p o s i t e a l u m i ­
nium-steel material.
B e n d test o f b i m e t a l l i c specimens shall b e
p e r f o r m e d f o r t h e q u a l i t a t i v e assessment o f steel
and a l u m i n i u m layer p l y b o n d strength. N o layer
separation during bending shall be a performance
criterion. T h r e e test specimens shall b e t a k e n f r o m a
s a m p l e f o r b e n d test. O n e b e n d test s h a l l b e c a r r i e d
out w i t h the specimen o f the a l u m i n i u m layer o n the
t e n s i o n e d side a n d a n o t h e r w i t h t h e s p e c i m e n o f t h e
a l u m i n i u m l a y e r o n t h e c o m p r e s s e d side. T h e t h i r d
test specimen shall b e subject t o transverse b e n d i n g
( w i t h the layers vertically oriented). Unless otherwise
specified, t h e test c o n d i t i o n s shall b e i n accordance
w i t h T a b l e 5.3.2.3.4.2. T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r test speci­
mens' p r e p a r a t i o n a n d test p e r f o r m a n c e shall c o m p l y
with the manufacturer's documentation approved b y
the Register, n a t i o n a l and/or i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
steel s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t layers.
5.3.2.3.4.3.1 P u l l - o f f a n d shear tests o f a l u m i ­
nium-steel semi-finished product layers obtained b y
explosion welding.
T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n o n e s p e c i m e n o f
each t y p e ( p u l l - o f f a n d shear tests) t a k e n n e a r t h e
place o f e x p l o s i o n a n d o n three specimens t a k e n
a w a y f r o m that area, o n e specimen (pull-off a n d
shear tests) s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m a r e m o t e e n d o f t h e
semi-finished product.
P u l l - o f f a n d shear tests s h a l b e c a r r i e d o u t a t t h e
r o o m temperature.
5.3.2.3.4.3.2 P u l l - o f f a n d shear tests o f a l u m i ­
nium-steel semi-finished product layers obtained b y
simultaneous h o t rolling.
P u l l - o f f a n d shear tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n
one specimen o f each type a t t h e r o o m temperature.
P u l l - o f f tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n specimens as
s h o w n i n F i g . 5.3.2.3.4.3.2-1.
S h e a r tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n specimens as
s h o w n i n F i g . 5.3.2.3.4.3.2-2.
F o r a l l t h e specimens tested, t h e u l t i m a t e p u l l - o f f
a n d shear strength shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e d o c u m e n t a ­
tion approved b yt h e Register.
W h e r e t h e u l t i m a t e p u l l - o f f o r shear strength o f a
l a m i n a t e d c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l i s b e l o w t h e specified
Specimen
Support

T a b l e 5.3.2.3.4.2
B e n d tests o f aluminium-steel semi-finished products

Test type M i n i m u m bend, Mandrel

in deg. diameter

Tensile test o f a l u m i n i u m 90 3T
C o m p r e s s i o n test o f a l u m i n i u m 90 ЪТ
Transverse bending 90 6T

N o t e . Г is the m a x i m u m semi-finished product thickness.

Tests shall b e carried o u t at r o o m temperature.

F i g . 5.3.2.3.4.3.2-1 P u l l - o f f t e s t d i a g r a m s (a o r b)
P a r t XIII. Materials
specimen
load, P load, P
guide casing
\\\\Ч\\\Ч\\\\\
t + 0.10^0.15
F i g . 5.3.2.3.4.3.2-2 S h e a r t e s t d i a g r a m s ( a o r b)
m i n i m u m , t w o a d d i t i o n a l p u l l - o f f a n d shear test
specimens shall b e tested.
E a c h n e w v a l u e s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h e
specified m i n i m u m value.
W h e r e t h e ultimate pull-off o r shear strength o f a
l a m i n a t e d c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l i s b e l o w t h e specified
m i n i m u m v a l u e b u t exceeds 7 0 % o f t h e m i n i m u m
v a l u e , t w o a d d i t i o n a l p u l l - o f f a n d shear test speci­
mens taken f r o m each e n d o f t h e semi-finished
p r o d u c t shall b e tested.
E a c h n e w v a l u e s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h e
specified m i n i m u m value.
5.3.2.3.4.4 V i s u a l a n d n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
5.3.2.3.4.4.1 E a c h a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o ­
d u c t shall b e subject t o 1 0 0 % v i s u a l testing a n d
ultrasonic testing t o determine layer discontinuity zones.
5.3.2.3.4.4.2 T h e l a y e r a d h e s i o n q u a l i t y s h a l l b e
determined b y ultrasonic testing based o n approved
assessment criteria.
5.3.2.3.4.4.3 M i c r o s t r u c t u r a l a n a l y s i s o f i n t e r f a c e
b e t w e e n a l u m i n i u m a n d steel layers o f a l u m i n i u m -
steel s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s .
Manufacturer shall submit t h e photos o f inter­
face surface b e t w e e n t h e layers o f c o m p o s i t e m a t e r i a l
w i t h x(10-=-20) a n d x 100 magnification. M i c r o
structural analysis shall b e m a d e o nt h e sections c u t
o u t o f t h e s a m p l e s f o r m e c h a n i c a l tests.
113
5.3.3 I n s p e c t i o n .
5.3.3.1 A l l a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o ­
ducts shall u n d e r g o surface inspection. Absence o f
defects n o t p e r m i t t e d u n d e r delivery d o c u m e n t a t i o n
approved b yt h eRegister shall be guaranteed b y t h e
manufacturer, w i t h a relevant entry t o be made i n the
m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s certificate o f quality. T h e surface
defects resulting f r o m m a n u f a c t u r i n g procedure a r e
permitted i f their depth is within t h e negative
deviations specified i n t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
I t is a l l o w e d t o rectify t h e detected surface defects
b y g r i n d i n g o r flogging, p r o v i d e d these corrections
d o n o t c h a n g e t h e size o f t h e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t
o u t o ft h e a l l o w e d tolerances. F o r aluminium-steel
semi-finished products, r e p a i r i n g o f surface defects o f
steel a n d a l u m i n i u m layers i s n o t p e r m i t t e d .
T h e responsibility f o r quality o f control a n d
m a i n t e n a n c e o fthe required tolerances rests w i t h t h e
manufacturer.
5.3.4 M a r k i n g .
53.4.1 M a r k i n g is carried o u t i n accordance w i t h
5.1.10. T h e basic r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a r k i n g a r e set f o r t h
i n 1.4.
Every semi-finished product shall have manufac­
turer's m a r k i n g a n d t h eRegister stamp clearly m a d e
i n t h e specified m a n n e r a n d i n a d u e place.
T h e m a r k i n g shall include, as a m i n i m u m :
name and/or designation o fthe manufacturer;
grades o f a l u m i n i u m a l l o y a n d steel;
condition o f supply;
n u m b e r o f a batch, semi-finished product o r
identification number according t o manufacturer's
system, w h i c h allows tracing complete production
process.
I f t h e semi-finished products a r e delivered i n
bundles, t h e m a r k i n g m a y b e m a d e o n tags.
53.5 Documents.
5 3 . 5 . 1 I f s u p p l y i s p r o v i d e d b y piece, every b a t c h
of semi-finished product, w h i c h h a s undergone
testing shall be p r o v i d e d w i t h t h e Register certificate
or manufacturer's document witnessed b yt h e Regis­
ter representative. T h e Register certificate shall
include, as a m i n i m u m :
order number;
construction project number, i f k n o w n ;
name, number, dimensions a n dmass o fa semi­
finished product;
grades o f a l u m i n i u m a l l o y a n d steel, s t a n d a r d s
for supply;
condition o f supply;
number o f a batch o ra semi-finished product o r
identification number, w h i c h allows identifying t h e
supplied material.
T h e Register certificate shall be c o m p u l s o r y
supplemented w i t h t h e results o f t h e chemical
114 Rules
a n a l y s i s a n d m e c h a n i c a l tests, w h i c h c o n f i r m t h e
material conformity w i t h the Register requirements
(the supplement m a y be manufacturer's certificate
a n d / o r test reports).
I f materials are supplied w i t h the manufacturer's
certificates witnessed b y t h e Register representative,
their f o r m a n d contents shall be agreed w i t h t h e
Register a n d the customer.
5.3.6 W e l d i n g o f s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o f a l u m i -
nium-steel laminated composite material.
5.3.6.1 W e l d e d j o i n t s o f a l u m i n i u m - s t e e l s e m i -
finished products t o steel a n d a l u m i n i u m h u l l
structural members shall be made b y separate
welding o f layers between similar materials using
fillet, o v e r l a p o r b u t t welds.
5.3.6.2 W e l d i n g p r o c e s s e s s h a l l b e a p p r o v e d i n
accordance w i t h Sections 6 a n d 7, P a r t X I V "Weld¬
ing".
5.3.6.3 T h e e d g e p r e p a r a t i o n f o r w e l d i n g s h a l l b e
in accordance w i t h the national standards and/or
drawings approved b y t h e Register.
T h e edge p r e p a r a t i o n shall be effected b y
m a c h i n i n g o r g r i n d i n g . T h e edges o f parts t o be
assembled shall f i t each other closely a n d shall n o t
be o u t o f a l i g n m e n t o n t h e i n t e r n a l side o f steel
layer.
5.3.6.4 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s f o r t h e s t e e l l a y e r
shall be i n accordance w i t h the requirements o f4.2
and f o r the a l u m i n i u m layer, w i t h t h e requirements
o f 4.7, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " .
5.3.6.5 T h e w e l d s h a l l b e m a d e f i r s t o n t h e s t e e l
l a y e r side a n d t h e n o n t h e a l u m i n i u m l a y e r side.
5.3.6.6 W e l d i n g o n t h e s t e e l l a y e r s i d e s h a l l b e s o
done that n o melting o fthe a l u m i n i u mlayer f o r m i n g
part o f the aluminium-steel semi-finished product
occurs.
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
5.3.6.7 P r i o r t o w e l d i n g o n t h e a l u m i n i u m l a y e r
side, t h e w e l d r o o t o n t h e steel l a y e r side s h a l l b e c u t
out t o sound metal b y machining o r grinding only.
Cutting o u t o f t h e w e l d r o o t b y means o f abrasive
disks is n o t permitted.
5.3.6.8 F u l l - w i d t h o f t h e e d g e p r e p a r a t i o n , h i g h -
alloyed welding consumables shall be deposited o n
the surface o f w e l d e d edges o f t h e steel l a y e r t o ensure
good wetting w h e n filling i n the grooves w i t h
a l u m i n i u m filler materials.
5.3.6.9 I m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e w e l d i n g ( t a c k w e l d -
ing), t h e edges o f a l u m i n i u m a l l o y c o m p o n e n t s shall
be degreased w i t h special solvents (acetone, a l c o h o l ,
benzene, etc.) a n d t h e n cleaned w i t h w i r e brushes. I n
the case o f m u l t i r u n w e l d i n g , each r u n o f deposit
shall be brushed before t h e next r u n is applied.
5.3.6.10 W e l d i n g c o n s u m a b l e s o f a l u m i n i u m a n d
a l u m i n i u m a l l o y s shall h a v e t h e i r surfaces cleaned
from dirt a n d oxide film.
5.3.6.11 W h e n f i l l i n g i n t h e g r o o v e b e t w e e n t h e
edges t o be w e l d e d o f t h e a l u m i n i u m layer f o r m i n g
part o f the aluminium-steel semi-finished products,
unalloyed a l u m i n i u m welding consumables shall be
deposited b y t h e first r u n . A l u m i n i u m shall be
deposited o n steel surface o n w h i c h h i g h - a l l o y e d
w e l d i n g consumables w e r e deposited (refer t o 5.3.6.8)
t o a v o i d i t s m i x i n g u p w i t h t h e steel layer m e t a l .
5.3.6.12 S u b s e q u e n t f i l l i n g - i n o f t h e g r o o v e
b e t w e e n t h e edges t o be w e l d e d o f t h e a l u m i n i u m
layer f o r m i n g part o f t h e aluminium-steel semi-
finished products shall be effected w i t h w e l d i n g
consumables i n compliance w i t h the requirements
o f 4.7, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " . T h e w e l d o n t h e
a l u m i n i u m l a y e r side s h a l l b e m a d e o f t w o layers a t
least. I n w e l d i n g t h e a l u m i n i u m layer, transverse
w e a v i n g o f electrodes is n o t permitted.
P a r t XIII. Materials
6 PLASTICS AND MATERIALS O F ORGANIC ORIGIN
6.1 GENERAL
6.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t S e c t i o n c o n t a i n s r e q u i r e m e n t s
for plastics a n d materials o f organic origin used i n
h u l l a n d ship machinery structures f o rt h e manufac-
ture o f parts a n d structures, w h i c h a r e subject t o
survey b y t h e Register.
The requirements o f t h e present Section m a y be
also applied t o plastics a n d materials o f organic
origin used i n structures a n d products n o tn o r m a l l y
surveyed b y t h e Register, i f their application has
considerable effect o n t h e safety o f t h e ship as a
whole.
As a rule, manufacture o fall materials a n d items
regulated b y the present Part shall be carried o u t i n
accordance w i t h thedocumentation, approved b y the
Register, at w o r k s having t h e quality system
approved b y the Register a n d the T y p e A p p r o v a l
Certificate issued b y t h e Register f o r t h e m a n u f a c -
tured type o f products.
6.1.2 A l l p l a s t i c s a n d m a t e r i a l s o f o r g a n i c o r i g i n
shall satisfy t h e f o l l o w i n g requirements unless there
are special p r o v i s i o n s regarding t h e m i n t h e chapters
of the Section:
.1 t h e i r c o m b u s t i b i l i t y , f l a m e s p r e a d , i g n a t a b i l i t y
and also b y t h e v o l u m e o f s m o k e a n d q u a n t i t y o f
t o x i c substances s h a l l b e assessed i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h
1.6, P a r t V I " F i r e P r o t e c t i o n " ;
.2 t h e y s h a l l e n s u r e r e l i a b l e o p e r a t i o n o f i t e m s
and structures o n t h e open deck a t temperatures f r o m
— 4 0 t o + 7 0 °C a n d i n t h e i n t e r i o r s p a c e s o f t h e s h i p
a t t e m p e r a t u r e s f r o m — 1 0 t o + 7 0 °C u n l e s s t h e i r
service c o n d i t i o n s p r o v i d e f o r l o w e r o r h i g h e r
operating temperatures;
.3 t h e y s h a l l r e s i s t e m b r i t t l e m e n t a n d r e d u c t i o n o f
m e c h a n i c a l properties i n service b y m o r e t h a n
30 % i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h t h e o r i g i n a l values;
.4 t h e y s h a l l r e s i s t d e c a y a n d d e s t r u c t i o n b y f u n g i
a n d n o t t o affect adversely t h e materials, w i t h w h i c h
they come into contact.
6.1.3 S c o p e o f t e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n .
6.1.3.1 T h e m a i n p r o v i s i o n s d e f i n i n g t h e s c o p e
and procedure o ftechnical supervision are stipulated
i n 1 . 1 . 5 a n d 1.3 o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t a n d S e c t i o n 3 ,
Part I I I "Technical Supervision during Manufacture
of Materials" o fthe Rules f o r Technical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
6.1.3.2 T e c h n i c a l s u p e r v i s i o n o v e r m a n u f a c t u r e
o f materials a n d products a t w o r k s includes:
.1 r e v i e w a n d a n a l y s i s o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
application w i t h attachments thereto (refer t o 6.1.3.2.2);
115
.2 s u r v e y o f t h e w o r k s i n c l u d i n g t h e q u a l i t y
system assessment a n d c o n t r o l testing (refer t o
6.1.3.2.3);
.3 i s s u e o f t h e T y p e A p p r o v a l C e r t i f i c a t e ( r e f e r t o
6.1.3.2.4) .
6.1.3.2.1 T o o b t a i n t h e R e g i s t e r a p p r o v a l o f t h e
manufacturer's products, as satisfying t h e require-
ments o f the Rules, a n d t o get the documents
m e n t i o n e d i n 1.1.5, t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l a p p l y t o
the Register w i t h a request.
6.1.3.2.2 A p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l b e
supplemented b y the following documents:
.1 i n f o r m a t i o n d e s c r i b i n g t h e w o r k s a n d i t s
products ( d o c u m e n t s c o n f i r m i n g t h e w o r k s status,
its s t r u c t u r e , p r o d u c t i o n a n d c o n t r o l m a n a g e m e n t
schemes);
.2 l i s t o f m a n u f a c t u r e d m a t e r i a l s a n d p r o d u c t s ;
.3 i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e s t a f f o f e m p l o y e e s a n d t h e i r
qualification;
.4 i n f o r m a t i o n o n q u a l i f i c a t i o n o f t h e p e r s o n n e l
involved i n t h e product quality system;
.5 i n f o r m a t i o n o n a v a i l a b i l i t y o f I S O 9 0 0 1
standards;
.6 i n f o r m a t i o n o n a v a i l a b l e a p p r o v a l s b y o t h e r
classification societies a n d results o f earlier tests, also
data o n practical application o f materials a n d
products indicated i n the application confirming the
possibility o f their application f o r intended purpose;
.7 Q u a l i t y M a n u a l w i t h d e s c r i p t i o n o f q u a l i t y
policy;
.8 p r o c e d u r e s a n d i n s t r u c t i o n s d e s c r i b i n g p r o d u c -
t i o n processes, sources o f supply a n d stockyards o f
source materials, storage o f finished products;
.9 d a t a o n p e r i o d i c a l c o n t r o l e q u i p m e n t a n d
devices e m p l o y e d i n t h e process o f p r o d u c t i o n , as
w e l l as e q u i p m e n t o f t h e w o r k s l a b o r a t o r y ;
.10 s p e c i f i c a t i o n s o r o t h e r t e c h n i c a l d o c u m e n t s
describing materials a n d products mentioned i n the
application a n d defining their m a i n characteristics
and conditions o f manufacture;
.11 r u l e s f o r safe u t i l i z a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s o r p r o d u c t s ;
.12 p r o g r a m o f t e s t i n g t h e s p e c i m e n s o f m a t e r i a l s
or products c o m p i l e d o n t h e basis o frequirements o f
the present Rules a n d technical documentation f o r
materials o r products.
6.1.3.2.3 I f t h e r e s u l t s o f c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e
submitted documentation arepositive, a survey o f the
manufacturer's w o r k s is undertaken; i t is aimed a t
establishing t h e actual condition o forganization a n d
quality c o n t r o l processes i n c l u d i n g products m a n u -
facture, as w e l l as c o n t r o l tests i n accordance w i t h t h e
p r o g r a m approved b y t h e Register.
116 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

I f t h e tests o f p r o d u c t s i n q u e s t i o n c a n n o t be 6.2.2.9 E a c h b a t c h o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l
conducted a t t h e manufacturer's w o r k s , i t c a n be shall be provided w i t h t h e maker's certificate stating
done at a laboratory approved b y t h e Register. the following:
6.1.3.2.4 W h e r e r e s u l t s o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s manufacturer;
survey are satisfactory, t h e T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate mark;
for t h e products is issued. type o f cloth;
The terms o f validity o f Type A p p r o v a l Certifi- weight p e r u n i t length o r area;
cate, as w e l l as p r o c e d u r e a n d c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e i r N 0 + K 0 content (alkalinity);
2 2

a p p l i c a t i o n shall be agreed u p o n a t issue o f this type o f resin, f o r w h i c h t h e water-repellent

document w i t h regard t o t h e assessment o f t h e adhesive treatment w a s made;
manufacturer's quality system. test results.
6.1.3.2.5 T h e p r o d u c t s s h a l l b e s u p p l i e d w i t h t h e 6.2.3 B o n d i n g a g e n t .
copy o f the T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate. 6.2.3.1 W h e n m a n u f a c t u r i n g r e i n f o r c e d p l a s t i c
structures, polyester resins a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register
and produced b y Register-approved manufacturers
6.2 M A T E R I A L S F O R R E I N F O R C E D PLASTIC shall be used.
STRUCTURES 6.2.3.2 A p p l i c a t i o n o f p o l y e s t e r r e s i n s i s r e c o m -
mended.
6.2.1 G e n e r a l . 6.2.3.3 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f
The present requirements cover materials f o r the the resin shall be i n accordance w i t h t h e requirements
m a n u f a c t u r e o f glass-fibre reinforced ship structures o f T a b l e 6.2.3.3.
a n d systems, a n d o f other items subject t o survey b y T a b l e 6.2.3.3
the Register. Gelation time, Minimal Modulus of Water
temperature o f
6.2.2 G l a s s - r e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l . min, m i n
thermal
elasticity i n absorption
bending, i n 24 h , m a x ,
6.2.2.1 A s r e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l , g l a s s - f i b r e m a t e r i - deformation for
resin i n solid min, M P a %
als i n t h e f o r m o f r o v i n g s , r o v i n g cloths, t w i s t e d c o n d i t i o n , m i n , °C
composite filaments, mats and chemically bonded roving
20 70 3000 0,3
l e n g t h s ( n o t less t h a n 2 5 m m l o n g ) m a y b e u s e d .
6.2.2.2 T h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f a r e i n f o r c e m e n t
m a t e r i a l o t h e r t h a n glass f i b r e m a y b e p e r m i t t e d o n 6.2.3.4 A d d i t i o n o f p i g m e n t s a n d o t h e r c o l o u r i n g
the basis o f t h e test results c o n f i r m i n g i t s e q u i v a l e n t agents adversely affecting t h e resin properties is
properties t o those o f glass fibre, as w e l l as t h e permitted f o r t h e decorative layer c o m p o u n d only, a n d
possibility o fits application. their c o n t e n t shall n o t exceed 15 % o f the resin w e i g h t .
6.2.2.3 R e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l s s h a l l b e m a n u - 6.2.3.5 U n d e r t h e e f f e c t s o f s e a w a t e r i n c o n f o r m i t y
f a c t u r e d f r o m n o n - a l k a l i n e a l u m i n o b o r o s i l i c a t e glass w i t h 2.3.12.1, o i l products i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.11.2
(Si0 2 5 2 — 5 6 %, C a O 1 6 — 2 5 %, a n d ageing i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.10.1, t h e mechanical
A 1 0 2 3 1 2 — 1 6 %, B 0 2 3 6 — 1 2 %, properties o f resin shall n o t deteriorate b y m o r e t h a n
M g O 0 — 6 %, N a 0 + K 0 0 — 1 % ) .
2 2 25 % as c o m p a r e d t o t h e i r initial values.
6.2.2.4 I n d i v i d u a l e l e m e n t a r y f i b r e s s h a l l h a v e a 6.2.3.6 T o v e r i f y t h e r e s i n ' s a d a p t a b i l i t y t o
diameter o f 5 t o 15 u m . m a n u f a c t u r e a n d its properties plastic specimens,
6.2.2.5 T h e m o i s t u r e c o n t e n t i n t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n t reinforced w i t h several layers o f glass m a t s , s h a l l b e
m a t e r i a l shall n o t exceed 0,2 % o f t h e mass o f t h e p r e p a r e d a n d tested. A f t e r t h e c o m p l e t e h a r d e n i n g o f
material. t h e s p e c i m e n , i t s b e n d i n g s t r e n g t h s h a l l n o t b e less
6.2.2.6 C l o t h s o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e than 90 M P a .
treated w i t h water-repellent adhesive c o m p o u n d t o 6.2.3.7 W h e n t h e r e s i n i s a p p r o v e d b y t h e
ensure a secure b o n d w i t h t h e resin. Register, instructions o n t h e application a n d storage
6.2.2.7 T h e a d h e s i v e , b y w h i c h t h e b o n d a g e o f of technical documentation f o r the resin shall be
roving lengths is ensured i n mats, shall be well soluble submitted together w i t h the documentation proper,
i n t h e resin w i t h o u t a n y adverse effect o n i t s i n w h i c h , a m o n g other things, t h echemical resistance
properties. A rapid solution o f t h e adhesive shall o f the resin t o t h e attack o f v a r i o u s aggressive m e d i a
not result i n t h e m a t collapsing while i t is impreg- shall be indicated.
nated w i t h t h e resin. 6.2.3.8 E a c h b a t c h o f r e s i n s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d w i t h
6.2.2.8 T h e m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f r e i n f o r c e - the m a k e r ' s certificate stating t h e following:
m e n t materials shall be i n compliance w i t h the manufacturer;
Register-approved documentation. mark;
test results.
P a r t XIII. Materials 111

6.3 L A M I N A T E D TEXTILES 6.3.4.2 F o r e a c h b a t c h , t e n s i l e t e s t s t o d e t e r m i n e

fracture e l o n g a t i o n as stated i n 2.3.2.2, test t o
6.3.1 G e n e r a l . determine tear p r o p a g a t i o n strength as stated i n
T h e present requirements apply t o textiles subject 2.3.2.3 o n t e n specimens each (five a l o n g t h e w a r p
to survey b y t h e Register, w h i c h have a rubber o r a n d five a l o n g t h e weft), d e l a m i n a t i o n test as stated
plastic watertight coating a n d are intended f o r i n 2.3.2.4 o n three specimens a n d a i r p e r m e a b i l i t y test
structures that are under pressure d u r i n g their as s t a t e d i n 2 . 3 . 1 3 o n t w o s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e e f f e c t e d ,
service. and the material mass shall be determined i n
6.3.2 P r o p e r t i e s . accordance w i t h a recognised standard.
6.3.2.1 L a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s s h a l l b e a i r - t i g h t a n d 6.3.4.3 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f l a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s
shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements o f Table 6.3.2.1. a p p r o v a l , tensile test after ageing i n accordance w i t h
2.3.10.2, b e n d test i n accordance w i t h 2.3.5.3, test o f
T a b l e 6.3.2.1
Mechanical properties the b o n d j o i n t s o fl a m i n a t e d textiles before a n d after
ageing i n accordance w i t h 2.3.2.5 o n t e n specimens
Tensile strength, Fracture Tear Coating
each (five a l o n g t h e w a r p a n d five a l o n g t h e weft),
kN/5, c m elongation, % propagation adhesion,
strength, N/cm creasing a n d shape stability test after ageing i n
N accordance w i t h 2.3.10.3, o i l p r o d u c t resistance test
i n accordance w i t h 2.3.11.2, sea w a t e r resistance test
warp weft warp weft warp weft
i n accordance w i t h 2.3.12.2, c o l d resistance test i n
min max min
accordance w i t h 2.3.14 a n d o z o n e resistance test i n
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 accordance w i t h 2.3.15 shall be effected i n a d d i t i o n
2,0 35 40 10
t o those m e n t i o n e d u n d e r 6.3.4.2.
6.3.4.4 T h e t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
N o t e . T h e tensile strength m a y b e reduced t o equal t h e
strength required b y theRegister for the envelopes o f particular
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 6.3.2.
structures, b u tn o t m o r e t h a n t o f o u r times t h e h o o p stress 6.3.5 I n s p e c t i o n .
developed i n gas-filled pipes u n d e r t h e pressure, a tw h i c h safety O n t h e surface o f l a m i n a t e d textiles, damage,
valves open.
recesses, d e a d f o l d s , t e x t i l e f l a w m a r k s , spots, blisters,
p o r o s i t y o r o t h e r defects, w h i c h m a y preclude t h e i r
application i n accordance w i t h t h e purpose, aren o t
6.3.2.2 A f t e r a g e i n g a n d b e n d t e s t , t h e c h a n g e o f permitted.
tensile strength i n l a m i n a t e d textiles shall n o t be m o r e 6.3.6 M a r k i n g .
t h a n 10 % o ft h a t before ageing, a n d t h edifference o f M a r k i n g o f l a m i n a t e d textiles is effected i n
dimensions along t h ew a r p a n d weft before a n d after a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.4. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e m a s s o f m a t e r i a l
a g e i n g s h a l l n o t b e m o r e t h a n 2 %. per u n i t o f area shall be stated.
W h e n t h eadhesive j o i n t s o flaminated textiles are
tensile-tested before a n d after ageing, t h e r u p t u r e
shall occur i n t h e base m a t e r i a l . 6.4 F O A M PLASTICS
6.3.2.3 N o s t i c k i n e s s , c r a c k s , d e l a m i n a t i o n s o r
c o l o u r m o d i f i c a t i o n s shall b e observed o n t h e surface 6.4.1 G e n e r a l .
o f l a m i n a t e d textiles after testing f o r bending, ageing, T h e present requirements apply t o f o a m plastics
creasing a n d shape stability after ageing, o i l resistance, used f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f i t e m s subject t o survey
c o l d resistance, resistance t o o z o n e a n d sea w a t e r . by t h e Register.
6.3.2.4 T h e c o l o u r i n g a g e n t s a p p l i e d s h a l l n o t 6.4.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
detrimentally affect t h e properties o ft h e base m a t e r i a l . 6.4.2.1 B y t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s a n d c o n d i t i o n s o f
6.3.3 S a m p l i n g . application, f o a m plastics are subdivided i n t o three
S a m p l i n g f o r test specimens shall be effected grades:
f r o m each batch o flaminated textiles 0,1 m f r o m t h e g r a d e 1 i s r e p r e s e n t e d b y rigid f o a m p l a s t i c s f o r
edge a n d a t least 1 m f r o m t h e r o l l end. Samples shall filling u p t h e spaces b e t w e e n s u p p o r t i n g surfaces o f
be t a k e n 2 4 h after f a b r i c a t i o n a t t h e earliest. sandwich structures;
6.3.4 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g . g r a d e 2 i s r e p r e s e n t e d b y rigid f o a m p l a s t i c s f o r
6.3.4.1 L a m i n a t e d t e x t i l e s a r e s u b m i t t e d f o r t e s t s filling u p t h e a i r chambers o f lifeboats a n d other
i n batches. A batch consists o f o n e roll fabricated s i m i l a r h o l l o w spaces;
d u r i n g o n e m a n u f a c t u r i n g cycle. grade 3 is represented b y elastic f o a m plastics f o r
I f t h e results o f mechanical testing a r e c o n t i n u o u s l y the m a n u f a c t u r e o f b u o y a n t m a t e r i a l f o r life jackets.
satisfactory, t h e m a s s o f m a t e r i a l c o m p r i s i n g t h e batch 6.4.2.2 F o a m p l a s t i c s s h a l l c h i e f l y h a v e c l o s e d -
m a y be increased. cell structure.
118 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

6.4.2.3 T h e s h r i n k a g e o f g r a d e s 1 a n d 2 f o a m 6.4.4.1.4 W a t e r a b s o r p t i o n i s d e t e r m i n e d o n f i v e
plastics shall n o t result i n p o o r adhesion t o b o u n d a r y specimens i n compliance w i t h 2.3.9.
surfaces. 6.4.4.1.5 R e s i s t a n c e t o o i l p r o d u c t s i s d e t e r m i n e d i n
6.4.2.4 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.11.2, a n d t o sea w a t e r , i n c o n f o r m i t y
grade 1 f o a m plastics shall be i n accordance w i t h w i t h 2 . 3 . 1 2 . 1 . E a c h o f t h e tests i s m a d e o n t h r e e
T a b l e 6.4.2.4. specimens o n l y a t t h e t i m e o f the f o a m plastic approval.
6.4.4.2 G r a d e 2 a n d 3 f o a m p l a s t i c s a r e t e s t e d i n
T a b l e 6.4.2.4
conformity w i t h technical documentation approved
Apparent Bending Modulus of Compres- Modulus Water
o f elasticity a b s o r p t i o n by the Register.
density, strength, elasticity i n sion
in 6.4.5 I n s p e c t i o n .
min, min, bending, strength, compres- in24h,
g/cm 3
MPa min, M P a min, sion, m i n , max, D u r i n g t h e inspection, t h e surface structure o f
2
MPa MPa kg/m the f o a m plastic shall be checked a t cross section f o r
0,8 0,3 12 0,7 30 0,2 closed cells.
U n d e r t h e cyclic effects o f t e m p e r a t u r e s , o i l p r o d u c t s
a n d fresh o r sea w a t e r , n o cracks, bulges o r disintegra-
6.4.2.5 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f t i o n shall be visible o n t h e f o a m plastic surface.
grades 2 a n d 3 f o a m plastics shall be i n accordance 6.4.6 M a r k i n g .
w i t h the Register-approved documentation. T h e m a r k i n g o f f o a m plastics is effected i n
6.4.2.6 U n d e r t h e e f f e c t s o f s e a w a t e r a n d c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 1.4.
petroleum products, the mechanical properties o f T h e test results shall be entered i n t h e Certificate.
grade 1 f o a m plastics shall n o t deteriorate b y m o r e
t h a n 2 5 % as c o m p a r e d t o t h e initial values.
6.4.2.7 U n d e r t h e e f f e c t s o f 1 0 c y c l e s o f t e m p e r a t u r e 6.5 P R O T E C T I V E COATINGS
variation i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.1, high-octane petrol i n
c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.11.3 a n d fresh w a t e r as stated i n 6.5.1 A n t i c o r r o s i v e p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s .
2.3.9.2, t h e b u o y a n c y o f grade 2 f o a m plastics shall n o t 6.5.1.1 E p o x y - b a s e d c o a t i n g s o r e q u i v a l e n t s h a l l b e
be reduced b y m o r e t h a n 5 % o f t h e i n i t i a l value. applied t o t h e i n n e r surfaces o f ballast t a n k s i n
6.4.2.8 W h e n a p p r o v i n g f o a m p l a s t i c s o f g r a d e 2 , accordance w i t h the manufacturer's recommendations.
they shall also be tested b y c o n d i t i o n i n g i n o i l L i g h t colours o f t h e coatings are t h e m o s t preferable.
products i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.11.4. 6.5.1.1.1 F o r s h i p s c o v e r e d b y S O L A S - 7 4 w i t h
6.4.2.9 U n d e r t h e e f f e c t s o f 1 0 c y c l e s o f t e m p e r a - regard t o I M O resolution M S C . 2 1 6 ( 8 2 ) , a l l dedicated
ture v a r i a t i o n i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.16 a n d o f fresh seawater ballast t a n k s arranged i n ships a n d double-
w a t e r as stated i n 2.3.9.2, t h e floatability o f grade 3 side s k i n spaces a r r a n g e d i n b u l k carriers s h a l l b e
f o a m plastics shall n o t be reduced b y m o r e t h a n 5 p e r coated i n accordance w i t h t h e Performance Standard
cent, a n d i f t h e y c o m e a d d i t i o n a l l y u n d e r t h e effects for Protective Coatings ( I M Oresolution MSC.215(82)).
o f diesel o i l i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.11.3, i t shall n o t be T h e following tanks shall n o tbe considered t o be
reduced b y m o r e than 10 % o f the initial value. dedicated seawater ballast tanks a n d shall therefore
6.4.2.10 T h e c y c l i c e f f e c t s o f t e m p e r a t u r e , o i l be e x e m p t e d f r o m t h e a p p l i c a t i o n a n d r e q u i r e m e n t s
products a n d fresh water shall n o t bring about a of I M O resolutionMSC.215(82):
deterioration o fthe mechanical properties o fgrades 2 ballast t a n k s identified as "Spaces included i n
a n d 3 f o a m plastics. N e t Tonnage" i n the 1969 I T C Certificate;
6.4.3 S a m p l i n g . sea w a t e r b a l l a s t t a n k s i n p a s s e n g e r s h i p s a l s o
Samples shall be c u to u ti n themiddle o fa f o a m - designated f o r t h e carriage o f grey water o r black
plastic block, a n d a section w i t h t h e m o s t u n i f o r m water confirmed b y the coating manufacturer t o be
cell structure shall be chosen f o rt h e purpose. resistant t o t h e m e d i a stored i n these t a n k s a n d
6.4.4 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g . provided such coatings are applied a n d maintained
6.4.4.1 T e s t i n g o f g r a d e 1 f o a m p l a s t i c s . according t o the coating manufacturer's procedures;
6.4.4.1.1 C o m p r e s s i o n s t r e n g t h i s d e t e r m i n e d o n sea w a t e r b a l l a s t t a n k s i n l i v e s t o c k c a r r i e r s a l s o
three specimens i n compliance w i t h 2.3.3.2, a n d f o r designated f o r t h e carriage o f t h e livestock d u n g
this purpose t h e m a x i m u m load causing a n abrupt confirmed by the coating manufacturer t o be
failure o f t h e f o a m plastic structure is determined, resistant t o t h e m e d i a stored i n these t a n k s a n d
w h i c h shall be reached within 1 m i n approximately. provided such coatings are applied a n d maintained
6.4.4.1.2 A p p a r e n t d e n s i t y i s d e t e r m i n e d o n t h r e e according t o the coating manufacturer's procedures.
specimens i n compliance w i t h 2.3.7. 6.5.1.2 P r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s f o r c a r g o t a n k s o f o i l
6.4.4.1.3 B e n d i n g s t r e n g t h i s d e t e r m i n e d o n t h r e e t a n k e r s specified i n 1.2.5.3, P a r t I I " H u l l " s h a l l m e e t
specimens i n compliance w i t h 2.3.5.1. the requirements o fI M O resolution MSC.288(87).
P a r t XIII. Materials
6.5.1.3 P r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s o f i n t e r n a l s u r f a c e s o f
the cargo holds a n d external surfaces o f h a t c h
coamings a n d hatch covers required b y 3.3.5.1,
Part I I " H u l l " shall be applied i n accordance w i t h
the recommendations o f the manufacturer.
6.5.1.4 I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o p r o t e c t t h e i n n e r
spaces o f cofferdams, duct keels, supports o f
transverse b u l k h e a d s a n d o t h e r s i m i l a r v o i d spaces
o f o i l tankers a n d b u l k carriers w i t h protective
coatings i n accordance w i t h I M O resolution
MSC.244(83).
6.5.1.5 T h e p r o c e d u r e f o r a p p r o v a l o f p r o t e c t i v e
coatings o f h u l l structures is given i n Section 3, P a r t
I I I "Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f
Materials" o f the Rules f o r Technical Supervision
during Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f
Materials a n d Products f o r Ships.
6.5.1.6 I n s p e c t i o n o f p r o t e c t i v e c o a t i n g s o f h u l l
structures is carried o u t i n accordance w i t h Section 2,
Part V "Technical Supervision during Construction o f
Ships" o f the Rules f o r Technical Supervision during
Construction o f Ships a n d Manufacture o f Materials
a n d Products f o r Ships.
6.5.1.7 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r a l u m i n i u m c o a t i n g s , a s w e l l
as c o a t i n g s u s e d f o r i n t e r i o r d e c o r a t i o n o f t h e s p a c e s , a r e
specified i n 2.1.1.7, P a r t V I " F i r e P r o t e c t i o n " .
6.5.2 A n t i f o u l i n g c o a t i n g s .
6.5.2.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o a n t i ­
f o u l i n g coatings o f ships o f 4 0 0 gross t o n n a g e a n d
above engaged i n international voyages, including
fixed a n d floating platforms, floating facilities f o ro i l
production, storage a n d offloading, a n d consider t h e
provisions o f the International Convention o n the
C o n t r o l o f H a r m f u l A n t i - F o u l i n g Systems o n Ships,
2001 (hereinafter — the A F S - C o n v e n t i o n ) a n d
Regulation ( E C ) N o . 782/2003 o f the European
Parliament a n d o f the C o u n c i l o f 2003.
6.5.2.2 O r g a n o t i n c o m p o u n d s a c t i n g a s b i o c i d e s
shall n o t be used o n ships as a n t i - f o u l i n g coatings.
It is allowed t o use m i n o r quantity o f organotin
c o m p o u n d s acting as chemical accelerator (such as
monosubstituted a n d (^substituted organotin c o m ­
p o u n d s ) p r o v i d e d they d o n o t act as biocides. I f used
as a n accelerator t h e o r g a n o t i n c o m p o u n d s s h a l l n o t
contain m o r e than 2500 m g o f t i n i n 1 k g o f dry colour.
6.5.23 A n t i f o u l i n g c o a t i n g s s h a l l b e s u p p l i e d w i t h
the Register T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate. I f the Register
T y p e A p p r o v a l Certificate is n o t available t h e p r o v i ­
sions o f 2.15 a n d 2.16, P a r t I " G e n e r a l Regulations f o r
Technical Supervision" o f the Rules f o r Technical
Supervision during Construction o f Ships a n d M a n u ­
facture o f Materials a n d Products f o r Ships shall be
considered.
Instructions o n issuance o f T y p e A p p r o v a l
Certificate are given i n 3 . 1 , Part I I I "Technical
Supervision during Manufacture o f Materials" o f
119
the Rules f o r Technical Supervision during C o n ­
struction o fShips a n d Manufacture o fMaterials a n d
Products f o r Ships.
Instructions o n the initial survey i n accordance
w i t h t h e A F S - C o n v e n t i o n are given i n 19.15, P a r t V
"Technical Supervision during Construction o f
Ships" o fthe Rules f o rTechnical Supervision during
Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o f Materials
a n d P r o d u c t s f o r Ships — f o r ships u n d e r construc­
tion, a n d i n 2.4, Part I I I"Survey o f Ships i n
Compliance with International Conventions, Codes
and Resolutions" o f the Guidelines o n Technical
S u p e r v i s i o n o f Ships i n Service — f o r ships i n service.
6.53 I c e - r e s i s t a n t c o a t i n g s .
6.53.1 A c o a t i n g is considered ice-resistant i f i t
provides t h ep r o t e c t i o n o f the ship's h u l l shell against
the external actions under t h e ice navigation condi­
tions demonstrating the performance, w h i c h meets
the requirements i n Table 6.5.3.1.
Ice-resistant coatings shall be used i n accordance
w i t h 7.12.6.1, Part X V I I "Distinguishing M a r k s a n d
Descriptive N o t a t i o n s i n t h e Class N o t a t i o n Specify­
ing S t r u c t u r a l a n d O p e r a t i o n a l Particulars o f Ships".
6.6 R O P E S O F N A T U R A L A N D S Y N T H E T I C FIBRE
6.6.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o r o p e s ,
subject t o survey b y t h e Register, w h i c h a r e i n t e n d e d
for cargo h a n d l i n g gear, life-saving appliances a n d
other ship appliances.
6.6.2 T h e r o p e s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d t e s t e d i n
c o n f o r m i t y w i t h standards approved b y t h e Register.
The breaking load o n a rope is determined b y
testing t h e rope as a w h o l e .
6.6.3 T h e b r e a k i n g l o a d o n a r o p e F , i n k N , m a y
be d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e f o l l o w i n g f o r m u l a :
m
F=c(?.F )n/z m (6.6.3)
i
where с = y a r n efficiency factor f o r t h e rope, w h i c h shall b e
adopted o n thebasis o f standards o r calculated a s the
ratio o fthe breaking l o a d o nthe rope a sa whole t o t h e
total breaking l o a d o nall the yarns m a k i n g u pthe rope,
b o t h the values being stipulated b y the standards;
m = n u m b e r o f yarns, subjected t o tensile testing, w h i c h
conform to standards;
F m = t h e greatest load, during t h e tensile test o f a yarn, i n
k N , after w h i c h t h especimen breaks;
n = number o fyarns i n a rope;
z = n u m b e r o fy a r n s subjected t o tensile testing, w h i c h is
a d o p t e d e q u a l t o 0,5и f o r r o p e s b e l o w 8 0 m m i n
d i a m e t e r , 0,3и f o r r o p e s 8 0 t o 115 m m i n d i a m e t e r
a n d 0,1и f o r r o p e s o v e r 115 m m i n d i a m e t e r .
6.6.4 A r o p e o f s y n t h e t i c f i b r e s h a l l u n d e r g o
testing t o determine fracture elongation.
T h e f r a c t u r e e l o n g a t i o n o f a r o p e a , i n %, i s
m
determined b y the formula
120 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 6.5.3.1

Characteristic Value
Nos.
F o r icebreakers o f all ice F o r Arc4 a n d above ice class
classes ships

1 D u r a b i l i t y a s p e r I S O 12944-6 f o r a c o r r o s i v i t y c a t e g o r y I m 2 High High

i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h I S O 12944-2 ( r e f e r t o 2.5.1)
2 A d h e s i o n b y a c r o s s - c u t t e s t m e t h o d a s p e r I S O 2409 a f t e r «3 «3
testing f o r resistance t o l o w t e m p e r a t u r e e x p o s u r e (refer t o
2.5.2.3)
3 A d h e s i o n b y X - c u t t e s t m e t h o d a s p e r I S O 16276-2 a f t e r «3 «3
testing f o r resistance t o l o w t e m p e r a t u r e e x p o s u r e (refer t o
2.5.2.3)
4 A d h e s i o n s t r e n g t h a s p e r I S O 4 6 2 4 (2.5.3.4) > 10 M P a > 8MPa
5 A b r a s i v e w e a r a f t e r 1000 c y c l e t e s t s o n t h e T a b e r ' s a b r a d e r < 120 m g < 160 m g
( w h e e l C S - 1 7 ) ( r e f e r t o 2.5.4)
6 I m p a c t r e s i s t a n c e a s p e r I S O 6 2 7 2 ( r e f e r t o 2.5.5) 8 J 5 J
7 C a t h o d e d i s b o n d m e n t a s p e r I S O 15711 ( m e t h o d A ) ( r e f e r t o < 8 m mafter three m o n t h < 8 m mafter three m o n t h
2.5.6) t e s t i n g , < 20 m m a f t e r s i x t e s t i n g , < 20 m m a f t e r s i x
m o n t h testing m o n t h testing
8 A w e t t i n g i n t e r f a c i a l a n g l e (refer to2.5.7) > 90° > 90°
9 Compatibility with cathode protection (manufacturer's Compatible Compatible
methods)

Note. T e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 2.5 a c c o r d i n g t o t h e R e g i s t e r - a p p r o v e d p r o g r a m .

а„ = (1 -1оШЮ
р
(6.6.4) type 2 includes materials t o be fitted o n rigid
where lo = i n i t i a l l e n g t h o f t h e r o p e s p e c i m e n t e s t e d , c m ; surfaces continuously exposed t o t h e weather.
l = length o f the same rope specimen under the load
p
6.7.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
equal t o t h eb r e a k i n g l o a d o n t h erope a s a whole,
which shall b e f o u n d i n the standard, cm. 6.7.2.1 T h e t e n s i l e s t r e n g t h o f r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i ­
als w i t h a n a d h e s i v e l a y e r s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 1 6 N / 2 5
6.6.5 T h e c o m p l i a n c e o f t h e s t r u c t u r e d i a m e t e r a n d m m , a n d o f those w i t h a w a r p f o r mechanical
other parameters o f t h e rope t o t h e standard shall be attachment — 330 N / 2 5 m m i n the longitudinal direction
confirmed b y visual testing. and 200 N / 2 5 m m i n t h e transverse direction.
O n t h e surface o f a finished rope, n o b r o w n 6.7.2.2 P r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e e n t r a n c e a n g l e a n d
spots, m o u l d , b u r n e d spots o r smell o f f u m e o r r o t observation angle, t h e values o f t h e retro-reflection
_ 1 - 2
shall be detectable. f a c t o r R , i n c d l x - m , s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n t h o s e
T h e colour o f t h e rope shall be u n i f o r m along its t o be f o u n d i n T a b l e 6.7.2.2.
w h o l e length a n d shall n o t differ f r o m t h a t o f the y a r n T a b l e 6.7.2.2
o r synthetic fibre, o fw h i c h t h e rope is manufactured.
Entrance angle, Observation angle, deg.
6.6.6 T h e m a r k i n g o f t h e r o p e s i s e f f e c t e d i n deg.
c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 1.4. 0,1 0,2 0,5 1

6.6.7 T h e t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l b e e n t e r e d i n t h e 5 180 175 72 14

30 140 135 70 12
Certificate o f Test, t h e contents o f w h i c h shall be
45 85 85 48 9,4
agreed w i t h t h e Register.

6.7 R E T R O - R E F L E C T I V E M A T E R I A L S 6.7.2.3 W h e n t h e m a t e r i a l i s u n d e r a w a t e r f i l m
FOR LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES and after ageing, t h e retro-reflection factor m a y be
lowered b y n o t m o r e t h a n 2 0 % as c o m p a r e d t o
6.7.1 G e n e r a l . T a b l e 6.7.2.2, a n d after t h e a b r a s i o n test, i t m a y b e
6.7.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e l o w e r e d b y n o t m o r e t h a n 5 0 %.
retro-reflective materials o f life-saving appliances 6.7.2.4 E x p o s u r e t o s e a w a t e r , m i l d e w , s a l t f o g
subject t o survey b y t h e Register. and ultimate temperatures shall n o t lower t h e retro-
6.7.1.2 P r o c e e d i n g f r o m t h e i r s e r v i c e c o n d i t i o n s , reflection factor o f the material.
retro-reflective materials are divided i n t o t w o types: 6.7.2.5 F o r r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l s w i t h a n
type 1 includes materials t o be fitted o n elastic adhesive layer, t h e strength o f adhesion t o different
surfaces occasionally exposed t o t h e weather; surfaces s h a l l n o t b e less t h a n 1 6 N / 2 5 m m .
P a r t XIII. Materials 121

6.7.2.6 E x p o s u r e t o u l t r a v i o l e t i r r a d i a t i o n , s e a their application i n accordance w i t h the purpose.

water a n ddistilled water shall n o tlower the adhesion
properties o f retro-reflective materials w i t h a n
adhesive layer.
6.7.3 S a m p l i n g .
T h e sample f o r t h e preparation o f specimens is
taken f r o m each batch o fretro-reflective materials a t
least o n e m e t r e f r o m t h e r o l l e n d .
Before t h e specimens have been prepared, t h e
sample is conditioned i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.1.1
during 24h .
6.7.4 S c o p e o f t e s t i n g .
6.7.4.1 R e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i a l s a r e s u b m i t t e d
for testing i n batches. A batch comprises o n e roll
m a n u f a c t u r e d d u r i n g o n e p r o d u c t i o n cycle.
W h e r e t h e test results a r e stable, t h e b u l k o f t h e
batch m a y be increased.
6.7.4.2 E a c h b a t c h o f t h e m a t e r i a l i s t e n s i l e - t e s t e d
i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.2.6, a n d t h e strength o f
6.7.6 M a r k i n g .
The m a r k i n g o fretro-reflective materials shall be
e f f e c t e d i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 1.4.
T h e test results shall be entered i n t h e Certificate.
6.8 P L A S T I C P I P E S A N D F I T T I N G S
6.8.1 G e n e r a l .
Plastic pipes shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements
o f standards approved b y the Register.
6.8.2 S t r e n g t h .
6.8.2.1 T h e s t r e n g t h o f p i p e s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d
b y h y d r a u l i c failure testing o f specimens.
6.8.2.2 T h e s t r e n g t h o f f i t t i n g s a n d j o i n t s s h a l l
n o t b e less t h a n t h a t o f p i p e s .
6.8.2.3 T h e n o m i n a l p r e s s u r e p shall be n o m

adhesion t o different surfaces is d e t e r m i n e d i n determined from the following conditions:

c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.2.7 f o r t h e m a t e r i a l w i t h a n for i n t e r n a l pressure
adhesive layer, as w e l l as t h eretro-reflection factor i n
Pnom < P s t h l 4 o r p <р /2,5
conformity w i t h 2.3.18.1. n o m ш

6.7.4.3 W h e n a p p r o v i n g r e t r o - r e f l e c t i v e m a t e r i ­
als, besides t h e tests m e t n i o n e d i n 6.7.4.2, t h e r e t r o -
reflection factor is determined f o r thematerial under
a w a t e r f i l m i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.18.2, after
ultraviolet i r r a d i a t i o n i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.10.4,
abrasion i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.22, sea-water con­
ditioning i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.12.3, exposure t o
salt f o g i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.12.4, t o u l t i m a t e
temperatures i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.16 a n d m i l d e w
i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.21. Besides, t h e b e n d test i n
c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.19, a d h e s i o n test i n c o n f o r m i t y
w i t h 2.3.20 a n d c o n t a m i n a n t -re si st a n c e test i n c o n ­
f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.23 a r e conducted.
F o r retro-reflective materials w i t h a n adhesive
layer, t h e strength o f adhesion t o different surfaces
shall be d e t e r m i n e d i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.2.7 after
exposure t o the ultraviolet irradiation i nconformity
w i t h 2.3.10.4 a n d t o distilled a n d sea w a t e r i n
c o n f o r m i t y w i t h 2.3.12.5.
6.7.4.4 E a c h t y p e o f t e s t s s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d a t
least o n three specimens.
6.7.4.5 T h e t e s t r e s u l t s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 6.7.2.
6.7.4.6 U n d e r t h e e f f e c t s o f s e a w a t e r d u r i n g
10 m i n , salt f o g a n d u l t i m a t e t e m p e r a t u r e s d u r i n g
4 h , a n d after t h e b e n d a n d a d h e s i o n tests, n o cracks,
d e l a m i n a t i o n , bulging, stickiness o r change o f c o l o u r
shall be observed o n t h e surface o f retro-reflective
m a t e r i a l s , a n d t h e i r size s h a l l b e t h e s a m e .
6.7.5 I n s p e c t i o n .
T h e surface o f retro-reflective materials shall be
free f r o m i n j u r i e s , recesses, creases, d e l a m i n a t i o n s ,
stains o r o t h e r defects, w h i c h m i g h t adversely affect
where ps t h =
short-term hydrauffic test failure pressure;
Put, = l o n g - t e r m h y d r a u l i c t e s t f a i l u r e p r e s s u r e ( m o r e t h a n
100000 h ) ;
for external pressure
Fnom
where p c o t = pipe collapse pressure.
6.8.2.4 I n a n y c a s e t h e c o l l a p s e p r e s s u r e s h a l l n o t
b e less t h a n 0 , 3 M P a .
6.8.2.5 T h e m a x i m u m w o r k i n g e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e
is a s u m o f i n t e r n a l v a c u u m a n d e x t e r n a l p r e s s u r e o f
the pipe tested.
6.8.2.6 T h e m a x i m u m p e r m i s s i b l e w o r k i n g p r e s ­
sure shall be determined t a k i n g i n t o account t h e
m a x i m u m possible w o r k i n g temperatures i n accor­
dance w i t h the manufacturer's recommendations.
6.8.3 A x i a l s t r e n g t h .
T h e s u m o f l o n g i t u d i n a l stresses because o f
pressure, w e i g h t a n d o t h e r loads shall n o t exceed
t h e a l l o w a b l e stress i n t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n .
F o r fibre reinforced plastic pipes t h e s u m o f
l o n g i t u d i n a l stresses s h a l l n o t exceed t h e h a l f o f
n o m i n a l c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l stresses d e t e r m i n e d u n d e r
n o m i n a l pressure.
6.8.4 I m p a c t r e s i s t a n c e .
Plastic pipes shall h a v e a n i m p a c t resistance
sufficient f o r preserving t h e integrity o fp i p i n g under
e x t e r n a l effects l i k e l y t o o c c u r i n service, s u c h as t o d s
falling o n t h e m , f o r instance.
6.8.5 T e m p e r a t u r e .
6.8.5.1 T h e p e r m i s s i b l e w o r k i n g t e m p e r a t u r e
depending o n t h e w o r k i n g pressure shall be deter­
mined i n accordance w i t h themanufacturer's recom-
122 Rules
m e n d a t i o n s , b u t i n a n y c a s e i t s h a l l b e a t l e a s t 2 0 °C
lower than them i n i m u m heat distortion temperature
o f the pipe material.
6.8.5.2 T h e m i n i m u m h e a t d i s t o r t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e
s h a l l n o t b e l e s s t h a n 8 0 °C.
6.8.6 F i r e p r o t e c t i n g c o a t i n g s .
W h e r e fire protecting coatings o f pipes a n d
fittings a r e used f o r achieving t h e required fire
resistance level, t h e y shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e require-
m e n t s o f 6.8.6.1 t o 6.8.6.4.
6.8.6.1 A s a r u l e p i p e s s h a l l b e d e l i v e r e d f r o m t h e
M a n u f a c t u r e r w i t h fire protecting coatings o n .
6.8.6.2 F i r e p r o t e c t i n g p r o p e r t i e s o f c o a t i n g s s h a l l
n o t be d i m i n i s h e d w h e n exposed t o sea w a t e r o r o i l
products. I t shall be demonstrated that t h ecoating is
resistant t o products likely t o c o m e into contact.
6.8.6.3 I n c o n s i d e r i n g f i r e p r o t e c t i n g c o a t i n g s
such characteristics as t h e r m a l expansion, resistance
against vibrations a n d elasticity shall be taken into
account. I t is advisable t h a t these characteristics are
close t o t h e s i m i l a r characteristics o f pipes.
6.8.6.4 F i r e p r o t e c t i n g c o a t i n g s s h a l l h a v e t h e
sufficient i m p a c t resistance. I t is advisable t h a t this
characteristic is close t o t h e s i m i l a r characteristic o f
the pipe.
6.8.7 M a t e r i a l s a p p r o v a l a n d q u a l i t y c o n t r o l
during manufacture.
6.8.7.1 P l a s t i c p i p e s a n d f i t t i n g s s h a l l b e m a n u -
factured b y the w o r k s having the quality system
approved b y the Register. T h e Register-confirmed
compliance o fthe w o r k s ' quality management system
w i t h I S O 9001 shall be considered acceptable.
6.8.7.2 S p e c i m e n s o f p i p e s a n d f i t t i g s o f e a c h t y p e
a n d size s h a l l b e tested f o r c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e
requirements o fthe Rules.
6.8.7.3 S e r i a l s p e c i m e n s o f p i p e s a n d f i t t i n g s f o r
tests d e t e r m i n i n g strength, fire resistance a n d l o w
surface f l a m e spread characteristics, electrical resis-
tance ( f o r electrically conductive pipes) shall be
chosen i n accordance w i t h the procedure approved
by t h e Register.
6.8.7.4 E a c h p i p e a n d f i t t i n g s h a l l b e t e s t e d b y t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r a t a h y d r o s t a t i c p r e s s u r e n o t less t h a n
1,5 t i m e s t h e n o m i n a l p r e s s u r e .
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
Alternatively, f o r pipes a n d fittings n o t e m p l o y -
ing h a n d l a yu p techniques, t h e hydrostatic pressure
test m a y be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h t h e
hydrostatic testing requirements stipulated i n the
recognized national o r international standard t o
w h i c h the pipe o r fittings aremanufactured, provided
t h a t there is a n effective q u a l i t y system i n place. I f t h e
Register deems i t necessary, i t m a y require special
pressure testing o feach pipe a n d fitting depending o n
the system intended application.
6.8.7.5 P i p e s a n d f i t t i n g s s h a l l b e p e r m a n e n t l y
marked w i t h identification i n compliance w i t h the ap-
proved standard. Identification shall include the n o m -
i n a l pressure, t h e design standard, i n accordance w i t h
w h i c h t h e pipe is manufactured, a n d t h e pipe material.
6.8.7.6 I n c a s e t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r d o e s n o t h a v e
the quality system approved b y t h e Register, each
batch o f pipes a n d fittings shall be tested f o r
compliance w i t h therequirements o fthe Rules under
the technical supervision o f t h e surveyor t o the
Register.
6.9 P O L Y M E R C O M P O S I T E M A T E R I A L
F O R T H EG A N G W A Y S O F O I L T A N K E R S
6.9.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e p r e s e n t C h a p t e r
apply t o the polymer composite material (fibre
reinforced plastic) o f t h e g a n g w a y s o f o i l t a n k e r s as
specified i n 8.6.9, P a r t I I I " E q u i p m e n t , A r r a n g e -
ments a n d Outfit".
6.9.2 M a t e r i a l s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g
requirements:
6.1 o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t ;
possessing t h e characteristics o f l o w flame
spread, non-excessive s m o k e a n d toxic products
generation a t elevated temperatures i n accordance
w i t h 1.6, P a r t V I " F i r e P r o t e c t i o n " ;
possessing t h e constructive integrity as a result o f
fire exposure defined b y t h e standards recognized b y
the Register ( A S T M F3059-14 standard m a y be
applied).
P a r t XIII. Materials 123

7 ANCHOR AND MOORING CHAIN CABLES

7.1 A N C H O R C H A I N C A B L E S A N D A C C E S S O R I E S 3,6d

7.1.1 G e n e r a l .
7.1.1.1 T h e present requirements apply t o the
materials, design, m a n u f a c t u r i n g a n d testing o f
a n c h o r c h a i n cables a n d accessories used f o r ships.
The requirements for the chafing chain for emergency
t o w i n g arrangements a r e given i n 7.1.6.
U n s t u d d e d c h a i n cables m a y be m a n u f a c t u r e d
according t o t h e national o r international standards
recognized b y t h e Register.
7.1.1.2 C h a i n cables a n d accessories shall be
m a d e a n d tested b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s recognized i n
F i g . 7.1.3-1
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m e n t i o n e d
C o m m o n link
i n 1.3.1.2, t h e request s h a l l i n d i c a t e t h e m a t e r i a l
grade, n o m i n a l d i m e n s i o n s a n d , i f necessary, speci-
fication f o r t h e material. I f there are several chain
cable grades i n t h e request, tests m a y b e c o n d u c t e d
o n l y f o r t h e highest grade, p r o v i d e d t h e c h a i n cable
material, manufacturing methods a n dheat treatment
are unchanged.
7.1.1.3 D e p e n d i n g o n t h e tensile strength o f t h e
c h a i n cable steel used f o r m a n u f a c t u r e , s t u d l i n k
c h a i n cables a n d accessories a r e subdivided i n t o
grades 1 , 2 a n d 3.
7.1.2 M a t e r i a l s f o r c h a i n cables a n d accessories.
7.1.2.1 A l l the materials used for the manufacture
F i g . 7.1.3-2
o f c h a i n cables shall be m a d e b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s
Enlarged link
r e c o g n i z e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2.
7.1.2.2 Unless otherwise stated, t h e rolled p r o - 4d
ducts, forgings a n d castings f o r c h a i n cables a n d
accessories shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.6.
The Grade 1 rolled products m a ybe used f o r t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e o f c h a i n cables w i t h manufacturer's
certificates.
7.1.2.3 T h e studs s h a l l b e m a d e o f steel c o r r e -
sponding t o t h a t o f t h e chain cable links o r f r o m
r o l l e d , f o r g e d o r cast c a r b o n steels. 4-^
T h e u s e o f o t h e r m a t e r i a l s , e.g. grey o r n o d u l a r
cast i r o n is n o t permitted. F i g . 7.1.3-3
Studless link
7.1.3 D e s i g n a n d manufacture.
7.1.3.1 C h a i n cable links a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d b y
flash butt welding using b a rmaterial. M a n u f a c t u r e o f 4,2 d
l,52d
t h e l i n k s b y d r o p f o r g i n g o r steel casting is p e r m i t t e d .
Studless links o f2 6 m m diameter a n d b e l o w m a y
be m a n u f a c t u r e d b y pressure b u t t w e l d i n g .
7.1.3.2 Accessories such as kenter a n d j o i n i n g
shackles, swivels a n d swivel shackles shall be forged
or cast i n steel o f a t least grade 2 .
These parts m a yalso be welded.
7.1.3.3 T h e design o f c h a i n cable links a n d
accessories shall c o m p l y w i t h specifications a p p r o v e d
b y t h e Register bearing i n m i n d F i g s . 7.1.3-1 t o 7.1.3-7
F i g . 7.1.3-4
(dimensions o n a l l figures are given m u l t i p l e t o t h e Kenter joining link
124 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

n o m i n a l diameter o f the usual link), a n dlength o f chain

cable shall comprise a n o d d n u m b e r o f links.
W h e r e designs d o n o t c o m p l y w i t h this a n d w h e r e
accessories a r e w e l d e d , relevant d r a w i n g s shall be
submitted t o t h e Register, a n d t h e specification shall
include full details o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g process a n d
the heat treatment.
7.1.3.4 A c c o r d i n g t o t h e grade o f steel, c h a i n
cables a n d accessories shall be supplied i n o n e o f t h e
c o n d i t i o n s specified i n T a b l e 7.1.3.4.
T h e heat treatment shall be performed prior t o
F i g . 7.1.3-5
m e c h a n i c a l tests a n d also p r i o r t o t h e b r e a k i n g l o a d
Joining shackle
and p r o o f load testing.
7.1.3.5 T h e mechanical properties o f the m a t e r i a l
5.2d
o f a finished c h a i n cable a n d accessories shall be i n
accordance w i t h T a b l e 7.1.4.3.3.
7.1.3.6 C h a i n cables a n d accessories shall be
m a n u f a c t u r e d i n a m a n n e r such as t o w i t h s t a n d t h e
p r o o f a n d b r e a k i n g loads indicated i n T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2
depending o n t h e relevant c h a i n cable grade.
7.1.3.7 A l l c h a i n l i n k s a n d accessories shall h a v e
a clean surface consistent w i t h t h e m e t h o d o f
0,2d I Ad m a n u f a c t u r e a n d be free f r o m cracks, notches,
.'•4
i n c l u s i o n s a n d o t h e r defects i m p a i r i n g t h e p e r f o r -
3.1d
m a n c e o f t h e product. T h e flashes p r o d u c e d b y
upsetting o r drop forging shall be properly removed.
F i g . 7.1.3-6 M i n o r surface defects m a y be f r o u n d o f f so as t o
E n d shackle leave a gentle t r a n s i t i o n t o t h e s u r r o u n d i n g surface.
Remote from the crown local grinding u p t o
3,4d 5 % o f t h e n o m i n a l link diameter o r i t e m thickness
m a y be permitted.
7.1.3.8 T h e dimensions o f stud c h a i n links a n d
accessories shall c o m p l y w i t h Figs. 7.1.3-1 t o 7.1.3-7
a n d w i t h a p p r o v e d specifications.
T h e d i m e n s i o n s o f studless l i n k s shall c o m p l y
w i t h the requirements o f the recognized standards
a n d specifications approved b y t h e Register.
7.1.3.9 A l l o w a b l e tolerances o f c h a i n l i n k
dimensions.
7.1.3.9.1 D i a m e t e r tolerances i n t h e e l b o w out-
side t h e l i n k c o n t a c t a r e a s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
0,45d) requirements o f Table 7.1.3.9.1.
T a b l e 7.1.3.9.1
F i g . 7.1.3-7 Allowable tolerances o fchain link diameter
Swivel
N o m i n a l link diameter, m m Allowable tolerances , 1

T a b l e 7.1.3.4 m m

Steel Condition o f supply U p t o 40 - 1

grade O v e r 4 0 u p t o 84 - 2
Chain cable Accessories
O v e r 84 u p t o 122 - 3
1 A s welded o r normalized N o t regulated O v e r 122 - 4
1
2 A s welded o r normalized Normalized 1

Normalized, normalized T h e plus tolerances shall n o texceed 5 % o f the n o m i n a l

3 Normalized, normalized
diameter.
and tempered o r quenched a n d t e m p e r e d o r
and tempered quenched a n d tempered
1
C h a i n cables m a d e b y forging a n d casting shall b e 7.1.3.9.2 T h e cross-sectional area o f t h e e l b o w
supplied i n the normalized condition.
shall have n o negative tolerance.
P a r t XIII. Materials
F o r t h e purpose o f d e t e r m i n i n g t h e cross-
sectional area t h e diameter adopted is a n arithmetic
m e a n o f four values measured at points u n i f o r m l y
distributed along t h e cross section perimeter.
7.1.3.9.3 A l l o w a b l e tolerance o n assembly measured
o v e r a l e n g t h o f 5 l i n k s s h a l l n o t exceed + 2 , 5 % o f t h e
n o m i n a l length. T h e length o f t h e c h a i n cable shall be
measured after a p p l y i n g a p r o o f l o a d a n d , preferably, a t t h e
loading o f 10 % o f t h e m i n i m a l value o f t h e p r o o f load.
7.1.3.9.4 Studs shall be located i n t h e l i n k
centrally a n d perpendicular t o longitudinal axis o f
the link, a l t h o u g h t h e studs o f t h e final link a t each
end o f a n y length m a y also be located off-centre t o
facilitate the insertion o f t h e kenter a n d j o i n i n g
shackles. T h e f o l l o w i n g tolerances are p e r m i t t e d
p r o v i d e d , t h a t t h e stud fits snugly a n d i t s ends lie
practically flush against the inside o f the link:
m a x i m u m off-centre distance X . 10 % o f t h e
n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r d;
m a x i m u m d e v i a t i o n a f r o m t h e 90° — p o s i t i o n : 4°.
T h e tolerances shall be measured i n accordance
w i t h F i g . 7.1.3.9.4.
F i g . 7.1.3.9.4:
A —a
X=——
7.1.3.10 T h e f o l l o w i n g tolerances are applicable
i n accessories:
n o m i n a l diameter + 5 % ± 0;
o t h e r d i a m e t e r — 2 , 5 %.
7.1.3.11 T h e welding o f studs shall be i n
accordance w i t h procedure approved b y the Register
subject t o t h e f o l l o w i n g conditions.
T h e studs s h a l l be o f w e l d a b l e steel i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h 7.1.2.3.
T h e studs shall be welded a t o n e e n d o n l y , i.e.
opposite t o the w e l d m e n t o f the link. T h e stud ends
shall fit t h einside o fthe link w i t h o u t appreciable gap.
Test
1 2
Proof load, k N 0,00686^х (44-0,08*0
Breaking load, k N 0,00981*^ x ( 4 4 - 0 , 0 8 * 0
N o t e , d = nominal diameter, m m .
125
T h e welds, preferably i n the d o w n h a n d position,
shall be executed b y qualified welders using suitable
welding consumables.
A l l welds shall be carried o u tbefore the final heat
t r e a t m e n t o f t h e c h a i n cable.
T h e w e l d s s h a l l b e free f r o m defects liable t o
i m p a i r t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e c h a i n cable. U n d e r c u t s ,
e n d craters a n d s i m i l a r defects shall, w h e r e necessary,
be g r o u n d o f f .
A procedure f o r t h e w e l d i n g o f chain studs shall
be effected.
7.1.4 T e s t i n g o f finished c h a i n cables.
7.1.4.1 P r o o f a n d breaking load testing.
7.1.4.1.1 A l l finished chain cables shall be
subjected t o t h e tests specified b e l o w i n t h e
presence o f a surveyor t o the Register.
T o ensure t h e proper visual testing o f the chain
cable a n d o f its w e l d i n particular, i f present, t h e
c h a i n cables shall be s u b m i t t e d f o r tests free f r o m
paint a n d anti-corrosion media.
T h e tests shall be c o n d u c t e d o n t h e e q u i p m e n t
approved b y the relevant competent organizations i n
the laboratory recognized b y the Register a n d be
witnessed b y t h e Register representative.
7.1.4.1.2 E a c h c h a i n cable l e n g t h (27,5 m ) shall be
subjected t o t h e p r o o f l o a d testing i n accordance w i t h
the requirements o f T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2.
7.1.4.1.3 F o r t h e b r e a k i n g l o a d test, o n e s a m p l e
c o m p r i s i n g a t least o f three l i n k s shall be t a k e n f r o m
every f o u r l e n g t h o f t h e c h a i n cable. T h e l i n k s
concerned shall be m a d e i n a single m a n u f a c t u r i n g
cycle together w i t h t h e c h a i n cable a n d be w e l d e d a n d
heat-treated together w i t h i t . T h e breaking load
according t o T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2 shall be m a i n t a i n e d f o r
a m i n i m u m o f 3 0 seconds.
7.1.4.1.4 I f t h e tensile loading capacity o f t h e
testing machine is insufficient t o apply o n e breaking
l o a d f o r c h a i n cables o f large diameter, a n o t h e r
equivalent testing m e t h o d shall be agreed w i t h t h e
Register.
7.1.4.2 Retests.
7.1.4.2.1 S h a l l a b r e a k i n g l o a d test fail, a f u r t h e r
test specimen m a y be t a k e n f r o m t h e s a m e l e n g t h o f
c h a i n cable a n d tested. T h e test shall be considered
successful i f t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e t h e n satisfied.
I f t h e retest fails, t h e l e n g t h o f c h a i n cable
concerned shall be rejected. I f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r so
wishes, the remaining three lengths belonging t o the
T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2
Steel grade
3
2
0,0098 W x (44 - 0,08rf) 2
0 , 0 1 3 7 3 d x (44 - 0,08*0
0,01373*^ x (44 - 0,08*0 2
0,0196 W x (44 - 0,08*0
126 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

u n i t test q u a n t i t y m a y t h e n be individually subjected tional link ( o r where the chain diameter is small,
t o test a t t h e b r e a k i n g l o a d . I fo n e s u c h test fails t o several links) i n a length o f chain cable. T h e
m e e t t h e requirements, t h e entire u n i t test q u a n t i t y is additional l i n k shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d b y t h e same
rejected. p r o c e d u r e as t h e specimen f o r b r e a k i n g test i n
7.1.4.2.2 S h a l l a p r o o f l o a d t e s t i n g f a i l , t h e defective accordance w i t h 7.1.4.1.3.
l i n k (links) shall be replaced, a local heat treatment t o 7.1.4.3.3 T h e test results shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e
be c a r r i e d o u t o n the n e w l i n k ( l i n k s ) a n d the p r o o f l o a d requirements o fT a b l e 7.1.4.3.3 a n d shall be indicated
testing shall be repeated. A n investigation shall be m a d e i n t h e certificate.
to identify t h e cause o f t h e failure. 7.1.4.4 C h a i n c a b l e s s h a l l b e m a r k e d a t b o t h e n d s
7.1.4.3 T e n s i l e a n d i m p a c t t e s t i n g o f s p e c i m e n s o f each length, a n d t h e m a r k i n g shall include
cut o u t o f a finished c h a i n cable. certificate n u m b e r , c h a i n cable grade a n d t h e Register
7.1.4.3.1 F o r G r a d e 2 a n d 3 c h a i n cables, stamp. T h e arrangement o f symbols comprising the
m e c h a n i c a l test specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m every m a r k i n g shall be i n accordance w i t h F i g . 7.1.4.4.
four lengths according t o the requirements o f
Certificate N o .
T a b l e 7.1.4.3.1.
F o r f o r g e d a n d cast c h a i n cables, t h e tests shall b e ицт
carried o u to n the metal o feach heat a n d charge (heat
t r e a t m e n t ) . S a m p l i n g i s effected a c c o r d i n g t o 3.6.5 a n d
retesting — a c c o r d i n g t o 3.6.5.4. Tensile test transverse
t o t h e w e l d a n d a n i m p a c t test w i t h a n o t c h a l o n g t h e
weld f o r specimens taken f r o m t h e w e l d m e n t m a y be
carried out. Testing a n d retesting are conducted i n t h e Chain cable grade Register's stamp
presence o f t h e Register representative.
7.1.4.3.2 F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f test s p e c i m e n F i g . 7.1.4.4
preparation, provision shall be m a d e f o r a n addi-
T a b l e 7.1.4.3.1
N u m b e r o f mechanical test specimens for finished chain cables a n d accessories
Steel Manufacturing Condition N u m b e r o f test specimens
grade method of supply
T e n s i l e test C h a r p y V - n o t c h i m p a c t test, K V
for base metal
Base metal Weldment
1 Flush-butt welded A W Not required Not required Not required
N
2 Flush-butt welded A W 1 2 3
N Not required Not required Not required
F o r g e d o r cast N 1 3 (Not required for chain cables) 3

3 Flush-butt welded N 1 3 3
N T
ОТ
F o r g e d o r cast N 1 3 Not regulated
N T
QT

S y m b o l s : A W = as welded; N = normalized; N T = normalized and tempered; Q T = quenched and tempered.

T a b l e 7.1.4.3.3
Mechanical properties o f finished chain cables and accessories

Steel grade Y i e l d stress R , Tensile strength E l o n g a t i o n A , R e d u c t i o n i n

e H 5
1
C h a r p y V - n o t c h impact test , K V
2 2
min, N / m m R , N/mm
m min, % area Z, min, %
Test Impact energy value, min, J
temperature,
°C Base metal Weldment

1 Not required Not required Not required Not required Not required Not required Not required
2 295 490—690 22 Not required 0 27 27

3 410 690 m i n 17 40 0 60 50
-20 35 27

' T h e i m p a c t t e s t s f o r G r a d e 3 a r e c a r r i e d o u t a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f — 2 0 °C.
P a r t XIII. Materials
7.1.5 T e s t i n g o f accessories.
7.1.5.1 P r o o f a n d breaking load testing.
7.1.5.1.1 A l l c h a i n cable accessories are subject t o
the tests b e l o w witnessed b y the Register representa-
tive. T o ensure the proper visual testing, o f welded
j o i n t s i n particular, i f present, the accessories shall be
s u b m i t t e d f o r tests free f r o m p a i n t a n d a n t i - c o r r o s i o n
media.
7.1.5.1.2 A l l accessories a r e p r o o f l o a d tested i n
accordance w i t h the above requirements and those i n
T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2.
7.1.5.1.3 F o r b r e a k i n g l o a d test i n accordance
w i t h T a b l e 7.1.4.1.2, t h e accessories shall b e sub-
m i t t e d i n batches.
A batch o f shackles, swivels, swivel shackles,
large links a n d e n d links shall comprise n o t m o r e
t h a n 2 5 items a n d one consisting o f K e n t e r shackles
s h a l l c o m p r i s e 5 0 i t e m s o f t h e s a m e g r a d e a n d size,
w h i c h were manufactured f r o m material o f the same
heat a n d heat treated i n the same furnace charge.
O u t o feach batch, one i t e m is subjected t o t h e
b r e a k i n g l o a d test a n d after testing, t h e u s e o f the
items according t o the purpose isn o t permitted.
7.1.5.1.4 B r e a k i n g l o a d test m a y b e w a i v e d i f :
the breaking load is confirmed b y t h e positive
results o f t h e initial testing o f t h e i t e m w h e n t h e
manufacturer is approved b y the Register; a n d
the results o f mechanical testing i n accordance
w i t h 7.1.5.2 are satisfactory f o r each batch; a n d
the parts are subjected t o non-destructive testing
in accordance w i t h t h eprocedure approved b y t h e
Register.
7.1.5.1.5 N o t w i t h s t a n d i n g t h e above, t h e items,
w h i c h w i t h s t o o d t h e tests w i t h a b r e a k i n g l o a d
prescribed f o r t h e p a r t i c u l a r c h a i n cable, m a y be
used for the intended purpose, provided the following
conditions were m e t i n manufacturing o f the items:
.1 t h e material, o f w h i c h t h e items a r e made,
meets m o r e severe r e q u i r e m e n t s t h a n those pre-
scribed f o r the c h a i n cable, w i t h w h i c h the i t e m s a r e
expected t o b e used (e.g., m a t e r i a l c o r r e s p o n d s t o
grade 3 where the required grade is 2);
.2 t h e m a t e r i a l , o f w h i c h t h e i t e m s a r e m a d e ,
corresponds to the grade required for the i t e m but the
i t e m has greater dimensions t h a n those required a n d
has w i t h s t o o d t h e tests w i t h b r e a k i n g l o a d a t least
1,4 t i m e s o v e r t h e p r e s c r i b e d o n e .
7.1.5.2 M e c h a n i c a l tests.
7.1.5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated, forgings a n d
castings after heat t r e a t m e n t shall m e e t the require-
m e n t s o f T a b l e 7.1.4.3.3. F o r sampling, castings a n d
forgings o f similar dimensions originating f r o m t h e
s a m e h e a t t r e a t m e n t charge a n d t h e s a m e h e a t o f steel
m a y be c o m b i n e d into batches. Testing a n d retesting
shall be witnessed b y t h e Register representative.
127
F r o m each manufacturing batch i n o n e material
grade, o n e tensile test specimen a n d the seto f three-
i m p a c t test specimens a r e t a k e n i n accordance w i t h
Table 7.1.4.3.1. Specimens a r e m a c h i n e d i n accor-
dance w i t h 3.6.5; the retests are p e r f o r m e d a c c o r d i n g
t o 3.6.5.4. E n l a r g e d l i n k s a n d e n d l i n k s need n o t b e
tested, p r o v i d e d t h e y a r e m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d heat
treated together w i t h the c h a i n cable.
7.1.5.2.2 T h e results o f the m e c h a n i c a l tests shall
c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f T a b l e 7.1.4.3.3.
7.1.5.3 E a c h i t e m o f accessories shall b e m a r k e d ,
a n d the m a r k i n g shall include the certificate n u m b e r ,
grade and the Register stamp.
7.1.6 Chafing chain for emergency towing arrange-
ments.
7.1.6.1 General.
T h e present requirements apply t o t h e chafing
chain f o r chafing gear o f emergency t o w i n g arrange-
m e n t s ( E T A ) w i t h specified safe w o r k i n g l o a d o f
1000 k N ( E T A 1 0 0 0 ) and 2000 k N ( E T A 2 0 0 0 ) .
7.1.6.2 C h a f i n g chains shall b e m a n u f a c t u r e d
only b y t h e w o r k s recognized b y t h e Register
according t o 7.1.1.2.
7.1.6.3 T h e m a t e r i a l s used f o r the m a n u f a c t u r e o f
the chafing c h a i n shall m e e t the requirements o f 7.1.2.
7.1.6.4 T h e chafing chain shall b e designed,
m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n accordance w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 7.1.3 t o 7.1.5.
7.1.6.5 O n ee n d o f t h e chafing c h a i n shall b e
suitable for connection t o the strongpoint o f a t o w e d
vessel, a n d t h e o t h e r e n d o f t h e c h a f i n g c h a i n s h a l l b e
fitted w i t h a pear-shaped open link allowing connec-
t i o n t o a shackle (refer t o F i g . 7.1.6.5).
Common stud link
Enlarged stud link
Pear-sharped open link
F i g . 7.1.6.5
7.1.6.6 T h e chafing chain f o r emergency t o w i n g
arrangements shall be o f Grade 2 o r3 and withstand
a b r e a k i n g l o a d o f a t least t w i c e t h e safe w o r k i n g
load. F o r each type o f E T A , the n o m i n a l diameter o f
a c o m m o n link shall be i n accordance with
T a b l e 7.1.6.6.
128 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 7.1.6.6
E a c h grade shall be individually approved. I f it is
Type of E T A N o m i n a l d i a m e t e r o f c o m m o n l i n k d, m i n , m m demonstrated that t h e higher a n d l o w e r grades are
Grade 2 Grade 3 produced t o thesame manufacturing procedure using
the same chemical composition a n d heat treatment,
ETA1000 62 52
ETA2000 90 76 consideration will be given t o qualification o fa lower
grade b y a higher. T h e parameters applied during
qualification shall n o tbe modified during production
7.1.7 D o c u m e n t s . under the Register technical supervision.
Chains complying w i t h the above requirements 7.2.1.3 R e c o g n i t i o n o f c h a i n m a n u f a c t u r e r s .
shall h a v e t h e Register certificates c o n t a i n i n g as a 7.2.1.3.1 M o o r i n g c h a i n s a n d a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e
m i n i m u m t h e following data: manufactured o n l y b y w o r k s recognized i n accor-
certificate n u m b e r ; d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. F o r t h i s p u r p o s e tests s h a l l b e
order number; carried o u t , t h e scope o f w h i c h shall include p r o o f
manufacturer's name; a n d b r e a k i n g l o a d tests, m e a s u r e m e n t s a n d m e c h a n -
grade; i c a l tests i n c l u d i n g f r a c t u r e m e c h a n i c s tests.
chemical composition (including the total content 7.2.1.3.2 M a n u f a c t u r e r s s h a l l s u b m i t t h e i n f o r -
of aluminium); m a t i o n o n t h e w o r k s a n dm a n u f a c t u r i n g processes i n
nominal diameter/weight; compliance w i t h the requirements i n Part I I I "Tech-
proof/breaking load; nical Supervision during Manufacture o f Materials"
type o fheat treatment; of the Rules f o r Technical Supervision during
manufacturing method; Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o f Materials
chain marking; a n d Products f o r Ships, as w e l l as t h e f o l l o w i n g
length; documentation:
mechanical properties i f needed. bar heating a n d bending including method,
I f r e q u i r e d , p r o t o c o l s o f tests p e r f o r m e d m a y be temperatures, temperature control a n d recording;
attached t o t h e certificate. flash welding including current, force, t i m e a n d
d i m e n s i o n a l variables as w e l l as c o n t r o l a n d record-
ing o f parameters, maintenance procedure a n d
7.2 M O O R I N G C H A I N A N D ACCESSORIES programme f o rwelding machine;
flash r e m o v a l including m e t h o d a n d inspection;
7.2.1 General. stud insertion method, f o rstud link chain;
7.2.1.1 S c o p e o f a p p l i c a t i o n . heat treatment including furnace types, means o f
The present requirements apply t o t h e materials, specifying, c o n t r o l l i n g a n d recording o f temperature
design, m a n u f a c t u r e a n d testing o f m o o r i n g c h a i n a n d c h a i n speed a n da l l o w a b l e limits, quenching b a t h
a n d accessories i n t e n d e d t o be used f o r m o b i l e and agitation, cooling m e t h o d after exit;
offshore units a n d fixed offshore platforms. proof a n d break loading including method/
The present Chapter also includes requirements machine, means o fh o r i z o n t a l support ( i f applicable),
for chafing c h a i n f o r single p o i n t m o o r i n g s , F P S O m e t h o d o fmeasurement a n d recording;
a n d s i m i l a r uses. non-destructive testing methods;
T h e accessories covered a r e c o m m o n stud a n d the manufacturer's surface q u a l i t y r e q u i r e m e n t o f
studless links, c o n n e c t i n g c o m m o n l i n k s (splice m o o r i n g c h a i n accessories;
links), enlarged links, e n d links, detachable connect- the p r o c e d u r e f o r r e m o v i n g a n d replacing defec-
ing l i n k s (shackles), e n d shackles, subsea connectors, tive links w i t h o u t heat treatment o f t h e entire chain.
swivels a n d s w i v e l shackles. 7.2.1.3.3 F o r i n i t i a l a p p r o v a l C T O D t e s t s s h a l l b e
Studless l i n k chain is n o r m a l l y deployed o n l y carried o u to n the particular m o o r i n g chain material.
once, being intended f o rl o n g - t e r m permanent m o o r - C T O D tests shall b e p e r f o r m e d i n accordance w i t h a
ing systems w i t h p r e - d e t e r m i n e d design life. recognized standard such as B S 7448, P a r t 1 a n dB S
7.2.1.2 C h a i n g r a d e s . E N I S O 15653:2010.
D e p e n d i n g o n t h en o m i n a l tensile strength o f t h e The C T O D specimen shall be a standard 2 x 1
steels u s e d f o r m a n u f a c t u r e , c h a i n s a n d accessories single edge n o t c h e d b e n d specimen, test l o c a t i o n as
shall b e s u b d i v i d e d i n t o five grades, i.e.: R 3 , R 3 S , R 4 , s h o w n i n F i g . 7.2.1.3.3. T h e n o t c h o f t h e C T O D
R4S and R 5 . specimen shall be located as close t o t h e surface as
M a n u f a c t u r e r s propriety specifications approved practicable. T h e m i n i m u m cross section o f t h e test
by t h e Register f o rR 4 Sa n d R 5 m a y v a r y t h e design s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e 5 0 x 2 5 m m f o r c h a i n d i a m e t e r s less
conditions o fa chain. t h a n 120 m m , a n d 8 0 x 4 0 m m f o rdiameters 120 m m
and above. C T O D specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m
P a r t XIII. Materials 129

t e m p e r e m b r i t t l e m e n t study, stress c o r r o s i o n crack­

Weld Base metal
F i g . 7.2.1.3.3
b o t h t h e side o f t h e l i n k c o n t a i n i n g t h e w e l d a n d f r o m
t h e o p p o s i t e side. T h r e e l i n k s s h a l l b e selected f o r
t e s t i n g . T h e t e s t s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t — 20°C a n d t h e a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d o n l y b y w o r k s
lowest C T O D o feach set o f 3 specimens shall meet
the m i n i m u m values indicated i nT a b l e 7.2.1.3.3.
12ЛЗЛ C a l i b r a t i o n o f f u r n a c e s s h a l l b e v e r i f i e d b y T h e r e c o g n i t i o n i s l i m i t e d t o a n o m i n a t e d s u p p l i e r o f
measurement a n d recording o fa calibration specimen
w i t h d i m e n s i o n s e q u i v a l e n t t o t h e m a x i m u m size o f l i n k
manufactured. T h e manufacturer shall submit a
procedure f o r furnace temperature surveys, w h i c h shall
include the following requirements:
the temperature u n i f o r m i t y o f furnaces shall be
surveyed whenever approval o f manufacturer is
requested a n d a t least a n n u a l l y d u r i n g n o r m a l
operating conditions;
furnaces shall be checked b y conveying a
monitoring link instrumented with t w o thermocou­
ples t h r o u g h t h e furnaces a t representative t r a v e l
speed;
one t h e r m o c o u p l e shall be attached t o t h e surface
of the straight part a n d o n e thermocouple shall be
imbedded i n a drilled hole located a t t h e m i d
thickness position o f t h e straight part o f t h e
calibration block;
the time-temperature curves shall s h o w that t h e
temperatures t h r o u g h o u t t h e cross section a n d t h e
s o a k i n g times a r e w i t h i n specified limits as g i v e n i n
the heat treatment procedure.
7.2.1.3.5 F o r R 4 S a n d R 5 c h a i n a n d accessories,
prior t o approval, t h emanufacturer shall undertake
e x p e r i m e n t a l tests o r h a v e r e l e v a n t s u p p o r t i n g d a t a
to develop the c h a i n a n d accessory m a t e r i a l . T h e tests
a n d d a t a m a y i n c l u d e : f a t i g u e tests, h o t d u c t i l i t y tests
(no internal flaws shall develop w h i l s t bending i n t h e firmed b y t h e ladle analysis. F o r grade R 4 , R 4 S a n d
link f o r m i n g temperature range), welding parameter
research, heat t r e a t m e n t study, strain a g e resistance,
ing data a n d h y d r o g e n e m b r i t t l e m e n t study, using
slow strain specimens i n hydrated environments.
R e p o r t s i n d i c a t i n g t h e results o f e x p e r i m e n t a l tests
shall be submitted.
7.2.1.4 A p p r o v a l o f q u a l i t y s y s t e m a t c h a i n a n d
accessory manufacturers.
C h a i n a n daccessory manufacturers shall have a
d o c u m e n t e d a n deffective q u a l i t y system a p p r o v e d b y
the Register. T h e provision o fsuch system is required
in addition t o , a n dn o t i n lieu of, t h ewitnessing o f
tests b y a s u r v e y o r as specified i n 7.2.2 t o 7.2.5.
7.2.1.5 R e c o g n i t i o n o f b a r m a n u f a c t u r e r s . R o l l e d
bar f o r chains.
7.2.1.5.1 B a r materials intended f o r c h a i n a n d
approved b y t h e Register a n d holding a Recognition
C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r ( r e f e r t o 1.3.2 a n d 3 . 6 ) .
bar material. I fa chain manufacturer wishes t o use
material f r o m a n u m b e r o f suppliers, separate
r e c o g n i t i o n tests shall b e carried o u t f o r each
supplier.
7.2.1.5.2 T h e R e c o g n i t i o n Certificate f o r M a n u ­
facturer m a y be issued t o a rolled products supplier
o n l y after successful testing o f t h e c o m p l e t e d c h a i n .
E a c h grade shall be individually approved. I fi t is
demonstrated that t h e higher a n d l o w e r grades are
produced t othesame manufacturing procedure using
the same chemical composition a n dheat treatment,
consideration will be given t oqualification o f a lower
grade b y a higher. T h e parameters applied during
qualification shall n o t be modified during production
u nder t h e Register technical supervision. T h e R e ­
c o gnition Certificate f o rManufacturer will n o r m a l l y
b e limited u p t o them a x i m u m diameter equal t o that
o f t h e c h a i n d i a m e t e r tested. T h e r o l l i n g r e d u c t i o n
r a t i o shall be recorded i n the Recognition Certificate
f o r M a n u f a c t u r e r a n d shall be a t least 5:1 f o r R 3 ,
R 3 S , R 4 , R 4 S a n d R 5 .T h e rolling reduction ratio
u s e d i n production c a n be higher, b u t shall n o t be
l o w e r t han that qualified.
7.2.1.5.3 T h e s t e e l m a k e r s h a l l s u b m i t a specifica­
tion o fthe chemical composition o fthe b a r material,
w h i c h shall be approved b y t h e Register a n db y t h e
chain manufacturer. T h e specification shall be con­
R 5 c h a i n t h e steel s h a l l c o n t a i n a m i n i m u m o f 0,20 %
molybdenum.

T a b l e 7.2.1.3.3

Chain R3, m m R3S mm R4, m m R4S and R5, m m

grade
Base metal Weld metal Base metal Weld metal Base metal Weld metal Base metal Weld metal

Stud links 0,20 0,10 0,22 0,11 0,24 0,12 0,26 0,13
Studless links 0,20 0,14 0,22 0,15 0,24 0,16 0,26 0,17
130 Rules for the Classification
7.2.1.5.4 A h e a t t r e a t m e n t s e n s i t i v i t y s t u d y
simulating chain production conditions shall be
applied i n order t o verify mechanical properties a n d
establish limits f o r temperature a n d time combina-
tions. A l l test details a n d results shall be s u b m i t t e d t o
the Register.
7.2.1.5.5 T h e b a r m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l p r o v i d e
evidence that t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g process produces
m a t e r i a l that is resistant t o strain ageing, temper
embrittlement and f o r R 4 , R 4 S a n d R 5 , hydrogen
e m b r i t t l e m e n t . A l l test details a n d results shall be
submitted t o t h e Register.
7.2.1.6 R e c o g n i t i o n o f f o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s
manufacturers. Accessories.
7.2.1.6.1 F o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s manufacturers
i n t e n d e d t o s u p p l y f i n i s h e d o r s e m i - f i n i s h e d acces-
sories shall be recognized b y t h e Register a n d shall
hold the Recognition Certificate f o r Manufacturer
(refer t o 1.3.2 a n d 3.6). A d e s c r i p t i o n o f m a n u f a c t u r -
i n g processes a n d process controls shall be s u b m i t t e d
t o t h e Register. T h e scope o f r e c o g n i t i o n is deter-
mined b y the manufacturer o n agreement w i t h the
Register. T h e Recognition shall be limited t o a
n o m i n a t e d supplier o f forged o r cast m a t e r i a l .
I f a n accessory manufacturer wishes t o use
m a t e r i a l f r o m a n u m b e r o f suppliers, a separate
recognition shall be carried o u t f o r each supplier.
7.2.1.6.2 T h e R e c o g n i t i o n C e r t i f i c a t e f o r M a n u -
facturer m a y be issued t o a supplier o f forgings a n d
castings o n l y after t h e successful testing o f t h e
completed accessory. A p p r o v a l f o r a higher grade
does n o t constitute a p p r o v a l o fa l o w e r grade. I f i t is
demonstrated that t h e higher a n d l o w e r grades are
produced t o the same manufacturing procedure using
the same steel specification, supplier a n d heat
treatment, lower grade m a y be approved b y a higher.
T h e Recognition Certificate f o r Manufacturer
shall n o r m a l l y be limited t o t h e type o faccessory a n d
the designated m o o r i n g grade o f material u p t o t h e
m a x i m u m diameter o r thickness equal t o that o f the
completed accessory used f o r testing unless otherwise
agreed b y t h e Register. H o w e v e r f o r t h e different
accessories t h a t h a v e t h e s a m e g e o m e t r y , t h e tests f o r
initial approval shall be carried o u to n t h eo n e having
the l o w e s t r e d u c t i o n r a t i o . T y p e s o f accessories,
categories o f m a t e r i a l s as w e l l as t h e m a x i m u m
diameters o f accessory pins t o m a x i m u m diameters
shall also be specified i n t h e R e c o g n i t i o n Certificate
for Manufacturer.
7.2.1.6.3 F o r g i n g s .
Forgings shall have w r o u g h t microstructure a n d
the m i n i m u m reduction ratio shall be 3 t o 1.T h e
forging reduction ratio, used i n t h e qualification
tests, f r o m cast i n g o t / s l a b t o f o r g e d c o m p o n e n t s h a l l
be recorded. T h e f o r g i n g r e d u c t i o n r a t i o used i n
p r o d u c t i o n c a n be higher, b u t shall n o tbe l o w e r t h a n
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
that qualified. T h e degree o f upsetting d u r i n g
qualification shall be recorded a n dmaintained during
production. H e a t cycling d u r i n g forging a n d reheat-
ing shall be m o n i t o r e d b y the manufacturer a n d
recorded i n the forging documentation. T h e m a n u -
facturer shall have a maintenance procedure a n d
schedule f o r dies a n d t o o l i n g w h i c h shall be
submitted t o t h e Register.
7.2.1.6.4 F o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s manufacturers
shall submit a specification o f the chemical composi-
t i o n o f t h e forged o r cast m a t e r i a l , w h i c h shall be
approved b y t h e Register. F o r G r a d e R 4 , R 4 S a n d
R 5 c h a i n t h e steel s h a l l c o n t a i n a m i n i m u m o f 0,20 %
molybdenum.
7.2.1.6.5 F o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s manufacturers
shall provide evidence t h a t t h e m a n u f a c t u r i n g p r o -
cess p r o d u c e s m a t e r i a l t h a t i s r e s i s t a n t t o s t r a i n
ageing, temper embrittlement a n d f o r R 4 S a n d
R 5 grades, h y d r o g e n embrittlement. A heat treat-
m e n t sensitivity study simulating accessory produc-
tion conditions shall be applied i n order t o verify
mechanical properties a n d establish limits f o r t e m -
perature a n d t i m e c o m b i n a t i o n s (cooling after
tempering shall be appropriate t o avoid temper
embrittlement).
A l l test details a n d results shall be s u b m i t t e d t o
the Register.
7.2.1.6.6 F o r i n i t i a l a p p r o v a l C T O D t e s t s s h a l l b e
carried o u t . A t least three C T O D tests shall be
carried o u t i n accordance w i t h a recognized standard
such as B S 7448, P a r t 1 & B S E N I S O 15653:2010.
F o r r e c t a n g u l a r accessories, t h e C T O D test piece
shall be a standard 2 x 1 single edge n o t c h e d b e n d
specimen o f thickness equal t o full thickness o f
m a t e r i a l t o be tested. F o r circular geometries, t h e
m i n i m u m cross section o f t h e test specimen shall be
5 0 x 2 5 m m f o r a c c e s s o r y d i a m e t e r s less t h a n
120 m m , a n d 8 0 x 4 0 m m f o r diameters 120 m m
and above. T h e n o t c h o fthe C T O D specimen shall be
located as close t o t h e surface as practicable. C T O D
specimens s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m b o t h t h e side o f t h e
l i n k c o n t a i n i n g t h e w e l d a n d f r o m t h e o p p o s i t e side.
T h r e e l i n k s s h a l l b e selected f o r testing, a t o t a l o f six
C T O D s p e c i m e n s . T h e t e s t s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t — 2 0 °C
a n d t h e results submitted f o r review. T h em i n i m u m
v a l u e o feach set o f three specimens shall a t least m e e t
the r e q u i r e m e n t s as i n d i c a t e d i n T a b l e 7.2.1.3.3 f o r
the base m e t a l .
T h e geometry o f accessories c a n vary.
F i g . 7.2.1.6.6 shows t h e C T O D l o c a t i o n f o r circular
a n d rectangular cross sections s u c h as those o f t h e
D - s h a c k l e a n d accessories fabricated f r o m rectangu-
lar sections. T h e o r i e n t a t i o n o f t h e specimen shall
consider the direction o f the grain flow.
F i g . 7.2.1.6.6, b shows t w o possible sampling posi-
t i o n s f o r C T O D test specimens w i t h n o t c h o r i e n t a -
Part XIII. Materials
t i o n f o r rectangular type accessories. T h e g r a i n f l o w
is c o n s i d e r e d i n t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l d i r e c t i o n X .
B = t
. thickness
Z
B = t
•X
longitudinal
transverse
F i g . 7.2.1.6.6
L o c a t i o n o f C T O D test specimens:
a - circular type accessory;
b - rectangular type accessory
7.2.1.6.7 C a l i b r a t i o n o f furnaces shall be v e r i f i e d
by measurement and recording o f a calibration
specimen w i t h dimensions equivalent to the m a x -
i m u m size o f l i n k m a n u f a c t u r e d . T h e r m o c o u p l e s
shall be placed b o t h o n the surface a n d i n a d r i l l e d
hole located to the m i d thickness position o f the
c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k . T h e f u r n a c e d i m e n s i o n s s h a l l be
s u c h as t o a l l o w t h e w h o l e f u r n a c e c h a r g e t o be
u n i f o r m l y heated to the necessary temperature.
Temperature uniformity surveys o f heat treatment
furnaces f o r f o r g e d a n d cast c o m p o n e n t s s h a l l be
carried o u t according t o A P I Spec 6 A / I S O 10423,
A n n e x M o r A S T M A 9 9 1 . T h e i n i t i a l s u r v e y s h a l l be
carried o u t w i t h m a x i m u m load i n the furnace.
Subsequent surveys shall be carried o u t a n n u a l l y a n d
m a y be c a r r i e d o u t w i t h n o f u r n a c e charge.
T h e quench bath m a x i m u m temperature and the
m a x i m u m heat treatment transfer times f r o m furnace
t o q u e n c h shall be established a n d documented.
D u r i n g p r o d u c t i o n the established quenching para-
m e t e r s s h a l l be f o l l o w e d a n d records s h a l l be
maintained o f bath temperatures and transfer times.
7.2.1.6.8 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 7.2.1.3.5 are applic-
able t o Grades R 4 S a n d R 5 .
7.2.1.7 A p p r o v a l o f q u a l i t y s y s t e m at accessory
manufacturers.
7.2.1.7.1 I n accordance w i t h the requirements o f
7.2.1.4.
7.2.2 M a t e r i a l s .
7.2.2.1 Scope o f application.
7.2.2.1.1 These requirements apply t o rolled
steels, f o r g i n g s a n d c a s t i n g s u s e d f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e
o f m o o r i n g c h a i n a n d accessories f o r m o b i l e offshore
drilling units and fixed offshore platforms.
7.2.2.2 R o l l e d steel bars.
7.2.2.2.1 Steel m a n u f a c t u r e .
7 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 1 T h e steels s h a l l be m a n u f a c t u r e d b y basic
o x y g e n , electric furnace o r such o t h e r process a p p r o v e d
b y t h e R e g i s t e r . A l l steels s h a l l b e k i l l e d a n d f i n e g r a i n
t r e a t e d . T h e a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size f o r R 3 , R 3 S a n d R 4
g r a d e s s h a l l b e 6 o r finer ( r e f e r t o A S T M E l 1 2 , G O S T
5 6 3 9 o r e q u i v a l e n t g r a i n size i n d e x i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
131
I S O 643). M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r circular sections shall be
t a k e n a t 1/3 r a d i u s .
7.2.2.2.1.2 Steel f o r bars i n t e n d e d f o r R 4 S a n d R 5
grade c h a i n shall be v a c u u m degassed. T h e austenitic
g r a i n s i z e s h a l l b e 6 o r finer ( r e f e r t o A S T M E l 1 2 ,
G O S T 5 6 3 9 o r e q u i v a l e n t g r a i n size i n d e x i n
accordance w i t h I S O 643). Measurements for circular
s e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t 1/3 r a d i u s .
7.2.2.2.1.3 F o r R 4 S a n d R 5 c h a i n t h e f o l l o w i n g
i n f o r m a t i o n shall be supplied b y the b a r m a n u f a c -
turer to the m o o r i n g chain manufacturer and the
results included i n the chain d o c u m e n t a t i o n :
.1 each heat shall be e x a m i n e d f o r n o n - m e t a l l i c
inclusions. T h e level o f m i c r o inclusions shall be
q u a n t i f i e d a n d assessed i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e
n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards; i n c l u s i o n levels
s h a l l b e c o n f i r m e d a s a c c e p t a b l e f o r t h e final p r o d u c t ;
.2 a s a m p l e f r o m e a c h h e a t s h a l l be m a c r o e t c h e d
according to A S T M E 3 8 1 or national equivalent, to
be sure there is n o i n j u r i o u s segregation o r p o r o s i t y ;
.3 j o m i n y h a r d e n a b i l i t y d a t a , a c c o r d i n g t o
A S T M A 2 5 5 o r n a t i o n a l equivalent, shall be supplied
w i t h each heat.
7.2.2.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
7.2.2.2.2.1 F o r a n y tests u n d e r t h e R e g i s t e r
technical supervision, the chemical composition o f
ladle samples o f each heat shall be d e t e r m i n e d b y the
steel m a k e r a n d s h a l l m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
Register-approved specification o r a standard.
7.2.2.2.3 M e c h a n i c a l properties.
7.2.2.2.3.1 B a r s o f the same n o m i n a l diameter are
t o be presented f o r test i n batches o f 5 0 t o r f r a c t i o n
t h e r e o f f r o m the same heat. T e s t specimens shall be
taken f r o m material heat treated i n the same m a n n e r
a s i n t e n d e d f o r t h e finished c h a i n .
7.2.2.2.3.2 E a c h b a t c h o f G r a d e s R 3 S , R 4 , R 4 S
a n d R 5 shall be tested f o r h y d r o g e n e m b r i t t l e m e n t . I n
case o f c o n t i n u o u s casting, test specimens represent-
ing b o t h the beginning and the end o f the charge shall
be t a k e n . I n case o f i n g o t casting, test samples
representing t w o different ingots shall be t a k e n .
7.2.2.2.3.2.1 T w o tensile test specimens shall be
taken f r o m the central region o f bar material w h i c h
has been subjected to the heat treatment cycle
i n t e n d e d t o be used i n p r o d u c t i o n . A specimen w i t h
a d i a m e t e r o f 2 0 m m is p r e f e r r e d ( c o n s i d e r a t i o n m a y
be g i v e n t o a d i a m e t e r o f 14 m m ) .
7.2.2.2.3.2.2 O n e o f t h e specimens shall be tested
w i t h i n a m a x i m u m o f 3 h after m a c h i n i n g ( f o r a 14 m m
d i a m e t e r s p e c i m e n , t h e t i m e l i m i t i s 1,5 h ) . W h e r e t h i s i s
n o t possible, the specimen shall be i m m e d i a t e l y cooled
t o — 6 0 °C a f t e r m a c h i n i n g a n d k e p t a t t h a t
temperature f o r a m a x i m u m period o f 5 days.
7.2.2.2.3.2.3 T h e second specimen s h a l l be tested
a f t e r b a k i n g a t 2 5 0 °C f o r 4 h , a l t e r n a t i v e l y 2 h f o r
14 m m d i a m e t e r specimen.
132 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

7.2.2.2.3.2.4 A s l o w s t r a i n rate < 0,0003 s " s h a l l 1 T a b l e 7.2.2.2.4.1

be used d u r i n g t h e entire test (this i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y N o m i n a l diameter, Tolerance o n Tolerance o n

10 m i n f o r t h e 2 0 m m diameter specimen). Tensile mm diameter, m m roundness
strength, elongation a n d reduction i narea shall be (<2max — dmjn), m m

reported. l e s s t h a n 25 - 0 + 1,0 0,6

25 — 35 - 0 + 1,2 0,8
7.2.2.2.3.2.5 T h e acceptance r e q u i r e m e n t f o r t h e
36—50 - 0 + 1,6 1,1
test i s 51 — 8 0 - 0 + 2,0 1,5
8 1 — 100 - 0 + 2,6 1,95
Zi/Z >0,852
101 — 120 - 0 + 3,0 2,25
where Z j = reduction o f area without baking; 121 — 160 - 0 + 4,0 3,00
Z = reduction o f area after baking.
2 161—210 - 0 + 5,0 4,00

I f t h e requirement Z i / Z > 0 , 8 5 is n o t achieved,

2

the b a r m a t e r i a l m a y b e subjected t o a h y d r o g e n 7.2.2.2.5 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing a n d repair.

degassing t r e a t m e n t . N e w tests s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d 7.2.2.2.5.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing shall b e per-
after degassing. formed i n accordance w i t h the standards recognized
7.2.2.2.3.3 F o r a l l grades, o n e tensile a n d three by t h e Register such as those indicated below o r
charpy V - n o t c h specimens shall b e t a k e n f r o m each equivalent:
s a m p l e selected. T h e test specimens s h a l l b e t a k e n a t A S T M E 1 4 4 4 a n d I S O 9934 - magnetic particle
a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e - t h i r d radius b e l o w t h e surface, as testing ( M T ) o f bars;
s h o w n i n F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3 a n d prepared i n accordance JIS Z 2 3 1 9 - magnetic leakage flux testing
w i t h t h e Section 2 requirements. T h e results o f a l l (MLFT);
tests shall b e i n accordance w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e I S O 15549 - eddy current testing ( E T ) o f bars.
requirements o f T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3. Non-destructive testing procedures, together w i t h
Specimen for notched bar rejection/acceptance criteria shall be submitted t o t h e
impact test Register f o r agreement.
7.2.2.2.5.2 M a n u f a c t u r e r s shall prepare w r i t t e n
- •EEEEE3EEE3E3- procedures f o r non-destructive testing. Non-destruc-
tive testing personnel shall be qualified a n d certified
according t o I S O 9712, A C C P o r equivalent.
Personnel qualification t o a n employer o r responsible
r/3 agency based qualification scheme as S N T - T C - 1 A
Alternatively ike 3CVN test pieces may m a y b e accepted i f t h e employer's w r i t t e n practice is
be taken in series at one location of r/3
reviewed a n d f o u n d acceptable a n d t h e level I I I is
F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3 A S N T level I I I , I S O 9 7 1 2 level I I Io r A C C P
Location o f specimens. Steel bar, forging, casting professional level I I I a n d certified i n the applicable
m e t h o d . Non-destructive testing operators shall be
7.2.2.2.4 D i m e n s i o n a l t o l e r a n c e s . qualified t o a t least level I I .
7.2.2.2.4.1 T h e d i a m e t e r a n d r o u n d n e s s s h a l l b e 7.2.2.2.5.3 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l ensure t h a t
w i t h i n t h e tolerances specified i n T a b l e 7.2.2.2.4.1, 100 % o f b a r m a t e r i a l intended f o r either chain o r
unless otherwise agreed. fittings i s subjected t o ultrasonic testing a t a n
T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3
Mechanical properties o f mooring chain a n d accessories

Grade Y i e l d stress, Tensile Elongation, Reduction in I m p a c t tests K V

2
min, N / m m strength, m i n , min, % area, m i n , %
N/mm 2
Test temperature Average energy, m i n , J
°C
Base metal Weld metal

R3 410 690 17 50 0 60 50
-20 40 30
R3S 490 770 15 50 0 65 53
-20 45 33
R4 580 860 12 50 -20 50 36
R4S 700 960 12 50 -20 56 40
R5 760 1000 12 50 -20 58 42

N o t e s : 1 . A i m v a l u e o f y i e l d t o t e n s i l e r a t i o : 0,92 m a x .
2. A t t h e o p t i o n o f t h e R e g i s t e r t h e i m p a c t t e s t o f G r a d e R 3 a n d R 3 S m a y b e c a r r i e d o u t a t e i t h e r 0 o r —20 °C.
3. R e d u c t i o n i n a r e a o f c a s t s t e e l s h a l l b e f o r G r a d e s R 3 a n d R 3 S : m i n 40 p e r c e n t ; f o r R 4 , R 4 S a n d R 5 : m i n 35 p e r c e n t ( r e f e r t o 7.2.2.4.4).
4. A i m m a x i m u m h a r d n e s s f o r R 4 S i s H B 3 3 0 a n d R 5 H B 3 4 0 .
P a r t XIII. Materials
a p p r o p r i a t e stage o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e t o procedures
approved b y t h e Register a n d t o t h e acceptance
criteria r e q u i r e d . T h e bars shall b e free o f pipe, cracks
and flakes. I f t h e e n d length o f t h e delivered bars is
n o t subjected t o ultrasonic testing t h e n i t shall be
agreed between t h e b a r supplier a n d t h e chain
manufacturer o f w h a t length o fb a r shall be removed
f r o m t h eends. T h e details shall be d o c u m e n t e d i n t h e
a p p r o v a l o f each b a r supplier. Phased array u l t r a -
sonic testing procedures m a y be applied after its
approval b y t h e Register.
7.2.2.2.5.4 1 0 0 % o f t h e b a r m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e
tested b y magnetic particle ( M T ) o r eddy c u r r e n t
( E T ) o r M a g n e t i c magnetic leakage flux testing
( M L F T ) m e t h o d s . T h e bars shall b e free o f i n j u r i o u s
surface imperfections such as seams, laps a n d rolled-
i n m i l l scale. P r o v i d e d t h a t t h e i r d e p t h i s n o t g r e a t e r
t h a n 1 % o f t h e b a r d i a m e t e r , l o n g i t u d i n a l defects
m a y be removed b y grinding a n d blending t o a
smooth contour.
A l l bars supplied i n a m a c h i n e d (peeled) c o n d i -
t i o n shall be 1 0 0 % visually inspected. T h e Register
shall also require 10 % t o be inspected w i t h magnetic
particle testing ( M T ) o r eddy current testing ( E T ) o r
magnetic leakage flux testing ( M L F T ) , f o r long-
itudinal imperfections. T h e m a x i m u m depth o f
peeling shall be agreed a n d documented i n t h e
approval o f each supplier b y t h e Register.
7.2.2.2.5.5 T h e f r e q u e n c y o f n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing m a y be reduced provided i t is verified b y
statistical means that t h e required quality is consis-
tently achieved.
7.2.2.2.5.6 W e l d r e p a i r o f b a r s i s n o t p e r m i t t e d .
7.2.2.2.6 M a r k i n g .
7.2.2.2.6.1 E a c h b a r s h a l l b e s t a m p e d w i t h t h e
steel grade d e s i g n a t i o n a n d t h e charge n u m b e r ( o r a
code i n d i c a t i n g t h e charge n u m b e r ) o n o n e o f the e n d i n t o o n e test u n i t . F r o m each test u n i t o n e tensile a n d
surfaces.
7.2.2.3 F o r g e d s t e e l .
7.2.2.3.1 M a n u f a c t u r e .
7.2.2.3.1.1 F o r g e d s t e e l s u s e d f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e
o f accessories shall be i n compliance w i t h t h e
requirements o f the Register-approved documenta-
t i o n w i t h specifications a n d test reports. Steel shall be
m a n u f a c t u r e d b y basic o x y g e n , electric furnace o r
such other process as m a y be specially approved b y
the Register. A l l steel shall be killed a n d fine g r a i n
t r e a t e d . T h e a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size s h a l l b e 6 o r f i n e r
(refer t o A S T M E l 12, G O S T 5639 o r equivalent
g r a i n size i n d e x i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h I S O 6 4 3 ) . i n t e n d e d t o b e used i n p r o d u c t i o n . A specimen w i t h a
M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r circular sections shall be t a k e n a t d i a m e t e r o f 2 0 m m is preferred (use o f specimens w i t h
1/3 r a d i u s . M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r n o n - c i r c u l a r s e c t i o n s a diameter o f 14 m m is permitted u p o n agreement
s h a l l b e t a k e n a t 1/4*.
7.2.2.3.1.2 S t e e l f o r f o r g i n g s i n t e n d e d f o r R 4 S
a n d R 5 c h a i n shall be v a c u u m degassed. T h e
a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size s h a l l b e 6 o r f i n e r ( r e f e r t o
133
A S T M E l 1 2 , G O S T 5 6 3 9 o r e q u i v a l e n t g r a i n size
index i n accordance w i t h I S O 643). Measurements
f o r c i r c u l a r s e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t 1/3 r a d i u s .
M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r non-circular sections shall be
t a k e n a t 1/4*.
7.2.2.3.1.3 F o r s t e e l i n t e n d e d f o r R 4 S a n d
R 5 accessories t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n shall be
supplied b y t h e steel m a n u f a c t u r e r t o t h e accessory
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d t h e results i n c l u d e d i n t h e acces-
sory documentation:
.1 e a c h h e a t s h a l l b e e x a m i n e d f o r n o n - m e t a l l i c
inclusions. T h e level o f m i c r o inclusions shall be
q u a n t i f i e d a n d assessed i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e
recognized n a t i o n a l a n d i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards; t o be
sure i n c l u s i o n levels a r e acceptable f o r the final product;
.2 a s a m p l e f r o m e a c h h e a t s h a l l b e m a c r o e t c h e d
according t o A S T M E 3 8 1 o r national equivalent, t o
be sure there is n o i n j u r i o u s segregation o r p o r o s i t y ;
3 hardenability data, according t o A S T M A 2 5 5 o r
n a t i o n a l equivalent, shall be p r o v i d e d w i t h each heat.
T h e results o f the a b o v e tests a r e t o b e i n c l u d e d i n
the accessory d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
7.2.23.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n ( r e f e r t o 7 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 ) .
7.2.2.3.3 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
7.2.2.3.3.1 F i n i s h e d f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e p r o p e r l y
heat treated i n compliance w i t h specification sub-
mitted a n d approved.
7.2.2.3.4 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
7.2.2.3.4.1 T h e f o r g i n g s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
m e c h a n i c a l properties g i v e n i n T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3 w h e n
properly heat treated.
7.2.2.3.5 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
7.2.2.3.5.1 F o r t e s t s a m p l i n g , f o r g i n g s o f s i m i l a r
dimensions (diameters d o n o t differ b y m o r e t h a n
25 m m ) originating f r o m t h e same heat treatment
charge a n d t h e s a m e h e a t o f steel shall b e c o m b i n e d
three i m p a c t test specimens shall be t a k e n a n d tested.
T h e specimens shall be located according t o
F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3 a n d t h e requirements o f Section 2.
7.2.2.3.5.2 E a c h h e a t o f G r a d e s R 3 S a n d R 4 s h a l l
be tested f o r h y d r o g e n e m b r i t t l e m e n t . I n case o f
c o n t i n u o u s casting, test samples representing b o t h
the beginning a n d t h e e n d o f t h e charge shall be
t a k e n . I n case o f i n g o t casting, test samples repre-
senting t w o different ingots shall be taken.
7.2.2.3.5.2.1 T w o t e n s i l e t e s t s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e
taken f r o m the central region o f forged material
w h i c h h a s been subjected t o t h e heat t r e a t m e n t cycle
w i t h the Register).
7.2.2.3.5.2.2 O n e o f t h e s p e c i m e n s s h a l l b e t e s t e d
w i t h i n a m a x i m u m o f 3 h after m a c h i n i n g ( f o r a
1 4 m m d i a m e t e r s p e c i m e n , t h e t i m e l i m i t i s 1,5 h ) .
134 Rules
W h e r e this is n o t possible, t h e specimen shall be
i m m e d i a t e l y c o o l e d t o — 6 0 °C a f t e r m a c h i n i n g a n d
kept at that temperature f o r a m a x i m u m period o f
5 days.
7.2.2.3.5.2.3 T h e s e c o n d s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e t e s t e d
a f t e r b a k i n g a t 2 5 0 °C f o r 4 h , a l t e r n a t i v e l y 2 h f o r
14 m m diameter specimen.
7.2.2.3.5.2.4 A s l o w s t r a i n r a t e ( a r e l a t i v e e l o n g a -
t i o n t o design length) < 0,0003 s _ 1
shall be used
d u r i n g t h e e n t i r e test, u n t i l f r a c t u r e occurs ( t h i s is
approximately 10 m i n f o r the 20 m m diameter
specimen).
7.2.2.3.5.2.5 W h e n d e t e r m i n i n g R 3 S a n d R 4
grade chains' susceptibility t o hydrogen embrittle-
m e n t , Z i / Z > 0 , 8 5 , w h e r e Z\ i s r e d u c t i o n o f a r e a
2
w i t h o u t baking, Z is reduction o f area after baking.
2
I f t h e requirement Z i / Z > 0 , 8 5 is n o t achieved,
2
the b a r m a t e r i a l m a y be subjected t o a h y d r o g e n
degassing treatment after agreement w i t h t h e Regis-
ter. N e w tests shall be p e r f o r m e d after degassing.
7.2.2.3.6 U l t r a s o n i c t e s t i n g .
7.2.2.3.6.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e p e r -
formed i n accordance w i t h the standards recognized
b y t h e Register such as those i n d i c a t e d b e l o w :
E N 10228-1, A S T M A 2 7 5 a n d I S O 9934 -
magnetic particle testing ( M T ) o f forgings;
E N 10228-3, A S T M A 3 8 8 a n d I S O 13588 -
ultrasonic testing (UT) o f forgings.
7.2.2.3.6.2 M a n u f a c t u r e r s s h a l l s u b m i t t o t h e
R e g i s t e r w r i t t e n p r o c e d u r e s f o r n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e test-
ing. Non-destructive testing personnel shall be
qualified a n d certified according t o I S O 9712, A C C P
or equivalent. Personnel qualification t o a n employer
o r responsible agency based qualification scheme as
S N T - T C - 1 A m a y be accepted i f t h e employer's
w r i t t e n practice is reviewed a n d f o u n d acceptable
and t h e level I I I is A S N T level I I I , I S O 9712 level I I I
or A C C P professional level I I I a n d certified i n the
applicable m e t h o d . N D T operators shall be qualified
t o a t least level I I .
7.2.2.3.6.3 T h e f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o
100 % ultrasonic testing a n d i n compliance w i t h t h e
specification approved b y the Register.
7.2.2.3.6.4 D e f e c t s o n n o n - m a c h i n e d surfaces
m a y be r e m o v e d b y grinding t o a depth o f 5 % o f
the n o m i n a l diameter. G r i n d i n g is n o t permitted o n
m a c h i n e d surfaces, except f o r slight inspection
g r i n d i n g o n plane surfaces t o a m a x i m u m d e p t h o f
0,8 m m i n o r d e r t o investigate s p u r i o u s i n d i c a t i o n s .
7.2.2.3.6.5 W e l d i n g r e p a i r s a r e n o t p e r m i t t e d .
7.2.2.3.7 M a r k i n g ( r e f e r t o 7 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 6 ) .
7.2.2.4 C a s t s t e e l .
7.2.2.4.1 M a n u f a c t u r e .
7.2.2.4.1.1 C a s t s t e e l u s e d f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f
accessories shall be i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e require-
ments o f the Register-approved documentation w i t h
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
specifications a n d test reports. Steel shall be m a n u -
factured b y basic o x y g e n , electric furnace o r such
o t h e r process a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register. A l l steel shall
be k i l l e d a n d fine g r a i n treated. T h e austenitic g r a i n
size f o r R 3 , R 3 S a n d R 4 g r a d e s s h a l l b e 6 o r f i n e r
(refer t o A S T M E l 12, G O S T 5639 o r equivalent
g r a i n size i n d e x i n a c c o r d a n c e t o I S O 6 4 3 ) . M e a s u r e -
m e n t s f o r c i r c u l a r s e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t 1/3
radius. M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r non-circular sections a r e t o
b e t a k e n a t 1/4*.
7.2.2.4.1.2 S t e e l f o r c a s t i n g s i n t e n d e d f o r R 4 S a n d
R 5 grade c h a i n accessories shall be v a c u u m degassed.
T h e a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size s h a l l b e 6 o r f i n e r ( r e f e r t o
A S T M E l 1 2 , G O S T 5 6 3 9 o r e q u i v a l e n t g r a i n size
index i n accordance t o I S O 643). Measurements f o r
c i r c u l a r s e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t 1/3 r a d i u s .
M e a s u r e m e n t s f o r non-circular sections shall be
t a k e n a t 1/4*.
7.2.2.4.1.3 F o r s t e e l i n t e n d e d f o r R 4 S a n d R 5
accessories t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n shall be sup-
p l i e d b y t h e steel m a n u f a c t u r e r t o t h e accessory
m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d t h e results i n c l u d e d i n t h e acces-
sory documentation:
.1 each h e a t s h a l l b e e x a m i n e d f o r n o n - m e t a l l i c
inclusions. T h e level o f micro inclusions shall be
q u a n t i f i e d a n d assessed i n a c c o r d a n c e t o t h e recog-
nized n a t i o n a l a n di n t e r n a t i o n a l standards; t o be sure
i n c l u s i o n levels a r e acceptable f o r t h e final product;
.2 a s a m p l e f r o m e a c h h e a t s h a l l b e m a c r o e t c h e d
according t o A S T M E 3 8 1 o r national equivalent, t o
be sure there is n o i n j u r i o u s segregation o r p o r o s i t y ;
.3 h a r d e n a b i l i t y d a t a , a c c o r d i n g t o A S T M A 2 5 5
or national equivalent, shall be supplied w i t h each
heat.
7.2.2.4.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n ( r e f e r t o 7 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 ) .
7.2.2.4.3 H e a t t r e a t m e n t .
A l l castings shall be p r o p e r l y heat treated i n c o m p -
liance w i t h specifications submitted a n d approved.
7.2.2.4.4 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
7.2.2.4.4.1 T h e c a s t i n g s a f t e r h e a t t r e a t m e n t s h a l l
comply w i t h the mechanical properties given i n
T a b l e 7.2.2.3.3. T h e acceptance requirement f o r
reduction i n area is, however, reduced t o 4 0 % f o r
grades R 3 a n d R 3 S , a n d 35 % f o r grades R 4 , R 4 S a n d
R5.
7.2.2.4.5 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
7.2.2.4.5.1 F o r t e s t s a m p l i n g , c a s t i n g s o f s i m i l a r
dimensions originating f r o m the same heat treatment
charge a n d t h e s a m e h e a t o f steel s h a l l b e c o m b i n e d
i n t o o n e test u n i t . F r o m each test u n i t o n e tensile a n d
three i m p a c t test specimens shall be t a k e n a n d tested.
T h e specimens shall be located according t o
F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3 a n d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 2.
7.2.2.4.6 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g a n d r e p a i r .
7.2.2.4.6.1 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e p e r -
formed i n accordance w i t h the standards recognized
P a r t XIII. Materials
b y t h e Register such as those i n d i c a t e d b e l o w , o r
equivalent:
E N 10228-1, A S T M A 2 7 5 a n d I S O 9934
m a g n e t i c particle testing ( M T ) o f castings,;
E N 10228-3, A S T M A 3 8 8 a n d I S O 13588
u l t r a s o n i c testing ( U T ) o f castings.
7.2.2.4.6.2 M a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l s u b m i t t o t h e
R e g i s t e r w r i t t e n p r o c e d u r e s f o r n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e test-
ing. Non-destructive testing personnel shall be
qualified a n d certified according t o I S O 9712, A C C P
or equivalent. Personnel qualification t o a n employer
o r responsible agency based qualification scheme as
S N T - T C - 1 A m a y be accepted i f t h e employer's
w r i t t e n practice is reviewed a n d f o u n d acceptable
and t h e level I I I is A S N T level I I I , I S O 9712 level I I I
or A C C P professional level I I I a n d certified i n the
applicable m e t h o d . Non-destructive testing operators
shall be q u a l i f i e d t o a t least level I I .
7.2.2.4.6.3 T h e c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o
100 % ultrasonic testing a n d i n compliance w i t h t h e
specification approved b y the Register.
7.2.2.4.6.4 D e f e c t s o n n o n - m a c h i n e d surfaces
m a y be r e m o v e d b y grinding t o a depth o f 5 % o f
the n o m i n a l diameter. G r i n d i n g is n o t permitted o n
m a c h i n e d surfaces, except f o r slight inspection
g r i n d i n g o n plane surfaces t o a m a x i m u m d e p t h o f
0,8 m m i n o r d e r t o investigate s p u r i o u s i n d i c a t i o n s .
7.2.2.4.6.5 W h e r e t h e r e p a i r e n t a i l s r e m o v a l o f
m o r e t h a n 5 % o f the diameter o r thickness, the
defective area shall be repaired b y welding. T h e
excavations shall be suitably shaped t o allow good
access f o r w e l d i n g . T h e r e s u l t i n g g r o o v e s s h a l l b e
subsequently ground s m o o t h a n d complete elimina-
t i o n o f the defective m a t e r i a l shall be verified b y n o n -
destructive testing.
7.2.2.4.6.6 W e l d r e p a i r s a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s m a j o r o r
m i n o r . A w e l d repair is considered m a j o r w h e n the
d e p t h o f t h e g r o o v e prepared f o r w e l d i n g exceeds
25 % o f t h e diameter o r thickness o r 25 m m ,
whichever is smaller. A l l other w e l d repairs are
considered m i n o r .
7.2.2.4.6.7 W e l d r e p a i r s m a y b e c o n d u c t e d o n l y
after t h ea p p r o v a l b y t h e Register. R e p o r t s submitted
t o t h e Register shall be a c c o m p a n i e d b y sketches o r
photographs showing the extent a n d positions o f the
repairs. A grain refining heat treatment shall be given
to the w h o l e casting p r i o r t o repairs. A post w e l d heat
t r e a t m e n t o f post-repair castings shall be carried out.
7.2.2.4.6.8 M i n o r a n d m a j o r w e l d r e p a i r s b y t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r shall b e recorded o n sketches a n d p h o t o -
graphs s h o w i n g t h e extent a n d positions o f t h e repairs
(before a n d after) a n d submitted t o t h e Register.
7.2.2.4.6.9 A l l w e l d r e p a i r s s h a l l b e d o n e b y
qualified welders using qualified procedures. Welders
shall be qualified according t o I S O 9606, A S M E I X ,
A S T M A 4 8 8 o r equivalent. Procedures shall be
135
qualified according t o I S O 15614, A S M E I X , A S T M
A 4 8 8 o r equivalent w i t h the following additional
- r e q u i r e m e n t s : C h a r p y V n o t c h i m p a c t tests w i t h
notch locations i n weld metal, fusion line a n d heat
- affected zone + 2 m m a n d + 5 m m f r o m f u s i o n line,
respectively. Test results shall meet t h e requirements
o f the R u l e s specified f o r t h e base m e t a l .
7.2.2.4.7 M a r k i n g ( r e f e r t o 7 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 6 ) .
7.2.2.5 M a t e r i a l s f o r s t u d s .
7.2.2.5.1 S t u d s i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d l i n k c h a i n c a b l e
shall b e m a d e o f steel c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h a t o f t h e
chain o r i n compliance w i t h specification submitted
and approved b y t h e Register. I n general, t h e carbon
c o n t e n t shall n o t exceed 0 , 2 5 % i f t h e studs shall be
w e l d e d i n place.
7.2.3 D e s i g n a n d c h a i n m a n u f a c t u r e .
7.2.3.1 D e s i g n .
7.2.3.1.1 D r a w i n g s a c c o m p a n i e d b y d e s i g n c a l c u -
lations, giving t h e detailed design o f chain a n d
accessories m a d e b y , o r supplied t h r o u g h , t h e c h a i n
manufacturer shall be submitted t o the Register f o r
approval. T y p i c a l designs are given i n I S O 1704. F o r
studless c h a i n t h e shape a n d p r o p o r t i o n s shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements o fthe present Section.
A p p l i c a t i o n o f studless chains a n d accesories o f
designs o t h e r t h a n specified i n t h e present Section is
considered b y t h e Register t o be application o f n e w
o r n o n - s t a n d a r d designs o f chains, shackles o r
fittings. F o r application o f the latter results o f fatigue
a n d c o r r o s i o n fatigue tests shall be s u b m i t t e d .
D o c u m e n t a t i o n specifying t h e characteristics o f t h e
c h a i n a n d fittings s h a l l b e a p p r o v e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r .
7.2.3.1.2 I n a d d i t i o n , f o r s t u d l i n k c h a i n , d r a w -
ings s h o w i n g t h e detailed design o f t h e stud shall be
submitted f o r i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e stud shall give a n
impression i nt h echain link w h i c h is sufficiently deep
t o secure t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e stud, b u t t h e c o m b i n e d
effect o f shape a n d d e p t h o f the i m p r e s s i o n shall n o t
cause a n y h a r m f u l n o t c h effect o r stress c o n c e n t r a -
tion i n the chain link.
7.2.3.1.3 M a c h i n i n g o f K e n t e r s h a c k l e s s h a l l
r e s u l t i n a fillet r a d i u s m i n i m u m 3 % o f a n o m i n a l
link diameter.
7.2.3.2 C h a i n c a b l e m a n u f a c t u r i n g p r o c e s s .
7.2.3.2.1 G e n e r a l .
7.2.3.2.1.1 O f f s h o r e m o o r i n g c h a i n s s h a l l b e
manufactured i n continuous lengths b y flash butt
welding a n d shall be heat treated i n a continuous
furnace. B a t c h heat treatment is n o t permitted,
except i n special circumstances w h e r e s h o r t lengths
o f c h a i n a r e delivered, such as chafing chain.
7.2.3.2.1.2 T h e u s e o f j o i n i n g s h a c k l e s t o r e p l a c e
defective l i n k s is subject t o t h e w r i t t e n a p p r o v a l o f
the e n d purchaser i n terms o f t h e n u m b e r a n d type
permitted. T h e use o f connecting c o m m o n links is
restricted t o 3 links i n each 100m o f chain.
136 Rules for the Classification
1 2 3 2 2 C h a i n cable m a n u f a c t u r i n g process records.
7.2.3.2.2.1 R e c o r d s o f b a r h e a t i n g , flash w e l d i n g
and heat treatment shall be made available f o r
inspection b y t h e Register.
7.2.3.2.3 B a r h e a t i n g .
7.2.3.2.3.1 B a r s f o r l i n k s shall be heated b y
electric resistance, i n d u c t i o n o r i n a furnace.
7.2.3.2.3.2 F o r electric resistance h e a t i n g , t h e
heating phase shall be controlled b y a n optical heat
sensor. T h e c o n t r o l l e r shall be checked a t least once
every 8 h a n d records made.
7.2.3.2.3.3 F o r furnace h e a t i n g , t h e h e a t s h a l l be
controlled a n d the temperature continuously re-
corded using t h e r m o c o u p l e s i n close p r o x i m i t y t o
the bars. T h e c o n t r o l s shall be checked a t least once
every 8 h a n d records made.
7.2.3.2.4 F l a s h w e l d i n g o f c h a i n cable.
7.2.3.2.4.1 T h e f o l l o w i n g w e l d i n g p a r a m e t e r s
shall be controlled during welding o f each link:
platen motion;
c u r r e n t as a f u n c t i o n o f t i m e ;
h y d r a u l i c pressure.
7.2.3.2.4.2 T h e c o n t r o l s s h a l l b e c h e c k e d a t least
every 4 h a n d records made.
7.2.3.2.5 H e a t t r e a t m e n t o f c h a i n cable.
7.2.3.2.5.1 C h a i n shall be austenitized, a b o v e t h e
upper transformation temperature, at a combination
o f temperature a n d t i m e w i t h i n t h e limits established
by the manufacturer.
7.2.3.2.5.2 W h e n applicable, c h a i n shall be
tempered at a combination o f temperature a n d time
w i t h i n t h e limits established b y t h e manufacturer.
C o o l i n g after tempering shall be appropriate t o a v o i d
temper embrittlement.
7.2.3.2.5.3 T e m p e r a t u r e a n d t i m e o r t e m p e r a t u r e
a n d c h a i n speed shall be c o n t r o l l e d a n d c o n t i n u o u s l y
recorded.
7.2.3.2.5.4 G r a i n d e t e r m i n a t i o n s h a l l b e m a d e f o r
t h e f i n a l p r o d u c t . T h e a u s t e n i t i c g r a i n size f o r R 3 ,
R 3 S , R 4 , R 4 S a n d R 5 s h a l l b e 6 o r finer ( r e f e r t o
Specimen for notched
bar impact test
F i g . 7.2.3.2.6.1
Sampling o f chain
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
A S T M E l 1 2 , G O S T 5 6 3 9 o r e q u i v a l e n t g r a i n size
index i n accordance t o I S O643). Measurements f o r
c i r c u l a r s e c t i o n s s h a l l b e t a k e n a t s u r f a c e , 1/3 r a d i u s
a n d centre f o r t h e base m a t e r i a l , H A Z a n d w e l d .
7.2.3.2.6 M e c h a n i c a l properties.
7.2.3.2.6.1 T h e m e c h a n i c a l properties o f finished
c h a i n a n d accessories shall be i n accordance w i t h
T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3. F o r t h e l o c a t i o n o f test specimens
refer t o F i g . 7.2.3.2.6.1.
7.2.3.2.7 P r o o f a n d b r e a k i n g test loads.
7.2.3.2.7.1 C h a i n s a n d accessories shall w i t h s t a n d
the p r o o f a n d b r e a k test loads g i v e n i n T a -
ble 7.2.3.2.7.1.
7.2.3.2.8 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing.
7 . 2 . 3 . 2 . 8 . 1 A l l finished c h a i n s s h a l l h a v e a p r o p e r
quality t o be ensured b y the manufacturer. E a c h link
shall be subjected t o non-destructive testing i n
c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 7.2.4.5 u s i n g t h e R e g i s t e r - a p p r o v e d
procedures.
7.2.3.2.9 D i m e n s i o n s a n d d i m e n s i o n a l tolerances.
7.2.3.2.9.1 T h e shape a n d p r o p o r t i o n o flinks a n d
accessories shall c o n f o r m t o I S O 1704:1991 o r t h e
relevant d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y the Register.
7.2.3.2.9.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g tolerances a r e applic-
able t o links:
.1 thenegative tolerance o n the n o m i n a l diameter
measured at the crown:
up t o 4 0 m m n o m i n a l diameter - 1 m m ;
over 4 0 u p t o 84 m m n o m i n a l diameter - 2 m m ;
over 84 u p t o 122 m m n o m i n a l diameter - 3 m m ;
over 122 u p t o 152m m n o m i n a l diameter - 4 m m ;
over 152 u p t o 184m m n o m i n a l diameter - 6 m m ;
over 184 u p t o 222 m mn o m i n a l diameter - 7,5 m m .
N o t e . T h e cross sectional area a t the c r o w n shall have n o
n e g a t i v e t o l e r a n c e . F o r d i a m e t e r s o f 20 m m o r g r e a t e r , t h e p l u s
tolerance m a y b e u p to 5 % o f the nominal diameter. F o r
d i a m e t e r s l e s s t h a n 20 m m t h e p l u s t o l e r a n c e s h a l l b e a g r e e d w i t h
the Register.
T h e cross sectional area a t t h e crown shall b e calculated
using the average o f the diameters with negative tolerance a n d
plus tolerance, m e a s u r e m e n t s shall b e t a k e n f r o m a t least 2
l o c a t i o n s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 90° a p a r t .
Specimen for notched
bar impact test
V) /
\
P a r t XIII. Materials 137

T a b l e 7.2.3.2.7.1
F o r m u l a s for proof a n d break test loads, weight a n d length over 5 links

Test load, Grade R 3 Grade R 3 S Grade R 4 Grade R 4 S Grade R 5

k N stud link stud link stud link stud link stud link
2
Proof 0,0148^ O.OieOd turned2
0,0240/ 0,0251/
(44-0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44-0,08*0
Break 0,0223d 2
0,0249d2 0,0274*^ 0,0304/ 0,0320d 2

(44-0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44-,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0

Test load, Grade R 3 Grade R 3 S Grade R 4 Grade R 4 S Grade R 5
k N studless studless studless studless studless

Proof 0,0148*^ 0,0174л 2

0,0192/ 0,0213d 2
0,0223d 2

(44-0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44-0,08*0

2
Break 0,0223d 2
0,0249d 2
0,0274/ О.ОЗМ*? 0,0320/
(44-0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44 - 0,08*0 (44-0,08d)
2
C h a i n weight, k g / m S t u d l i n k = 0,021 S W

C h a i n weight, k g / m Studless chain

Weight calculations f o r each design shall b e submitted

Pitch length Five link measure

Minimum 22*?

Maximum 22,55*?

.2 d i a m e t e r m e a s u r e d a t l o c a t i o n s o t h e r t h a n t h e Tables a n d Figs. 7.2.3.2.9.2-1 a n d 7.2.3.2.9.2-2

crown:
the diameter shall have n o negative tolerance;
the plus tolerance m a y be u p t o 5 % o f the
n o m i n a l diameter except a t t h e b u t t w e l d w h e r e i t
shall be i n accordance t o m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s specifica­
tion, w h i c h shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register.
F o r d i a m e t e r s less t h a n 2 0 m m , t h e p l u s t o l e r a n c e
shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register d u r i n g survey.
.3 t h e a l l o w a b l e m a n u f a c t u r i n g t o l e r a n c e o n a
l e n g t h o f f i v e l i n k s s h a l l b e + 2 , 5 %, b u t s h a l l n o t b e
negative;
.4 a l l o t h e r d i m e n s i o n s a r e s u b j e c t t o a m a n u ­
f a c t u r i n g t o l e r a n c e o f ± 2 , 5 %, p r o v i d e d a l w a y s t h a t
all parts f i ttogether properly;
.5 t h e t o l e r a n c e s f o r s t u d l i n k a n d studless
c o m m o n links shall be measured i n accordance w i t h
accordingly;
.6 f o r s t u d l i n k c h a i n s , t h e s t u d s s h a l l b e l o c a t e d
i n t h e l i n k s c e n t r a l l y a n d a t r i g h t angles t o t h e sides o f
the link. T h e tolerances are determined i n compliance
w i t h T a b l e 7.2.3.2.9.2-1 a n d F i g . 7.2.3.2.9.2-1 p r o ­
v i d e d t h a t t h e s t u d fits s n u g l y a n d i t s e n d s l i e f l u s h
against t h e inside o f t h e link.
7.2.3.2.10 S t u d l i n k c h a i n — w e l d i n g o f studs.
7.2.3.2.10.1 A w e l d e d s t u d m a y b e a c c e p t e d f o r
grade R 3 a n d R 3 S chains. W e l d i n g o f studs i n grades R 4 ,
R 4 S a n d R 5 chain is n o t permitted unless approved
by t h e Register.
7.2.3.2.10.2 W h e r e studs a r e w e l d e d i n t o t h e l i n k s
this shall be completed before the chain is heat
treated.
7 . 2 . 3 . 2 . 1 0 . 3 T h e s t u d e n d s s h a l l b e a g o o d fit
inside t h e link a n d t h e w e l d shall be confined t o the

Crown

F i g . 7.2.3.2.9.2-1
Stud link - the internal link radii R a n d external radii shall b e
uniform F i g . 7.2.3.2.9.2-2
Studless - t h einternal link radii R a n d external radii shall b e
uniform
138 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 7.2.3.2.9.2-1
Proportions dimensions and tolerances forstud links
D i m e n s i o n s - refer t o Parameters Nominal dimension Minus tolerance Plus tolerance
F i g . 7.2.3.2.9.2-1
a Link length Ы 0,15d 0,15d
b Link half length a*/2 0,ld 0,U
с Link width 3,6d 0,09d 0,09d
e Stud angular misalignment 0 degrees 4 degrees 4 degrees
R Inner radius 0,65d 0 —
N o t e , d = nominal diameter o fchain, a* = actual link length.

T a b l e 7.2.3.2.9.2-2
Proportions dimensions a n d tolerancesf o rstudless links
D i m e n s i o n s — refer t o Parameters Nominal dimension Minus tolerance Plus tolerance
F i g . 7.2.3.2.9.2-2
a Link length 6d 0,15d 0,15d
b Link width 3,35d 0,09d 0,09d
R Inner radius 0,60d 0 —

N o t e . Other dimension ratios are a l l o w e d i naccordance with national o rinternational standards, t h eapplication o fw h i c h shall
be agreed with t h e Register.

s t u d e n d o p p o s i t e t o t h e flash b u t t w e l d . T h e f u l l tively. A second link shall be made identical t o t h e

periphery o f t h e stud e n d shall be welded unless
otherwise approved.
7.2.3.2.10.4 W e l d i n g o f s t u d s b o t h e n d s i s n o t
permitted unless approved b y t h e Register.
7.2.3.2.10.5 T h e w e l d s s h a l l b e m a d e b y q u a l i f i e d
welders using the Register-approved procedure a n d
low-hydrogen approved consumables.
7.2.3.2.10.6 T h e s i z e o f t h e fillet w e l d s h a l l a s a
m i n i m u m be as p e r A P I Specification 2 F .
7.2.3.2.10.7 T h e w e l d s s h a l l b e o f g o o d q u a l i t y
a n d free f r o m defects s u c h as cracks, l a c k o f f u s i o n ,
gross p o r o s i t y a n d undercuts exceeding 1 m m .
7.2.3.2.10.8 A l l s t u d w e l d s s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y t e s t e d .
A t least 10 % o f a l l stud w e l d s w i t h i n each l e n g t h o f
chain shall be examined b y dye penetrant o r magnetic
particles after p r o o f testing. I f unacceptable defects
are f o u n d , a l l stud welds i n that length shall be
examined.
7.2.3.2.11 C o n n e c t i n g c o m m o n l i n k s ( s p l i c e
links).
7.2.3.2.11.1 S i n g l e l i n k s t o s u b s t i t u t e f o r t e s t l i n k s
or defective links w i t h o u t t h e necessity f o r reheat
treatment o f the w h o l e length shall be made i n
accordance w i t h the Register-approved procedure.
Separate approvals are required f o r each grade o f
c h a i n a n d t h e tests s h a l l b e m a d e o n t h e m a x i m u m
size o f c h a i n f o r w h i c h a p p r o v a l i s s o u g h t .
7.2.3.2.11.2 M a n u f a c t u r e a n d h e a t t r e a t m e n t o f
connecting c o m m o n l i n k shall n o t affect t h e proper­
ties o f t h e a d j o i n i n g links. T h e t e m p e r a t u r e reached
b y t h e s e l i n k s s h a l l n o w h e r e e x c e e d 2 5 0 °C.
7.2.3.2.11.3 E a c h l i n k s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o t h e
appropriate p r o o f l o a d a n dnon-destructive testing as
detailed i n T a b l e 7.2.3.2.7.1 a n d i n 7.2.4.5 respec­
connecting c o m m o n link; t h e l i n k shall be tested
according t o 7.2.4.4 a n d 7.2.4.5.
7.2.3.2.11.4 E a c h c o n n e c t i n g c o m m o n l i n k s h a l l
be m a r k e d either; o n t h e stud f o r stud l i n k c h a i n o r ,
o n t h e o u t e r s t r a i g h t l e n g t h o n t h e side o p p o s i t e t h e
flash b u t t w e l d f o rstudless c h a i n . T h i s m a r k i n g shall
be i n accordance w i t h 7.2.4.7 plus a u n i q u e n u m b e r
for t h e link. T h e adjoining links shall also be m a r k e d
o n t h e studs o r straight length as above.
7.2.4 T e s t i n g o f f i n i s h e d c h a i n .
7.2.4.1 G e n e r a l .
7.2.4.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o , b u t
are n o t l i m i t e d t o c o m m o n s t u d a n d studless links,
end links, enlarged e n dlinks a n dconnecting c o m m o n
links (splice links).
7.2.4.1.2 A l l c h a i n s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o p r o o f
l o a d tests, s a m p l e b r e a k l o a d tests a n d s a m p l e
m e c h a n i c a l t e s t s a f t e r final h e a t t r e a t m e n t i n t h e
presence o f t h e Register representative. W h e r e t h e
manufacturer has a procedure t o record p r o o f loads
a n d t h e Register representative is satisfied w i t h t h e
adequacy o f the recording system, h e does n o t need
to w i t n e s s a l l p r o o f l o a d tests. T h e R e g i s t e r
representative shall satisfy h i m s e l f t h a t t h e testing
m a c h i n e s a r e calibrated a n d m a i n t a i n e d i n a satisfac­
tory condition. P r i o r t o inspection the chain shall be
free f r o m scale, p a i n t o r o t h e r c o a t i n g a n d s h a l l h a v e
a suitably prepared surface as p e r t h e applied n o n ­
destructive testing standard. T h e chain shall be sand-
or shot blast t o meet this requirement.
7.2.4.2 P r o o f a n d b r e a k l o a d t e s t s .
7.2.4.2.1 T h e e n t i r e l e n g t h o f c h a i n s h a l l w i t h ­
stand t h e p r o o f l o a d specified i n T a b l e 7.2.3.2.7.1
w i t h o u t fracture a n d shall n o t crack i n theflash weld.
P a r t XIII. Materials 139

T h e l o a d applied shall n o t exceed t h e p r o o f l o a d b y five links, a t least t w o l i n k s f r o m t h e p r e v i o u s five

m o r e than 10 % w h e n stretching t h e chain. W h e r e
plastic s t r a i n i n g is used t o set studs, t h e applied l o a d
shall n o t be greater t h a n that qualified i n t h e initial
c h a i n tests d u r i n g r e c o g n i t i o n o f t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r .
7.2.4.2.2 A b r e a k - t e s t s p e c i m e n c o n s i s t i n g o f a t
least 3 l i n k s shall be either t a k e n f r o m t h e c h a i n o r
produced a t t h e same t i m e a n di n t h e same m a n n e r as
the c h a i n . T h etest frequency shall b e based o n tests
at s a m p l i n g intervals according t o T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2
p r o v i d e d t h a t e v e r y cast is represented. E a c h speci-
m e n shall be capable o fwithstanding the break load
specified w i t h o u t fracture a n d shall n o t crack i nt h e
flash weld. I t shall be considered acceptable i f t h e
specimen is loaded t o t h e specified value a n d
m a i n t a i n e d a t t h a t l o a d f o r 3 0 s.
T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2
Frequency o fbreak and mechanical tests
N o m i n a l chain diameter, m m M a x i m u m sampling interval, m
«48 91
49 — 60 110
61—73 131
7 4 — 85 152
8 6 — 98 175
99—111 198
112 — 124 222
125 — 137 250
138 — 149 274
150 — 162 297
163 — 175 322
176 — 186 346
187 — 198 370
199 — 2 1 0 395
211—222 420
7.2.4.2.3 F o r c h a i n d i a m e t e r s o v e r 1 0 0 m m ,
alternative break-test proposals t o t h e above break-
test m a y be considered w h e r e b y a o n e l i n k specimen
is used. A l t e r n a t i v e s s h a l l be a p p r o v e d b y t h e
Register, every h e a t shall be represented, t h e test
frequency shall be i naccordance w i t h T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2,
and i t shall be demonstrated a n d proven that the
a l t e r n a t i v e test represents a n e q u i v a l e n t l o a d applica-
t i o n t o t h e t h r e e l i n k test.
7.2.4.2.4 I f t h e l o a d i n g c a p a c i t y o f t h e t e s t i n g
machine is insufficient, a n alternative load testing
machine shall be used that does have sufficient
capacity (e.g. t w o loading machines i n parallel),
provided t h e testing a n d calibration procedure are
agreed w i t h t h e Register.
7.2.4.3 D i m e n s i o n s a n d d i m e n s i o n a l t o l e r a n c e s . h a v e g o o d access t o a l l surfaces. I n o r d e r t o a l l o w
7.2.4.3.1 A f t e r p r o o f l o a d t e s t i n g m e a s u r e m e n t s
shall be t a k e n o n a t least 5 % o f t h e l i n k s i n
accordance w i t h 7.2.3.2.7.1.
7.2.4.3.2 T h e e n t i r e c h a i n s h a l l b e c h e c k e d f o r t h e w
length, five l i n k s a t a t i m e . B y t h e five l i n k check t h e
first five l i n k s shall be measured. F r o m t h e n e x t set o f f o r m e d i n accordance w i t h recognized standards a n d
links set shall be included. T h i s procedure shall be
followed f o r the entire chain length. T h e measure-
ments shall be taken preferably while t h e chain is
loaded t o 5 t o 10 percent o fthe m i n i m u m p r o o f load.
T h e tolerances f o r t h e 5 link measurements are
indicated i n Table 7.2.3.2.7.1, a n y deviations f r o m
the 5 l i n k tolerances shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register.
T h e links held i n t h e e n d blocks m a y be excluded
f r o m this measurement.
7.2.4.3.3 C h a i n d i m e n s i o n s s h a l l b e r e c o r d e d a n d
the i n f o r m a t i o n retained o n file.
7.2.4.4 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
7.2.4.4.1 L i n k s o f s a m p l e s d e t a c h e d f r o m f i n -
ished, heat treated chain shall be sectioned f o r
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f m e c h a n i c a l properties. A test u n i t
shall consist o f o n e tensile a n d n i n e i m p a c t speci-
m ens:
t h e tensile s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e t a k e n i n t h e side
opposite the flash weld;
three i m p a c t specimens shall be t a k e n across t h e
u n w e l d e d side;
three i m p a c t specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m t h e
bend region;
three i m p a c t specimens shall be t a k e n across t h e
f l a s h w e l d w i t h t h e n o t c h centred i n t h e middle.
7.2.4.4.2 T h e t e s t f r e q u e n c y s h a l l b e i n a c c o r -
dance w i t h T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2 p r o v i d e d t h a t every cast is
represented, echanical properties shall meet t h e
requirements o f T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3.
7.2.4.4.3 T h e f r e q u e n c y o f i m p a c t t e s t i n g i n t h e
bend m a ybe reduced at t h ediscretion o fthe Register
provided i t is verified b y statistical means that t h e
required toughness is consistently achieved.
7.2.4.4.4 H a r d n e s s t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n
finished chain. T h efrequency a n d locations shall be
agreed w i t h t h e Register. T h erecorded values are f o r
i n f o r m a t i o n o n l y a n d used as a n a d d i t i o n a l check t o
verify t h a t t h e heat t r e a t m e n t process h a s been stable
during thechain production.
7.2.4.5 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
7.2.4.5.1 A l l s u r f a c e s o f e v e r y l i n k s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y
t e s t e d a n d m e a s u r e d , sizes a n d m u t u a l m o b i l i t y o f
elements a n d products shall be checked. Burrs,
irregularities a n d r o u g h edges s h a l l b e c o n t o u r g r o u n d .
L i n k s s h a l l b e free f r o m m i l l defects, surface cracks,
dents a n d cuts, especially i n t h e vicinity w h e r e gripped
b y c l a m p i n g dies d u r i n g f l a s h w e l d i n g . S t u d s s h a l l b e
securely fastened. C h a i n shall be p o s i t i o n e d i n o r d e r t o
o p t i m a l access t o t h e surface a r e a i t i s r e c o m m e n d e d
t h at chain be hung i n the vertical position, however
a c cess t o i n s p e c t t h e i n t e r l i n k a r e a m a y o n l y b e p o s s i b l e
i th the chain i n thehorizontal position.
7.2.4.5.2 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t i n g s h a l l b e p e r -
140 Rules for the Classification
procedures, together w i t h t h e Register-approved
acceptance/rejection criteria. M a n u f a c t u r e r s shall
submit t o t h e Register w r i t t e n procedures f o r n o n -
destructive testing. Non-destructive testing personnel
shall be qualified a n dcertified according t o I S O 9712,
A C C P o r equivalent. Personnel qualification t o a n
employer o r responsible agency based qualification
scheme as S N T - T C - 1 A m a y be accepted i f t h e
employer's w r i t t e n practice is reviewed a n d f o u n d
acceptable a n d t h e level I I I is A S N T level I I I , I S O
9712 level I I I o r A C C P professional level I I I a n d
certified i n t h e applicable m e t h o d . Non-destructive
testing o p e r a t o r s shall be q u a l i f i e d t o a t least level I I .
7.2.4.5.3 M a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e t e s t i n g a p p r o v e d b y
the Register shall be employed t o examine the flash
welded area including t h e area gripped b y t h e
c l a m p i n g dies. T h e r e l e v a n t p r o c e d u r e s a n d e q u i p -
m e n t shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register. A d d i t i o n a l l y ,
10 % o fl i n k s shall be tested o n a l l accessible surfaces.
L i n k surfaces a n d t h e surface a t t h e flash w e l d shall
be free f r o m cracks, l a c k o ff u s i o n a n d gross p o r o s i t y .
Testing shall be performed i naccordance w i t h A S T M
E 7 0 9 o r a n o t h e r r e c o g n i z e d s t a n d a r d (e.g. I S O 9 9 3 4 )
using w e t continuous fluorescent magnetization
technique.
L i n k s shall be free f r o m r e l e v a n t linear i n d i c a -
t i o n s e x c e e d i n g 1,6 m m i n t r a n s v e r s e d i r e c t i o n ,
relevant linear indications exceeding 3,2 m m i n
longitudinal direction a n d relevant non-linear indica-
tions exceeding 4,8 m m .
7.2.4.5.4 U l t r a s o n i c s s h a l l b e e m p l o y e d t o e x a m -
ine t h e flash w e l d fusion. Procedures used shall be
submitted t o the Register f o r approval. Procedures
and equipment shall be used i n accordance w i t h t h e
approved documentation. On-site calibration stan-
dards f o r chain configurations shall be approved.
Frequency o fexamination shall be every link.
T h e f l a s h w e l d s h a l l b e free f r o m defects c a u s i n g
ultrasonic back reflections equal t o o r greater t h a n
the calibration standard. T h e flash butt welds shall be
ultrasonic tested ( U T ) i n accordance w i t h A S T M
E 5 8 7 o r a n o t h e r recognized standard using single
probe, angle-beam shear waves i n t h e range f r o m 4 5
t o 70°. S i n g l e p r o b e t e c h n i q u e h a s l i m i t a t i o n s a s f a r
as t e s t i n g o f t h e c e n t r a l r e g i o n i s c o n c e r n e d a n d t h e
flash w e l d imperfections such as flat spots m a y have
p o o r reflectivity. W h e r e i t is deemed necessary,
detectability o fimperfections m a y need t o be carried
o u t b y using a tandem technique, T O F D o r phased
array.
7.2.4.5.5 S t u d w e l d s , i f u s e d , s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y
inspected. T h etoes o f t h e fillets shall h a v e a s m o o t h
transition t o t h e link w i t h n o undercuts exceeding
1,0 m m . A d d i t i o n a l l y , a t l e a s t 1 0 % o f t h e s t u d w e l d s
distributed through the length shall be dye penetrant
tested according t o A S T M E 1 4 1 7 o r magnetic
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
particle tested according t o A S T M E 1 4 4 4 o r equiva-
lent. Cracks, lack o f f u s i o n o r gross p o r o s i t y are n o t
acceptable. I f defects a r e f o u n d , testing s h a l l b e
extended t o a l lstud welds i n that length.
7.2.4.6 R e t e s t a n d r e p a i r c r i t e r i a .
7.2.4.6.1 I f t h e l e n g t h o v e r 5 l i n k s i s s h o r t , t h e
chain m a y be stretched b y loading above t h e p r o o f
test l o a d specified p r o v i d e d t h a t t h e applied l o a d is
n o t greater t h a n that approved b y t h e Register f o r t h e
given chain a n d that o n l y r a n d o m lengths o f the
c h a i n need stretching. I f t h e l e n g t h exceeds t h e
specified tolerance, t h e o v e r l e n g t h c h a i n l i n k s shall
be c u t o u t a n d 7.2.4.6.2 s h a l l apply.
7.2.4.6.2 I f s i n g l e l i n k s a r e f o u n d t o b e d e f e c t i v e o r
n o t m e e t o t h e r applicable requirements, defective l i n k s
m a y be c u t o u t a n d a connecting c o m m o n link inserted
i n their place. T h e i n d i v i d u a l heat t r e a t m e n t a n d
insertion procedure o f connecting c o m m o n links shall
be agreed w i t h t h e Register. O t h e r m e t h o d s f o r repair
are subject t o t h e w r i t t e n a p p r o v a l o f t h e Register a n d
the e n d purchaser. W e l d repair o f chain is n o t
permitted.
7.2.4.6.3 I f a c r a c k , c u t o r d e f e c t i n t h e f l a s h w e l d
are f o u n d b y v i s u a l testing o r magnetic particle
testing, i t shall be g r o u n d d o w n n o m o r e t h a n 5 % o f
the link diameter i n depth a n d streamlined t o provide
n o sharp c o n t o u r s . T h e final d i m e n s i o n s shall still
c o n f o r m t o t h e recognized standards and/or other
d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
7.2.4.6.4 I f u n a c c e p t a b l e i n t e r i o r f l a s h w e l d
defects a r e detected d u r i n g u l t r a s o n i c testing, t h e
l i n k is subject t o replacement i n accordance w i t h
7.2.4.6.2.
7.2.4.6.5 I f a l i n k d i a m e t e r , l e n g t h , w i d t h a n d s t u d
alignment d o n o t c o n f o r m t o the required dimen-
sions, these shall be c o m p a r e d t o t h e dimensions o f
4 0 m o r e l i n k s ; 2 0 o n e a c h side o f t h e affected l i n k . I f a
single particular d i m e n s i o n fails t o m e e t t h e required
dimensional tolerance i n m o r e than 2 o f the sample
links, a l l links shall be examined. Replacement o f
affected links, refer t o 7.2.4.6.2.
7.2.4.6.6 I f a b r e a k l o a d t e s t f a i l s , t h e R e g i s t e r
representative carrying o u t technical supervision shall
be i n f o r m e d i n a t i m e l y m a n n e r , t h e case s h a l l b e
recorded a n d the relevant explanations shall be
submitted t o t h e Register representative. T w o addi-
t i o n a l b r e a k test specimens representing t h e s a m e
sampling length o ft h e chain (refer t o T a b l e 7.2.4.2.2)
s h a l l b e subjected t o t h e b r e a k l o a d test. B a s e d u p o n
satisfactory results o f t h e a d d i t i o n a l tests a n d t h e
results o f t h e failure investigation, i t m a ybe decided
w h a t lengths o f chain c a n be accepted. F a i l u r e o f
either o f b o t h a d d i t i o n a l tests w i l l result i n rejection
o f t h e sampling length o f t h e chain represented. F o r
replacement, refer t o 7.2.4.6.2.
P a r t XIII. Materials
7.2.4.6.7 I f a p r o o f l o a d t e s t f a i l s , t h e R e g i s t e r
representative p e r f o r m i n g technical supervision shall
be i n f o r m e d i n a t i m e l y m a n n e r a n d t h e case s h a l l be
recorded. I n t h e event that t w o o r m o r e links i nthe
p r o o f loaded length fail, that section o fp r o o f loaded
l e n g t h shall be rejected.
The above failure investigation shall be carried
out especially w i t h regard t o t h e presence i n other
lengths o f factors o r conditions (refer t o T a b l e
7.2.4.2.2) t h o u g h t t o be causal t o failure.
7.2.4.6.8 I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e a b o v e f a i l u r e i n v e s t i g a -
t i o n , a b r e a k test s p e c i m e n s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m e a c h side
o f t h e o n e f a i l e d l i n k , a n d subjected t o t h e b r e a k i n g test.
W h e r e multiple chains are produced simultaneously, i t
is a l l o w e d t h a t t h e p r e c e d i n g f l a s h b u t t w e l d e d l i n k a n d
subsequent flash butt welded link are o n a n alternative
chain length o r the other e n d o f t h e chain length. I n
s u c h cases t h e R e g i s t e r r e q u i r e s t h a t t w o a d d i t i o n a l
b r e a k tests s h a l l b e t a k e n f r o m t h e lengths o f c h a i n t h a t
include t h e preceding a n d subsequent welded links.
B a s e d u p o n satisfactory results o f b o t h b r e a k tests a n d
the results o f the failure investigation, i t m a y be decided
w h a t length o f c h a i n c a n be considered f o r acceptance.
F a i l u r e o f either o r b o t h b r e a k i n g tests w i l l r e s u l t i n
rejection o f the same p r o o f loaded length. Replacement
o f defective l i n k s shall be i n accordance w i t h 7.2.4.6.2.
I f t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n identifies defects i n t h e f l a s h b u t t
weld o r a lower strength flash weld "a glue-weld" is
f o u n d , a d d i t i o n a l non-destructive testing such as
phased array ultrasonic testing shall be carried o u t t o
identify i f o t h e r l i n k s a r e affected. A full assessment o f
the flash butt welding machine shall be carried o u t ,
together w i t h assessment o f t h e c o n d i t i o n o f t h e b a r
ends p r i o r t o welding.
7.2.4.6.9 I f t h e r e s u l t s o f t e n s i l e s p e c i m e n s t e s t i n g
are u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , re-tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d accord-
ing t o 1.3.4.2. F a i l u r e t o m e e t t h e specified r e q u i r e -
m e n t s o f either o r b o t h a d d i t i o n a l tests w i l l result i n
rejection o f t h e sampling length o f chain represented
a n d 7.2.4.6.2 shall apply.
7.2.4.6.10 I f t h e r e s u l t s o f i m p a c t t e s t s p e c i m e n s
testing a r e u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , re-tests s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d
a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.4.2. F a i l u r e t o m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
will result i n rejection o f the sampling length
represented a n d 7.2.4.6.2 shall apply.
7.2.4.7 M a r k i n g .
7.2.4.7.1 T h e c h a i n s h a l l b e m a r k e d a t t h e
f o l l o w i n g places:
at each end;
at intervals n o t exceeding 100 m ;
on connecting c o m m o n links;
o n l i n k s n e x t t o shackles o r connecting c o m m o n
links.
7.2.4.7.2 A l l t h e m a r k e d l i n k s s h a l l b e s t a t e d o n
the ertificate, a n d t h e m a r k i n g shall m a k e i t possible
to recognize leading a n d tail e n d o f t h e chain. I n
141
a d d i t i o n t o t h e above required m a r k i n g , t h e first a n d
last c o m m o n l i n k o f each i n d i v i d u a l charge used i n
the c o n t i n u o u s length shall be traceable a n d ade-
quately marked.
The m a r k i n g shall be p e r m a n e n t a n d legible
t h r o u g h o u t t h e expected lifetime o f t h e chain.
7.2.4.7.3 T h e c h a i n s h a l l b e m a r k e d o n t h e s t u d s
as f o l l o w s :
c h a i n grade;
certificate N o . ;
Register stamp.
7.2.4.7.4 T h e C e r t i f i c a t e n u m b e r m a y b e e x -
changed against a n abbreviation o r equivalent. I f
so, this shall be stated i n t h e Certificate.
7.2.4.7.5 T h e c h a i n C e r t i f i c a t e s h a l l c o n t a i n
information o n number a n d location o f connecting
c o m m o n links. T h e Certificate n u m b e r a n d replace-
m e n t link n u m b e r m a y be exchanged against a n
abbreviation o r equivalent. I fso, this shall be stated
in the Certificate.
7.2.4.8 D o c u m e n a t i o n .
7.2.4.8.1 A c o m p l e t e c h a i n i n s p e c t i o n a n d t e s t i n g
report i n booklet f o r m shall be provided b y the chain
manufacturer f o reach continuous chain length. T h i s
b o o k l e t shall i n c l u d e a l l d i m e n s i o n a l checks, test a n d
inspection reports, non-destructive testing reports,
process records, photographs as w e l l as a n y n o n -
conformity, corrective action a n d repair w o r k .
7.2.4.8.2 I n d i v i d u a l C e r t i f i c a t e s h a l l b e i s s u e d f o r
each c o n t i n u o u s single l e n g t h o f chain.
7.2.4.8.3 A l l a c c o m p a n y i n g d o c u m e n t s , a p p e n -
dices a n d r e p o r t s s h a l l c a r r y reference t o t h e o r i g i n a l
Certificate number.
7.2.4.8.4 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l b e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
s t o r i n g , i n a safe a n d r e t r i e v a b l e m a n n e r , a l l t h e d o c u -
m e n t a t i o n p r o d u c e d f o r a p e r i o d o f a t least 10 years.
7.2.5 T e s t i n g a n d i n s p e c t i o n o f a c c e s s o r i e s .
7.2.5.1 G e n e r a l .
7.2.5.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y b u t n o t
l i m i t e d t o m o o r i n g e q u i p m e n t accessories such as
detachable connecting links (shackles), detachable
connecting plates (triplates), e n d shackles a n d swivel
shackles, a n d subsea connectors.
7.2.5.1.2 A l l a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o
p r o o f l o a d tests, s a m p l e b r e a k l o a d tests a n d s a m p l e
m e c h a n i c a l tests after f i n a l heat t r e a t m e n t i n t h e
presence o f t h e Register representative. W h e r e t h e
manufacturer has a procedure t o record p r o o f loads
a n d t h e Register representative is satisfied w i t h t h e
adequacy o f the recording system, he need n o t
w i t n e s s a l l p r o o f l o a d tests. T h e R e g i s t e r representa-
tive shall satisfy h i m s e l f t h a t t h e testing machines are
calibrated a n dmaintained i n a satisfactory condition.
P r i o r t o testing a n d inspection t h e Register represen-
tative shall m a k e sure t h a t t h e c h a i n accessories a r e
free f r o m scale, p a i n t o r o t h e r c o a t i n g .
142 Rules
7.2.5.1.3 F o r a c c e s s o r y p r o d u c t i o n a M a n u f a c -
t u r i n g Procedure Specification ( M P S ) shall be sub-
m i t t e d t o t h e Register t h a t details a l l critical aspects
o f accessory p r o d u c t i o n , casting, forging, heat treat-
ing (including arrangement a n d spacing o f c o m p o -
nents i n t h e heat treatment furnaces), quenching,
mechanical testing, p r o o f a n d break loading a n d n o n -
destructive testing.
7.2.5.2 P r o o f a n d b r e a k l o a d t e s t s .
7.2.5.2.1 A l l a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o t h e
p r o o f l o a d specified f o r t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g stud l i n k
chain.
7.2.5.2.2 C h a i n a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e t e s t e d a t t h e
b r e a k l o a d p r e s c r i b e d f o r t h e g r a d e a n d size o f c h a i n
f o r w h i c h t h e y a r e intended. A t least o n e accessory
o u t o fevery b a t c h o r every 2 5 accessories, w h i c h e v e r
is less, s h a l l b e t e s t e d . F o r i n d i v i d u a l l y p r o d u c e d ,
i n d i v i d u a l l y heat treated, accessories o r accessories
p r o d u c e d i n s m a l l b a t c h e s (less t h a n 5 ) , a l t e r n a t i v e
testing shall be carried o u t . Alternative testing shall
be a p p r o v e d b y t h e Register a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g
additional conditions shall apply:
.1 a l t e r n a t i v e testing i s described i n a w r i t t e n
p r o c e d u r e a n d m a n u f a c t u r i n g p r o c e d u r e specifica-
tion (MPS);
.2 a f i n i t e e l e m e n t a n a l y s i s i s p r o v i d e d a t t h e
break l o a d a n d demonstrates that t h e accessory h a s a
safety m a r g i n o v e r a n d above t h e b r e a k l o a d o f t h e
chain;
.3 s t r a i n a g e t e s t i n g ( a s p e r p r o c e d u r e a p p r o v e d
by t h e Register) is carried o u t o n t h e material grade
produced t o the same parameters at the time o f
qualification;
.4 i f a n a c c e s s o r y i s o f a l a r g e s i z e t h a t w i l l m a k e
heat treating i n batches unfeasible o r has a unique
design, strain gauges shall be applied d u r i n g t h e
p r o o f a n d b r e a k l o a d tests d u r i n g i n i t i a l q u a l i f i c a t i o n
a n d d u r i n g p r o d u c t i o n . T h estrain gauge results f r o m
p r o d u c t i o n shall be comparable w i t h t h e results f r o m
qualification.
7.2.5.2.3 A b a t c h i s d e f i n e d , i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h
7.2.2.3 a n d 7.2.2.4, as accessories t h a t o r i g i n a t e f r o m
the same heat treatment charge a n d t h e same heat o f
steel.
7.2.5.2.4 T h e a c c e s s o r i e s w h i c h h a v e b e e n s u b -
jected t o t h e b r e a k l o a d test shall be destroyed a n d
n o t used as part o f a n outfit, w i t h t h e exceptions
given i n 7.2.5.2.5.
7.2.5.2.5 W h e r e t h e a c c e s s o r i e s a r e o f a n i n -
creased d i m e n s i o n o r alternatively a m a t e r i a l w i t h
higher strength characteristics is used, they m a y be
included i nt h eoutfit o n agreement w i t h t h e Register,
provided that:
.1 t h e accessories a r e successfully tested a t t h e
prescribed breaking load appropriate t o t h e chain f o r
which they are intended;
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
.2 i t i s v e r i f i e d b y p r o c e d u r e t e s t s t h a t s u c h
accessories a r e so designed t h a t t h e b r e a k i n g strength
is n o t less t h a n 1,4 t i m e s t h e p r e s c r i b e d b r e a k i n g l o a d
o f the chain f o r w h i c h they are intended;
.3 s t r a i n a g e p r o p e r t i e s h a v e b e e n c a r r i e d o u t o n
the material grade produced t o t h e same parameters;
.4 s t r a i n g a u g e s h a v e b e e n a p p l i e d d u r i n g t h e
b r e a k l o a d test i n t h e h i g h stress l o c a t i o n s t o m o n i t o r
that t h e strains stay w i t h i n allowable limits.
7.2.5.3 D i m e n s i o n s a n d d i m e n s i o n a l t o l e r a n c e s .
7.2.5.3.1 A t l e a s t o n e a c c e s s o r y ( o f t h e s a m e t y p e ,
size a n d n o m i n a l s t r e n g t h ) o u t o f 2 5 s h a l l b e c h e c k e d
for dimensions after p r o o f load testing. T h e m a n u -
facturer shall provide a statement indicating c o m -
pliance w i t h t h e purchaser's requirements.
7.2.5.3.2 T h e f o l l o w i n g t o l e r a n c e s a r e a p p l i c a b l e
t o accessories:
. 1 n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r : + 5 %, — 0 %;
.2 o t h e r d i m e n s i o n s : + 2 %.
These tolerances d o n o t apply t o machined
surfaces.
7.2.5.4 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s .
7.2.5.4.1 A c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o m e -
c h a n i c a l testing as described i n 7.2.2.3 a n d 7.2.2.4.
T h e specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m p r o o f loaded full
size accessories t h a t h a v e b e e n h e a t t r e a t e d w i t h t h e
p r o d u c t i o n accessories t h e y represent.
A t least o n e accessory o u t o fevery b a t c h o r every
2 5 accessories, w h i c h e v e r i s less, s h a l l b e tested.
H a r d n e s s tests shall be c a r r i e d o u t o n f i n i s h e d
accessories. T h e frequency a n d locations shall be
agreed w i t h t h e Register. T h erecorded values are f o r
i n f o r m a t i o n o n l y a n d used as a n a d d i t i o n a l check t o
verify t h a t t h e heat t r e a t m e n t process h a s been stable
d u r i n g t h e accessory p r o d u c t i o n .
T h e use o fseparate representative coupons is n o t
p e r m i t t e d except as indicated i n 7.2.5.4.4.
7.2.5.4.2 T e s t l o c a t i o n o f f o r g e d s h a c k l e s .
Forged shackle bodies a n d forged K e n t e r
shackles shall h a v e a set o f three i m p a c t tests a n d a
tensile test t a k e n f r o m t h e c r o w n o f t h e shackle.
T e n s i l e tests o n s m a l l e r d i a m e t e r shackles c a n b e
taken f r o m t h e straight part o fthe shackle, where t h e
geometry does n o tp e r m i t a tensile specimen f r o m t h e
c r o w n . T h etensile properties a n d i m p a c t values shall
m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3 i n t h e
locations specified i n F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3, w i t h t h e
C h a r p y pieces o n t h e outside radius.
7.2.5.4.3 T e s t l o c a t i o n o f c a s t s h a c k l e s .
T h e l o c a t i o n s o f m e c h a n i c a l tests o f cast shackles
a n d cast K e n t e r shackles c a n be t a k e n f r o m t h e
straight p a r t o f t h e accessory. T h etensile properties
and impact values shall meet t h e requirements o f
T a b l e 7.2.2.2.3.3 i n t h e locations specified i n
F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3.
P a r t XIII. Materials
7.2.5.4.4 T h e l o c a t i o n s o f m e c h a n i c a l tests o f
o t h e r accessories w i t h c o m p l e x g e o m e t r i e s s h a l l be
agreed w i t h the Register. R o l l e d plates shall be tested
to the standard to w h i c h they are produced.
7.2.5.4.5 F o r i n d i v i d u a l l y p r o d u c e d ( h e a t t r e a t e d )
accessories o r accessories p r o d u c e d i n s m a l l batches
(less t h a n 5 ) , a l t e r n a t i v e t e s t i n g c a n be p r o p o s e d t o
the Register. E a c h proposal for alternative testing
shall be detailed b y the m a n u f a c t u r e r i n a w r i t t e n
procedure and submitted to the Register. T h e
following additional conditions m a y apply:
.1 i f separately forged o r cast coupons are used,
they shall have a cross-section and, f o r forged
coupon, a reduction ratio similar to that o f the
accessories represented, a n d shall be heat treated i n
the same furnace by the same technological proce-
d u r e , as t h e a c t u a l f o r g i n g s o r castings. T h e r m o -
couples shall be attached t o the c o u p o n a n d t o the
accessories;
.2 i f s e p a r a t e l y f o r g e d o r c a s t c o u p o n s ' a p p l i c a -
t i o n is agreed w i t h t h e Register, t h e a b o v e p r o v i s i o n s
shall be c o n f i r m e d w i t h the relevant scope o f testing.
7.2.5.4.6 A b a t c h , i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 7.2.2.3 a n d
7.2.2.4 is d e f i n e d as accessories t h a t o r i g i n a t e f r o m t h e
s a m e h e a t t r e a t m e n t c h a r g e a n d t h e s a m e h e a t o f steel.
7 . 2 . 5 . 4 . 7 M e c h a n i c a l t e s t s o f p i n s s h a l l b e t a k e n as
per F i g . 7.2.2.2.3.3 f r o m the m i d - l e n g t h o f a sacrificial
p i n o f t h e s a m e d i a m e t e r as t h e f i n a l p i n . F o r o v a l p i n s
the diameter t a k e n shall represent the smaller d i m e n -
s i o n . M e c h a n i c a l tests m a y be t a k e n f r o m a n e x t e n d e d
p i n o f t h e s a m e d i a m e t e r as t h e f i n a l p i n t h a t
incorporates a test p r o l o n g a t i o n a n d a h e a t t r e a t m e n t
buffer prolongation, where equivalence w i t h m i d length
test values h a v e been established. T h e l e n g t h o f t h e
buffer shall be a t least e q u a l t o 1 p i n d i a m e t e r
d i m e n s i o n w h i c h is r e m o v e d after the heat t r e a t m e n t
cycle is finished. T h e test c o u p o n c a n t h e n be r e m o v e d
f r o m the p i n . T h e buffer a n d test shall c o m e f r o m the
s a m e e n d o f t h e p i n as p e r F i g . 7.2.5.4.7.
Pin Test Buffer
F i g . 7.2.5.4.7
Buffer a n d test piece location
7.2.5.5 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing a n d p r o o f l o a d
testing.
7 . 2 . 5 . 5 . 1 11 c h a i n a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o a
final visual testing a n d measurement. Special attention
s h a l l be p a i d t o m a c h i n e d surfaces a n d h i g h stress
regions. P r i o r t o inspection, c h a i n accessories s h a l l h a v e
a s u i t a b l y p r e p a r e d surface as p e r t h e a p p l i e d n o n -
destructive testing standard. A l l n o n - m a c h i n e d surfaces
143
shall be sand o r shot blasted t o p e r m i t a t h o r o u g h
e x a m i n a t i o n . W h e r e applicable, accessories s h a l l be
d i s m a n t l e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n o f i n t e r n a l surfaces. A l l
accessories s h a l l be checked b y m a g n e t i c particles, d y e
penetrant a n d u l t r a s o n i c testing. T h e acceptance/rejec-
t i o n criteria o f c o m p l y i n g w i t h the design documenta-
t i o n a p p r o v e d b y the Register shall be m e t i n full.
7.2.5.5.2 T e s t i n g s h a l l be p e r f o r m e d i n accor-
d a n c e w i t h t h e s t a n d a r d s , s u c h as t h o s e i n d i c a t e d
below:
E N 10228-1, A S T M A 2 7 5 , I S O 4986, I A C S Rec
69 - m a g n e t i c particle testing ( M T ) o f forgings;
E N 10228-3, A S T M A 3 8 8 a n d I S O 13588 -
ultrasonic testing ( U T ) o f forgings;
A S T M E 7 0 9 - magnetic particle testing ( M T ) o f
castings;
A S T M A 6 0 9 a n d I S O 13588 - ultrasonic testing
( U T ) o f castings.
The procedures recognized by the Register,
i n c l u d i n g acceptance/rejection criteria, shall be sub-
mitted to the Register for review.
Manufacturers shall submit to the Register
written procedures for non-destructive testing.
N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing p e r s o n n e l shall be q u a l i f i e d
and certified according to I S O 9712, A C C P or
equivalent. Personnel qualification to an employer
o r r e s p o n s i b l e a g e n c y b a s e d q u a l i f i c a t i o n s c h e m e as
S N T - T C - 1 A m a y be a c c e p t e d i f t h e e m p l o y e r ' s
w r i t t e n practice is r e v i e w e d a n d f o u n d acceptable
a n d the level I I I is A S N T level I I I , I S O 9712 level I I I
or A C C P professional level I I I and certified i n the
applicable m e t h o d . Non-destructive testing operators
shall be q u a l i f i e d t o at least level I I .
7.2.5.5.3 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l p r o v i d e a state-
m e n t that non-destructive testing has been carried
out w i t h satisfactory results. T h i s statement shall
include a b r i e f reference t o the techniques a n d t o the
operator's qualification.
7.2.5.5.4 W e l d r e p a i r s o f f i n i s h e d accessories are
not permitted.
7.2.5.6 T e s t failures.
7.2.5.6.1 I n the event o f a f a i l u r e o f a n y test the
entire b a t c h represented shall be rejected unless the
cause o f f a i l u r e has been d e t e r m i n e d a n d i t c a n be
d e m o n s t r a t e d t o t h e Register representative's satis-
f a c t i o n t h a t t h e c o n d i t i o n c a u s i n g t h e f a i l u r e is n o t
present i n a n y o f the r e m a i n i n g accessories.
7.2.5.7 M a r k i n g .
7.2.5.7.1 A c h a i n g r a d e s h a l l be m a r k e d o n each
accessory.
7.2.5.7.2 T h e Certificate n u m b e r m a y be ex-
changed against an abbreviation o r equivalent. I f
so, this shall be stated i n the Certificate.
7.2.5.8 D o c u m e n t a t i o n .
7.2.5.8.1 A c o m p l e t e inspection a n d testing r e p o r t i n
b o o k l e t f o r m shall be p r o v i d e d b y the m a n u f a c t u r e r f o r
144 Rules for the Classification
each order. This booklet shall include a l l dimensional
checks, test a n d i n s p e c t i o n reports, n o n - d e s t r u c t i v e
testing reports, process records a n d example p h o t o -
graphs o f c o m p o n e n t s positioned i n furnaces, as w e l l as
any n o n c o n f o r m i t y , corrective action a n d repair w o r k .
7.2.5.8.2 E a c h t y p e o f a c c e s s o r i e s s h a l l b e c o v e r e d
by t h e manufacturer's separate ertificate.
7.2.5.8.3 A l l a c c o m p a n y i n g d o c u m e n t s , a p p e n -
dices a n d r e p o r t s s h a l l c a r r y reference t o t h e o r i g i n a l
ertificate n u m b e r .
7.2.5.8.4 T h e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a l l b e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
s t o r i n g , i n a safe a n d r e t r i e v a b l e m a n n e r , a l l d o c u m e n -
t a t i o n p r o d u c e d f o r a p e r i o d o f a t least 1 0 years.
7.2.6 C h a f i n g c h a i n f o r s i n g l e p o i n t m o o r i n g
arrangements.
7.2.6.1 G e n e r a l .
7.2.6.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o s h o r t
lengths (approximately 8 m ) o f a 7 6 m m diameter chain
to be connected t o hawsers f o r the tethering o f o i l
t a n k e r s t o single p o i n t m o o r i n g s , F P S O a n d s i m i l a r uses.
7.2.6.2 A p p r o v a l o f m a n u f a c t u r i n g .
7.2.6.2.1 T h e c h a f i n g c h a i n s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d
by w o r k s recognized b y the Register i n accordance
w i t h 7.2.1.3.
7.2.6.3 M a t e r i a l s .
7.2.63.1 T h e m a t e r i a l s u s e d f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f
the c h a f i n g c h a i n shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 7.2.2.2.
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
7.2.6.4 D e s i g n , m a n u f a c t u r i n g , t e s t i n g a n d c e r t i -
fication.
7.2.6.4.1 T h e c h a f i n g c h a i n s h a l l b e d e s i g n e d ,
m a n u f a c t u r e d , tested a n d certified i n accordance w i t h
the requirements o f7.2.3, 7.2.4 a n d 7.2.5, except t h a t
batch heat treatment is permitted.
7.2.6.4.2 T h e a r r a n g e m e n t o f t h e e n d c o n n e c t i o n s
shall be o fa n approved type.
7.2.6.4.3 T h e c o m m o n l i n k s h a l l b e o f t h e s t u d
link type — Grade R 3 o rR 4 .
7.2.6.4.4 T h e c h a f i n g c h a i n s h a l l b e c a p a b l e o f
w i t h s t a n d i n g t h e b r e a k i n g test loads o f 4 8 8 4 k N
( G r a d e R 3 ) a n d 6 0 0 1 k N ( G r a d e R 4 ) ( i n t h i s case,
d o c u m e n t e d evidence o f satisfactory testing o f a
similar diameter m o o r i n g chain i n theprior 6 m o n t h
period m a y be submitted t o the Register f o r
approval).
7.2.6.4.5 T h e c h a i n l e n g t h s s h a l l b e p r o o f l o a d
tested i n accordance w i t h 7.2.4.2. T h e test l o a d f o r
Grade R 3 is 3242 k N a n d f o rGrade R 4 is 4731k N .
7.2.6.4.6 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d i n t h i s
Chapter are also applicable t o other diameter chafing
chains, such as 8 4 a n d 9 6 m m , subject t o c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h t h e p r o o f a n d b r e a k l o a d r e q u i r e m e n t s specified
for the chain grade a n d diameters i n Table
7.2.3.2.7.1.
P a r t XIII. Materials
8 R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O RM A N U F A C T U R E O F A N C H O R S
8.1 G E N E R A L
8.1.1 T h e p r e s e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o a n c h o r s
and the materials used i n their manufacture which are
subject t o technical supervision.
T h e Section requirements also apply t o the
recognition o f manufacturers, t o manufacture a n d
testing, as w e l l as t o s u r v e y o f :
a n c h o r s p r o d u c e d f r o m cast o r f o r g e d steel;
a n c h o r s fabricated b y w e l d e d r o l l e d steel plate
a n d bars.
8.1.2 A n c h o r s a r e d i v i d e d i n t o t h e f o l l o w i n g t y p e s :
.1 o r d i n a r y t y p e :
stockless anchors;
stocked anchors;
.2 H H P a n c h o r s ;
.3 S H H P a n c h o r s , n o t e x c e e d i n g 1 5 0 0 k g i n m a s s .
A n y changes t o t h e anchor design m a d e d u r i n g
the manufacture shall be preliminarily agreed w i t h
the Register.
8.1.3 T h e t y p e s o f a n c h o r s :
8.1.3.1 O r d i n a r y s t o c k l e s s a n c h o r s
.1 O r d i n a r y stockless a n c h o r s s h a l l b e a p p r o v e d
as a w h o l e a n d s h a l l h a v e t h e d e s i g n c o m p l y i n g w i t h
the R S Rules.
.2 T h e m a s s o f a s t o c k l e s s a n c h o r b o x i n c l u d i n g
t h e p i n s a n d f i t t i n g s s h a l l b e n o t less t h a n 6 0 % f r o m
the total mass o fthe anchor.
.3 F o r a n c h o r s o f e q u a l m a s s e s , t h e m a s s o f e a c h
b o w e r stockless a n c h o r specified i n T a b l e 3.1.3-1,
P a r t I I I " E q u i p m e n t , A r r a n g e m e n t s a n d O u t f i t " is
required. T h emass o f individual anchors m a y vary
w i t h i n t h e range o f ± 7 % o f t h e specified mass
p r o v i d e d t h e t o t a l m a s s o f t h e a n c h o r s i s n o t less t h a n
the required mass o f equal mass anchors.
8.1.3.2 H P P a n c h o r s .
.1 A h i g h h o l d i n g p o w e r ( H P P ) a n c h o r is a n
anchor w i t h twice the holding power o f that o f a n
o r d i n a r y stockless a n c h o r o f the same mass. A n H P P
anchor shall be suited f o r t h e use o n t h e ship a n d
shall n o t require a n y prior adjustment o r particular
p l a c e m e n t o n t h e sea b o t t o m .
.2 I f a s p e c i a l a n c h o r t y p e h a s a H P P a n c h o r
specification w i t h p r o v e d h i g h h o l d i n g p o w e r a n d is
used as a b o w e r anchor, t h e mass o f each separate
anchor c a n be 75 % o f t h e mass required f o r t h e
o r d i n a r y stockless anchors i n T a b l e 3.1.3-1, P a r t I I I
"Equipment, Arrangements a n d Outfit".
.3 F o r t h e a n c h o r t o b e r e c o g n i z e d a s a H P P
a n c h o r s a t i s f a c t o r y full-scale tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t
i n accordance w i t h 8, A p p e n d i x 3, P a r t I V o f t h e
Rules f o r Technical Supervision o f Ships during
145
Construction and Manufacturing o f Materials and
Products f o r Ships, confirming that t h e anchor
possesses t w i c e t h e h o l d i n g p o w e r o f t h a t o f a n
o r d i n a r y stockless a n c h o r o f t h e same mass.
8.1.3.3 S H P P a n c h o r s .
. 1 A super h i g h h o l d i n g p o w e r ( S H P P ) a n c h o r is a n
anchor w i t h four times the holding power o f a n
o r d i n a r y stockless a n c h o r o f the same mass. A n S H H P
a n c h o r is suited f o r use o n t h e ships o f l i m i t e d area o f
navigation a n d does n o t require a n y p r i o r adjustment
o r p a r t i c u l a r p l a c e m e n t o n t h e sea b o t t o m .
.2 T h e u s e o f S H H P i s l i m i t e d t o t h e s h i p s o f
l i m i t e d area o f n a v i g a t i o n i n accordance w i t h 3.3.4,
Part III "Equipment, Arrangements a n dOutfit". T h e
mass o f a n S H H P anchor, as a rule, does n o t exceed
1500 kg.
3 T h e requirements t o the design o f S H H P anchors
are a p p l i e d i f E N > 2 0 5 . I n case o f E N < 2 0 5 t h e S H H P
anchor design criteria a r e applied t o t h e mass o ft h e
a n c h o r specified i n I A C S R e c 1 0 f o r o r d i n a r y stockless
a n c h o r s , lessened i n accordance w i t h 3.1.3, P a r t I I I
"Equipment, Arrangements a n d Outfit".
.4 W h e n S H H P a n c h o r s w i t h a c o n f i r m e d
h o l d i n g p o w e r a r e used as b o w e r anchors, t h e mass
o f each o f these a n c h o r s m a y be decreased t o 5 0 % o f
the mass o fthe o r d i n a r y stockless anchors according
to T a b l e 3.1.3-1, P a r t I I I " E q u i p m e n t , A r r a n g e m e n t s
and Outfit".
.5 F o r r e c o g n i t i o n o f S H H P a n c h o r s s a t i s f a c t o r y
full-scale tests shall b e c a r r i e d o u t i n accordance w i t h
the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 8, A p p e n d i x 3, P a r t I V o f t h e
Rules f o r Technical Supervision o f Ships during
Construction and Manufacturing o f Materials and
Products f o r Ships, confirming that t h e anchor
possesses f o u r t i m e s t h e h o l d i n g p o w e r o f t h a t o f
a n o r d i n a r y stockless a n c h o r o fthe same mass, o r a t
least t w i c e t h e h o l d i n g p o w e r o f a recognized H P P
anchor o f the same mass
8.1.4 A n c h o r s a n d c o m p o n e n t s t h e r e o f s h a l l b e
made at the manufacturers recognized according t o
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.
8.2 M A T E R I A L S
8.2.1 M a t e r i a l s f o r a n c h o r s .
A l l anchors shall be manufactured f r o m materials
meeting the requirements given below.
8.2.1.1 C a s t s t e e l a n c h o r f l u k e s , s h a n k s , s w i v e l s
a n d shackles shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n
accordance w i t h t h e requirements o f 3.8 f o r castings
o f w e l d e d structures. T h e steel s h a l l b e fine g r a i n
146 Rules
treated w i t h a l u m i n i u m . I f test p r o g r a m m e В is
selected a c c o r d i n g t o 8.4.2.1 t h e n C h a r p y V n o t c h
( C V N ) i m p a c t testing is r e q u i r e d . Special considera­
t i o n s h a l l be g i v e n t o t h e use o f m a t e r i a l s f o r s w i v e l
castings.
8.2.1.2 F o r g e d steel a n c h o r pins, s h a n k s , s w i v e l s
a n d shackles s h a l l be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n
accordance w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.7. S h a n k s ,
swivels a n d shackles shall c o m p l y w i t h the require­
m e n t s f o r c a r b o n a n d c a r b o n - m a n g a n e s e steels f o r
welded structures. M a t e r i a l s f o r swivel castings m a y
c o m p l y w i t h the requirements o f the standards agreed
w i t h the Register.
8.2.1.3 R o l l e d billets, p l a t e a n d b a r f o r f a b r i c a t e d
steel a n c h o r s s h a l l be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n
accordance w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2.
8.2.1.4 R o l l e d b a r i n t e n d e d f o r pins, swivels a n d
shackles shall be m a n u f a c t u r e d a n d tested i n accor­
dance w i t h the r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.2 o r 3.7.
8.2.2 I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 8.2.1, t h e
material o f super h i g h h o l d i n g p o w e r anchors shall
meet the following requirements:
w e l d e d steel a n c h o r s — 3.2 o f t h e present P a r t ;
Section 4, Part X I V " W e l d i n g " ;
cast steel a n c h o r s — 3.8 o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t ;
shackles — 3.7, 3.8 o f t h e p r e s e n t P a r t .
T h e steel grade f o r w e l d e d a n c h o r s o f h i g h
h o l d i n g p o w e r shall be selected i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
the requirements o f 1.2.1, P a r t I I " H u l l " f o r category
I I m e m b e r s . T h e level o f r e q u i r e m e n t s i n i m p a c t tests
o f the welded joint shall meet the relevant require­
m e n t s f o r a base m e t a l (refer to Section 4, P a r t X I V
"Welding"). T h e impact energy value required for the
shackle m a t e r i a l shall meet the requirements o f 7.1
f o r g r a d e 3 steel.
T h e impact energy value ( K V ) for the material o f
a n c h o r c a s t i n g s s h a l l b e n o t l e s s t h a n 2 7 J a t 0 °C.
8.3 M A N U F A C T U R E O F A N C H O R S
8.3.1 Tolerance.
I f n o t o t h e r w i s e specified i n standards o r o n
drawings a n d i n specifications, the f o l l o w i n g toler­
ance shall be applied.
T h e clearance e i t h e r side o f t h e s h a n k w i t h i n t h e
shackle j a w s s h a l l be:
3 m m — for small anchors up to 3 t i n weight;
4 m m — for anchors f r o m 3 t to 5 t i n weight;
6 m m — for anchors f r o m 5 t to 7 t i n weight;
12 m m — f o r a n c h o r s 7 t a n d o v e r i n w e i g h t .
T h e shackle p i n s h a l l be a p u s h f i t i n t h e eyes o f
the shackle w h i c h shall be c h a m f e r e d o n the outside
to ensure a g o o d tightness. T h e shackle p i n t o hole
for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
t o l e r a n c e s h a l l be n o m o r e t h a n 0,5 m m f o r p i n s u p t o
5 7 m m a n d 1,0 m m f o r p i n s o f l a r g e r d i a m e t e r .
T h e t r u n n i o n p i n shall be a snug f i t w i t h i n the
c h a m b e r a n d be l o n g e n o u g h t o p r e v e n t h o r i z o n t a l
m o v e m e n t . T h e gap shall be n o m o r e t h a n 1 % o f the
chamber length.
T h e lateral m o v e m e n t o f the shank shall n o t
exceed 3 deg (refer t o F i g . 8.3.1).
Fig. 8.3.1
8.3.2 W e l d i n g o f a n c h o r s .
W e l d e d structures o f fabricated anchors shall be
done i n accordance w i t h procedures approved by the
Register. W e l d i n g shall be carried o u t b y q u a l i f i e d
welders holding a Certificate o f A p p r o v a l Test for
W e l d e r ( r e f e r t o S e c t i o n 5, P a r t X I V " W e l d i n g " ) .
W e l d i n g consumables shall be a p p r o v e d by the
Register. N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing s h a l l be c a r r i e d
o u t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 3,
Part X I V "Welding".
8.3.3 H e a t t r e a t m e n t
C o m p o n e n t s f o r cast a n d f o r g e d a n c h o r s shall be
properly heat treated; fully annealed; n o r m a l i z e d or
normalized and tempered i n accordance w i t h the
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3.7 a n d 3.8.
Fabricated anchors m a y require heat treatment
f o r stress relief after w e l d i n g . T h e h e a t t r e a t m e n t f o r
stress relief s h a l l be c a r r i e d o u t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
the d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved by the Register. T h e
t e m p e r a t u r e i n heat t r e a t m e n t shall n o t exceed the
t e m p e r i n g t e m p e r a t u r e f o r the base m e t a l .
8.3.4 N o n - d e s t r u c t i v e testing.
A l l parts o f the a n c h o r surface shall h a v e a clean
surface consisting w i t h the m e t h o d o f a n c h o r
components manufacture.
P a r t XIII. Materials 147

N o cracks, n o t c h e s a n d o t h e r defects t h a t w o u l d 8.4.2.2 D r o p t e s t .

i m p a i r t h e anchor performance are acceptable. Each anchor fluke a n d shank shall survive
8.3.5 R e p a i r s . d r o p p i n g f r o m a h e i g h t o f 4 m o n t o a steel slab
A n y necessary repairs t o forged a n d cast anchors w i t h o u t f r a c t u r i n g . T h e steel slab s h a l l h a v e a n
shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h the require­ adequate thickness t o resist t h e i m p a c t o f t h e
m e n t s o f S e c t i o n s 7 a n d 8. R e p a i r s t o f a b r i c a t e d dropped component.
anchors shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register representa­ 8.4.2.3 H a m m e r i n g t e s t .
tive a n d carried o u t b y qualified welders recognized A f t e r t h e d r o p test, h a m m e r i n g tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d
by t h e Register. Repair welding shall follow t h e same o u t o n each a n c h o r f l u k e a n d s h a n k , w h i c h is s l u n g clear
parameters a n d t h e same welding procedures used i n o f the g r o u n d , using a non-metallic sling, a n d h a m m e r e d
construction. to check the soundness o f the component. A h a m m e r o f
8.3.6 A n c h o r a s s e m b l y . a t least 3 k g m a s s shall b e used.
Assembly a n d fitting shall be done i n accordance 8.4.2.4 V i s u a l t e s t i n g .
w i t h the Register-approved documentation. After p r o o f load testing, visual testing o f a l l
Securing o f t h e anchor p i n , shackle p i n , etc. b y accessible surfaces shall be carried o u t .
welding shall be done i n accordance w i t h the 8.4.2.5 N o n - d e s r t u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register. After p r o o f load testing, non-desrtuctive testing
shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h the require­
m e n t s o f Tables 8.4.2.5-1 a n d 8.4.2.5-2.
8.4 T E S T I N G A N D I S S U E O F D O C U M E N T S T a b l e 8.4.2.5-1
Non-desrtuctive testing for ordinary
and high holding power anchors
8.4.1 P r o o f l o a d t e s t i n g . Location Non-desrtuctive testing m e t h o d
P r o o f load testing shall be carried o u t b y a n
approved testing facility. Gate locations P T or M T
Riser locations P T or M T
P r o o f load testing f o r ordinary, h i g h holding
W e l d repairs P T or M T
p o w e r a n d super h i g h h o l d i n g p o w e r anchors shall be Forged components —
carried o u ti n accordance w i t h the pertinent require­ Fabrication welds P T or M T
m e n t s o f A p p e n d i x 3, S e c t i o n 3, P a r t I V " T e c h n i c a l
P T = penetrant testing;
Supervision during Manufacture o fProducts" o f the M T = m a g n e t i c particle testing.
Rules for Technical Supervision during Construction
o f Ships a n d Manufacture o fMaterials a n d Products T a b l e 8.4.2.5-2
for Ships. Non-desrtuctive testing
for super high holding p o w e r anchors
8.4.2 P r o d u c t t e s t s .
8.4.2.1 P r o d u c t t e s t p r o g r a m m e . Location Non-desrtuctive testing m e t h o d

Test for t h e material o feach c o m p o n e n t product Gate locations P T or M T and U T

shall be carried o u t b y o n eo f the programmes below. Riser locations P T or M T and U T
All surfaces o f castings P T or M T
T a b l e 8.4.2.1-1 W e l d repairs P T or M T
Applicable programmes for each product form Forged components
Fabrication welds P T or M T
Product Product form
tests P T = penetrant testing;
Cast products Forged products Welded products M T = m a g n e t i c particle testing;
U T = ultrasonic testing.
Programme A +
1
Programme В + + +
*С\ПЧ i m p a c t t e s t s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t t o d e m o n s t r a t e a t
l e a s t 2 7 J a v e r a g e a t 0 °C.
The scope a n d criteria o f non-destructive testing
for forgings a n d castings, w h i c h a r e equally applic­
able f o r a n c h o r components, a r e given i n 2.5, P a r t I I I
T a b l e 8.4.2.1-2
Product test type dependingo ntest programme
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a ­
terials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision during
Programme A Programme В
Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o f Materials
D r o p test and Products f o r Ships.
H a m m e r i n g test 8.4.2.6 E x t e n d e d n o n - d e s r t u c t i v e t e s t i n g .
Visual testing Visual testing
A f t e r p r o o f l o a d testing a n d non-desrtuctive testing,
Non-desrtuctive testing Non-desrtuctive testing
E x t e n d e d non-desrtuctive testing extended non-desrtuctive testing shall be carried o u t i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f T a b l e 8.4.2.6.
148 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 8.4.2.6 8.4.4 R e t e s t s .
E x t e n d e d non-desrtuctive testing for ordinary, high holding power
Retests shall be carried o u t i n accordance w i t h
and super high holding power anchors
t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 1.3.2.4.
Location Non-desrtuctive testing m e t h o d
8.4.5 M a r k i n g .
Feeders o f castings PT or M T and U T A n c h o r s w h i c h meet these requirements shall be
Risers o f castings PT or M T and U T stamped o n the shank a n d the fluke. T h e m a r k i n g o n
A l l surfaces o f castings PT or M T the shank shall be approximately level w i t h t h e fluke
R a n d o m areas o f castings U T
tips. O n t h e fluke, these m a r k i n g s shall be a p p r o x i -
W e l d repairs PT or M T
Forged components m a t e l y a t a distance o f t w o thirds f r o m t h e t i po f t h e
Fabrication welds PT or M T b i l l t o t h e c e n t e r l i n e o f t h e c r o w n o n t h e right h a n d
fluke looking f r o m thec r o w n towards the shank. T h e
markings shall include:
mass o f anchor;
T h e scope a n d criteria o f non-destructive testing identification n u m b e r (e.g. test r e p o r t N o . o r
for forgings a n d castings, w h i c h a r e equally applic- certificate N o . ) ;
able f o r a n c h o r components, are given i n 2.5, P a r t I I I Register stamp;
"Technical Supervision during Manufacture o f M a - manufacturer's mark.
terials" o f the Rules for Technical Supervision during T h e u n i q u e cast identification shall be cast o n t h e
Construction o fShips a n d Manufacture o fMaterials shank a n d the fluke.
and Products f o r Ships. 8.4.6 D o c u m e n t s t o b e i s s u e d t o a n c h o r .
8.4.2.7 R e p a i r c r i t e r i a . T h e Register issues t h e certificate f o r anchors
I f defects a r e detected b y n o n - d e s r t u c t i v e testing, meeting t h epresent requirements w h i c h shall contain
repairs s h a l l be c a r r i e d o u t i n accordance w i t h 8.3.5. the following data:
F r a c t u r e s a n d o t h e r defects b e i n g t h e results o f a manufacturer's name;
d r o p test o r h a m m e r i n g test repaires a r e n o t anchor type;
p e r m i t t e d a n d t h e c o m p o n e n t shall be rejected. anchor mass;
8.4.3 M a s s a n d d i m e n s i o n a l i n s p e c t i o n . fluke a n d shank identification numbers;
Unless otherwise agreed, t h e v e r i f i c a t i o n o f mass grade o fmaterial;
and dimensions is t h e responsibility o f the manufac- p r o o f test loads;
turer. T h e Register's representative is o n l y required heat treatment;
to m o n i t o r this inspection. Register stamp.
T h e mass o fthe anchor shall exclude t h e mass o f 8.4.7 P a i n t i n g .
the swivel, unless this is a n integral c o m p o n e n t . A n c h o r s s h a l l n o t be p a i n t e d u n t i l a l l tests a n d
inspections have been completed.
P a r t XIII. Materials 149

9 TITANIUM ALLOYS

9.1 G E N E R A L REQUIREMENTS
9.1.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s C h a p t e r a p p l y t o
the semi-finished products a n dproducts o f titanium
alloys t o be surveyed b y the Register during their
manufacturing a n d i n compliance w i t h t h e require­
ments i nt h eother chapters a n d parts o f the Rules.
These requirements cover the semi-finished pro­
ducts o f w r o u g h t t i t a n i u m a l l o y s (sheets, plates,
forgings, pressed sections) intended f o r deep-sea
submersibles a n d civil shipbuilding. T h e Chapter
also covers t i t a n i u m alloy forgings intended f o r
manufacture o f the containment structures o f nuclear
p o w e r plants a n d pipes.
9.1.2 T h e a l l o y s s h a l l b e d e s i g n a t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h the national standards.
I n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s i n 1.1.3, u s e o f
the titanium alloys a n d their semi-finished products is
allowed b y international standards recognized b y t h e
Register, o r a c c o r d i n g t o t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s specifica­
tions agreed w i t h t h e Register
T h e application o f semi-finished products o f
titanium alloys, whose chemical composition, m e ­
chanical properties o r conditions o fdelivery d o n o t
comply w i t h the requirements o f the present Chapter,
m a y be a l l o w e d after t h e submission o f t h e data
confirming t h e alloy properties, their corrosion
resistance, b o t h i n general a n d i ncontact w i t h o t h e r
materials, w e l d i n g procedure features a n dt h ealloys'
behavior under the conditions o ftheir use.
A l l semi-finished products o f titanium alloys
shall be manufactured under t h e Register technical
supervision b y t h e manufacturers recognized i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.3.1.2. T h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n f o r
supplying t h e semi-finished products o f titanium
alloys shall be recognized b y t h e Register. T h e
material complying w i t h t h e Register requirements
shall be delivered w i t h t h e Register certificates a n d
stamps.
9.1.3 T h e R e g i s t e r r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p e r f o r m i n g
technical supervision a t the manufacturer, w h i c h has
n o m e l t i n g facilities, shall be p r o v i d e d w i t h t h e
certificates issued b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f ingots,
slabs o r billets w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s n a m e , a l l o y
grade, heat n u m b e r a n d chemical c o m p o s i t i o n
specified. T h e particulars o f the system, w h i c h a l l o w s
identifying ingots, slabs o r billets shall also be
provided. T h e manufacturer producing titanium
alloys shall be recognized b y t h e Register.
9.2 W R O U G H T T I T A N I U M A L L O Y S
9.2.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e s e m i ­
finished products o fthe following titanium alloys:
r o l l e d p r o d u c t s (sheet, plate) - alloys: B T 1 - 0 0 ,
B T 1 - 0 , ПТ-ЗВ;
extruded sections (bulb-plate section) - alloy:
ПТ-ЗВ;
s t a m p e d b i l l e t s - a l l o y : ПТ-ЗВ;
f o r g i n g s - a l l o y s : ПТ-ЗВ, 5 B , 3 7 ;
r o d s - a l l o y s : B T 1 - 0 0 , B T 1 - 0 , B T 6 , B T 6 C , ПТ-ЗВ.
9.2.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
The chemical composition o fwrought titanium
alloys shall m e e t t h e requirements o f T a b l e 9.2.2. I f
required, o n t h e Register's demand, t h e samples f o r
chemical analysis shall be taken directly f r o m a semi­
finished p r o d u c t (sheet, p a n e l , f o r g i n g , etc.).

T a b l e 9.2.2
C h e m i c a l composition o fwrought titanium alloys
Alloy Basic components, % I m p u r i t i e s , %, m a x
grade
Al V Zr Mo Nb С Zr Fe Si С o 2 H 2 N 2

BT1-00 - - - 0,15 0,08 0,05 0,10 0,008 0,04

BT1-0 - - - 0,30 0.13 0,07 0,25 0,010 0,04
ПТ-ЗВ 3,5-5,0 1,2-2,5 - 0,30 0,25 0,25 0,10 0,15 0,008 0,04
BT6 5,3-6,8 3,5-5,3 - - 0,30 0,60 0,10 0,10 0, 2 0 0,015 0.05
BT6C 5,3-6,.5 3,5 -4,5 - - - 0,30 0,25 0,15 0,10 0,15 0,015 0,05
5B 4,7-6,3 1,0-1,9 - 0,7-2,0 - 0,06-0,14 0,10 0,25 0, 12 0.13 0,008 0,04
37 4,3-6,3 - 0,2-1,0 1,5-2,5 1,0 0,06-0,14 - 0,25 0,12 0.14 0,.008 0,04

N o t e s : 1 . T h e a l u m i n u m c o n t e n t o f u p t o 0,3 % a n d 0 , 7 % i n a l l o y s B T 1 - 0 0 a n d B T 1 - 0 , r e s p e c t i v e l y , i s a l l o w e d .
2. T h e c o n t e n t r e s t r i c t i o n s s p e c i f i e d f o r f o r g i n g s u s e d i n n u c l e a r p o w e r p l a n t s :
N 0,03 % f o r a l l o y s ПТ-ЗВ a n d 5 B ;
2

M o : 1,0 - 2,0 % f o r a l l o y 5 B .
150 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 9.2.3-1 9.2.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Mechanical properties o f sheets a n d plates
The mechanical properties o fw r o u g h t titanium
Alloy Yield Tensile E l o n g a t i o n , %, m i n . alloys shall meet t h e requirements o fTables 9.2.3-1 -
s t r e s s йрод, s t r e n g t h R ,
m
9.2.3-4.
MPa, min. MPa, min.
Thickness, 9.2.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
mm
C o n d i t i o n o f supply o f titanium alloys shall be
BT1-00 - 295 0,3 - 1,8 30 specified i n t h e supply d o c u m e n t a t i o n a p p r o v e d b y
1,8 - 6,0 25
the Register.
6,0 - 10,5 20
BT1-0 - 295 11-60 14
T a b l e 9.2.3-2
60 - 1 5 0 10
M e c h a n i c a l properties o fextruded sections
BT1-0 - 375 0,3 - 1,8 25
1,8 - 6,0 30 Alloy Yield Tensile Section Elongation Impact
1,8 - 6,0 25 stress strength R , m number A , %,
s d
tough­
6,0 - 10,5 20 Rp0,2< MPa, min. min. ness
MPa, KCU,
BT1-0 - 370 11-60 13 2
min. kj/m
295 60-150 10
ПТ-ЗВ 588 638 6, 8, 10, 12 10 690
ПТ-ЗВ 588 638 0,3 - 145 10

T a b l e 9.2.3-3
M e c h a n i c a l properties o f forgings a n d s t a m p e d billets
Alloy Direction o f Y i e l d stress Tensile strength Diameter o r thickness Elongation A 5 d , Reduction o f Impact
cutting o u t Йр0,2, M P a , R , MPa, min.
m (wall thickness), m m %, m i n . area, % toughness
2
specimens min. KCU, k J / m

Longitudinal 589 638 «S 100 6-10 25 687

ПТ-ЗВ > 1 0 0 t o «S 2 0 0 9 25 25
> 2 0 0 t o «S 4 5 0 8 22 589
> 4 5 0 t o «S 6 5 0 7

Tangential 540 589 100 7 20 589

(transversal) > 1 0 0 t o «S 2 0 0 7 15
> 2 0 0 t o «S 4 5 0 6 15
> 4 5 0 t o «S 6 5 0 5 13
5B Longitudinal 755 805 «S 100 9 22 491
> 1 0 0 t o «S 6 5 0 8 18
Tangential > 120 t o ^ 200 7 15
> 1 2 0 t o «S 6 5 0 5 11
37 Longitudinal 764 815 «S 2 0 0 10 22 491
> 2 0 0 t o «S 6 5 0 7 17
Tangential 736 786 > 120 t o ^ 200 9 18
> 2 0 0 t o «S 6 5 0 6 12

T a b l e 9.2.3-4
Mechanical properties o f rods
Grade Y i e l d s t r e s s йро,2, M P a , Tensile strength R ,M P a ,
m
E l o n g a t i o n , %, m i n . Impact toughness KCU,
2
min. min. kJ/m
BT6 - 835 - 1 0 4 9 140 - 2 5 0 6

BT6C - 755 - 9 8 1 140 - 2 5 0 6

BT1-00 295 10-12 20

295 12-100 100
265 100-150 600

BT1-0 345 10-12

12-100 15 700
100-150 500

ПТ-ЗВ 590 635 - 8 8 5 10-22 11 700

635 - 8 5 5 25-150

N o t e s : 1. Billets f o r cutting o u t t h e specimens shall b e a n n e a l e d before m a c h i n i n g .

2. B T 6 a n d B T 6 C a l l o y r o d s s h a l l b e f o r g e d , B T 1 - 0 0 - r o l l e d , ПТ-ЗВ - h o t - r o l l e d .
3. ПТ-ЗВ a l l o y r o d s o f o v e r 2 5 m m i n d i a m e t e r s h a l l b e s u p p l i e d i n a n n e a l e d c o n d i t i o n .
4. I m p a c t t o u g h n e s s o n r o d s o f 10 - 12 m m i n d i a m e t e r i s n o t d e t e r m i n e d .
P a r t XIII. Materials
T h e heat treatment (annealing) o f semi-finished
products o f t i t a n i u m a n d t i t a n i u m alloy shall be
carried o u t t o i m p r o v e t h e structure o r relieve t h e
stresses. T h e s e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s m a y b e s u p p l i e d
w i t h o u t heat treatment o r i n a n annealed condition.
T h e parameters o fheat a n d heat a n d mechanical
t r e a t m e n t p r o v i d i n g a l l o y properties shall b e specified
by t h emanufacturer o fsemi-finished products. T h e
condition o f supply shall be indicated i n t h e
manufacturer's certificate o f quality issued t o a
semi-finished product.
Sheets a n d plates shall be supplied i n annealed,
pickled c o n d i t i o n w i t h o u t a gas-saturated layer. T h e
latter shall be removed b y pickling o r abrasive
cleaning o f t h e entire surface f o l l o w e d b y pickling.
T h e absence o f t h e gas-saturated layer shall be
checked b y sampling f o r a bend angle.
9.2.5 S a m p l i n g .
Sampling f o rdetermination o fmechanical pro­
perties o f semi-finished products shall be p r o v i d e d i n
compliance with documentation approved b y the
Register.
C u t t i n g o u t t h e billets f o r specimens, as well as
m a k i n g t h e v e r y test specimens, shall be carried o u t
by t h emethods, w h i c h prevent the changes o falloy
properties d u et o hardening.
T h e sample dimensions shall be adequate f o r
c a r r y i n g o u t b o t h single a n d repeated tests o f
longitudinal, transverse o r tangential specimens.
Samples a n d specimens shall be m a r k e d i n such a
w a y that they m a ybe identified w i t h a particular
semi-finished product during testing, a n d t h e location
o f their c u t t i n g - o u t a n d o r i e n t a t i o n m a y b e deter­
m i n e d . T h e specimens shall be prepared according t o
9.2.6.
9.2.5.1 U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , t h e s a m p l e s f o r
determination o f mechanical properties shall be prepared
i n t h e w a y w h i c h secures t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f specimens
w i t h t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axis oriented as follows:
.1 r o l l e d p r o d u c t s :
specimens f o r tensile testing shall be c u t o u t :
across r o l l i n g d i r e c t i o n - sheets a n d plates o f
ВТ 1 - 0 0 a n d ВТ 1-0 t i t a n i u m a l l o y s o f a n y t h i c k n e s s ,
a n d o f t h e ПТ-ЗВ o f 0 , 3 - 8 , 0 m m t h i c k ;
a l o n g r o l l i n g d i r e c t i o n - sheets a n d plates o f
ПТ-ЗВ t i t a n i u m a l l o y o f 8 , 0 - 1 4 5 m m t h i c k .
I m p a c t test specimens f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f
impact toughness shall be c u t o u t along rolling
direction.
W h e n preparing t h e specimens, t h esurface layer
o f metal shall be removed;
.2 f o r g i n g s a n d s t a m p e d p r o d u c t s o f ПТ-ЗВ a l l o y :
samples shall be t a k e n i n longitudinal direction
coinciding w i t h the longitudinal axis o f a forging, i n
the tangential direction n o r m a l t o t h e longitudinal
axis a n d t h e radius o f a forging, a n d i n t h e transversal
151
direction n o r m a l t o t h e longitudinal axis f o r t h e
forgings o f a square a n d rectangular cross-section.
Tensile test specimens shall b e c u t o u t f r o m t h e
largest cross-section o f t h e forgings:
f r o m s o l i d f o r g i n g s - a t a d i s t a n c e o f 1/3 o f t h e
radius f r o m a r o u g h surface;
f r o m h o l l o w forgings w i t h a w a l l thickness o fu p
t o 1 0 0 m m - a t a distance o f 1/2 o f t h e f o r g i n g w a l l
thickness;
f r o m h o l l o w forgings w i t h a w a l l thickness o f
o v e r 1 0 0 m m - a t a d i s t a n c e o f 1/3 o f t h e f o r g i n g w a l l
thickness f r o m a n o u t e r surface;
f r o m disc-shaped forgings - a t a distance o f u p t o
120 m m f r o m t h e o u t e r side surface o f a f o r g i n g .
I m p a c t test specimens shall b e c u t o u t a t a
distance f r o m a r o u g h surface n o t exceeding one­
sided m a c h i n i n g allowance.
I m p a c t test specimens a n d specimens f o r deter­
mination o f the fraction o f a total mass o f hydrogen
shall be t a k e n a t a distance f r o m a r o u g h surface n o t
exceeding one-sided m a c h i n i n g allowance;
.3 p r e s s e d s e c t i o n :
for tensile testing, billets shall be c u t o u t f r o m a
section w e b , f o r i m p a c t testing a n d angle-set b e n d
testing f o r a technological probe, t h e billets f o r
m a k i n g specimens shall be t a k e n f r o m a section
flange;
.4 rods:
specimens shall be c u t o u t o n l y along t h e rolling
direction:
for rods o f u p t o 35 m m i n diameter - f r o m the
cross-section center;
for rods o fover 35 m m i n diameter - a t a distance
o f 1/2 o f a radius f r o m t h e surface.
M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f five % o f r o d s , b u t a t
least o n e r o d f r o m t h e b a t c h supplied, shall b e
checked. Such check shall be carried o u t f o r t w o
b r e a k a n d t w o i m p a c t test specimens.
9.2.6 S c o p e o f t e s t s .
9.2.6.1 T e s t s s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e
w i t h t h e requirements o f the national and/or inter­
national standards a n d Section 2.
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e specified, t h e tensile tests a c c o r d i n g
t o 2.2.2.3 s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d o n t h e specimens o f a
rectangular cross-section w i t h a gauge length
LQ = 5 , 6 5 ^ / S b a n d o f a c i r c u l a r c r o s s - s e c t i o n w i t h a g a u g e
l e n g t h Lo = 5a\,, a n d t h e i m p a c t t e s t s f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n
o f t h e i m p a c t t o u g h n e s s KCU s h a l l b e c o n d u c t e d o n t h e
U - n o t c h e d specimens according t o 2.2.3.1.
9.2.6.2 S e m i - f i n i s h e d p r o d u c t s o f w r o u g h t t i t a ­
n i u m alloys shall be subjected f o r testing i n batches.
T h e batch shall contain the semi-finished products o f
one grade ( o n e heat), o n e shape a n d o f t h e same
d i m e n s i o n s ( o n e thickness f o r sheets a n d plates), o n e
condition o f supply, manufactured according t o t h e
c o m m o n process.
152 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T h e b a t c h size a n d t h e s c o p e o f m e t a l t e s t i n g s h a l l
comply w i t h the requirements o fdocumentation f o r
d e l i v e r y a g r e e d b y t h e R e g i s t e r . T h e b a t c h size s h a l l
n o t exceed 8000 k g .
9.2.6.3 I n g e n e r a l , u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d ,
depending o n the type o f a semi-finished product,
t h e scope o f tests s h a l l be as f o l l o w s :
.1 rolled products:
mechanical properties o f BT1-00, B T 1 - 0 a n d
ПТ-ЗВ a l l o y s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n e a c h s h e e t a n d
plate;
.2 f o r g i n g s , s t a m p i n g s :
ПТ-ЗВ, 5 B a n d 3 7 a l l o y s .
T h e mechanical properties o nthe forgings w i t h a
c r o s s - s e c t i o n d i m e n s i o n e d 1 0 0 m m a n d less a n d / o r
w i t h a m a s s o f 3 0 k g o r less s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n
15 % o f p r o d u c t s i n a b a t c h , a n d o n e a c h f o r g i n g
(stamped product) f o r t h e ones w i t h a cross-section
dimensioned over 100 m mand/or w i t h a mass o f over
30 k g .
E v e r y f o r g i n g o f ПТ-ЗВ, 5 B a n d 3 7 a l l o y s s h a l l b e
subjected t o tensile testing, impact testing a n d checking
the fraction o f a total mass o f hydrogen. T w o specimens
are g e n e r a l l y c u t o u t f r o m o n e selected s a m p l e f o r tensile
t e s t i n g a t t e m p e r a t u r e s 2 0 °C a n d 3 5 0 °C. I m p a c t
toughness is checked d u r i n g i m p a c t test o f t w o
s p e c i m e n s a t a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 0 °C.
A s f o r forgings o f 3000 m m long a n d over, t h e
a b o v e tests ( d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f m e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s a n d
the fraction o f a total mass o f hydrogen) shall be carried
o u t o n the m e t a l sampled f r o m b o t h ends o f the forging.
T h e fraction o fa total mass o fhydrogen shall be
9.2.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
T h e semi-finished products o f w r o u g h t titanium
alloys p r e p a r e d f o r delivery shall b e free o fi n t e r n a l
a n d e x t e r n a l defects, w h i c h adversely affect t h e i r u s e
for their designated purpose. E v e r y semi-finished
product shall be visually e x a m i n e d a n dits dimensions
a n d surface c o n d i t i o n shall be checked. T h e n o n ­
destructive testing shall be used o n t h e customer's
demand i n accordance w i t h t h e documentation
approved b y t h e Register. T h e manufacturer is
supposed t o use t h e methods o f non-destructive
testing required i n manufacture o f t h e w r o u g h t
titanium alloys i n order t o maintain the products
quality a t t h e level o f t h e relevant standards.
T o e l i m i n a t e t h e detected surface defects, g r i n d ­
ing o r dressing m a y be used, p r o v i d e d that t h e semi­
finished product dimensions therewith will r e m a i n
within tolerable deviations.
T h e manufacturer is liable f o r t h e quality o f
c o n t r o l a n dt h e m a i n t e n a n c e o f t h e specified d i m e n ­
sions o f semi-finished products o f t i t a n i u m alloys.
T h e Register's representative m a y require t o witness
measurements o fsemi-finished products.
T h e m i n u s thickness deviations f o r rolled pro­
ducts o f t i t a n i u m alloys o f 10,2m m thickness shall
meet t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n approved b y t h e Register.
Limiting deviations o f t h e rolled products over
10,2 m m t h i c k shall c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e values given
i n Tables 9.2.7-1 a n d 9.2.7-2.
T a b l e 9.2.7-1
Limiting minus thickness deviations for rolled products o f titanium
alloys depending o n their thickness

checked w i t h t h e manufacturer's n o r m a t i v e docu­ Grade Limiting m i n u s deviations i n thickness o f plates,

mentation; m m , a twidth, m m
.3 p r e s s e d s e c t i o n s :
thickness, m m 600, 7 0 0 , 8 0 0 , 1 2 0 0 , 1 3 0 0 , 1 4 0 0 ,
mechanical properties o f t h e finished sections
900, 1 0 0 0 1500, 1600
s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d o n a t least 1 0 % o f a b a t c h size,
b u t o n t w o sections as a m i n i m u m . E v e r y section o f 11,12,13,14, 1,0 1,2
BT1-00 15,16 1,5 1,5
the batch shall be checked f o r t h e geometrical BT1-0 18, 2 0 , 2 2 , 2 5 , 2,0 2,0
dimensions, surface quality, t w i s t i n g angle, angular ПТ-ЗВ 2 8 , 3 0 , 3 2 , 35 2,5 2,5
dimensions a n dlongitudinal curvature. T h e macro- 38, 4 0 , 4 5 , 50, 3,0 3,0
structure shall be checked o n a transverse macro- 55, 6 0
template c u t o u t f r o m t h e head e n d o f each section; 70, 8 0 , 9 0 , 1 0 0
110, 1 2 0 , 1 3 0 ,
.4 rods: 140, 150
BT1-00, B T 1 ,B T 6 , B T 6 C alloys.
ПТ-ЗВ 12 16 1,2 1,2
T h e determination o f mechanical properties o f 16 20 1,5 1,5
finished sections a n d e x a m i n a t i o n o f their m a c r o - 20 35 1,5 1,5
structure a n d microstructure shall be carried o u t o n 35 50 2,0 2,0
at least 5 % o f p r o d u c t s f r o m a batch.
W h e r e t h etest results a r e unsatisfactory, retesting
shall be carried o u t i ncompliance w i t h t h e require­ 9.2.8 M a r k i n g .
m e n t s i n 1.3.2.3 a n d / o r t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n a p p r o v e d T h e basic requirements f o rm a r k i n g a r e set f o r t h
by t h e Register. i n 1.4 a n d i n t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f s u p p l y .
The macrostructure a n dmicrostructure o f rods Every semi-finished product shall have the m a n u ­
shall be examined o n 5 % o f products f r o m the batch, facturer's m a r k i n g a n d t h e Register stamp clearly m a d e
b u t a t least o n o n e r o d . i n t h e specified m a n n e r a n d i n a d u e place.
P a r t XIII. Materials
T a b l e
Limiting minus deviations i ndiameter for rods o f
Grade N o m i n a l diameter, m m Limiting deviation i n
diameter, m m
BT1-00 10, 12
BT1-0 14, 16, 18
20, 2 2 , 2 5 , 28,30, 3 2 , 3 5
38, 4 0 , 4 2 , 4 5 , 4 8
50, 5 2 , 55, 6 0
65, 7 0 , 7 5 , 8 0 , 8 5 , 9 0 , 1 0 0
110, 120, 130, 140, 150
ПТ-ЗВ 10, 12
14, 16, 18
20
35 , 4 0 , 4 5 , 50, 55, 6 0
65, 7 0 , 7 5 , 8 0 , 9 0 , 100,
110, 120, 130, 140, 150
T h e m a r k i n g shall include, as a m i n i m u m :
name o r designation o fthe manufacturer;
grade o f alloy a n d condition o f supply i n
compliance w i t h the requirements o f this Chapter;
n u m b e r o f a batch, semi-finished product o r
identification number according t o t h e manufac­
turer's system, w h i c h allows tracing complete pro­
d u c t i o n process;
quality stamp.
I f t h e semi-finished products are delivered i n
bundles, t h e m a r k i n g m a ybe m a d e o n tags.
9.2.9 D o c u m e n t s .
I f s u p p l y i s p r o v i d e d b y piece, every b a t c h o r
semi-finished product, w h i c h h a s undergone testing
according t o 9.2.6, shall be p r o v i d e d w i t h t h e
Register Certificate o r , b y a n agreement w i t h t h e
Register, w i t h t h e Manufacturer's Certificate o f
Quality witnessed b y t h e Register representative.
F o r m a n d content o ft h e Manufacturer's Certificate
o f Q u a l i t y shall be agreed w i t h t h e Register a n d t h e
customer.
T h e Register's Certificate shall include:
order number;
construction project number, i f k n o w n ;
name, number, dimensions a n dweight o fa semi­
finished product;
grade (category) o f alloy a n d condition o f supply;
n u m b e r o fa batch o r a semi-finished product, o r
identification number, w h i c h allows identifyingthe
supplied material a n d tracing t h ew h o l e production
process;
name o fmanufacturer; code a n ddesignation o f
drawing;
designation o f d o c u m e n t a t i o n t h e m a t e r i a l sup­
ply complies with.
T h e Register Certificate shall be supplemented
w i t h t h e Manufacturer's Certificate o fQuality con­
taining t h e details o f t h e chemical analysis a n d
153
9.2.7-2 mechanical properties, w h i c h c o n f i r m t h e material
titanium alloys
c o n f o r m i t y t o t h e Register r e q u i r e m e n t s , test reports.
9.3 T I T A N I U M A L L O Y S F O R N U C L E A R P O W E R PLANTS
0,6
0,8
9.3.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
1,0
1, 4
9.3.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o f o r g i n g s o f
1,5 titanium alloys intended f o rmanufacturing o f the
3,0 containment structures o f nuclear p o w e r plants being
0,6 subject t o t h eRegister survey.
0,8 T h e forgings are manufactured o fthe following
1,0
sizes:
2,0
solid r o u n d forgings o f8 0 t o 650 m mi n diameter
3,0 and o f500 t o 6000 m m i n length;
circular forgings o f 150m t o 3200 m m i n outer
diameter, 100 t o2900 m m i n inner diameter a n d 5 0 t o
1400 m m i n length;
discs o f 1 0 0 t o 1800 m m i n d i a m e t e r a n d 5 0 t o
800 m m i n height;
expanded rings o f 3 0 0 t o 1800 m m i n outer
diameter, 4 0 t o 450 m mi n height a n d 3 0t o 120 m m
in w a l l thickness.
9.3.1.2 A s i n i t i a l b i l l e t s f o r m a n u f a c t u r e o f
forgings t h e f o l l o w i n g shall be used:
ingots;
forgings a n d forged rods;
expanded rings.
9.3.1.3 T h e d e g r e e o f p l a s t i c d e f o r m a t i o n ( f o r g i n g
reduction) calculated o nt h e basis o f the cross section
o f a casting s h a l l b e s u c h t h a t f r e e d o m f r o m defects,
homogeneous structure a n d the required mechanical
properties after heat treatment a r e provided.
9.3.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f f o r g i n g s o f ГГГ-ЗВ
and 5 B t i t a n i u m alloys f o r t h e structures o f nuclear
power plant ( d r u m , cover a n db o t t o m ) shall meet the
requirements i n T a b l e 9.2.2. T h ec h e m i c a l c o m p o s i ­
t i o n o f forgings (except t h e h y d r o g e n content) is
determined b y a m a n u f a c t u r i n g process during
melting ingots o nt h e sample taken d u r i n g its casting.
T h e h y d r o g e n c o n t e n t is d e t e r m i n e d d u r i n g accep­
tance tests o n t h e process samples c u t o u t f r o m t h e
forgings.
9.3.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
T h e m i n i m u m r e q u i r e d v a l u e s o f s t r e n g t h (R m
a n d R o,i) a n d p l a s t i c (A a n d Z) p r o p e r t i e s o f t h e
p 5
f o r g i n g m a t e r i a l d e p e n d i n g o n t h e c r o s s - s e c t i o n size
and the w o r k i n g temperature are given i n T a ­
bles 9.3.3-1 a n d 9.3.3-2.
H e a t t r e a t m e n t shall be carried o u t i n electric
furnaces fitted w i t h t h e recorders. T h efurnace shall
provide t h e required process quality a n d t h e relevant
level o fm o n i t o r i n g , irrespective o ft h e billet d i m e n ­
sions.
154 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 9.3.3-1
M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f f o r g i n g s o f ПТ-ЗВ a l l o y d e p e n d i n g o n w o r k i n g t e m p e r a t u r e a n d c r o s s - s e c t i o n s i z e

Diameter or Charac­ T e s t t e m p e r a t u r e , °C
wall teristic
thickness, 20 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
mm
100 - 2 0 0 R , M P a
m 640 598 536 467 408 392 377 345
Йр0,2, M P a 590 540 471 417 353 324 305 295
A , %
5 9,0 9,2 9,5 11,5 13,5 14,4 15,3 14,6
Z, % 22 22 23,3 28,2 33,0 35,2 37,4 36,5
201 - 4 5 0 R , M P a
m 640 598 536 472 408 392 377 345
Йр0,2, M P a 590 540 471 412 353 324 305 295
A , %
5 8,0 8,2 8,5 8,5 8,5 8,5 8,5 8,5
Z, % 22 22,6 23,3 28,2 33,0 35,2 37,4 36,4

T a b l e 9.3.3-2
M e c h a n i c a l properties o fforgings o f5 B alloy d e p e n d i n g o nw o r k i n g t e m p e r a t u r e a n d cross-section size

Tempe­ F o r g i n g s ( c r o s s - s e c t i o n o f u p t o 100 m m ) F o r g i n g s ( c r o s s - s e c t i o n o f 100 - 500 m m )

rature,
°C R , M P a
m
к
р0,2, MPa As, % Z, % R , M P a
m MPa As, % Z, %

20 780 730 9,0 18 755 687 15

150 620 560 9,0 20 600 540 20
250 530 460 10 20 500 440 20
350 450 390 12 25 420 370 20

9.3.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y . 93.8 M a r k i n g .
T h e general requirements f o r t h e condition o f T h e m a r k i n g o f forgings shall c o m p l y w i t h 9.2.8.
s u p p l y s h a l l b e i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 9.1.4. 93.9 D o c u m e n t s .
9.3.5 S a m p l i n g . The requirements f o rsupport documentation f o r
Sampling shall be carried o u ti ncompliance w i t h forgings shall c o m p l y w i t h 9.2.9.
9.1.5.
9.3.6 S c o p e o f t e s t s .
S c o p e o f f o r g i n g t e s t s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 9.1.6. 9.4 P I P E S
9.3.7 I n s p e c t i o n .
9.3.7.1 T h e i n s p e c t i o n o f f o r g i n g s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d
o u t i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h 9.1.5. 9.4.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
9.3.7.2 F o r g i n g s s h a l l b e s u b m i t t e d t o t h e 9.4.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t i t a n i u m h o t -
Register f o r visual control o f t h e quality o f outer f o r m e d a n d c o l d - f o r m e d pipes, a n d also w e l d e d pipes
a n d i n n e r surfaces ( f o rcircular forgings). F o r g i n g s for heat exchangers, steam generators, ship's systems
shall b e free o f defects p r e v e n t i n g t h e i r i n t e n d e d use. a n d pipelines subject t o t h e Register survey d u r i n g
9.3.7.3 W h e r e t h e d e f e c t s u n a c c e p t a b l e b y t h e manufacture.
Register Rules o r the Register-approved documenta­ 9.4.1.2 T i t a n i u m p i p e s s h a l l b e p r o d u c e d b y t h e
t i o n a r e detected d u r i n g subsequent m a c h i n i n g o r m a n u f a c t u r e r s r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2 i n
testing, a f o r g i n g shall be rejected, despite t h e compliance w i t h these requirements a n dt h e require­
covering d o c u m e n t s a n d certificates available. ments o f t h e Register-approved standards and/or
93.7.4 S u r f a c e defects m a y b e e l i m i n a t e d b y l o c a l technical documentation.
dressing o r r e m o v i n g t h e defective area m e t a l w i t h a 9.4.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
b o r i n g cutter w i t h i n t h e tolerances f o r m a c h i n i n g . N o n ­ 9.4.2.1 T h e m a t e r i a l c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r
destructive (dye penetrant, ultrasonic a n d radiographic) t i t a n i u m a l l o y pipes shall b e selected c o n s i d e r i n g t h e
testing s h a l l b e u s e d t o c h e c k t h e absence o f defects. required mechanical properties a t the r o o m tempera­
93.7.5 F o r g i n g r e p a i r w i t h w e l d i n g , as w e l l as ture a n d t h e design elevated o n e ; t h e h y d r o g e n
repair procedure, the subsequent heat treatment, the c o n t e n t t h e r e w i t h shall n o t exceed:
m e t h o d s a n d criteria o f inspection shall be agreed f o r c o l d - f o r m e d p i p e s - 0 , 0 0 7 %;
w i t h the Register. f o r h o t - f o r m e d p i p e s - 0 , 0 0 5 %;
f o r w e l d e d p i p e s - 0 , 0 0 7 %.
P a r t XIII. Materials 155

9.4.2.2 T h e c h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n o f t h e t i t a n i u m determination o fhydrogen content b y t h e m a n ­

pipe material, except t h e h y d r o g e n content (hydrogen
a n d n i t r o g e n content f o r w e l d e d pipes), shall b e
determined b y t h e relevant chemical composition o f
a n i n g o t o r t u b u l a r billet used f o r t h e pipe batch
manufacture. Requirements t o chemical composition
o f a t i t a n i u m alloy ingot o r tubular billets shall meet
the requirements o f T a b l e 9.4.2.2 a n d be i n accordance
w i t h t h e R S practice.
9.4.3 M e c h a n i c a l a n d t e c h n o l o g i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
9.4.3.1 T i t a n i u m a l l o y s f o r s h i p ' s p i p i n g s y s t e m s
are classed b y a strength level as follows:
B T 1 - 0 0 a n d B T 1 - 0 - y i e l d stress 3 0 0 M P a ;
ПТ-1М - y i e l d s t r e s s > 4 0 0 M P a ;
ПТ-7М - y i e l d s t r e s s > 5 0 0 M P a ;
ПТ-ЗВ - y i e l d s t r e s s > 6 0 0 M P a .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l properties o f pipes o f t i t a n i u m
alloys shall meet t h e requirements o f t h e Register-
approved standards and/or technical documentation.
9.4.3.2 P i p e s s h a l l b e s u b j e c t e d t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
tests d u r i n g m a n u f a c t u r e :
tensile test a c c o r d i n g t o 2.2.2 ( w i t h d e t e r m i n a t i o n
o f tensile s t r e n g t h , y i e l d stress a n d e l o n g a t i o n ) ;
tensile test a t elevated t e m p e r a t u r e ( w i t h deter­
m i n a t i o n o f tensile s t r e n g t h a n d y i e l d stress);
flattening test according t o 2.2.5.2;
drift e x p a n d i n g test (except h o t - f o r m e d a n d
finned pipes);
toughness test ( f o r h o t - f o r m e d pipes) according
to 2.2.3.1;
C h e m i c a l composition o f titanium alloy ingots o r tubular billets
ufacturer's normative documentation;
determination o f nitrogen content ( f o r welded
pipes) b y the manufacturer's n o r m a t i v e d o c u m e n t a t i o n ;
u l t r a s o n i c testing f o r defects b y t h e m a n u f a c ­
turer's n o r m a t i v e documentation.
9.4.3.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
T h e m e c h a n i c a l properties o fpipes a r e given i n
Tables 9.4.3.3-1 t o 9.4.3.3-3.
9.4.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
Pipes shall be supplied annealed a n dw i t h o u t heat
treatment. T h e condition o fsupply shall be indicated
in t h e Manufacturer's Certificate o f Quality. T h e
c o n d i t i o n o f supply is specified b y t h e Register-
approved a n d recognized standards, and/or t h e
Register-approved technical documentation. T h e
type a n d c o n d i t i o n s o f heat t r e a t m e n t a r e specified
b y t h e pipes m a n u f a c t u r e r .
9.4.5 S a m p l i n g .
T h e samples f o r m a k i n g test specimens shall b e
t a k e n f r o m t h e ends o f pipes. W h e r e t h e test shall b e
executed o n t w o specimens, t h e samples shall be
t a k e n f r o m b o t h ends.
9.4.6 N u m b e r o f t e s t s .
T i t a n i u m pipes shall be tested i n batches. T h e
batch shall comprise t h e pipes o fone alloy grade, t h e
same dimensions, heat a n d thermal treatment.
T h e n u m b e r o f pipes i n t h e batch shall be t h e
following:
350 pieces f o r c o l d - f o r m e d pipes;
T a b l e 9.4.2.2

Alloy Chemical composition, %

grade
I m p u r i t i e s c o n t e n t , %, m a x

Ti Al V Mo Zr M n Cr Si Fe o 2 H 2 N С Other
impurities
in total
BT1-00 Base 0,30 - - - - - 0,08 0,15 0,10 0,008 0,04 0,05 0,10

BT1-0 0,70 - - - - - 0,10 0,25 0,20 0,010 0,04 0,07 0,30

ПТ-1М 0,2-0,7 - - 0,30 - - 0,10 0,20 0,12 0,006 0,04 0,07 0,30
ПТ-7М 1,8-2,5 - - 2,0-3,0 - - «0,12 «0,25 «0,15 «0,006 «0,04 «0,10 «0,30
ПТ-ЗВ 3,5-5,0 1,2-2,5 - «0,12 - - «0,12 «0,25 «0,15 «0,006 «0,04 «0,10 «0,30

T a b l e 9.4.3.3-1
M e c h a n i c a l properties o fcold-formed pipes o f titanium alloys
Alloy grade Tensile strength P r o o f stress, Elongation, A , Tensile strength
5 P r o o f stress Tensile strength P r o o f stress
R , M P a
m Йр0,2, M P a % R , M P a m Йр0,2, M P a R , M P a
m Rpoa, M P a

min.

a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 0 °C a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 150 °C a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 3 5 0 °C

BT1-0 353 - 569 245 24 216 147 - -

ПТ-1М 353 - 569 216 27 225 157 - -
ПТ-7М 480 - 667 382 20 245 176
156 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships

T a b l e 9.4.3.3-2
M e c h a n i c a l properties o fhot-formed pipes o ftitanium alloys
Alloy Tensile P r o o f stress Elongation Reduction in Impact Tensile P r o o f stress Tensile P r o o f stress
grade s t r e n g t h R , йрод, M P a
m As, % area,Z, % toughness s t r e n g t h R , йрод, M P a s t r e n g t h , R , йрод, M P a
m m

2
MPa KCU, k J / m MPa MPa

min.

a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 2 0 °C a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 150 °C a t t e m p e r a t u r e o f 3 5 0 °C

ПТ-1М 343 - 539 245 24 45 784 215 147

ПТ-7М 470 - 666 372 18 36 784 235 176
ПТ-ЗВ 686 - 8 6 3 588 10 30 637 343 294

T a b l e 9.4.3.3-3
M e c h a n i c a l properties o fcold-formed (finned a n d small-diameter) pipes o ftitanium alloys

Alloy grade Tensile strength P r o o f stress Elongation Tensile strength P r o o f stress

R , M P a
m Йр0,2, M P a As, % R , M P a
m Йр0,2, M P a

min.

a t t e m p e r a t u r e 2 0 °C a t t e m p e r a t u r e 3 5 0 °C

BT1-00 294 - 4 9 0 - 30 - -
ПТ-7М 480 - 6 6 7 373 20 235 176

75 pieces f o r h o t - f o r m e d pipes. 9.4.8 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t s .

T h e tests s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t o n a t least 5 % o f Identification, m a r k i n g a n d issued documenta­
p i p e s i n t h e b a t c h , b u t n o t less t h a n o n t w o p i p e s . t i o n s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 1.4.
F r o m each pipe prepared for testing shall be taken:
one specimen f r o m either e n d o f t h e pipe: f o r
determining thefraction o f a total mass o f hydrogen; 9.5 C A S T T I T A N I U M A L L O Y S
one specimen f r o m either e n d o f t h e pipe: f o r
tensile test a t r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e ;
one specimen f r o m each e n d o f t h e pipe: f o r 9.5.1 G e n e r a l .
tensile test a t elevated t e m p e r a t u r e ; T h e requirements o f this Chapter apply t othe
one specimen f r o m each e n d o f t h e pipe: f o r parts a n d structures o fcast t i t a n i u m alloys used i n
flattening; h u l l a n dship machinery structures.
one specimen f r o m either e n d o fthe cold-formed 9.5.2 C h e m i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l
pipe: f o r flaring. properties.
E v e r y pipe i n t h e batch shall be subjected t o T h e chemical c o m p o s i t i o n o f cast t i t a n i u m alloys
u l t r a s o n i c testing f o r defects. A l l pipes s h a l l b e tested shall m e e t t h e requirements i n T a b l e 9.5.2. Possibility
b y h y d r a u l i c pressure. T h e test pressure i s specified of using alloys w i t h theother chemical composition
b y t h e standards f o rpipes o r t h e Register-approved and mechanical properties t h a n those above shall be
documentation. d e t e r m i n e d i naccordance w i t h 9.1.2.
T h e h y d r a u l i c tests m a y b e o m i t t e d , i f each pipe 9.5.3 M e c h a n i c a l p r o p e r t i e s .
is subjected t o u l t r a s o n i c o r a n o t h e r e q u i v a l e n t T h e mechanical properties o f casting t i t a n i u m
testing. alloys shall m e e t t h erequirements i nT a b l e 9.5.3.
9.4.7 I n s p e c t i o n . 9.5.4 C o n d i t i o n o f s u p p l y .
E v e r y pipe is subject t o v i s u a l e x a m i n a t i o n . T h e T h e requirements f o rcondition o f supply shall
pipe surface shall b e free o f a n y o i l a n d d i r t traces, c o m p l y w i t h 9.2.4.
cracks, scores, s k i n s , deep dents, scale residue, laps, 9.5.5 S a m p l i n g .
pickling rash, a n ddeep lines. T h e samples f o r determination o f chemical
T h e defects like fine lines, scratches, roughness, c o m p o s i t i o n a n dm e c h a n i c a l properties m a y b e cast
dents are acceptable i f their depth is w i t h i n t h e m i n u s t o t h e c a s t i n g o r cast separately. T h e s a m p l e size s h a l l
deviations f o ra w a l l thickness. be e q u a l o r exceed t h e least o n e o f t h e casting cross-
P a r t XIII. Materials 157

T a b l e 9.5.2

Alloy Basic components, % I m p u r i t i e s , %, m a x Other

grade impurities i n
Al V В 02 H2 N2 С Fe Si V total, %

ТЛЗ 3,0 - 4,5 0,0020 - 0 , 0 0 6 0 0,15 0,008 0,04 0,15 0,25 0,12 0,15 0,50
ТЛ5 3,5 - 5,0 1 , 5 - 2 , 5 0,0020 - 0 , 0 0 6 0 0,008 0,04 0,15 0,25 0,12 0,50

N o t e s : 1 . T h e f r a c t i o n o f t o t a l v a n a d i u m m a s s i n 3 a l l o y c a s t i n g s n o t s u b j e c t e d t o o x i d a t i o n m a y b e u p t o 0,4 %.
2. O t h e r i m p u r i t i e s m a y i n c l u d e m o l y b d e n u m , m a n g a n e s e , c h r o m i u m , t i n , z i r c o n i u m , n i o b i u m , n i c k e l a n d c o p p e r .
T h e b o r o n (B) content other than the specified i n the T a b l e is acceptable i f the requirements f o r mechanical properties are m e t .

T a b l e 9.5.3
Mechanical properties o fcast titanium alloys
Alloy grade Y i e l d s t r e s s йрод, Tensile strength R , m E l o n g a t i o n %, m i n . Impact toughness, k J / m 2

MPa, min. MPa, min.

KCU KCV

ТЛЗ 440 490 10 688 392

ТЛ5 590 640 8 490 294

sections available. T h e sample locations a n d their T a b l e 9.5.7

n u m b e r shall be specified b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r a n d T y p e s o f m a n d a t o r y tests a n d G r o u p o f castings

agreed w i t h t h e Register. inspection o f castings
I II Ill IV V
9.5.6 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r c a s t i n g s u r f a c e .
T i t a n i u m a l l o y castings, depending o n t h e i r p u r ­ External examination + + + + +
pose a n d o p e r a t i o n a l conditions, a r e divided i n t o five
Check o f dimensions + + + + +
Determination o f chemical + + + + +
groups. T h e required group shall be indicated i n t h e composition
order. I f t h a t is lacking, t h e requirements f o r surface Determination o f mechanical - + + + +
shall be agreed between a customer a n d manufacturer. properties

W h e n the ceramic f o r m s o f fireproof oxides are

used f o r m a n u f a c t u r e o f t i t a n i u m alloy castings, a
h a r d e n e d layer is f o r m e d o n their surface. T h e d e p t h
of such layer depends o n thewall thickness a n d mass
o f the casting. T h elayer shall be removed:
for I t o I I I g r o u p castings - d u r i n g cleaning their
surface w i t h shot-blasting;
for I Va n d V g r o u p castings - b y m a c h i n i n g o r
any o t h e r w a y .
The hardened layer shall be removed f r o m the
surface o f the casting o f a n y g r o u p i n w a y o f w e l d i n g ,
welding-on, built-up welding o rwelding-in.
The castings o f a l l t h e groups shall be chipped
and cleaned o f m o l d i n g sand m i x t u r e remains, a n d
risers, gates, test strips a n d flashes shall be r e m o v e d .
9.5.7 S c o p e o f t e s t s a n d c o n t r o l m e t h o d s .
T h e list o f c h e c k i n g o p e r a t i o n s a n d o f t h e types
o f tests i s established d e p e n d i n g o n t h e casting g r o u p ,
the requirements o f a d r a w i n g a n d is specified
according t o T a b l e 9.5.7.
E v e r y casting shall be subjected t o external
examination a n d dimensions checking.
The chemical composition a n d mechanical prop­
erties shall be d e t e r m i n e d f o rt h e alloy o f every heat.
The content o f t h e impurities o f iron, silicon,
m o l y b d e n u m , manganese, c h r o m i u m , copper, nickel,
tin, z i r c o n i u m , n i o b i u m is n o t determined, a n d
Dye penetrant testing + + + + +
R a d i o g r a p h i c testing - - + + +
secured b y t h e castings m a n u f a c t u r e r i n compliance
w i t h the requirements i n Table 9.5.2.1.
The parts o fthe casting o fa n y group prepared f o r
welding, w e l d i n g - o n o r b u i l t - u p w e l d i n g , as w e l l as a l l
t h e p a r t s p r e p a r e d f o r e l i m i n a t i n g a l l k i n d s o f defects
w i t h w e l d i n g shall be subjected t o dye penetrant testing.
The f o l l o w i n g shall be subjected t o radiographic
testing:
parts o f castings prepared f o r w e l d i n g , w e l d i n g - o n
and built-up welding;
casting areas being friction surfaces a n d sealing
surfaces;
places o f w e l d i n g , w e l d i n g - o n a n d b u i l t - u p w e l d i n g ,
a n d a l s o places o f e l i m i n a t i n g defects b y w e l d i n g ;
areas o f g r o u p I I castings s h o w n i n a d r a w i n g ,
a n d a l l areas o f g r o u p I I I , I V a n d V castings
accessible f o r c h e c k i n g .
T h e a d d i t i o n a l tests o f castings a r e c a r r i e d o u t i f
the relevant instructions are given i n theorder and/or
drawing.
9.5.8 I n s p e c t i o n .
The castings s u b m i t t e d f o r e x a m i n a t i o n shall be
cleaned a n d be free o f gates, risers a n d b u r r s . T h e y
158
shall h a v e n o defects adversely affecting t h e i r
i n t e n d e d use.
T h e surface defects w i t h i n t h e tolerances f o r
d i m e n s i o n s m a y be acceptable o r be e l i m i n a t e d b y
machining.
W h e n e l i m i n a t i n g t h e defects, w h i c h d i m e n s i o n s
exceed the permissible values specified b y n o r m a t i v e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n , the f o r m e r shall be r e m o v e d b y
welding. T h e procedure for welding titanium alloy
castings shall be a p p r o v e d b y the Register.
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
9.5.9 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e n t a t i o n .
9.5.9.1 T h e r e q u i r e m e n t s f o r m a r k i n g a n d t h e
d o c u m e n t a t i o n issued f o r castings shall c o m p l y w i t h
1.4. T h e m a r k i n g s h a l l b e m a d e i n p l a c e s s p e c i f i e d i n
a d r a w i n g and supplemented w i t h the year o f casting
manufacture.
Test strips (samples f o r d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f c h e m i -
cal c o m p o s i t i o n a n d m e c h a n i c a l properties) shall be
m a r k e d before their separation f r o m the casting.
See circular 1049c
P a r t XIII. Materials
10 M A T E R I A L S U S E D F O R C A R G O C O N T A I N M E N T S Y S T E M S
OF GAS CARRIERS
10.1 G E N E R A L REQUIREMENTS
10.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m e t a l l i c
and non-metallic materials used f o r cargo-contain-
m e n t systems o f gas carriers.
I n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 1.1.4, a l l m a t e r i a l s a n d
products m e n t i o n e d i n this Section shall be m a n u -
factured a t t h e enterprises recognized b y t h e Register
and under the Register technical supervision. T h e
materials a n d products shall comply w i t h the
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
Requirements f o rthe selection a n d application o f
the m a t e r i a l s a n d products a r e specified i n t h e
relevant parts o f the Rules.
10.1.2 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n , m a r k i n g a n d i s s u e d d o c -
u m e n t a t i o n f o r m a t e r i a l s s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h 1.4.
10.2 M E T A L L I C M A T E R I A L S F O R C A R G O C O N T A I N M E N T
S Y S T E M S O FG A S C A R R I E R S
10.2.1 C o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t ( s t a i n l e s s ) s t e e l f o r
cargo c o n t a i n m e n t systems o f gas carriers.
10.2.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e s t e e l
used f o r cargo c o n t a i n m e n t systems o f gas carriers.
Chemical composition, mechanical properties, con-
d i t i o n o fsupply, s a m p l i n g , scope o fs a m p l i n g a n d test
procedures f o r steel used s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
I n general, c o r r o s i o n - r e s i s t a n t steel s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
the requirements o f 3.16.1.3; 3.16.1.5 a n d 3.16.1.10.
W e l d i n g consumables a n d welding procedures
are also subject t o t h e Register a p p r o v a l a n d shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.2.2 F e r r o n i c k e l a l l o y ( 3 6 % N i ) f o r c a r g o
c o n t a i n m e n t system o f gas carriers.
10.2.2.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e f e r r o -
nickel alloy ( 3 6 % N i ) also called I n v a r , w h i c h is used
for cargo c o n t a i n m e n t systems o f gas carriers.
Chemical composition, mechanical properties, con-
d i t i o n o fsupply, s a m p l i n g , scope o fs a m p l i n g a n d test
procedures f o r alloy used shall c o m p l y w i t h the
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
W e l d i n g consumables a n d welding procedures
are also subject t o t h e Register a p p r o v a l a n d shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.2.3 1 5 5 0 , 1 5 6 5 , 5 0 8 3 w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m
alloys.
10.2.3.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o 1 5 5 0 , 1 5 6 5 ,
5083 w r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys t o be used f o r cargo
159
c o n t a i n m e n t systems o f gas carriers. C h e m i c a l
composition, mechanical properties, condition o f
supply, s a m p l i n g a n d scope o f testing f o r t h e alloys
used shall c o m p l y w i t h the technical documentation
agreed w i t h t h e Register. W r o u g h t a l u m i n i u m alloys
1550, 1 5 6 5 , 5083 shall m e e t t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f
C h a p t e r 5.
W e l d i n g consumables a n d welding procedures
are also subject t o t h e Register a p p r o v a l a n d shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.3 P L Y W O O D
10.3.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.3.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e p l y w o o d
sheets used i n t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n panels a n d boxes o f
cargo tanks i n gas carriers w i t h m e m b r a n e systems o f
cargo containment.
10.3.1.2 T h e p l y w o o d s h a l l b e m a n u f a c t u r e d ,
stored a n d supplied i ncompliance w i t h the standards
agreed w i t h t h e Register a n d technical requirements
o f t h e enterprises r e c o g n i z e d a c c o r d i n g t o 1.3.1.2.
The Register m a y require f o r surveys t o be carried
out a n d t h e suppliers o f basic materials f o r p l y w o o d
manufacture t o be recognized b y t h e Register.
10.3.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.3.2.1 A s r a w m a t e r i a l s f o r p l y w o o d m a n u f a c -
ture, b i r c h t i m b e r shall be used. T h e p l y w o o d sheets
shall n o t w a r p i n service.
10.3.2.2 P l y w o o d p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s
a n d scope o f testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e requirements
o f t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e
Register. Safe p l y w o o d p e r f o r m a n c e shall be c o n f i r m e d
b y t h e relevant n a t i o n a l / i n t e r n a t i o n a l standards.
10.4 G L A S S W O O L
10.4.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.4.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m a t e r i -
als used t o fill i n t h e j o i n t s b e t w e e n t h e r m a l
i n s u l a t i o n panels o f cargo t a n k s i n gas carriers.
10.4.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.4.2.1 T h e m a t e r i a l s h a l l n o t c h a n g e i t s p r o p e r -
ties w h e n exposed t o sea w a t e r , n i t r o g e n a n d l i q u e f i e d
n a t u r a l gas. T h e m a t e r i a l shall n o t cause c o r r o s i o n
in c o n t a c t i n g m e t a l l i c surfaces. T h e m a x i m u m
160 Rules for the Classification
t h e r m a l c o n d u c t i v i t y coefficient shall n o t t o exceed
0 , 3 5 W/m-°C a t 2 0 °C. T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l
properties o f glass w o o l , scope o f testing a n d l a y i n g -
up procedure shall comply with the technical
d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.5 G L A S S F I B R E U S E D I N G A S C A R R I E R M E M B R A N E S
10.5.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.5.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m a t e r i -
als used a t t h e edges o f m e m b r a n e parts a n d b e n e a t h
top bridge pads o f the p r i m a r y membrane.
10.5.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.52.1 G l a s s fibre u s e d i n m e m b r a n e s s h a l l b e t e s t e d
for c o m p a t i b i l i t y w i t h glue a n d adhesive c o m p o u n d s .
10.5.2.2 P h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f g l a s s
fibre a n d s c o p e o f t e s t i n g s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.6 R U B B E R T E C H N I C A L GOODS
10.6.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.6.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m a t e r i -
als used f o r t h e t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n o f gas carrier
membranes.
10.6.2 R e i n f o r c e d p o l y u r e t h a n e f o a m ( R - P U F ) .
10.6.2.1 R e i n f o r c e d p o l y u r e t h a n e f o a m i s u s e d i n
t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n panels.
10.6.2.1.1 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.6.2.1.1.1 T h e m a t e r i a l s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e
following requirements:
r e t a i n i t s p r o p e r t i e s a t - 1 6 3 °C;
be c h e m i c a l l y c o m p a t i b l e w i t h liquefied n a t u r a l
gas, sea w a t e r a n d n i t r o g e n - a m m o n i a m i x t u r e ;
retain itsproperties under pressure variations due
to cargo displacement;
retain its properties under pressure variations u p
to the absolute value o f 200 mbar;
r e t a i n i t sproperties d u r i n g expected service life o f
the ship.
10.6.2.1.1.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s
o f reinforced p o l y u r e t h a n e a n d scope o f testing shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.6.3 L o w - d e n s i t y f o a m ( L D F ) .
10.6.3.1 L o w - d e n s i t y f o a m ( L D F ) i s u s e d t o fill i n
t h e spaces b e t w e e n c o r n e r p a n e l c o m p o n e n t s a n d
holes i n reinforced polyurethane panels.
10.6.3.1.1 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.6.3.1.1.1 L o w - d e n s i t y f o a m ( L D F ) s h a l l b e
tested f o r c o m p a t i b i l i t y w i t h reinforced p o l y u r e t h a n e
foam, load bearing mastic a n d adhesion compounds:
and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
s h a l l r e t a i n i t s p r o p e r t i e s a t - 1 6 3 °C;
shall be chemically compatible w i t h liquefied
n a t u r a l gas, sea w a t e r a n d n i t r o g e n - a m m o n i a m i x -
ture.
10.6.3.1.1.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s
o f l o w - d e n s i t y f o a m ( L D F ) a n d scope o f testing shall
c o m p l y w i t h t h e technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.7 P E R L I T E ( V O L C A N I C G L A S S )
10.7.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.7.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m a t e r i -
als used f o r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e o f t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n
systems f o r cargo tanks o f gas carriers.
P e r l i t e i s u s e d a s filler m a t e r i a l i n t h e r m a l
insulation systems between m e m b r a n e layers. Perlite
shall be treated w i t h water-repellent silicone.
10.7.1.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f
perlite a n d scope o f testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.8 A N T I - S T I C K I N G FILM
10.8.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.8.1.1 T h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s a p p l y t o t h e m a t e r i a l
between the inner hull a n d load bearing mastic i n the
systems w h e r e I n v a r m e m b r a n e s are used.
T h i s film i s a f l e x i b l e m a t e r i a l u s e d t o p r e v e n t t h e
l o a d bearing mastic sticking t o t h e gas carrier hull. I t
is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t n o n - c o m b u s t i b l e k r a f t p a p e r
2
w i t h a specific w e i g h t o f 0 , 0 7 k g / m be used as t h e
film.
T h e physical a n d chemical properties a n d scope
o f testing shall comply w i t h the technical documenta-
tion agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.9 M A S T I C S , A D H E S I V E S , P A I N T C O A T I N G S
10.9.1 L o a d b e a r i n g m a s t i c .
10.9.1.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.9.1.1.1 T h e m a s t i c i n t h e f o r m o f s t r a p s s h a l l
be applied t o t h e p l y w o o d surface o f t h e t h e r m a l
i n s u l a t i o n p a n e l a n d serves as a n a d d i t i o n a l fixation
o f the secondary t h e r m a l insulation panel t o the hull
a n d as a n a l i g n e r as w e l l as a n adhesive f o r plugs a n d
for pressure p r o p a g a t i o n f r o m t h e corner panels.
10.9.1.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.9.1.2.1 G e n e r a l l y , t h e m a t e r i a l i s e p o x y - b a s e d
mastic consisting m a i n l y o f t w o components:
P a r t XIII. Materials
rubber ( w i t h o r w i t h o u t a filler);
hardener ( w i t h o r w i t h o u t a filler).
The material shall n o t w a r p under compression
a n d shall be c o m p a t i b l e w i t h sea w a t e r .
10.9.1.2.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s
o f t h e l o a d bearing mastic a n d scope o f testing shall
c o m p l y w i t h the technical documentation agreed w i t h
the Register.
10.9.1.3 F o r m a t e r i a l s u p p l i e d t o t h e s h i p y a r d ,
operating instructions shall be provided containing
the following:
storage conditions: temperature range a n d sto-
rage time;
mixing proportions w i t h permissible deviations;
dependence o f temperature range necessary t o
obtain the required properties o n time;
dependence o f mastic usability o n climatic con-
ditions;
dependence o f mastic usability o n compression
time.
10.9.2 I n s u l a t i o n p a n e l a d h e s i v e .
10.9.2.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.9.2.1.1 T h e m a t e r i a l i s u s e d i n m e m b r a n e
systems w h e n m a n u f a c t u r i n g flat t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n
panels, corner panels, gluing h a r d cellular materials,
gluing hard cellular materials t o p l y w o o d a n d triplex
as w e l l as g l u i n g t r i p l e x t o p l y w o o d .
10.9.2.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.9.2.2.1 T h e m a t e r i a l i s a m i x t u r e o f r u b b e r a n d
h a r d e n e r a n d m a y c o n t a i n p a r t i c u l a r fillers. T h e m a t e r i a l
shall b e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h sea w a t e r , gaseous m e t h a n e a n d
n i t r o g e n - a m m o n i a m i x t u r e . D u r a b i l i t y shall be a t least
4 0 years.
10.9.2.2.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f
the adhesive a n d scope o f testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.9.2.3 F o r m a t e r i a l s u p p l i e d t o t h e s h i p y a r d ,
operating instructions shall be provided containing
the following:
storage conditions: temperature range a n d sto-
rage time;
mixing proportions w i t h permissible deviations;
161
dependence o f temperature range necessary t o
obtain the required properties o n time;
dependence o f mastic usability o n climatic con-
ditions;
dependence o f mastic usability o n compression
time.
10.9.3 S e c o n d a r y b a r r i e r a d h e s i v e .
10.9.3.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.9.3.1.1 T h e m a t e r i a l i s u s e d i n m e m b r a n e
systems w h e n m a n u f a c t u r i n g flat t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n
panels, d u r i n g intermediate t h e r m a l i n s u l a t i o n b o x
assembly a n dfor gluing t h eflexible secondary barrier
to the rigidone.
10.9.3.2 P r o p e r t i e s .
10.9.3.2.1 T h e m a t e r i a l i s a m i x t u r e o f r u b b e r a n d
h a r d e n e r a n d m a y c o n t a i n p a r t i c u l a r fillers. T h e
m a t e r i a l shall be c o m p a t i b l e w i t h sea w a t e r , gaseous
methane and nitrogen-ammonia mixture.
10.9.3.2.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f
the adhesive a n d scope o f testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
10.9.4 I n n e r h u l l p r o t e c t i o n c o a t i n g .
10.9.4.1 G e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .
10.9.4.1.1 T h e m a t e r i a l i s u s e d f o r p a i n t i n g t h e
i n n e r surface o f h u l l i n w a y o f cargo tanks equipped
w i t h m e m b r a n e systems. I n s u l a t i o n panels o f these
s y s t e m s a r e fixed t o t h e h u l l w i t h l o a d b e a r i n g m a s t i c
a n d studs.
T o ensure better adhesion, t h e i n n e r surface o f
h u l l shall be m a d e free o f r u s t a n d f o r e i g n particles,
and painted.
The coating shall have t h e following properties:
be able t o t r a n s f e r a l o a d b e t w e e n t h e r m a l
insulation panels a n d inner hull;
be c o m p a t i b l e w i t h l o a d b e a r i n g m a s t i c ( e p o x y o r
p o l y u r e t h a n e ) a n d sea w a t e r ;
allow stud welding t o the coating;
i n case o f w e l d i n g o n t h e c o a t i n g , n o t adversely
affect t h e w e l d q u a l i t y .
10.9.4.1.2 T h e p h y s i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f
the m a t e r i a l a n d scope o f testing shall c o m p l y w i t h t h e
technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n agreed w i t h t h e Register.
Reset form 8.3.36

LIST OF CIRCULAR LETTERS AMENDING/SUPPLEMENTING NORMATIVE

DOCUMENT
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships, 2018
ND No. 2-020101-104-E
Part XIII Materials
(Normative document No. and title)

Item Circular letter No., List of amended and

No. date of approval supplemented paras
1. 314-53-1049c dated 18.10.17 item 9.6

11/05
1049c 18.10.
1049 18.10.2017
 Российский морской регистр судоходства
Правила классификации и постройки морских судов
Часть X I I I
Материалы

Russian Maritime Register o f Shipping

R u l e s for the Classification and Construction o fSea-Going Ships

Part XIII
Materials

The edition is prepared

by Russian Maritime Register o f Shipping
8, D v o r t s o v a y a N a b e r e z h n a y a ,
191186, S t . P e t e r s b u r g ,
Russian Federation
www.rs-class.org/en/